FILE 20210513 210636 Option Dfinisher e Ver2.0

Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 Supplementary
Service Manual Ver.2.0

Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 Supplementary
Service Manual Ver.2.0
Issued: November 2011
• This service manual covers the following • Revision and Modification Information
models When design changes or revisions relating
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. to this service manual occur, the overseas
Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 technical information or overseas service
bulletin may be issued as supplementary
information until such changes are
accommodated in the updated version of
• Related Materials this service manual.
• ApeosPort-II/DocuCentre-II
7000/6000/5000 Caution Important changes including
• 4127/4112G revisions of spare part numbers and
• 700DCP adjustment specifications must
• Color 1000/800 Press immediately be reflected on the
respective pages of this manual.
• ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV
C7780/C6680/C5580
• ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV 7080/6080
• Confidentiality
• This service manual is issued intending
use by maintenance service personnel
authorized by FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd.
Copying, transferring or leasing this
manual without prior consent by FUJI
XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited.
• When a page becomes irrelevant (e.g.
superceded by a replacement page),
destroy the page by burning or shredding
it.
• Handle with care to avoid loss or damage
of the manual.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS TSD

Minatomirai Center Bldg. 7F
3-6-1, Minato-mirai, Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 220-0012
[XEROX] is registered trademarks.

0 Introduction
0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual ........................................................................ 3
0.2 How to Use the Service Manual ............................................................................... 3
0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols ............................................................... 4
Version.2.0 11/2011
0-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Introduction
Introduction 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
0-2 Version.2.0
0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual 0.2 How to Use the Service Manual
This manual is used as the standard service manual for the IOT option - Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4. Further- This manual describes the standard procedures for the servicing of this option. Refer to Chapter 1 Ser-
more, when this option is introduced to the market as an option for other IOTs, any unique information will vice Call Procedure in the Service Manual of the IOT that this option is to be connected to for efficient
be detailed as a compilation in this manual and released as a revision. and effective servicing during maintenance calls.
Table 1 Manual Revision History 0.2.1 Contents of Manual

Version This manual is divided into ten chapters as described below.
No Edoc PDF Reason for Issue/Revision

• Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure
1 V1.1 V1.1 Newly issued with the introduction of AP-II/DC-II 7000G This chapter only describes the unique safety issues that may be posed by this option.
2 V1.2 V1.2 Newly Issued with the introduction of 4127/4112G For operations related to the connected IOT and operations involving IOT dependant items, such as
3 V1.3 V1.3 Issued with the introduction of 4127/4112G the procedures that are performed during a service call, refer to the Service Manual of the corre-
4 - V1.3.1 Newly Issued with the introduction of 700DCP sponding IOT.
5 V1.4 V1.4 Issued with the introduction of 700DCP • Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
6 - V1.4.1 Issued with the introduction of 4127/4112G This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting for
this option.
7 V1.5 V1.5 Issued with the introduction of 4127/4112G
• Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting (not yet issued)
8 V1.6 V1.6 Issued with the introduction of 700DCP
• Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
9 V1.7 V1.7 Newly Issued with the introduction of Color 1000/800 Press
This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures for
10 - V1.8 Newly issued with the introduction of AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G
components of this option.
11 V1.9 V1.9 Revised with the Symbols.
• Chapter 5 Parts List
12 - V2.0 Newly issued with the introduction of AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G
This chapter contains the spare parts information for this option.
• Chapter 6 General
• Publication Comment Sheet
This chapter contains the following information.
Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding this options service manual into the Publication
6.1 Service Data
Comment Sheet, and send it to the following.
6.2 Specifications
Japan: CS Department TS Section
6.3 Consumables
APO/GCO: TS PSC OSG via OpCo Technical Service Department
• Chapter 7 Wiring Data
This chapter contains the P/J List, P/J Location, Wirenet and BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) for
this option.
• Chapter 8 Accessories (not yet issued)
• Chapter 9 Installation
This chapter contains the installation procedures for this option.
• Chapter 10 Functions Overview (not yet issued)
0.2.2 Information on Updating
This manual will be sent to each Service Center as specified below. Revisions must be incorporated cor-
rectly to keep the manual up-to-date.
Updating Procedure:
• When the manual is updated, the issue number "Ver. 1" will be changed to Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, and so
on.
Version.2.0 11/2011 0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual

0-3
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Introduction
Introduction 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols 0-4 Version.2.0
0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols

The terminology and symbols used throughout this service manual are
described as follows:
The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows:
WARNING
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle
the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
Instruction: Used to alert you to a procedure which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the
machine or equipment.
NOTE: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.
NOTE: Used when other explanations are given.
Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment and Troubleshooting.
• REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.

• ADJ: Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
• PL: Indicates the parts list for reference.
• ASSY: Means Assembly.
Safety Critical Components (SCC)
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regula-
tions regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be replaced. It
must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited
because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
Important Information Stored Component (ISC)
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation. When
performing replacement, follow the procedures in "Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly Adjustment" to
replace/discard. Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.
Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure
1 Service Call Procedures
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing.................................................................................... 3
Version.2.0 11/2011
1-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Service Call Procedures
Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
1-2 Version.2.0
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing 9. Organic Solvents
When using an organic solvent such as the Drum Cleaner or Machine Cleaner, pay attention to the
1.1.1 Safety following:
To prevent any accident that may occur during a maintenance service, any warning or any caution
• Ensure good ventilation in the room to prevent too much inhalation of solvent fumes.
regarding the servicing must be strictly observed. Do not perform any hazardous operation.
• Do not use heated solvent.
1. Power Supply • Keep it away from fire.
To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be sure to switch OFF the machine and discon- • Wash your hands throughly after use.
nect the plug before starting the maintenance servicing. If the machine has to be switched ON, such 10. Earthquake Preparedness Measure
as when measuring the voltage, take extra care not to get an electrical shock. [FX]
2. Laser Radiation If the customer requests a measure against earthquakes, there is an earthquake preparedness kit
Never insert any foreign substance that has a high specular feature, such as tools like drivers or mir- (ZB38) available.
rors, into the opening of the Charge Corotron or window in order not to be exposed to invisible laser Also, a new earthquake preparedness kit (Earthquake Preparedness KIT FIN-D/HC:F5004-HF2) is
radiation. For your safety, when removing the Toner Cartridge Unit, do not look straight at the open- available to enable the installation on a flat and smooth surface such as plastic tiled or raised floor.
ing of the Charge Corotron or the opening of the window regardless if the power is turned OFF.
For details on the new earthquake preparedness kit that is common for all machine types, refer to
3. Drive Area FTI No.3-450.
Never inspect, clear or lubricate the drive area such as chain belts, chain wheel or gears during the 11. Modifications to the Machine
machine operation.
Before altering the machine, submit the irregular use license application.
4. Heavy Parts
12. Other Safety Precautions
Always work in a pair when removing or installing heavy parts as shown below.
For safety, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above items 1 to 11. Follow
Folder Unit: 40kg or less (as a general rule, 2-person operation) the instructions below to ensure greater safety during servicing.
Booklet Drawer Unit: 21.9kg or less (as a general rule, 2-person operation) • Japan: Safe Working Practices for Engineers issued by CS Department TS Section
Trimmer Cutter: 31.5kg or less (as a general rule, 2-person operation) • APO/GCO: Safe Working Practices for Engineers issued by TS PSC OSG & APO RTS
Even when removing or installing heavy parts other than the above mentioned, take extra care of
your working posture to prevent a possible backache.
5. Safety Device
See that safety devices for preventing mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit breakers, inter-
lock switches, etc., and those for protecting customers from injury, such as panels and covers, func-
tion properly. Modifications that hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly prohibited.
6. Installing and removing parts
The edge of parts and covers may be sharp, take care not to touch them. Be careful not to touch
those parts, and wipe off any oil that may have adhered to your fingers or hands before servicing.
Pull out the part cable, etc. gently not forcedly.
7. Specified Tools
Follow the instruction when a tool is specified.
8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer
As the toner can be explosive, sweep or brush the spilled toner into a container for collecting the
sweepings.
Clean away the remaining toner with a damp cloth or use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant. Never use the customer’s vacuum cleaner.
Do the same when cleaning the Developer because it also contains some toner.
Version.2.0 11/2011 1.1 Before Starting the Servicing

1-3
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Service Call Procedures
Service Call Procedures 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
1.1 Before Starting the Servicing 1-4 Version.2.0
1.1.2 Things to Take Note When Handling Customer Information 1.1.3 Other Precautions
1. Handling of customer’s electronic information - samples of copy/print/received fax (paper data), log Pay attention to the following when performing maintenance service to avoid wrong or redundant servic-
files (Activity Report), and etc. ing:
Before you bring back any samples for the purpose of investigation/analysis, always obtain permis-
sion from the customer. Make sure to assure them that the data will not be used for any other pur- 1. Reference Materials
pose. Before performing maintenance servicing, read all relevant materials such as Technical Information
When requesting for a retrieval application from the customer, either use the "FX Data Security Reg- to make a systematic approach.
ulations: Annex 15 - Confidential Information/Personal Information Request Form (IS-019)" or use a 2. Disassembling
letterhead that has been specified by the customer after obtaining their agreement. Make sure to check the assembled condition before removing parts or disassembling the machine.
2. Handling of a PWB/HDD, etc. that contains customer information. 3. Installation and Adjustment
Data such as Fax Address Numbers and URLs that are registered in the customer’s machine are all After the installation or adjustment is complete, check that no parts or tools are left inside or on the
important customer information. These types of information are stored in the PWB/HDD, etc. within assemblies before using the machine.
the machine. Take extra care when handling them.
4. Handling of replaced parts and consumables
(1) In case of replacements, transfer the data to the new PWB/HDD and make sure that all data in
Never discard parts and consumables replaced at the customer’s site carelessly.
the old components are thoroughly erased before disposing them. Make sure that no important
• If you have replaced the following consumables, affix the "U" sticker for the recyclable parts
customer information gets leaked. (For details, refer to the preface in Chapter 4 and 5)
and perform collection.
(2) If a component was replaced and it was not found to be the cause of the malfunction, return it
to the original machine. (For components that were temporarily installed/removed for trouble- (1) Developer
shooting etc, clear the data using Diag etc.) Affix the "U" sticker on the collected plastic bag.
(3) When unable to electrically erase the data in the HDD and the customer has requested for it, (2) Drum ERU
destroy the HDD (charges applies). Put it in the drum package and affix the "U" sticker.
3. Security related NVM values that were changed during maintenance. (3) Waste Toner Container
If any security related NVM values, such as polling, were set for test purposes, make sure you Put the Waste Toner Container in a plastic bag and affix the "U" sticker on it.
return them to their original values after the test. (E.g.: for the details on polling that is common to all (4) IBT/Fusing Unit
machine types, refer to FTO 2-202)
Put the IBT/Fusing Unit in the package and affix the "U" sticker.
4. When connecting our company machine to the customer’s network during maintenace, make sure
• Recyclable parts
that you have gone through the person-in-charge to obtain permission from the customer’s systems
administrator (or person-in-charge) before proceeding. Fill the necessary items in the "U -TAG" and perform collection.
5. Other things to take note when handling customer data 5. General Precautions
When handling customer data, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above • Take care not to disturb the customer’s daily work.
items 1 to 4. • Place a drip cloth or paper on the customer’s floor when working on the machine because the
toner may dirty the floor and it is difficult to clean.
[Japan]
• When discarding litter, consumables, parts and etc., put them in a plastic or paper bag and get
Follow the "Excellence in Customer Information Asset Protection - Do it Now! Do it Together!"
the customer’s agreement to do so.
issued by CS Department and ensure that customer data do not get leaked out when servicing.
• Record clearly the service details and the consumables and parts replaced at visit in the
[APO/GCO]
Machine Service Log.
Follow the safety guidelines established within the OpCo and ensure that customer data do not get
leaked out when servicing.
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Preface 012-223 Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail....................................................................... 20
012-225 Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor ON Fail ........................................................ 21
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot 012-226 Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor OFF Fail....................................................... 22
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot ............................................................................................. 3 012-227 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor OFF Fail ..................................................... 22
012-228 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor ON Fail ....................................................... 23
2.1.2 Glossary
012-229 Booklet Tamper R Home Sensor ON Fail ........................................................ 23
2.1.2 Glossary ................................................................................................................ 5
012-230 Booklet Tamper R Home Sensor OFF Fail ...................................................... 24
2.2 Product FIP 012-231 Punch Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) ....................................... 24
012-232 Punch Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher)...................................... 25
2.2.1 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 FIP 012-233 Puncher Move Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) .......................... 25
012-234 Puncher Move Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher)......................... 26
012-xxx FIP 012-235 Staple Move Home Sensor ON Fail ................................................................. 26
012-100 Decurler In Sensor ON Jam ............................................................................. 7
012-236 Staple Move Home Sensor OFF Fail ............................................................... 27
012-101 Decurler Out Sensor ON Jam .......................................................................... 7
012-237 Staple Center Position Sensor ON Fail............................................................ 27
012-102 Punch Out Sensor ON Jam.............................................................................. 7
012-238 Staple Center Position Sensor OFF Fail .......................................................... 28
012-103 Punch Out Sensor OFF Jam............................................................................ 7
012-239 Sub Paddle Home Sensor ON Fail .................................................................. 28
012-104 Interposer Feed Out Sensor ON Jam .............................................................. 8
012-240 Sub Paddle Home Sensor OFF Fail................................................................. 29
012-108 Folder Path Sensor 3 OFF Jam ....................................................................... 8
012-241 Booklet Knife Folding Sensor Fail .................................................................... 29
012-109 Interposer Feed Out Sensor OFF Jam............................................................. 8
012-243 Booklet Knife Home Sensor ON Fail................................................................ 30
012-113 Booklet In Sensor ON Jam............................................................................... 9
012-246 Booklet Stapler Fail .......................................................................................... 31
012-114 Booklet In Sensor OFF Jam 1.......................................................................... 9
012-247 Side Regi Sensor OFF Fail .............................................................................. 31
012-115 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor ON Jam ......................................................... 9
012-248 Compile Stacker Tray Offset Fail ..................................................................... 32
012-117 Folder Exit Sensor ON Jam ............................................................................. 9
012-250 End Guide Motor 1 Start Fail........................................................................... 32
012-118 Folder Path Sensor 2 ON Jam ......................................................................... 10
012-251 End Guide Motor 2 Start Fail........................................................................... 33
012-252 End Guide Motor 1 Home Fail.......................................................................... 33
012-253 End Guide Motor 2 Home Fail.......................................................................... 34
012-141 Buffer Path Sensor OFF Jam........................................................................... 10
012-254 Envelope Folder Tray Broken .......................................................................... 34
012-142 Buffer Path Sensor ON Jam............................................................................. 11
012-255 Interposer Tray Up Fail .................................................................................... 35
012-151 Compile Exit Sensor OFF Jam......................................................................... 11
012-260 Eject Clamp Up Sensor ON Fail....................................................................... 36
012-152 Compile Exit Sensor ON Jam .......................................................................... 11
012-264 Booklet Drawer Broken Fail ............................................................................. 36
012-159 Eject Sensor ON Jam....................................................................................... 12
012-265 Booklet Knife Home Sensor OFF Fail .............................................................. 36
012-160 Eject Sensor OFF Jam..................................................................................... 12
012-272 Side Regi Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) .................................. 37
012-161 Set Eject Jam ................................................................................................... 12
012-273 Side Regi Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) ................................ 38
012-171 Top Tray Exit Sensor ON Jam ......................................................................... 13
012-282 Eject Clamp Up Sensor OFF Fail..................................................................... 38
012-172 Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF Jam ....................................................................... 13
012-286 Decurler Cam Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher).......................... 39
012-180 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor OFF Jam ....................................................... 13
012-287 Decurler Cam Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) ........................... 39
012-211 Stacker Tray Fail .............................................................................................. 14
012-291 Stapler Fail ....................................................................................................... 40
012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail........................................................................... 15
012-302 Finisher Front Door Interlock Open.................................................................. 41
012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail........................................................................... 15
012-304 I/F Module Front Door Interlock Open.............................................................. 41
012-214 End Wall Home Sensor OFF Fail..................................................................... 16
012-306 Interposer Top Cover Open ............................................................................. 41
012-215 End Wall Open Sensor ON Fail ....................................................................... 17
012-307 Booklet Drawer Set Fail ................................................................................... 42
012-216 End Wall Home Sensor ON Fail....................................................................... 17
012-320 Punch Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher) ..................................................... 42
012-217 End Wall Open Sensor OFF Fail...................................................................... 18
012-321 Punch Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher) ................................................... 42
012-218 Shelf Home Sensor ON Fail............................................................................. 18
012-322 Puncher Move Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher) ...................................... 43
012-219 Shelf Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................................................... 19
012-323 Puncher Move Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher) ........................................ 43
012-221 Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail......................................................................... 20
012-324 Side Regi Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher).............................................. 44
Version.2.0 11/2011
2-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
2-2 Version.2.0
012-325 Side Regi Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher)................................................ 44 013-900 Interposer Feed Out Sensor Static Jam........................................................... 75
012-330 Decurler Cam Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher) ....................................... 45 013-901 Paper Remain at Stacker Tray......................................................................... 75
012-332 Decurler Cam Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher) ......................................... 46 013-902 Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor Static Jam ................................................ 76
012-334 Download Mode Fail......................................................................................... 46 013-903 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Static Jam ..................................................... 76
012-400 Staple Dust Near Full ....................................................................................... 47 013-905 Folder Exit Sensor Static Jam.......................................................................... 76
012-900 Buffer Path Sensor Static Jam ......................................................................... 47 013-906 Folder Path Sensor 1 Static Jam ..................................................................... 76
012-903 Compile Exit Sensor Static Jam ....................................................................... 47 013-907 Folder Path Sensor 2 Static Jam ..................................................................... 77
012-905 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Static Jam...................................................... 48 013-908 Folder Path Sensor 3 Static Jam ..................................................................... 77
012-907 Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam...................................................................... 48 013-909 Folder Path Sensor 4 Static Jam ..................................................................... 77
012-908 Eject Sensor Static Jam ................................................................................... 48 013-915 Trimmer In Sensor Static Jam ......................................................................... 77
012-909 Punch Out Sensor Static Jam .......................................................................... 48 013-916 Trimmer Path Sensor 1 Static Jam .................................................................. 77
012-938 Decurler In Sensor Static Jam.......................................................................... 49 013-917 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 Static Jam .................................................................. 78
012-939 Decurler Out Sensor Static Jam....................................................................... 49 013-918 Trimmer Path Sensor 3 Static Jam .................................................................. 78
012-949 Punch Box Set Fail (D2 Finisher) ..................................................................... 49 013-919 Trimmer Eject Sensor Static Jam .................................................................... 78
013-940 Trimmer Dust Full ............................................................................................ 78
013-xxx FIP
013-100 Trimmer In Sensor On Jam .............................................................................. 51 024-xxx FIP
013-101 Trimmer Path Sensor 1 On Jam....................................................................... 51 024-916 Mix Full Stack................................................................................................... 81
013-102 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 On Jam....................................................................... 51 024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count................................................................ 81
013-103 Trimmer Path Sensor 3 On Jam....................................................................... 51 024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set ................................................................................ 81
013-104 Trimmer Eject Sensor On Jam ......................................................................... 51 024-931 Staple Dust Full................................................................................................ 81
013-105 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 Off Jam....................................................................... 51 024-932 Staple Box Set Fail .......................................................................................... 82
013-106 Trimmer Eject Sensor Off Jam ......................................................................... 52 024-942 Booklet sheets count over................................................................................ 82
013-107 Trimmer Path Sensor 3-1 On Jam ................................................................... 52 024-943 Booklet Low Staple FR .................................................................................... 82
013-221 Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor On Fail........................................................... 52 024-957 Interposer Empty.............................................................................................. 82
013-222 Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor On Fail ......................................................... 53 024-963 Finisher Punch Dust Box Full........................................................................... 82
013-223 Trimmer Cutter NG........................................................................................... 54 024-974 Interposer Tray Size Mismatch ........................................................................ 83
013-224 Trimmer Cutter Broken Fail .............................................................................. 55 024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG ............................................................................... 83
013-225 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor On Fail.......................................................... 56 024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail .................................................................................. 83
013-226 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor Off Fail.......................................................... 57 024-978 Booklet Stapler NG .......................................................................................... 83
013-227 Square Fold Gate Home Sensor On Fail ......................................................... 58 024-979 Stapler Near Empty.......................................................................................... 83
013-228 Square Fold Gate Home Sensor Off Fail ......................................................... 59 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full ................................................................................ 83
013-229 Square Fold Nip Home Sensor On Fail............................................................ 60 024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full ...................................................................................... 84
013-230 Square Fold Nip Home Sensor Off Fail............................................................ 61 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning ......................................................................... 84
013-231 Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor On Fail.................................................. 62 024-983 (With Square and Trimmer) Booklet Tray Full Fail........................................... 84
013-232 Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor Off Fail.................................................. 63 024-983 (W/O Square and Trimmer) Booklet Tray Full ................................................. 85
013-233 Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor On Fail............................................................. 64 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F ....................................................................................... 85
013-234 Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor Off Fail............................................................. 65 024-987 Envelope Folder Tray Full ................................................................................ 85
013-235 Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor On Fail................................................ 66 024-988 Envelope Folder Tray Set Fail ......................................................................... 86
013-236 Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor Off Fail................................................ 67 024-989 Booklet Low Staple R....................................................................................... 86
013-237 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 On Fail ....................................................... 68
013-238 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 Off Fail ....................................................... 68 112-xxx FIP
013-239 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 On Fail ....................................................... 69 112-700 Punch Dust Near Full....................................................................................... 87
013-240 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 Off Fail ....................................................... 70 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP
013-241 Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor On Fail..................................................... 71 2.2.2.1 Finisher PWB Broken Fuse Failure FIP ............................................................. 89
013-242 Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor Off Fail..................................................... 72
013-243 Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor On Fail.......................................................... 73 2.2.3 Generic FIP
013-246 Tirmmer Sub CPU Communication Fail ........................................................... 74 2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP ............................................................................ 93
013-303 Trimmer Top Left Cover Open ......................................................................... 74 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP ........................................................................... 93
013-304 Trimmer Top Right Cover Open ....................................................................... 74 2.2.3.3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP ..................................................................... 94
013-308 Trimmer Dust Box Interlock Open .................................................................... 75 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP........................................................ 94
2.2.3.5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP ....................................................... 95
2.2.3.6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP .................................................................... 95
2.2.3.7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP .......................................................................... 96
2.2.3.8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP...................................... 96
Version.2.0 11/2011
2-3
2-4 Version.2.0
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot
Procedure
Troubleshooting procedures are roughly divided into two categories.
Level 1 Troubleshooting:
Level 1 Troubleshooting (Level 1 FIP) is the first step to diagnose a problem. Level 1 FIP asks you
whether any Fault Code and other problematic symptoms exist, guiding you to Level 2 Trouble-
shooting or BSD to resolve the problem.
Level 2 Troubleshooting:
Level 2 Troubleshooting is a diagnostic procedure of separating a problem by Fault Code, docu-
ment/paper jam and other problematic symptoms. Performing a FIP or an appropriate procedure in
the check out list enables you to discover causes of a problem in a short period of time.
• Fault Code: When a Fault Code alerts you to a machine failure, perform appropriate trouble-
shooting items, by referring to Level 2 Troubleshooting.
Other troubleshooting:
• Generic FIP: This is the generic check procedure for troubleshooting general electric parts such as
Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sensor etc.
Service Mode/UI Diagnostic Mode:
This shows the purposes and usage of the diagnostic program for the machine, and how to read
diag data.
How to proceed troubleshooting and Cautions:
• First, perform Level 1 FIP to categorize a problem. Second, proceed to an appropriate Level 2 FIP
or BSD to resolve the problem. To find the causes of the problem using FIP or check chart etc., thor-
oughly read the instructions and follow the procedure properly. Sometimes, when two or more
causes exist, they cannot be identified at once, so the same FIP should be repeated. In this case,
pay attention to a different judgment made in the process of the same FIP.
• The generic check procedure for the general electric parts (Motor, Relay, Solenoid, Switch and Sen-
sor etc.) is not shown in each troubleshooting for some cases. In such a case, only the causes of
the troubles are shown using the expressions below. Therefore, if you do not know how to check,
proceed to troubleshooting by referring to Generic FIP.
E.g. Enter DC330[xxx-xxx].Insert paper from the tray side. Does the indication show "Low"?
Y N
Repair xxxxxx SENSOR using Sensor Failure FIP.
Version.2.0 11/2011 2.1 Preface

2-3
2.1.1 How to Troubleshoot 2-4 Version.2.0
2.1.2 Glossary Table 1
Procedure Voltage Level Range

The following terminology are used throughout the troubleshooting section. The meaning of these termi-
nology must be fully understood when performing problem analysis. +13.3VDC (H) +12.64 ~ +13.97VDC
Common terms: (L) 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
• Fault Code
This 6-digit code appears when the machine found problems. The first 3 digits show the Chain No. +24VDC (H) +23.28 ~ +25.73VDC
that correspond with the Chain No. of BSD. (L) 0.0 ~ +3.0VDC
• Activate(Deactivate)
To mechanically push (release) the actuator of the switch or the connected mechanical linkage. • Exit the problem analysis procedure.
• Block Mechanical problems: This phrase is used when moving to machine adjustment and parts replace-
To place a sheet of document or paper on the photo sensor surface for detection. ment. Read all the items (describing the main causes) and find out the causes of a problem by com-
paring them with the symptoms shown by the machine.
• Check
• PL4.2: Refer to PL4.2 in Chapter 5 Parts List.
To visually check for operation failure of parts such as relay or mechanical linkage, and the failure
status of the parts. • CH 6.2 Zone J4: Refer to 6.2 Zone J4 in Chapter 9 BSD.
• Enter the Service mode. • REP 4.1.3: Refer to REP 4.1.3 in Chapter 4.
To enter the Service mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the Ser- • ADJ 4.1.3: Refer to ADJ4.1.3 in Chapter 4.
vice Mode. • Replace the parts in sequence: When it is impossible to analyze causes of a problem further,
• Enter the UI Diag. mode. replace the parts in sequence. The part with a higher replacement frequency or higher possibility of
causing a problem is listed first for replacement.
To enter the UI Diag. mode by following the procedure described in Chapter 2 How to use the UI
Diag. mode (UI Diagnostics mode).
• Check the wire for a short circuit.
Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between the wire and the frame using the ohm range
of a tester.
• Check the wire for an open circuit.
Turn the power OFF. Measure the resistance between both ends of the wire using the ohm range of
a tester.
• Select DC330[xxx-xxx].
Enter DC330 Component Control by following the procedure described in the Service Mode section
in Chapter 2. (Hereinafter for PC-Diag only) Then, either select the applicable parts from the desired
module or enter Chain Link No. [xxx-xxx] by selecting [Direct Code Input].
• Check the voltage level.
Table 1
Voltage Level Range
+3.5VDC (H) +3.33 ~ +3.68VDC

(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+5VDC (H) +4.85 ~ +5.36VDC

(L) 0.0 ~ +1.0VDC
+12VDC (H) +11.4 ~ +12.6VDC

(L) 0.0 ~ +1.5VDC
Version.2.0 11/2011 2.1.2 Glossary

2-5
2.1.2 Glossary 2-6 Version.2.0
012-100 Decurler In Sensor ON Jam – Between Decurler Out Sensor J8035-2 and Finisher PWB J8007-5
– Between Decurler Out Sensor J8035-1 and I/F PWB J8004-6
BSD-ON: CH15.11
The Decurler In Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the IOT Exit Sensor On. • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the I/F PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), followed
by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
DC330 Codes to be checked
• [012-100] Decurler In Sensor
• [012-001] Decurler Transport Motor 012-102 Punch Out Sensor ON Jam
Check Items BSD-ON: CH15.28
• The Finisher and the IOT for improper docking
The Punch Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Decurler Out Sensor On or
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper the Folder Exit Sensor On.
• The IOT Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The drawer connectors for poor contact and foreign substances DC330 Codes to be checked
• The Decurler In Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure • [012-101] Decurler Out Sensor
• Usage of out of spec paper • [013-141] Folder Exit Sensor (with Folder)
• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems • [012-105] Punch Out Sensor
are found, replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 25.12a, PL 25.12b)
• [012-001] Decurler Transport Motor
– Between Decurler In Sensor J8037-2 and Finisher PWB J8007-6
• [013-028] Folder Entrance Motor (with Folder)
– Between Decurler In Sensor J8037-1 and I/F PWB J8004-3
Check Items
• The Folder Exit Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure (with Folder).
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the I/F PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), followed
• The Finisher Entrance Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper
• Usage of out of spec paper
012-101 Decurler Out Sensor ON Jam • Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems
are found, replace the Punch Out Sensor. (PL 25.23)
BSD-ON: CH15.11
– Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-2 and Finisher PWB J8022-14
The Decurler Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Decurler In Sensor On. – Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-1 and Finisher PWB J8022-15
– Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-3 and Finisher PWB J8022-13
DC330 Codes to be checked • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• [012-101] Decurler Out Sensor
• [012-001] Decurler Transport Motor
• [012-002] Decurler Cam Clutch 012-103 Punch Out Sensor OFF Jam
• The Finisher and the IOT for improper docking
• The Punch Out Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Punch Out Sensor On.
• The Punch Out Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the punch operation has
• The Decurler Roll 1 & 2 for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
started.
• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems
• [012-105] Punch Out Sensor
are found, replace the Decurler Out Sensor. (PL 25.12a, PL 25.12b)
• [012-019] Compile Exit Motor
Version.2.0 11/2011 2.2 Product FIP

2-7
012-xxx FIP 2-8 Version.2.0
• [012-024/025] Transport Gate Solenoid DC330 Codes to be checked

Check Items • [013-120] Folder Path Sensor 3
• The Puncher Reverse Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure • [013-026] Folder Drive Motor 2
• The T/A Roll 1 for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • [013-036/037] Folder Gate Solenoid 2
• The Compile Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure Check Items
• The Transport Gate for operation failure • The Folder Gate 2 for operation failure
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper • The Folding Roll 2 for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• Usage of out of spec paper • The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • Usage of out of spec paper
replace the Punch Out Sensor. (PL 25.23)
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
– Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-2 and Finisher PWB J8022-14 replace the Folder Path Sensor 3. (PL 25.65)
– Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-1 and Finisher PWB J8022-15 – Between Folder Path Sensor 3 J8152-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-28
– Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-3 and Finisher PWB J8022-13 – Between Folder Path Sensor 3 J8152-1 and Folder PWB J8136-6
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). – Between Folder Path Sensor 3 J8152-3 and Folder PWB J8136-4
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the
Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-104 Interposer Feed Out Sensor ON Jam
BSD-ON: CH15.15
012-109 Interposer Feed Out Sensor OFF Jam
The Feed Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Interposer Nudger Solenoid BSD-ON: CH15.15
On.
The Feed Out Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Feed Out Sensor On.
• [013-109] Interposer Feed Out Sensor DC330 Codes to be checked
• [013-001] Interposer Feed Motor • [013-109] Interposer Feed Out Sensor
• [013-004] Interposer Nudger Solenoid • [013-001] Interposer Feed Motor
Check Items • [013-004] Interposer Nudger Solenoid
• The Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure Check Items
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper • The Feed Roll/Nudger Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• Usage of out of spec paper • The occurrence of multi-sheet feeding or overlapped feeding
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • The Retard Roll for failure
replace the Interposer Feed Out Sensor. (PL 25.54)
– Between Interposer Feed Out Sensor J8127-2 and Finisher PWB J8009-7
– Between Interposer Feed Out Sensor J8127-1 and Interposer PWB J8122-14
– Between Interposer Feed Out Sensor J8127-3 and Interposer PWB J8122-18 are found, replace the Interposer Feed Out Sensor. (PL 25.54)
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Interposer PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), – Between Interposer Feed Out Sensor J8127-2 and Finisher PWB J8009-7
followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Interposer PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b),
012-108 Folder Path Sensor 3 OFF Jam followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
BSD-ON: CH15.22
The Folder Path Sensor 3 does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Folder Path Sensor 3 On.
012-113 Booklet In Sensor ON Jam 012-115 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor ON Jam
BSD-ON: CH15.48 BSD-ON: CH15.58
The Booklet In Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Punch Out Sensor On. The Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Booklet Folder
Roll Exit Sensor On.
• [013-135] Booklet In Sensor DC330 Codes to be checked
• [012-013] Finisher Transport Motor • [013-103] Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor
Check Items • [013-005] Booklet Paper Path Motor
• [013-008/009] Booklet Fold Motor
• The Booklet In Roll/Booklet Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper • [013-010] Knife Solenoid
• Usage of out of spec paper Check Items

• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems • The Knife for operation failure
are found, replace the Booklet In Sensor. (PL 25.47) • The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper
– Between Booklet In Sensor J8182-2 and Finisher PWB J8012-21 • Usage of out of spec paper
– Between Booklet In Sensor J8182-1 and Booklet PWB J8072-19 • Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
– Between Booklet In Sensor J8182-3 and Booklet PWB J8072-17 replace the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor. (PL 25.47)
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the – Between Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor J8183-2 and Finisher PWB J8012-28
Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). – Between Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor J8183-1 and Booklet PWB J8172-22
– Between Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor J8183-3 and Booklet PWB J8172-20
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the
012-114 Booklet In Sensor OFF Jam 1 Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
BSD-ON: CH15.48
• The Booklet In Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time. 012-117 Folder Exit Sensor ON Jam
• Before the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor turns OFF after the previous set, the first item from the BSD-ON: CH15.22
next set already turns the Booklet In Sensor OFF. (Reverse rotation prevention)
DC330 Codes to be checked When folding: The Folder Exit Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Finisher
Entrance Sensor On.
• [013-135] Booklet In Sensor
• [013-103] Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor
When not folding: The Folder Exit Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Folder Path
• [012-013] Finisher Transport Motor Sensor 4 On.
Check Items
• The Booklet Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure DC330 Codes to be checked
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper • [013-141] Folder Roll Exit Sensor
• Usage of out of spec paper • [013-028] Folder Entrance Motor
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • [013-026] Folder Drive Motor 2
replace the Booklet In Sensor. (PL 25.47) Check Items
– Between Booklet In Sensor J8182-2 and Finisher PWB J8012-21 • The Folder Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
– Between Booklet In Sensor J8182-1 and Booklet PWB J8072-19 • The Folder Xport Rolls 5/6/7 for contamination, wear, and revolution failure (when folding).
– Between Booklet In Sensor J8182-3 and Booklet PWB J8072-17 • The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the • Usage of out of spec paper
Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

2-9
• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems Check Items
are found, replace the Folder Exit Sensor. (PL 25.61)
• The Folder Xport Rolls 1/2 for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
– Between Folder Exit Sensor J8158-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-34
– Between Folder Exit Sensor J8158-1 and Folder PWB J8136-24
– Between Folder Exit Sensor J8158-3 and Folder PWB J8136-22
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the are found, replace the Folder Path Sensor 3. (PL 25.65)
Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). – Between Folder Path Sensor 3 J8152-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-28
– Between Folder Path Sensor 3 J8152-1 and Folder PWB J8136-6
012-118 Folder Path Sensor 2 ON Jam • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the
BSD-ON: CH15.20 Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
The Folder Path Sensor 2 does not turn ON within the specified time after the Folder Entrance Sensor
On.
012-120 Folder Path Sensor 4 ON Jam
DC330 Codes to be checked BSD-ON: CH15.22
• [013-119] Folder Path Sensor 2
The Folder Path Sensor 4 does not turn ON within the specified time after the Folder Path Sensor 3 On.
• [013-026] Folder Drive Motor 2
• [013-034] Folder Gate Solenoid 1 DC330 Codes to be checked
Check Items • [013-126] Folder Path Sensor 4
• The Folder Gate 1 for operation failure • [013-026] Folder Drive Motor 2
• The Folding Roll 1 for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure • [013-036/037] Folder Gate Solenoid 2
• The Folder Nip Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure Check Items
• The Folder Xport Roll 1 for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure • The Folder Gate 2 for operation failure
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper • The Folder Xport Roll 3 for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• Usage of out of spec paper • The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper
replace the Folder Path Sensor 2. (PL 25.65)
– Between Folder Path Sensor 2 J8156-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-32 replace the Folder Path Sensor 4. (PL 25.63)
– Between Folder Path Sensor 2 J8156-1 and Folder PWB J8136-18 – Between Folder Path Sensor 4 J8153-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-29
– Between Folder Path Sensor 2 J8156-3 and Folder PWB J8136-16 – Between Folder Path Sensor 4 J8153-1 and Folder PWB J8136-9
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the – Between Folder Path Sensor 4 J8153-3 and Folder PWB J8136-7
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the
012-119 Folder Path Sensor 3 ON Jam

BSD-ON: CH15.22 012-141 Buffer Path Sensor OFF Jam
BSD-ON: CH15.31
The Folder Path Sensor 3 does not turn ON within the specified time after the Folder Path Sensor 2 On.
1. After the lead edge of the second buffer paper turns the Punch Out Sensor ON, the tail edge of the
DC330 Codes to be checked buffer paper does not turn the Buffer Path Sensor OFF within the specified time.
• [013-120] Folder Path Sensor 3
2. After the punch operation has started for the second buffer paper, the tail edge of the buffer paper
• [013-026] Folder Drive Motor 2 does not turn the Buffer Path Sensor OFF within the specified time.
• [013-027] Folder Drive Motor 1
DC330 Codes to be checked • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• [012-108] Buffer Path Sensor
• [012-019] Compile Exit Motor
• [013-036/037] Folder Gate Solenoid 2 012-151 Compile Exit Sensor OFF Jam
• The Folder Gate 2 for operation failure The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Compile Exit Sensor On.
• The Buffer Reverse Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The Sensor Actuator for return failure DC330 Codes to be checked
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper • [012-019] Compile Exit Motor
• Usage of out of spec paper • [012-106] Compile Exit Sensor
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, Check Items
replace the Buffer Path Sensor. (PL 25.9)
• The Compile Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
– Between Buffer Path Sensor J8050-2 and Finisher PWB J8014-17
• The Main Paddle for revolution failure
• The Eject Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The Eject Nip for operation failure
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-142 Buffer Path Sensor ON Jam replace the Compile Exit Sensor. (PL 25.2)
BSD-ON: CH15.31 – Between Compile Exit Sensor J8054-2 and Finisher PWB J8014-29
– Between Compile Exit Sensor J8054-1 and Finisher PWB J8014-30
When using buffer paper: The Buffer Path Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the
Punch Out Sensor On. – Between Compile Exit Sensor J8054-3 and Finisher PWB J8014-28
Others: After the punch operation has started, the Buffer Path Sensor does not turn ON within the speci-
fied time.
012-152 Compile Exit Sensor ON Jam
BSD-ON: CH15.33
• [012-108] Buffer Path Sensor
• [012-019] Compile Exit Motor When Punch Mode is OFF: After the Punch Out Sensor On, the Compile Exit Sensor does not turn ON
• [012-106] Compile Exit Sensor within the specified time.
• [013-024/025] Transport Gate Solenoid
When Punch Mode is ON: After the punch operation has started, the Compile Exit Sensor does not turn
Check Items ON within the specified time.
• The S2 Gate for operation failure.
• The Buffer Reverse Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure. DC330 Codes to be checked
• The Sensor Actuator for operation failure. • [012-019] Compile Exit Motor
• The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper. • [012-106] Compile Exit Sensor
• Usage of out of spec paper. • [013-024/025] Transport Gate Solenoid
• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems Check Items
are found, replace the Buffer Path Sensor. (PL 25.9)
• The Punch Reverse Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The T/A Roll 1 for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure

2-11
• The Compile Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure DC330 Codes to be checked
• The S2 Gate for operation failure • [012-138] Eject Sensor
• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems • [012-034] Eject Motor
are found, replace the Compile Exit Sensor. (PL 25.2)
Check Items
• The Compile Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The Nip for operation failure
• The Eject Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• The Sensor Actuator for return failure
012-159 Eject Sensor ON Jam
BSD-ON: CH15.41
replace the Eject Sensor. (PL 25.32)
When Punch Mode is OFF: The Eject Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Com- – Between Eject Sensor J8039-2 and Finisher PWB J8013-7
pile Exit Sensor On. – Between Eject Sensor J8039-1 and Finisher PWB J8013-8
– Between Eject Sensor J8039-3 and Finisher PWB J8013-6
When Punch Mode is ON: (For large size paper) After the punch operation has started, the Compile Exit • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time.

012-161 Set Eject Jam
• [012-138] Eject Sensor
BSD-ON: CH15.33
• [012-034] Eject Motor
• [012-106] Compile Exit Sensor After the Eject has started, the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified
• [012-019] Compile Exit Motor time.
• [013-040/041] Eject Clamp Motor
Check Items DC330 Codes to be checked
• [012-121] Compile Tray No Paper Sensor
• The Compile Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure • [012-019] Compile Exit Motor
• The Nip for operation failure • [012-034] Eject Motor
• The Eject Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure Check Items
• The Sensor Actuator for operation failure. • The paper transport path for foreign substances, burrs, and bits of paper
• Usage of out of spec paper • The Eject Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems • The Stapler for operation failure
are found, replace the Eject Sensor. (PL 25.32) • The Eject Nip for failure
– Between Eject Sensor J8039-2 and Finisher PWB J8013-7 • Usage of out of spec paper
– Between Eject Sensor J8039-1 and Finisher PWB J8013-8 • Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
– Between Eject Sensor J8039-3 and Finisher PWB J8013-6 replace the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor. (PL 25.27)
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). – Between Compile Tray No Paper Sensor J8049-2 and Finisher PWB J8014-14
– Between Compile Tray No Paper Sensor J8049-1 and Finisher PWB J8014-15
– Between Compile Tray No Paper Sensor J8049-3 and Finisher PWB J8014-13
012-160 Eject Sensor OFF Jam • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
BSD-ON: CH15.41
The Eject Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Eject Sensor On.
012-171 Top Tray Exit Sensor ON Jam – Between Top Tray Exit Sensor J8043-2 and Finisher PWB J8013-18
– Between Top Tray Exit Sensor J8043-1 and Finisher PWB J8013-19
BSD-ON:CH15.32
• When Punch Mode is OFF: The Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
after the Punch Out Sensor On.
• When Punch Mode is ON: After the punch operation has started, the Top Tray Exit Sensor does not
turn ON within the specified time. 012-180 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor OFF Jam
DC330 Codes to be checked BSD-ON: CH15.58
• [012-107] Top Tray Exit Sensor
• [012-013] Finisher Transport Motor The Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Booklet Folder
Roll Exit Sensor On.
• [012-066] SCT Motor
• [013-103] Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor
• The Punch Reverse Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
• [013-005] Booklet Paper Path Motor
• [013-008/009] Booklet Fold Motor
• [013-010] Knife Solenoid
• The S2 Gate for operation failure
Check Items
• The Knife for operation failure
• The Booklet Folder Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
are found, replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 25.10)
replace the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor. (PL 25.47)
– Between Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor J8183-2 and Finisher PWB J8012-28
012-172 Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF Jam
BSD-ON: CH15.32
• After the lead edge of the buffer paper turns the Punch Out Sensor ON, the tail edge of that same
buffer paper does not turn the Top Tray Exit Sensor OFF within the specified time.
• After the punch operation has started, the Top Tray Exit Sensor does not turn OFF within the speci-
fied time.
• [012-107] Top Tray Exit Sensor
• [012-066] SCT Motor
Check Items
• Check whether something is obstructing delivery to the Top Tray output section
• The Top Exit Roll for contamination, paper dust, wear, and revolution failure
replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 25.10)

2-13
012-211 Stacker Tray Fail Y N

Is the voltage between the Tray Height Sensor Lower J8210 pin-2 (+) and pin-1 (-) +5VDC?
BSD-ON:CH15.46
Y N
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8018 pin-26 (+) and pin-27 (-) +5VDC?
1. After the Stacker Tray started to drop, the Stack Height Sensor does not turn OFF even after 500
Y N
ms has passed.
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
2. After the Stacker Tray started to rise, the Tray Height Sensor Lower does not turn ON even after
5sec has passed. Check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8018-26 and the Tray Height Sensor
Procedure Lower J8210-2, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8018-27 and the Tray Height Sensor
Remove the Finisher Rear Cover and manually turn the white gear in the Elevator Motor section. Lower J8210-1 for open circuits and poor contacts.
Does the gear rotate with no load?
Y N Is the voltage between the Tray Height Sensor Lower J8061 pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-) +5VDC?
Remove any sources of load such as Elevator Gear blockage and rack deformation. Y N
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8018 pin-12 (+) and pin-10 (-) +5VDC?
Enter the Diag Mode, alternately input DC330[012-059] (Up) and [012-060] (Down), and turn them Y N
ON. Does the Elevator Motor rotate? Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Y N
Does the voltage between the Elevator Motor J8094-2 (+) and the GND (-) immediately becomes Check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8018-12 and the Tray Height Sensor
+24VDC when DC330[012-059] (Up) is turned ON? Lower J8061-1, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8018-10 and the Tray Height Sensor
Y N Lower J8061-3 for open circuits and poor contacts.
Check the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-3 (+) and the GND (-). Does the volt-
age immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-059] (Up) is turned ON? Is the voltage between the Tray Height Sensor Lower J8061-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Check the connection between the Tray Height Sensor Lower J8061-2 and the Finisher PWB
Y N J8018-11 for an open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Finisher PWB J8024-7. the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation. If no problems are found, replace the
Tray Height Sensor Lower (Front) followed by (Rear). (PL 25.38)
Check the connection between the Finisher PWB J8024-3 and the Elevator Motor J8094-2 for
an open circuit and poor contact. Enter the DC330[012-140](Stack Height Sensor 1) and turn it ON and OFF using paper, etc. Does
the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Check the voltage between the Elevator Motor J8094-1 (+) and the GND (-). Does the voltage Y N
immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-060] (Down) is turned ON? Is the voltage between the Stack Height Sensor 1 J8062 pin-2 (+) and pin-1 (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Check the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-10 (+) and the GND (-). Does the Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8018 pin-13 (+) and pin-14 (-) +5VDC?
voltage immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-060] (Down) is turned ON? Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8018-13 and the Stack Height Sensor 1
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Finisher PWB J8024-7. J8062-2, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8018-14 and the Stack Height Sensor 1
J8062-1 for open circuits and poor contacts.
Is the voltage between the Stack Height Sensor 1 J8209 pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-) +5VDC?
Check the connection between the Elevator Motor J8094-1 and the Finisher PWB J8024-10 for Y N
an open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8018 pin-25 (+) and pin-23 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 25.35) Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Enter the DC330[012-141] (Tray Height Sensor Lower) and turn it ON and OFF using paper, etc.
Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
A B C
A B C A B
Check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8018-25 and the Stack Height Sensor 1 Check the voltage between the Elevator Motor J8094-1 (+) and the GND (-). Does the voltage
J8209-1, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8018-23 and the Stack Height Sensor 1 immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-060] (Down) is turned ON?
J8209-3 for open circuits and poor contacts. Y N
Check the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-10 (+) and the GND (-). Does the
Is the voltage between the Stack Height Sensor 1 J8209-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? voltage immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-060] (Down) is turned ON?
Y N Y N
Check the connection between the Stack Height Sensor 1 J8209-2 and the Finisher PWB Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
J8018-24 for an open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace Y N
the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Finisher PWB J8024-7.
Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation. If no problems are found, replace the Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Stack Height Sensor 1 (Front) followed by (Rear). (PL 25.38)
Check the connection between the Elevator Motor J8094-1 and the Finisher PWB J8024-10 for
It can be considered that there were no errors during this service visit. an open circuit and poor contact.
Again, check the operation of the Elevator Motor, check for partial disconnection of sensor harness and
check whether there are any sources of noise in the vicinity of the machine. Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 25.35)
If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
It can be considered that there were no errors during this service visit.
Again, check the operation of the Elevator Motor, check for partial disconnection of sensor harness and
012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Fail check whether there are any sources of noise in the vicinity of the machine.
BSD-ON:CH15.43
After the Stacker Tray has started rising, the Mix Stack Sensor turned ON.
012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Fail
Procedure BSD-ON: CH15.43
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-142] (Mix Stack Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and
OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? After the Stacker Tray has started dropping, the Lower Limit Sensor turned ON.
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Mix Stack Sensor. Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-148] (Lower Limit Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON
Alternately input DC330[012-059] (Up) and [012-060] (Down), and turn them ON. Does the Elevator and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Motor rotate? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Lower Limit Sensor.
Does the voltage between the Elevator Motor J8094-2 (+) and the GND (-).. Does the voltage
immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-059] (Up) is turned ON? Input DC330[012-144] (Full Stack Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of
Y N paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Check the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-3 (+) and the GND (-). Does the volt- Y N
age immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-059] (Up) is turned ON? Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Full Stack Sensor.
Y N
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Press the Stop button. . Alternately input DC330[012-059] (Up) and [012-060] (Down), and turn them
Y N ON. Does the Elevator Motor rotate?
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Finisher PWB J8024-7. Y N
Does the voltage between the Elevator Motor J8094-2 (+) and the GND (-).. Does the voltage
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-059] (Up) is turned ON?
Y N
Check the connection between the Finisher PWB J8024-3 and the Elevator Motor J8094-2 for Check the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-3 (+) and the GND (-). Does the volt-
an open circuit and poor contact. age immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-059] (Up) is turned ON?
Y N
A B
Version.2.0 A B C
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-15
A
012-xxx
B C
FIP 2-16 A B
Version.2.0
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Finisher PWB J8024-7. Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
each?
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to
Check the connection between the Finisher PWB J8024-3 and the Elevator Motor J8094-2 for the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
an open circuit and poor contact.
Check the voltage between the Elevator Motor J8094-1 (+) and the GND (-). Does the voltage
immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-060] (Down) is turned ON? Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8019-26 and
Y N J8111-11, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8019-24 and J8111-8 for open circuits and
Check the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-10 (+) and the GND (-). Does the poor contacts.
voltage immediately becomes +24VDC when DC330[012-060] (Down) is turned ON?
Y N Turn OFF the power and disconnect P/J8111.
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8024-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
Y N • Between pin-11 and pin-10, pin-11 and pin-12 of P8111
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Finisher PWB J8024-7. • Between pin-8 and pin-7, pin-8 and pin-9 of P8111
Are the resistances approx. 6.7 Ohm for each?
Y N
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
Check the connection between the Elevator Motor J8094-1 and the Finisher PWB J8024-10 for
replace the End Wall Motor. (PL 25.26)
an open circuit and poor contact.
• Between P8111-12 and J8072-1
Replace the Elevator Motor. (PL 25.35) • Between P8111-10 and J8072-3
It can be considered that there were no errors during this service visit. • Between P8111-7 and J8072-6
Again, check the operation of the Elevator Motor, check for partial disconnection of sensor harness and • Between P8111-11 and J8072-2
check whether there are any sources of noise in the vicinity of the machine.
Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and
poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
012-214 End Wall Home Sensor OFF Fail • Between Finisher PWB J8019-17 and J8111-12
BSD-ON:CH15.35 • Between Finisher PWB J8019-15 and J8111-10
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-19 and J8111-9
The End Wall Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the End Wall Motor On. • Between Finisher PWB J8019-21 and J8111-7
Procedure Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-126] (End Wall Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor • The End Wall Motor Drive Belt tension
ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? • The Sensor Actuator for failure
Y N • The positional relationship with the Stapler
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Wall Home Sensor.
Press the Stop button.. Input either DC330[012-032] (Open) or [012-033] (Close) (End Wall Motor)
and turn it ON. Does the End Wall Motor operate?
Y N
Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-11/8 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
each?
Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-26/24 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
each?
A B
A B
012-215 End Wall Open Sensor ON Fail Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and
BSD-ON: CH15.35
The End Wall Open Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the End Wall Motor On. • Between Finisher PWB J8019-15 and J8111-10
Procedure • Between Finisher PWB J8019-21 and J8111-7
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-127] (End Wall Open Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON
and OFF with a sheet of paper. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Y N • The End Wall Motor Drive Belt tension
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Wall Open Sensor. • The Sensor Actuator for failure
• The positional relationship with the Stapler
Press the Stop button.
Input either DC330[012-032] (Open) or [012-033] (Close) (End Wall Motor) and turn it ON. Does the
End Wall Motor operate?
Y N
012-216 End Wall Home Sensor ON Fail
Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-11/8 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC BSD-ON: CH15.35
each?
Y N The End Wall Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the End Wall Motor On.
each? Procedure
Y N Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-126] (End Wall Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
each? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Wall Home Sensor.
the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6. Press the Stop button.
Input either DC330[012-032] (Open) or [012-033] (Close) (End Wall Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) End Wall Motor operate?
Y N
Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8019-26 and Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-11/8 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
J8111-11, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8019-24 and J8111-8 for open circuits and each?
poor contacts. Y N
Turn OFF the power and disconnect P/J8111. each?
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor. Y N
• Between pin-11 and pin-10, pin-11 and pin-12 of P8111 Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
• Between pin-8 and pin-7, pin-8 and pin-9 of P8111 each?
Are the resistances approx. 6.7 Ohm for each? Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
replace the End Wall Motor. (PL 25.26)
• Between P8111-12 and J8072-1 Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8019-26 and
• Between P8111-9 and J8072-4 J8111-11, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8019-24 and J8111-8 for open circuits and
• Between P8111-7 and J8072-6 poor contacts.
• Between P8111-8 and J8072-5 Turn OFF the power and disconnect P/J8111.
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
A B
Version.2.0 A
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-17
A
012-xxx FIP 2-18 A B
Version.2.0
• Between pin-11 and pin-10, pin-11 and pin-12 of P8111 Y N

• Between pin-8 and pin-7, pin-8 and pin-9 of P8111 Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
Are the resistances approx. 6.7 Ohm for each? each?
Y N
Y N
replace the End Wall Motor. (PL 25.26) the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
• Between P8111-9 and J8072-4 Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8019-26 and
Turn OFF the power and disconnect P/J8111.
Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
• Between pin-11 and pin-10, pin-11 and pin-12 of P8111
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-17 and J8111-12 • Between pin-8 and pin-7, pin-8 and pin-9 of P8111
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-15 and J8111-10 Are the resistances approx. 6.7 Ohm for each?
Y N
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-21 and J8111-7 replace the End Wall Motor. (PL 25.26)
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
• The End Wall Motor Drive Belt tension
• The Sensor Actuator for failure
• The positional relationship with the Stapler
012-217 End Wall Open Sensor OFF Fail Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and
BSD-ON: CH15.35 poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
The End Wall Open Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the End Wall Motor On.
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-127] (End Wall Open Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON
and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
• The End Wall Motor Drive Belt tension
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Wall Open Sensor.
Press the Stop button. • The positional relationship with the Stapler
Input either DC330[012-032] (Open) or [012-033] (Close) (End Wall Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
End Wall Motor operate?
Y N 012-218 Shelf Home Sensor ON Fail
Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-11/8 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
BSD-ON:CH15.34
each?
Y N
1. The Shelf Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Shelf Motor On.
each? 2. After the Shelf Motor has stopped after the Shelf Home Sensor On, the Shelf Home Sensor does
not turn ON.
A B
A
Procedure • Between Finisher PWB J8019-29 and J8111-13
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-128] (Shelf Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON
and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Y N • The Shelf Motor Drive Belt tension
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Shelf Home Sensor. • The Sensor Actuator for failure
• Phase skew of the front/rear belt drive
Input either DC330[012-042] (Eject) or [012-043] (Storage) (Shelf Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Shelf Motor operate?
Y N
012-219 Shelf Home Sensor OFF Fail
Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-17/14 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC BSD-ON: CH15.34
each?
Y N 1. The Shelf Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Shelf Motor On.
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-30/28 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC 2. After the Shelf Motor has stopped after the Shelf Home Sensor Off, the Shelf Home Sensor does
each? not turn OFF.
Y N Procedure
each? Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-128] (Shelf Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON
Y N
Y N
the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6. Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Shelf Home Sensor.

Input either DC330[012-042] (Eject) or [012-043] (Storage) (Shelf Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Shelf Motor operate?
Y N
J8111-17, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8019-28 and J8111-14 for open circuits and
poor contacts. Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-17/14 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
each?
Y N
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor. Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-30/28 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC
each?
Y N
Are the resistances approx. 4.6 Ohm for each? each?
Y N Y N
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to
replace the Shelf Motor. (PL 25.26) the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
• Between P8111-16 and J8073-3 Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
J8111-17, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8019-28 and J8111-14 for open circuits and
Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) • Between pin-17 and pin-16, pin-17 and pin-18 of P8111
A
Version.2.0 A
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-19
A
012-xxx FIP 2-20 A B C D
Version.2.0
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)

replace the Shelf Motor. (PL 25.26) Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8019-8 and
• Between P8111-17 and J8073-2 • Between pin-5 and pin-6, pin-5 and pin-4 of P8111
• Between P8111-14 and J8073-5 • Between pin-2 and pin-3, pin-2 and pin-1 of P8111
Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and Y N
replace the Tamper Motor. (PL 25.25)
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-23 and J8111-16 • Between P8111-6 and J8071-1
• The Shelf Motor Drive Belt tension
• Phase skew of the front/rear belt drive
Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and
012-221 Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail • Between Finisher PWB J8019-7 and J8111-4
BSD-ON:CH15.33 • Between Finisher PWB J8019-11 and J8111-3
The Tamper Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Tamper Motor On.
Procedure • The Tamper Motor Drive Belt tension
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-125] (Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON • The Sensor Actuator for failure
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Tamper Home Sensor.
012-223 Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail
Press the Stop button. BSD-ON: CH15.33
Input either DC330[012-028] (Front) or [012-030] (Rear) (Tamper Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Tamper Motor operate? After the Tamper Motor has stopped after the Tamper Home Sensor Off, the Tamper Home Sensor does
Y N not turn OFF.
Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-5/2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC each?
Y N Procedure
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-8/10 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-125] (Tamper Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON
each? and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Tamper Home Sensor.
each?
Y N Press the Stop button.
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to Input either DC330[012-028] (Front) or [012-030] (Rear) (Tamper Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6. Tamper Motor operate?
A B C D
Y N 012-225 Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor ON Fail
Are the voltages between the relay connectors P/J8111-5/2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC each?
Y N BSD-ON:CH15.50
When the Booklet Tamper F is returning to home, the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (F) does not turn
each?
Y N ON within the specified time after the Booklet Tamper Motor (F) On.
each? Procedure
Y N Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-134] (Booklet Tamper Home Sensor) (Front) and turn it ON. Turn
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6. Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (Front).
Turn OFF the power and check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8019-8 and Input either DC330[013-052] (Front) or [013-048] (Rear) (Booklet Tamper Motor) (F) and turn it ON.
J8111-5, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8019-10 and J8111-2 for open circuits and Does the Booklet Tamper Motor (F) operate?
poor contacts. Y N
Is the CR7 on the Booklet PWB ON?
Turn OFF the power and disconnect P/J8111. Y N
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor. Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-4.
• Between pin-2 and pin-3, pin-2 and pin-1 of P8111 Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-3.
Turn OFF the power and remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (REP 25.41.1)
replace the Tamper Motor. (PL 25.25)
• Between P8111-6 and J8071-1 Disconnect P/J8190.
• Between P8190 pin-2 and each of pin-3/1/4/6
Are the resistances approx. 75 Ohm for each?
• Between P8111-1 and J8071-6 Y N
• Between P8111-5 and J8071-2 Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor (F). (PL 25.45)
Disconnect J8019 from the Finisher PWB and check the following connections for open circuits and replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) • Between Finisher PWB J8012-9 and J8173-12
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-9 and J8111-6 • Between Finisher PWB J8012-10 and J8173-11
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-11 and J8111-3 • Between Booklet PWB J8171-18 and P8190-4
• Between Finisher PWB J8019-13 and J8111-1 • Between Booklet PWB J8171-20 and P8190-6
• Between Booklet PWB J8171-16 and P8190-3
• The Tamper Motor Drive Belt tension
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The Booklet Tamper Motor (F) gear for wear and damage

2-21
• The drawer connector P/J8203 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn damage • The Sensor Actuator for failure
• The drawer connector P/J8203 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn damage
012-226 Booklet Tamper F Home Sensor OFF Fail
BSD-ON: CH15.50 012-227 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor OFF Fail
BSD-ON:CH15.53
The Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (F) does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Booklet
Tamper Motor (F) On. The Booklet End Guide Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Booklet End
Guide Motor On.
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-134] (Booklet Tamper Home Sensor) (Front) and turn it ON. Turn Procedure
the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-137] (Booklet End Guide Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the
Y N sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (Front). Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor.
Input either DC330[013-052] (Front) or [013-048] (Rear) (Booklet Tamper Motor) (F) and turn it ON.. Press the Stop button.
Does the Booklet Tamper Motor (F) operate? Input either DC330[013-011] (Down) or [013-014] (Up) (Booklet End Guide Motor) and turn it ON.. Does
Y N the Booklet End Guide Motor operate?
Is the CR7 on the Booklet PWB ON? Y N
Y N Is the CR7 on the Booklet PWB ON?
Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-4. Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-4.
Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Disconnect P/J8190. Turn OFF the power and remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (REP 25.41.1)
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor. Disconnect P/J8187.
• Between P8190 pin-2 and each of pin-3/1/4/6 Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
Are the resistances approx. 75 Ohm for each? • Between P8187 pin-3 and each of pin-1/2
Y N • Between P8187 pin-6 and each of pin-4/5
Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor (F). (PL 25.45) Are the resistances approx. 6.6 Ohm for each?
Y N
Replace the Booklet End Guide Motor. (PL 25.43)
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-10 and J8173-11 replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• Between Booklet PWB J8171-18 and P8190-4 • Between Finisher PWB J8012-6 and J8173-15
• Between Booklet PWB J8171-14 and P8190-1 • Between Booklet PWB J8171-1 and P8187-4
• Between Booklet PWB J8171-21 and P8190-5 • Between Booklet PWB J8171-2 and P8187-2
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Fin- • Between Booklet PWB J8171-4 and P8187-1
• The Booklet Tamper Motor (F) gear for wear and damage
A
A A
• The Booklet End Guide Motor gear for wear, damage, and improper belt tension • Between Booklet PWB J8171-3 and P8187-5
• The Sensor Actuator for failure • Between Booklet PWB J8171-4 and P8187-1
• The drawer connector P/J8203 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn damage • Between Booklet PWB J8171-5 and P8187-3
012-228 Booklet End Guide Home Sensor ON Fail isher PWB (PL 25.3).
BSD-ON: CH15.53 • The Booklet End Guide Motor gear for wear, damage, and improper belt tension
When the Booklet End Guide is returning to home, the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor does not turn
ON within the specified time after the Booklet End Guide Motor On.
Procedure 012-229 Booklet Tamper R Home Sensor ON Fail

Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-137] (Booklet End Guide Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the BSD-ON:CH15.51
sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N When the Booklet Tamper R is returning to home, the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (R) does not turn
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Booklet End Guide Home Sensor. ON within the specified time after the Booklet Tamper Motor (R) On.
Press the Stop button. Procedure

Input either DC330[013-011] (Down) or [013-014] (Up) (Booklet End Guide Motor) and turn it ON. . Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-136] (Booklet Tamper Home Sensor) (Rear) and turn it ON. Turn
Does the Booklet End Guide Motor operate?
the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Y N
Is the CR7 on the Booklet PWB ON? Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (Rear).
Y N
Input either DC330[013-056] (Front) or [013-060] (Rear) (Booklet Tamper Motor) (R) and turn it ON. .
Does the Booklet Tamper Motor (R) operate?
Y N
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-3. Is the CR7 on the Booklet PWB ON?
Y N
Disconnect P/J8187.
• Between P8187 pin-3 and each of pin-1/2
Y N
• Between P8187 pin-6 and each of pin-4/5 Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-3.
Y N Turn OFF the power and remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (REP 25.41.1)
Replace the Booklet End Guide Motor. (PL 25.43) Disconnect P/J8191.
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • Between P8191 pin-2 and each of pin-3/1/4/6
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Are the resistances approx. 75 Ohm for each?
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-5 and J8173-16 Y N
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-6 and J8173-15 Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor (R). (PL 25.45)
A
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-23
A
012-xxx
B
FIP 2-24 A Version.2.0
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, Y N
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Replace the Booklet Tamper Motor (R). (PL 25.45)
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-13 and J8173-8 Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Fin- • Between Booklet PWB J8171-22 and P8191-1
isher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between Booklet PWB J8171-23 and P8191-5
• The Booklet Tamper Motor (R) gear for wear and damage
• The Sensor Actuator for failure Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Fin-
• The drawer connector P/J8203 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn damage isher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The Booklet Tamper Motor (R) gear for wear and damage
012-230 Booklet Tamper R Home Sensor OFF Fail
BSD-ON: CH15.51
The Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (R) does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Booklet 012-231 Punch Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher)
Tamper Motor (R) On. BSD-ON:CH15.27
Procedure The Punch Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Motor On.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-136] (Booklet Tamper Home Sensor) (Rear) and turn it ON. Turn
the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Procedure
Y N Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-114] (Punch Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (Rear). Motor gear manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Press the Stop button. Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Home Sensor.
Input either DC330[013-056] (Front) or [013-060] (Rear) (Booklet Tamper Motor) (R) and turn it ON. .
Does the Booklet Tamper Motor (R) operate? Press the Stop button.
Y N Input either DC330[012-005] (2/4 hole move operation) or [012-006] (3 hole move operation) (Puncher
Is the CR7 on the Booklet PWB ON? Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Puncher Motor operate?
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-4. Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher
Y N PWB J8026-1/6.
Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the Puncher Motor (PL
Turn OFF the power and remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (REP 25.41.1) Disconnect the P/J8191 25.22). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
connector. • Between Finisher PWB J8020-1 and Puncher Motor J8074-2
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor. • Between Finisher PWB J8020-2 and Puncher Motor J8074-1
• Between P8191 pin-2 and each of pin-3/1/4/6
Are the resistances approx. 75 Ohm for each? Press the Stop button.
A
Input DC330[012-110] (Punch Motor Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet • The lower part of the Puncher Motor for notch damage
of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Motor Sensor.
012-233 Puncher Move Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Finisher)
• The Punch Home Sensor for improper installation BSD-ON:CH15.25
• The Punch Motor Sensor for improper installation
• The gears for wear, damage, and loading 1. The Punch Move Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Move
Motor On.
• The lower part of the Puncher Motor for notch damage
2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Punch Move Home Sensor On, the Punch
Move Home Sensor does not turn ON.
012-232 Punch Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) Procedure

BSD-ON: CH15.27 Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-111] (Punch Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the
Puncher Move Motor belt manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between
"H" and "L"?
The Punch Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Puncher Motor On.
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Move Home Sensor.
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-114] (Punch Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher Press the Stop button.
Motor gear manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Input either DC330[012-009] (Front) or [012-010] (Rear) (Puncher Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does
Y N the Puncher Move Motor operate?
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Home Sensor. Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-4/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Press the Stop button. Y N
Input either DC330[012-005] (2/4 hole move operation) or [012-006] (3 hole move operation) (Puncher Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Puncher Motor operate? Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Fin-
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? isher PWB J8026-1/6.
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
PWB J8026-1/6.
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8019 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound
Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the Puncher Motor (PL resistance of the Motor.
25.22). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between J8019 pin-4 and each of pin-1/2
• Between Finisher PWB J8020-1 and Puncher Motor J8074-2
• Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5
Y N
Input DC330[012-110] (Punch Motor Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet
replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21)
of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? • Between J8019-1 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-4
Y N
• Between J8019-2 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-6
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between J8019-4 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-5
• The Punch Home Sensor for improper installation • Between J8019-5 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-1
• The Punch Motor Sensor for improper installation • Between J8019-6 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-2
• The gears for wear, damage, and loading
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-25
A
012-xxx
B
FIP 2-26 A B
Version.2.0
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) • Between J8019-4 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-5
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• Check again to see whether there are any problems with the move operation of the Puncher.
• The sensor for improper installation and the Actuator for failure Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
• The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading
• The Drive Belt for improper tension Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The sensor for improper installation and the Actuator for failure
012-234 Puncher Move Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 • The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading
• The Drive Belt for improper tension
Finisher)
BSD-ON:CH15.25
1. The Punch Move Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Puncher Move 012-235 Staple Move Home Sensor ON Fail
Motor On. BSD-ON:CH15.36
2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Punch Move Home Sensor Off, the Punch
Move Home Sensor does not turn OFF. 1. The Staple Move Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Staple Move
Motor On.
Procedure
2. After the Staple Move Motor has stopped after the Staple Move Home Sensor On, the Staple Move
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-111] (Punch Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Home Sensor does not turn ON.
"H" and "L"? Procedure
Y N Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-131] (Staple Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Move the Sta-
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Move Home Sensor. pler manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Press the Stop button. Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Staple Move Home Sensor.
Input either DC330[012-009] (Front) or [012-010] (Rear) (Puncher Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does
the Puncher Move Motor operate? Press the Stop button.
Y N Input either DC330[012-046] (Front) or [012-048] (Rear) (Staple Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-4/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Staple Move Motor operate?
Y N Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8017-2/5 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Fin- Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
isher PWB J8026-1/6. Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8019 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
resistance of the Motor.
• Between J8019 pin-4 and each of pin-1/2 Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8017 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound
• Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5 resistance of the Motor.
Y N • Between J8017 pin-5 and each of pin-4/6
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, Are the resistances approx. 2.7 Ohm for each?
replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21) Y N
• Between J8019-1 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-4 Check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
• Between J8019-2 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-6 replace the Staple Move Motor. (PL 25.24)
• Between J8017 pin-1/2/3/4/5/6 and J8057 pin-1/2/3/4/5/6
A B A B
A B
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • The Staple Move Motor gear for wear and damage
• The Staple Move Motor gear for wear and damage 012-237 Staple Center Position Sensor ON Fail
• The Sensor Actuator for failure BSD-ON: CH15.36
1. The Staple Center Position Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Staple Move
Motor On.
012-236 Staple Move Home Sensor OFF Fail
2. After the Staple Move Motor has stopped after the Staple Center Position Sensor On, the Staple
BSD-ON: CH15.36 Center Position Sensor does not turn ON.
1. The Staple Move Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Staple Move Procedure
Motor On. Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-130] (Staple Center Position Sensor) and turn it ON. Move the
2. After the Staple Move Motor has stopped after the Staple Move Home Sensor Off, the Staple Move Stapler manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Home Sensor does not turn OFF. Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Staple Center Position Sensor.
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-131] (Staple Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Move the Sta- Press the Stop button.
pler manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Input either DC330[012-046] (Front) or [012-048] (Rear) (Staple Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Y N Staple Move Motor operate?
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Staple Move Home Sensor. Y N
Input either DC330[012-046] (Front) or [012-048] (Rear) (Staple Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Staple Move Motor operate? Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8017-2/5 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8017 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound
Finisher PWB J8026-1/6. resistance of the Motor.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between J8017 pin-5 and each of pin-4/6
Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8017 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound
Y N
• Between J8017 pin-2 and each of pin-1/3 Check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 25.24)
• Between J8017 pin-1 to Pin-6 and J8057 pin-1 to pin-6
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found,
replace the Staple Move Motor. (PL 25.24) Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Fin-
• Between J8017 pin-1 to Pin-6 and J8057pin-1 to pin-6 isher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The Staple Move Motor gear for wear and damage
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• Interference with the End Wall

2-27
012-238 Staple Center Position Sensor OFF Fail 012-239 Sub Paddle Home Sensor ON Fail
BSD-ON: CH15.36 BSD-ON:CH15.39
1. The Staple Center Position Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Staple The Sub Paddle Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Sub Paddle Home
Move Motor On. Sensor Off.
2. After the Staple Move Motor has stopped after the Staple Center Position Sensor Off, the Staple
Center Position Sensor does not turn OFF. Procedure
Procedure Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-123] (Sub Paddle Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor
ON and OFF with a sheet of paper. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-130] (Staple Center Position Sensor) and turn it ON. Move the
Y N
Stapler forwards and backwards manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch
between "H" and "L"? Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Sub Paddle Home Sensor.
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Staple Center Position Sensor.
Input DC330[012-027] (Paddle Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Paddle Motor operate?
Y N
Input either DC330[012-046] (Front) or [012-048] (Rear) (Staple Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Staple Move Motor operate? Y N
Y N
Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the
Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8023 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). resistance of the Motor.
Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8017 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound • Between J8023 pin-8 and each of pin-2/4
resistance of the Motor. Are the resistances approx. 7 Ohm for each?
• Between J8017 pin-2 and each of pin-1/3 Y N
• Between J8017 pin-5 and each of pin-4/6 Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
Are the resistances approx. 2.7 Ohm for each? replace the Paddle Motor. (PL 25.33)
• Between J8023-1 and J8085-4
Y N
Check the following connections for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, • Between J8023-2 and J8085-1
replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 25.24) • Between J8023-3 and J8085-6
• Between J8017 pin-1 to Pin-6 and J8057 pin-1 to pin-6 • Between J8023-4 and J8085-3
isher PWB (PL 25.3). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The Staple Move Motor gear for wear and damage
Input DC330[012-058] (Paddle Support Clutch) and turn it ON. Can the operation noise of the Paddle
• Interference with the End Wall Support Clutch be heard?
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP and fix the Paddle Support
Clutch.
• The Sub Paddle Drive Belt for improper tension Input DC330[012-058] (Paddle Support Clutch) and turn it ON.. Can the operation noise of the Paddle
• The Sensor Actuator for failure Support Clutch be heard?
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP and fix the Paddle Support
Clutch.
012-240 Sub Paddle Home Sensor OFF Fail
BSD-ON: CH15.39 Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The Sub Paddle Drive Belt for improper tension
The Sub Paddle Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Sub Paddle Up/ • The Sensor Actuator for failure
Down Solenoid On.
Procedure 012-241 Booklet Knife Folding Sensor Fail

Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-123] (Sub Paddle Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor BSD-ON:CH15.56
ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N During the Booklet Knife fold operation, the Knife Folding Sensor does not turn ON within the specified
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Sub Paddle Home Sensor. time after the Knife Solenoid On.
Press the Stop button. Procedure

Input DC330[012-027] (Paddle Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Paddle Motor operate? Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-140] (Knife Folding Sensor) and turn it ON. Place a sheet of
Y N paper between the sensor parts and push in the Booklet Drawer. Next, remove the sheet of paper and
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8023-6/8 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? push in the Booklet Drawer.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Knife Folding Sensor.
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Press the Stop button.
Finisher PWB J8026-1/6. Input either DC330[013-008] (FWD) or [013-009] (RVS) (Booklet Fold Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Booklet Fold Motor operate?
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Y N
Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8023 from the Finisher PWB. Y N
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor. Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-4.
• Between J8023 pin-8 and each of pin-2/4 Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Are the resistances approx. 7 Ohm for each? Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-3.
replace the Paddle Motor. (PL 25.33) Turn OFF the power and remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (REP 25.41.1)
• Between J8023-1 and J8085-4 Check the conductivity of the following connections.
• Between J8023-2 and J8085-1 • Between Finisher PWB J8012-36 and Booklet PWB J8173-25
• Between J8023-3 and J8085-6 • Between Finisher PWB J8012-37 and Booklet PWB J8173-24
• Between J8023-4 and J8085-3 • Between Drawer connector P8203-1 and J8175-2
• Between J8023-6 and J8085-5 • Between Drawer connector P8203-17 and J8175-1
• Between J8023-8 and J8085-2 • Between Booklet PWB J8205-3 and Drawer connector J8203-1
• Between Booklet PWB J8205-4 and Drawer connector J8203-17
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each?
Y N
Press the Stop button. Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts.
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-29
A
012-xxx
B
FIP 2-30 A Version.2.0
Replace the following parts in sequence: Press the Stop button.

• Booklet Fold Motor (PL 25.48) Input either DC330[013-008] (FWD) or [013-009] (RVS) (Booklet Fold Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
• Booklet PWB (PL 25.41) Booklet Fold Motor operate?
Y N
• Finisher PWB (PL 25.3)
Input DC330[013-010] (Knife Solenoid) and turn it ON.. Does the Knife Solenoid energize?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
Check the conductivity of the following connections.
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-17 and Booklet PWB J8173-4 • Between Finisher PWB J8012-36 and Booklet PWB J8173-25
• Between Drawer connector P8202-B2 and P8181-1 • Between Finisher PWB J8012-37 and Booklet PWB J8173-24
• Between Drawer connector P8202-B1 and P8181-2 • Between Drawer connector P8203-1 and J8175-2
• Between Booklet PWB J8172-16 and Drawer connector P8202-B13 • Between Drawer connector P8203-17 and J8175-1
• Between Booklet PWB J8172-15 and Drawer connector J8202-B14 • Between Booklet PWB J8205-3 and Drawer connector J8203-1
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each? • Between Booklet PWB J8205-4 and Drawer connector J8203-17
Y N Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each?
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts. Y N
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts.
Replace the following parts in sequence:
• Knife Solenoid (PL 25.48) Replace the following parts in sequence:
• Booklet Fold Motor (PL 25.48)
• Booklet PWB (PL 25.41)
isher PWB (PL 25.3). Press the Stop button.
• The Booklet Fold Motor gear for wear and damage Input DC330[013-010] (Knife Solenoid) and turn it ON.. Does the Knife Solenoid energize?
Y N
• The drawer connectors P/J8202 and P/J8203 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn Y N
damage
012-243 Booklet Knife Home Sensor ON Fail Turn OFF the power and remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (REP 25.41.1)
BSD-ON: CH15.56
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-17 and Booklet PWB J8173-4
1. When the Booklet Knife is returning to home, the Knife Home Sensor does not turn ON within the • Between Drawer connector P8202-B2 and P8181-1
specified time after the Knife Solenoid On. • Between Drawer connector P8202-B1 and P8181-2
2. During the Booklet Knife fold operation, the Knife Home Sensor turned OFF. • Between Booklet PWB J8172-16 and Drawer connector P8202-B13
Procedure • Between Booklet PWB J8172-15 and Drawer connector J8202-B14
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-101] (Knife Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Place a sheet of paper Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each?
between the sensor parts and push in the Booklet Drawer. Next, remove the sheet of paper and push in Y N
the Booklet Drawer.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts.
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Knife Home Sensor. Replace the following parts in sequence:
A B
B A
• Knife Solenoid (PL 25.48) Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-247 Side Regi Sensor OFF Fail
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the Fin- BSD-ON: CH15.28
• The Booklet Fold Motor gear for wear and damage 1. The Side Regi Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Puncher Move Motor
• The Sensor Actuator for failure On.
• The drawer connectors P/J8202 and P/J8203 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn 2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Side Regi Sensor Off, the Side Regi Sensor
damage does not turn OFF.
Procedure
012-246 Booklet Stapler Fail Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-109] (Side Regi Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and
BSD-ON:CH15.55 OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Side Regi Sensor.
1. The Stapler Ready signal did not become "Not Ready" within the specified time after the Booklet
Stapler Start Signal On. (There is no stapling operation.)
2. The Ready signal remained as "Not Ready" even after the specified time had passed after Stapler
NG was detected, or when the Error signal is ON.
the Puncher Move Motor operate?
3. Error signal On was detected just before the Booklet Staple operation. Y N
4. Error signal ON or Ready signal OFF from the Stapler was detected during the Stapler Power ON Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
check process at Power ON or when the interlock was closed. Y N
Procedure Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Fin-
isher PWB J8026-1/6.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-017] (Stapler Head Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Booklet
Stapler Head Motor operate? Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8019 from the Finisher PWB.
Y N
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-4. • Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5
Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-3. replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21)
Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the Stapler Assembly (PL • Between J8019-2 and J8068-6
25.42), followed by the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), and finally the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between J8019-3 and J8068-3
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-19 and Booklet PWB J8173-2 • Between J8019-4 and J8068-5
• Between Booklet PWB J8205-2 and Drawer connector J8203-3 • Between J8019-5 and J8068-1
• Between Booklet PWB J8205-1 and Drawer connector J8203-19 • Between J8019-6 and J8068-2
Check the conductivity of the following.

• Between Booklet PWB J8173-26 and Finisher PWB J8012-35
• Between Booklet PWB J8173-29 and Finisher PWB J8012-32 Press the Stop button.
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each? Input DC330[012-026] (Puncher Move Clutch) and turn it ON.. Can the operation noise of the
Y N Puncher Move Clutch be heard?
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts. Y N
Go to 2.2.3.4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP and fix the Puncher Move Clutch.
A
Version.2.0 A
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-31
A
Check whether the paper transport positions (front and rear direction) are correct. If no problems are Procedure
found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-121] (End Guide Home Sensor 1) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor
012-248 Compile Stacker Tray Offset Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH15.44 Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Guide Home Sensor 1.
The Stacker Front Position Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Stacker Offset Press the Stop button.
Motor On. Input either DC330[013-029] (Up) or [013-030] (Down) (End Guide Motor 1) and turn it ON.. Does the
End Guide Home Motor 1 operate?
Procedure Y N
Is the CR1 on the Folder PWB ON?
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-146] (Stacker Front Position Sensor) and turn it ON. Rotate the Y N
Actuator to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Folder PWB J8140-4.
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Stacker Front Position Sensor. Is the voltage between the Folder PWB J8137-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to the Folder PWB J8137-2.
Input either DC330[012-061] (Front) or [012-062] (Rear) (Stacker Offset Motor) and turn it ON.. Does
the Stacker Offset Motor operate?
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8138 from the Folder PWB.
Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? • Between J8138 pin-7 and each of pin-8/10
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Fin-
isher PWB J8026-1/6. Are the resistances approx. 4.6 Ohm for each?
Y N
Turn off the power, disconnect connector J8024 from the Finisher PWB.Check the conductivity of Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
the following. replace the End Guide Motor 1 (PL 25.69)
• Between J8024-8 and Stacker Offset Motor J8092-1 • Between J8138-7 and J8142-2
• Between J8024-1 and Stacker Offset Motor J8092-2 • Between J8138-8 and J8142-3
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each? • Between J8138-9 and J8142-5
Y N • Between J8138-10 and J8142-1
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts. • Between J8138-12 and J8142-4
Replace the Stacker Offset Motor (PL 25.34). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
• Between Finisher PWB J8010-6 and Folder PWB J8139-14
25.3).
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) • Between Finisher PWB J8010-8 and Folder PWB J8139-12
• The Stacker Offset Motor gear for wear and damage • Between Finisher PWB J8010-9 and Folder PWB J8139-11
• The Sensor Actuator for deformation and damage
replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-250 End Guide Motor 1 Start Fail
BSD-ON:CH15.19
When the End Guide is moving away from the home position, the End Guide Home Sensor 1 does not • Between Finisher PWB J8010-9 and Folder PWB J8139-11
turn OFF within the specified time after the End Guide Motor 1 On.
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the Fin-
• The End Guide Motor 1 gear for wear and damage
• The Drive Belt for improper tension, wear, and damage
A B
• The Sensor Actuator for failure Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
012-251 End Guide Motor 2 Start Fail • Between Finisher PWB J8010-11 and Folder PWB J8139-9
BSD-ON: CH15.21
When the End Guide 2 is moving away from the home position, the End Guide Home Sensor 2 does not • Between Finisher PWB J8010-13 and Folder PWB J8139-7
turn OFF within the specified time after the End Guide Motor 2 On.
Procedure • The End Guide Motor 2 gear for wear and damage
• The Drive Belt for improper tension, wear, and damage
Y N • The Sensor Actuator for failure
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Guide Home Sensor 2.
012-252 End Guide Motor 1 Home Fail
BSD-ON: CH15.19
Input either DC330[013-031] (Up) or [013-032] (Down) (End Guide Motor 2) and turn it ON.. Does the
When the End Guide 1 is moving towards the home position, the End Guide Home Sensor 1 does not
Y N
turn ON within the specified time after the End Guide Motor 1 On.
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Folder PWB J8140-4. Procedure
Is the voltage between the Folder PWB J8137-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? ON and OFF with a sheet of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to the Folder PWB J8137-2. Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Guide Home Sensor 1.
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8138 from the Folder PWB. Press the Stop button.
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor. Input either DC330[013-029] (Up) or [013-030] (Down) (End Guide Motor 1) and turn it ON.. Does the
• Between J8138 pin-11 and each of pin-16/18 End Guide Home Motor 1 operate?
Are the resistances approx. 4.6 Ohm for each? Is the CR1 on the Folder PWB ON?
Y N
Y N
replace the End Guide Motor 2. (PL 25.70)
Is the voltage between the Folder PWB J8137-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to the Folder PWB J8137-2.
• Between J8138-18 and J8143-1 Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8138 from the Folder PWB.
• Between J8138-20 and J8143-4 Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
Y N
• Between Finisher PWB J8010-13 and Folder PWB J8139-7 replace the End Guide Motor 1. (PL 25.69)
A B
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-33
A
012-xxx
B
FIP 2-34 A B
Version.2.0
• Between J8138-9 and J8142-5 Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8138 from the Folder PWB. Measure the wire wound
• Between J8138-10 and J8142-1 resistance of the Motor.
• Between J8138-12 and J8142-4 • Between J8138 pin-11 and each of pin-16/18
• Between J8138-14 and J8142-6 • Between J8138 pin-13 and each of pin-20/22
• Between Finisher PWB J8010-6 and Folder PWB J8139-14 Are the resistances approx. 4.6 Ohm for each?
Y N
• Between Finisher PWB J8010-8 and Folder PWB J8139-12 replace the End Guide Motor 2. (PL 25.70)
• Between Finisher PWB J8010-9 and Folder PWB J8139-11 • Between J8138-11 and J8143-2
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • Between J8138-16 and J8143-3
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the Fin- • Between Finisher PWB J8010-12 and Folder PWB J8139-8
isher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between Finisher PWB J8010-13 and Folder PWB J8139-7
• The Drive Belt for improper tension, wear, and damage Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
• The Sensor Actuator for failure replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-253 End Guide Motor 2 Home Fail • Between Finisher PWB J8010-12 and Folder PWB J8139-8
BSD-ON:CH15.21
When the End Guide 1 is moving towards the home position, the End Guide Home Sensor 2 does not
turn ON within the specified time after the End Guide Motor 2 On.
Procedure • The Drive Belt for improper tension, wear, and damage
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the End Guide Home Sensor 2. 012-254 Envelope Folder Tray Broken
BSD-ON: CH15.5
Input either DC330[013-031] (Up) or [013-032] (Down) (End Guide Motor 2) and turn it ON.. Does the
The Folder Envelope Tray Switch does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Envelope Tray
Lock Solenoid On.
Y N
Y N
Procedure
Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuit to the Folder PWB J8140-4. Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-045] (Open) or [013-046] (Close) (Envelope Tray Lock Solenoid)
and turn it ON.. Can the operation noise of the Envelope Tray Lock Solenoid be heard?
Is the voltage between the Folder PWB J8137-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Is the CR1 on the Folder PWB ON?
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to the Folder PWB J8137-2. Y N
A B A B
A B A
Is the voltage between the Folder PWB J8137-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Press the Stop button.
Y N Input either DC330[013-002] (Up) or [013-003] (Down) (Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor) and turn it ON. .
Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC INTLK circuit to the Folder PWB J8137-2. Does the Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor operate?
Y N
Input DC330[013-045] (Open) or [013-046] (Close) (Envelope Tray Lock Solenoid) and turn it Is the CR1 on the Interposer PWB ON?
ON. Is the voltage between the Folder PWB J8138-26 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Refer to BSD CH15.2 and check the +5VDC circuits to the Interposer PWB J8123-9/20.
Is the voltage between the Envelope Tray Lock Solenoid J8146-2 (+) and the GND (-)
+24VDC? Are the voltages between the Interposer PWB J8123-11/12/17/18 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the Envelope Tray Lock Solenoid J8146-1 (+) and the GND (- Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuits to the Interposer PWB J8123-11/12/17/
) +24VDC? 18.
Y N
Check the connection between the Folder PWB J8138-24 and the Envelope Tray Input DC330[013-003] (Down) (Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor) and turn it ON.. Is the voltage
Lock Solenoid J8146-1 for an open circuit and poor contact. between the Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor J8133-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Replace the Envelope Tray Lock Solenoid. (PL 25.67) Is the voltage between the Interposer PWB J8122-22 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the Folder PWB J8138-26 and the Envelope Tray Lock Sole- Check the connection between the Finisher PWB J8009-20 and the Interposer PWB
noid J8146-2 for an open circuit and poor contact. J8123-23 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the Inter-
poser PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Check the connection between the Interposer PWB J8122-22 and the Interposer Tray Up/
• Between Finisher PWB J8010-21 and Folder PWB J8139-37 Down Motor J8133-1 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8010-36 (+) and the GND (-) 0VDC? Input DC330[013-002] (Up) (Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor) and turn it ON.. Is the voltage
Y N between the Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor J8133-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Y N
Is the voltage between the Interposer PWB J8122-20 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Release the lock of the Folder Envelope Tray and pull out the Envelope Tray. Turn OFF the power. Y N
Disconnect the Folder Envelope Tray Switch connector J8150.. Is the resistance between 2B and 2A Check the connection between the Finisher PWB J8009-19 and the Interposer PWB
of the Folder Envelope Tray Switch infinite? J8123-24 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the Inter-
Y N poser PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Replace the Folder Envelope Tray Switch. (PL 25.67)
Check the connection between the Interposer PWB J8122-20 and the Interposer Tray Up/
Check the connection between the Folder PWB J8236-1 and the Finisher PWB J8010-36 for a frame Down Motor J8133-2 for an open circuit and poor contact.
short. (Includes internal short circuit of the Folder PWB)
Replace the Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor. (PL 25.54)
012-255 Interposer Tray Up Fail
Check again to see whether there are any problems with the Up/Down operation of the Interposer Tray.
BSD-ON:CH15.14
Check the sensor for improper installation and the drive gear for wear, damage, loading, and etc. If the
problem persists, replace the Interposer PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), followed by the Finisher PWB (PL
The Interposer Level Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Up operation of the
25.3).
Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor has started.
Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-111] (Interposer Level Sensor) and turn it ON. Activate the Actu-
ator manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Interposer Level Sensor.
A
2-35
012-260 Eject Clamp Up Sensor ON Fail • The Drive Belt for improper tension
BSD-ON: CH15.41
1. The Eject Up Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Eject Clamp Motor On. 012-264 Booklet Drawer Broken Fail
2. After the Eject Clamp Motor has stopped after the Eject Up Sensor On, the Eject Up Sensor does BSD-ON: CH15.48
not turn ON.
Procedure The Booklet Drawer Set Sensor detected an OPEN state although the Finisher Front Door Interlock is
closed.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-137] (Eject Up Sensor) and turn it ON. Hand crank the Eject
Clamp Motor Gear manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF. Does the display switch between "H"
and "L"?
Initial Actions
Y N • Check the installation of the sensor
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Eject Up Sensor. • The Actuator for deformation
• The Booklet Drawer rail for deformation
Input either DC330[012-040] (Release) or [012-041] (Nip) (Eject Clamp Motor) and turn it ON. Does the
Eject Clamp Motor operate?
Procedure
Y N Disconnect the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor connector J8184, then open and close the Finisher Front
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8023-14/16 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Door.. Does the 012-264 display disappear?
Y N Y N
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Turn OFF the power, disconnect the Finisher PWB connector J8012. Measure the resistance
Y N between the connector J8012-31 and the frame.. Is the resistance 10 Ohm or less?
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Y N
Finisher PWB J8026-1/6. Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Check the connection between the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor J8184-2 and the Finisher PWB
J8012-31 for a frame short. (Includes internal short circuit of the Booklet PWB)
resistance of the Motor. Is the voltage between the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor J8184 pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-) +5VDC?
• Between J8023 pin-16 and each of pin-17/19 Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8172 pin-25 (+) and pin-23 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Are the resistances approx. 4.8 Ohm for each? Replace the Booklet PWB. (PL 25.41)
Y N
Check the connections between the Booklet PWB J8172-25 and the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor
replace the Eject Clamp Motor. (PL 25.33) J8184-1, as well as between the Booklet PWB J8172-23 and the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor
• Between J8023-13 and Eject Clamp Motor J8087-3
J8184-3 for open circuits and poor contacts.
• Between J8023-15 and Eject Clamp Motor J8087-1 Replace the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor connector. (PL 25.41)
• Between J8023-17 and Eject Clamp Motor J8087-4 012-265 Booklet Knife Home Sensor OFF Fail
• Between J8023-19 and Eject Clamp Motor J8087-6 BSD-ON: CH15.56
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) When the Booklet Knife is moving away from the home position, the Knife Home Sensor does not turn
OFF within the specified time after the Knife Clutch On.
• Check again to see whether there are any problems with the Nip/Release operation of the Eject Procedure
Clamp. Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[013-101] (Knife Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Place a sheet of paper
• The sensor for improper installation and the Actuator for failure between the sensor parts and push in the Booklet Drawer. Next, remove the sheet of paper and push in
• The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading the Booklet Drawer.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
A
Y N Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Knife Home Sensor. Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts.
Press the Stop button. Replace the following parts in sequence:

Input either DC330[013-008] (FWD) or [013-009] (RVS) (Booklet Fold Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the • Knife Solenoid (PL 25.48)
Booklet Fold Motor operate? • Booklet PWB (PL 25.41)
Y N
Y N
• The Booklet Fold Motor gear for wear and damage
Y N • The Sensor Actuator for failure
Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Booklet PWB J8174-3. • The drawer connectors P/J8202 and P/J8203 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn
damage
012-272 Side Regi Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher)
BSD-ON: CH15.25
• Between Drawer connector P8203-1 and J8175-2 1. The Side Regi Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Move
• Between Drawer connector P8203-17 and J8175-1 Motor On.
• Between Booklet PWB J8205-3 and Drawer connector J8203-1 2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Side Regi Home Sensor On, the Side Regi
• Between Booklet PWB J8205-4 and Drawer connector J8203-17 Home Sensor does not turn ON.
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each? Procedure
Y N Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-117] (Side Regi Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts. Move Motor belt manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and
"L"?
Replace the following parts in sequence: Y N
• Booklet Fold Motor (PL 25.48) Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Side Regi Home Sensor.
• Finisher PWB (PL 25.3) Press the Stop button.
Press the Stop button. the Puncher Move Motor operate?
Input DC330[013-010] (Knife Solenoid) and turn it ON. . Does the Knife Solenoid energize? Y N
Y N Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-4/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8174-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Fin-
Turn OFF the power and remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (REP 25.41.1) isher PWB J8026-1/6.
• Between Finisher PWB J8012-17 and Booklet PWB J8173-4 Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
• Between Drawer connector P8202-B2 and P8181-1
• Between Drawer connector P8202-B1 and P8181-2
• Between Booklet PWB J8172-16 and Drawer connector P8202-B13 • Between J8019 pin-4 and each of pin-1/2
• Between Booklet PWB J8172-15 and Drawer connector J8202-B14 • Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each? Are the resistances approx. 1.9 Ohm for each?
A
Version.2.0 A
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-37
A
012-xxx FIP 2-38 A Version.2.0

Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5
replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21) Are the resistances approx. 1.9 Ohm for each?
Y N
• Between J8019-2 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-6 Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
• Between J8019-3 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-3 replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21)
• Between J8019-4 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-5 • Between J8019-1 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-4
• Check again to see whether there are any problems with the move operation of the Puncher. Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
• The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The Drive Belt for improper tension • Check again to see whether there are any problems with the move operation of the Puncher.
012-273 Side Regi Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) • The Drive Belt for improper tension
BSD-ON: CH15.25
1. The Side Regi Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Puncher Move 012-282 Eject Clamp Up Sensor OFF Fail
Motor On. BSD-ON: CH15.41
2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Side Regi Home Sensor Off, the Side Regi
Home Sensor does not turn OFF. 1. The Eject Up Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Eject Clamp Motor On.
Procedure 2. After the Eject Clamp Motor has stopped after the Eject Up Sensor Off, the Eject Up Sensor does
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-117] (Side Regi Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher not turn OFF.
Move Motor belt manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and Procedure
"L"?
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-137] (Eject Up Sensor) and turn it ON. Hand crank the Eject
Y N
Clamp Motor Gear manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H"
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Side Regi Home Sensor. and "L"?
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Eject Up Sensor.
Y N
Input either DC330[012-040] (Release) or [012-041] (Nip) (Eject Clamp Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-4/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Eject Clamp Motor operate?
Y N
Y N
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Fin-
isher PWB J8026-1/6.
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuits to the
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8019 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
A A B
A B
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8023 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound Input DC330[012-001] (Decurler Transport Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Decurler Transport Motor
resistance of the Motor. operate?
• Between J8023 pin-16 and each of pin-17/19 Is the voltage between the Decurler Transport Motor J8166 pin-1 (+) and pin-2 (-) +24VDC?
Are the voltages between the I/F PWB J8167 pin-1 (+) and pin-2 (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
replace the Eject Clamp Motor. (PL 25.33) Are the voltages between the I/F PWB J8005 pin-6 (+) and pin-3 (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuits to the I/F PWB J8005-6, and
the DC COM circuits to the J8005-3.
• Between J8023-16 and Eject Clamp Motor J8087-5 Replace the I/F PWB. (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b)
• Between J8023-19 and Eject Clamp Motor J8087-6 Check the connections between the I/F PWB J8167-1/2 and the Decurler Transport Motor
J8166-1/2 for open circuits and poor contacts.
• Between Finisher PWB J8007-9 and I/F PWB J8006-12
• Check again to see whether there are any problems with the Nip/Release operation of the Eject • Between I/F PWB J8003-4 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-2
Clamp. • Between I/F PWB J8003-7 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-5
• The sensor for improper installation and the Actuator for failure • Between I/F PWB J8003-3 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-1
• The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading • Between I/F PWB J8003-5 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-3
• The Drive Belt for improper tension Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each?
Y N
012-286 Decurler Cam Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Replace the following parts in sequence:
Finisher) • Decurler Transport Motor (PL 25.13a, PL 25.13b)
BSD-ON: CH15.12 • I/F PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b)
The Decurler Cam Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Decurler Cam
Clutch On. Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the I/F PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), followed by
the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Procedure • The Drive Belt for improper tension
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-102] (Decurler Cam Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the • The Drive Gears for wear, broken teeth, and revolution failure
Decurler Cam manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and • The Decurler Cam for operation failure
"L"?
• The sensor for improper installation
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Decurler Cam Home Sensor.
Press the Stop button. 012-287 Decurler Cam Home Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4
Input DC330[012-002] (Decurler Cam Clutch) and turn it ON.. Can the operation noise of the Decurler Finisher)
Cam Clutch be heard?
Y N BSD-ON:CH15.12
Go to 2.2.3.4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP and fix the Decurler Cam Clutch.
1. The Decurler Cam Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Decurler Cam
Press the Stop button. Home Sensor Off.

2-39
2. After the stop that follows the Decurler Cam Home Sensor On, the Decurler Cam Home Sensor Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the I/F PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b), followed by
does not turn ON within the specified time. the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-102] (Decurler Cam Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the • The Drive Gears for wear, broken teeth, and revolution failure
Decurler Cam manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and • The Decurler Cam for operation failure
"L"? • The sensor for improper installation
Y N

012-291 Stapler Fail
Input DC330[012-002] (Decurler Cam Clutch) and turn it ON.. Can the operation noise of the Decurler BSD-ON:CH15.37
Y N 1. The Staple Home Sensor did not change from OFF to ON within the specified time after the Staple
Go to 2.2.3.4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP and fix the Decurler Cam Clutch. Motor forward rotation has started.
2. The Staple Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Staple Motor reverse
Press the Stop button. rotation has started.
Input DC330[012-001] (Decurler Transport Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Decurler Transport Motor Procedure
operate?
Y N Enter the Diag Mode, alternately input DC330[012-044] (Clinch) and [012-045] (Open) (Staple Motor),
and turn them ON.
Is the voltage between the Decurler Transport Motor J8166 pin-1 (+) and pin-2 (-) +24VDC?
Y N NOTE: . This Diagnostic Mode will not operate unless the Eject Safety Switch is closed.
Y N Does the Staple Motor operate?
Are the voltages between the I/F PWB J8005 pin-6 (+) and pin-3 (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8025-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuits to the I/F PWB J8005-6, and Y N
the DC COM circuits to the J8005-3. Refer to BSD CH15.5 and check the +24VDC circuit to the Finisher PWB J8025-1.
Replace the I/F PWB. (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b) Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the Stapler Head Assy
(PL 25.24). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Check the connections between the I/F PWB J8167-1/2 and the Decurler Transport Motor • Between Finisher PWB J8016-1 and Stapler Head J8056-2
J8166-1/2 for open circuits and poor contacts. • Between Finisher PWB J8016-2 and Stapler Head J8056-1
Check the conductivity of the following. Input DC330[012-135] (Staple Home Sensor) and turn it ON.
• Between Finisher PWB J8007-9 and I/F PWB J8006-12 Replace the Stapler Head Assy. (The connectors remain as they are)
• Between I/F PWB J8003-4 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-2 Turn the Staple Motor Gear manually to put the Staple Home Sensor into blocked/exposed state.. Does
the display switch between "H" and "L"?
• Between I/F PWB J8003-7 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-5
Y N
• Between I/F PWB J8003-3 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-1 Is the voltage between the Stapler Head J8055-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
• Between I/F PWB J8003-5 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-3 Y N
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each? Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8015-7 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts. Is the CR11 on the Finisher PWB ON?
Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the PS +24VDC circuit
• Decurler Transport Motor (PL 25.13a, PL 25.13b) to the Finisher PWB J8026-3.
• I/F PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b)
A A B C
A B C A B
Check the connection between the Finisher PWB J8015-7 and the Stapler Head J8055-1 for Y N
an open circuit and poor contact. Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Check the connection between the Stapler Head J8055-5 and the Finisher PWB J8015-3 for an Check the connection between the I/F Module Front Door Switch J8027-2A and the Finisher
open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the Stapler Head Assy. (PL 25.24) PWB J8007-7 for an open circuit and poor contact. (Includes the I/F PWB)
Again check the open/close operation of the Stapler Head. If the problem persists, replace the Finisher Is the voltage between the I/F Module Front Door Switch J8027-2B (+) and the GND (-)
PWB (PL 25.3). +5VDC?
Y N
012-302 Finisher Front Door Interlock Open Replace the I/F Module Front Door Switch. (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b)
BSD-ON: CH15.4 Check the DC COM Circuit between the I/F PWB J8005-1 and the I/F Module Front Door Switch
J8027-2B for an open circuit and poor contact.
The Finisher Front Door is open.
The I/F Module Front Door and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the door for improper installation,
Procedure the actuator for failure, the switch for improper installation, and etc.
Cheat the Finisher Front Door Switch.. Does the 012-302 display disappear?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Finisher Front Door Switch J8100-2B (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? 012-306 Interposer Top Cover Open
Y N
BSD-ON: CH15.4
Y N
The Interposer Top Cover is open.
Check the connection between the Finisher Front Door Switch J8100-2B and the Finisher Procedure
PWB J8026-10 for an open circuit and poor contact. Turn ON the Interposer Top Cover Switch manually.. Does the 012-306 display disappear?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Finisher Front Door Switch J8100-2A (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Is the voltage between the Interposer Top Cover Switch J8132-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher Front Door Switch. (PL 25.81) Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8009-11 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the DC COM Circuit between the Finisher PWB J8026-9 and the Finisher Front Door Switch Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
J8100-2A for an open circuit and poor contact.
Check the connection between the Interposer Top Cover Switch J8132-2 and the Finisher
The Finisher Front Door and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the door for improper installation, the PWB J8009-11 for an open circuit and poor contact. (Includes the Interposer PWB)
actuator for failure, the switch for improper installation, and etc.
Is the voltage between the Interposer Top Cover Switch J8132-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
012-304 I/F Module Front Door Interlock Open Y N
Replace the Interposer Top Cover Switch. (PL 25.54)
BSD-ON: CH15.4
Check the DC COM Circuit between the Interposer PWB J8122-4 and the Interposer Top Cover
The I/F Module Front Door is open.
Switch J8132-1 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Procedure The Interposer Top Cover and the Switch are not well aligned. Check the Interposer Top Cover for
Cheat the I/F Module Front Door Switch.. Does the 012-304 display disappear? improper installation, the actuator for failure, the switch for improper installation, and etc.
Y N
Is the voltage between the I/F Module Front Door Switch J8027-2A (+) and the GND (-)
+5VDC?
Y N
A B
2-41
012-307 Booklet Drawer Set Fail Y N

BSD-ON: CH15.48
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
The Booklet Drawer is not set in place.
Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the Puncher Motor (PL
Initial Actions 25.22). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• Check the installation of the sensor • Between Finisher PWB J8020-1 and Puncher Motor J8074-2
• The Actuator for deformation • Between Finisher PWB J8020-2 and Puncher Motor J8074-1
• The Booklet Drawer rail for deformation
Input DC330[012-110] (Punch Motor Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet
Procedure of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Disconnect the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor connector J8184, then open and close the Finisher Front Y N
Door. Does the 012-307 display disappear? Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Motor Sensor.
Y N
Turn OFF the power, disconnect the Finisher PWB connector J8012. Measure the resistance Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
between the connector J8012-31 and the frame. Is the resistance 10 Ohm or less? • The Punch Home Sensor for improper installation
Y N
• The gears for wear, damage, and loading
Check the connection between the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor J8184-2 and the Finisher PWB • The lower part of the Puncher Motor for notch damage
J8012-31 for a frame short. (Includes internal short circuit of the Booklet PWB)
Is the voltage between the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor J8184 pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-) +5VDC? 012-321 Punch Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher)
Y N
BSD-ON: CH15.27
Is the voltage between the Booklet PWB J8172 pin-25 (+) and pin-23 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
The Punch Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Puncher Motor On.
Replace the Booklet PWB. (PL 25.41)
Check the connections between the Booklet PWB J8172-25 and the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor Procedure
J8184-1, as well as between the Booklet PWB J8172-23 and the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor J8184- Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-114] (Punch Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher
3 for open circuits and poor contacts. Motor gear manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"?
Y N
Replace the Booklet Drawer Set Sensor. (PL 25.41) Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Home Sensor.
012-320 Punch Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher) Press the Stop button.
Input either DC330[012-005] (2/4 hole move operation) or [012-006] (3 hole move operation) (Puncher
BSD-ON:CH15.27
Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Puncher Motor operate?
Y N
The Punch Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Motor On. Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Procedure Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6.
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-114] (Punch Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher
Motor gear manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? Check the conductivity of the following. If no problems are found, replace the Puncher Motor (PL
Y N 25.22). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Home Sensor. • Between Finisher PWB J8020-1 and Puncher Motor J8074-2
Input either DC330[012-005] (2/4 hole move operation) or [012-006] (3 hole move operation) (Puncher Press the Stop button.
Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Puncher Motor operate?
A B
Input DC330[012-110] (Punch Motor Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the sensor ON and OFF with a sheet • Between J8019-1 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-4
of paper.. Does the display switch between "H" and "L"? • Between J8019-2 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-6
Y N
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between J8019-5 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-1
• The Punch Home Sensor for improper installation • Between J8019-6 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-2
• The gears for wear, damage, and loading Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
• The lower part of the Puncher Motor for notch damage

012-322 Puncher Move Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher) • The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading
BSD-ON:CH15.25 • The Drive Belt for improper tension
1. The Punch Move Home Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time after the Puncher Move
Motor On.
2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Punch Move Home Sensor Off, the Punch
012-323 Puncher Move Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher)
Move Home Sensor does not turn OFF. BSD-ON:CH15.25
Procedure 1. The Punch Move Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Move
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-111] (Punch Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Motor On.
2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Punch Move Home Sensor On, the Punch
"H" and "L"? Move Home Sensor does not turn ON.
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Move Home Sensor. Procedure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-111] (Punch Move Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the
Press the Stop button. Puncher Move Motor belt manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between
Input either DC330[012-009] (Front) or [012-010] (Rear) (Puncher Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does "H" and "L"?
the Puncher Move Motor operate? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Punch Move Home Sensor.
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Input either DC330[012-009] (Front) or [012-010] (Rear) (Puncher Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher PWB J8026-1/ Y N
6. Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-4/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8019 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher PWB J8026-1/
resistance of the Motor. 6.
• Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5 Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
Y N
replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21) • Between J8019 pin-4 and each of pin-1/2
A B
Version.2.0 A
11/2011 012-xxx FIP
2-43
A
Version.2.0
• Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5 Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8019 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound
Are the resistances approx. 1.9 Ohm for each? resistance of the Motor.
Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5
replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21) Are the resistances approx. 1.9 Ohm for each?
• Between J8019-1 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-4 Y N
• Between J8019-2 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-6 Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
• Between J8019-3 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-3 replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21)
• Check again to see whether there are any problems with the move operation of the Puncher. Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
• The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• The Drive Belt for improper tension • Check again to see whether there are any problems with the move operation of the Puncher.
012-324 Side Regi Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher) • The Drive Belt for improper tension
BSD-ON: CH15.25
1. The Side Regi Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Puncher Move 012-325 Side Regi Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher)
Motor On. BSD-ON: CH15.25
2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Side Regi Home Sensor Off, the Side Regi
Home Sensor does not turn OFF. 1. The Side Regi Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Move
Procedure Motor On.
2. After the Puncher Move Motor has stopped after the Side Regi Home Sensor On, the Side Regi
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-117] (Side Regi Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher
Move Motor belt manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and Home Sensor does not turn ON.
"L"? Procedure
Y N Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-117] (Side Regi Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the Puncher
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Side Regi Home Sensor. Move Motor belt manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and
"L"?
Input either DC330[012-009] (Front) or [012-010] (Rear) (Puncher Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Side Regi Home Sensor.
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8019-4/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Input either DC330[012-009] (Front) or [012-010] (Rear) (Puncher Move Motor) and turn it ON.. Does
Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher PWB J8026-1/ Y N
6. Are the voltages between the Finisher PWB J8026-1/6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
A B A B
A B
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2) and check the +24VDC circuits to the Finisher PWB J8026-1/ Go to 2.2.3.4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP and fix the Decurler Cam Clutch.
6.
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) Input DC330[012-001] (Decurler Transport Motor) and turn it ON.. Does the Decurler Transport Motor
operate?
Turn OFF the power, disconnect connector J8019 from the Finisher PWB. Measure the wire wound Y N
resistance of the Motor. Is the voltage between the Decurler Transport Motor J8166 pin-1 (+) and pin-2 (-) +24VDC?
• Between J8019 pin-6 and each of pin-3/5 Are the voltages between the I/F PWB J8167 pin-1 (+) and pin-2 (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuits to the I/F PWB J8005-6, and
replace the Puncher Move Motor. (PL 25.21)
• Between J8019-1 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-4 the DC COM circuits to the J8005-3.
Replace the I/F PWB. (PL 25.11a)
• Between J8019-4 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-5 Check the connections between the I/F PWB J8167-1/2 and the Decurler Transport Motor
• Between J8019-5 and Puncher Move Motor J8068-1 J8166-1/2 for open circuits and poor contacts.
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) • Between Finisher PWB J8007-9 and I/F PWB J8006-12
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • Between I/F PWB J8003-7 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-5
• Check again to see whether there are any problems with the move operation of the Puncher. • Between I/F PWB J8003-3 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-1
• The sensor for improper installation and the Actuator for failure • Between I/F PWB J8003-5 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-3
• The Drive Gears for wear, damage, and loading Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each?
• The Drive Belt for improper tension Y N

012-330 Decurler Cam Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2 Finisher) • Decurler Transport Motor (PL 25.13a)
BSD-ON: CH15.12
• I/F PWB (PL 25.11a)
The Decurler Cam Home Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Decurler Cam • Finisher PWB (PL 25.3)
Clutch On.
Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the I/F PWB (PL 25.11a), followed by the Finisher
PWB (PL 25.3).
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-102] (Decurler Cam Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the
• The Drive Gears for wear, broken teeth, and revolution failure
Decurler Cam manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF.. Does the display switch between "H" and
"L"? • The Decurler Cam for operation failure
Y N • The sensor for improper installation

Input DC330[012-002] (Decurler Cam Clutch) and turn it ON.. Can the operation noise of the Decurler

2-45
012-332 Decurler Cam Home Sensor ON Fail (D2 Finisher) • Decurler Transport Motor (PL 25.13a)
BSD-ON:CH15.12 • I/F PWB (PL 25.11a)
1. The Decurler Cam Home Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Decurler Cam
Home Sensor Off. Check the following. If no problems are found, replace the I/F PWB (PL 25.11a), followed by the Finisher
2. After the stop that follows the Decurler Cam Home Sensor On, the Decurler Cam Home Sensor PWB (PL 25.3).
does not turn ON within the specified time. • The Drive Belt for improper tension
• The Drive Gears for wear, broken teeth, and revolution failure
Procedure
• The Decurler Cam for operation failure
Enter the Diag Mode, input DC330[012-102] (Decurler Cam Home Sensor) and turn it ON. Turn the
Decurler Cam manually to turn the sensor ON and OFF. Does the display switch between "H" and • The sensor for improper installation
"L"?
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and fix the Decurler Cam Home Sensor. 012-334 Download Mode Fail
BSD-ON: CH15.9a, CH15.9b
Input DC330[012-002] (Decurler Cam Clutch) and turn it ON. Can the operation noise of the Decurler The download ended abnormally and the machine can only start in the Download Mode at Power ON.
Y N
Go to 2.2.3.4 Generic Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP and fix the Decurler Cam Clutch.
Initial Actions
Check whether the following connectors are connected correctly. (Jack Nos. in brackets are for 700
Press the Stop button. DCP.)
Input DC330[012-001] (Decurler Transport Motor) and turn it ON. Does the Decurler Transport Motor
operate? • MCU PWB J411 (J417)
Y N • I/F PWB J8001/ J8002/ J8006
Is the voltage between the Decurler Transport Motor J8166 pin-1 (+) and pin-2 (-) +24VDC? • Finisher PWB J8007
Y N
Y N
Procedure
Are the voltages between the I/F PWB J8005 pin-6 (+) and pin-3 (-) +24VDC? Is the CR11 on the Finisher PWB ON?
Y N Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.3 and check the +24VDC circuits to the I/F PWB J8005-6, and Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8026-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
the DC COM circuits to the J8005-3. Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuit to the Fin-
Replace the I/F PWB. (PL 25.11a) isher PWB J8026-3.
Check the connections between the I/F PWB J8167-1/2 and the Decurler Transport Motor Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)
J8166-1/2 for open circuits and poor contacts.
Is the CR3 on the I/F PWB ON?
Check the conductivity of the following. Y N
• Between Finisher PWB J8007-9 and I/F PWB J8006-12 Are the voltages between the I/F PWB J8005 pin-5 (+) and pin-2 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connections between the Finisher PWB P8008-1 and the I/F PWB J8005-5, as well
as between the Finisher PWB P8008-2 and the I/F PWB J8005-2.
• Between I/F PWB J8003-5 and Decurler Transport Motor J8034-3 Replace the I/F PWB. (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b)
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each?
Y N Check the conductivity of the following. (Jack Nos. in brackets are for 700 DCP.)
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts. • Between MCU PWB J411(J417)-B1 and I/F PWB J8002-12
• Between MCU PWB J411(J417)-B2 and I/F PWB J8002-11
A
A
• Between MCU PWB J411(J417)-B3 and I/F PWB J8002-10 Replace the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor. (PL 25.1)
• Between MCU PWB J411(J417)-B4 and I/F PWB J8002-9
• Between Finisher PWB J8007-17 and I/F PWB J8006-4
• Between Finisher PWB J8007-16 and I/F PWB J8006-5 012-900 Buffer Path Sensor Static Jam
Are the resistances 1 Ohm or less for each? BSD-ON: CH15.31
Y N
Check the connections that are not at 1 Ohm or less for open circuits and poor contacts. When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Buffer Path Sensor
detected paper.
Download the Finisher software again.
If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3), followed by the I/F PWB (PL 25.11a, PL DC330 Codes to be checked
25.11b), and finally the MCU PWB (refer to the Main Unit’s manual). • [012-108] Buffer Path Sensor
Check Items
• The sensor for bits of paper
012-400 Staple Dust Near Full
• The sensor for contamination and improper installation
BSD-ON:CH15.38
• The Sensor Actuator for return failure
The Staple Dust Box needs to be replaced soon. (The Staple Dust Box Full Sensor is ON.) • Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen.
Initial Actions replace the Buffer Path Sensor. (PL 25.9)
• Check whether staples are accumulating in the sensor detection part of the Staple Dust Box. – Between Buffer Path Sensor J8050-2 and Finisher PWB J8014-17
• Check whether the Staple Dust Box is set correctly. – Between Buffer Path Sensor J8050-1 and Finisher PWB J8014-18
• Check whether the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor light receptor is dirty. – Between Buffer Path Sensor J8050-3 and Finisher PWB J8014-16
Procedure
Remove the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor. (The connectors remain as they are). Is the voltage between
the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor J8799-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? 012-903 Compile Exit Sensor Static Jam
Y N BSD-ON: CH15.33
Check the connection between the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor J8799-2 and the Finisher PWB
J8064-5 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the Finisher PWB. When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Compiler Exit Sen-
(PL 25.3) sor detected paper.
Is the voltage between the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor connectors J8799-1 (+) and J8799-3 (-) DC330 Codes to be checked
+5VDC?
• [012-106] Compile Exit Sensor
Y N
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8064-4 (+) and J8064-6 (-) +5VDC? Check Items
Y N • The sensor for bits of paper
Is the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8026-3 (+) and J8026-2 (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Refer to BSD CH15.1a(D2/D2P), CH15.1b(D3/D4) and check the +24VDC circuit to the • Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen.
Finisher PWB J8026-3 and the DC COM circuit to J8026-2. • Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
replace the Compile Exit Sensor. (PL 25.2)
Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3) – Between Compile Exit Sensor J8054-2 and Finisher PWB J8014-29
Check the connections between the Finisher PWB J8064-4 and the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor – Between Compile Exit Sensor J8054-3 and Finisher PWB J8014-28
J8799-1, as well as between the Finisher PWB J8064-6 and the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor J8799-
3 for open circuits and poor contacts.
A
2-47
012-905 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor Static Jam 012-908 Eject Sensor Static Jam
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Compile Tray No When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Eject Sensor
Paper Sensor detected paper. detected paper.
DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked

• [012-121] Compile Tray No Paper Sensor • [012-138] Eject Sensor
Check Items Check Items
• The sensor for bits of paper • The sensor for bits of paper
• The sensor for contamination and improper installation • The sensor for contamination and improper installation
• The Sensor Actuator for return failure • The Sensor Actuator for operation failure.
• Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen. • Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
replace the Compile Tray No Paper Sensor. (PL 25.27) replace the Eject Sensor. (PL 25.32)
– Between Compile Tray No Paper Sensor J8049-2 and Finisher PWB J8014-14 – Between Eject Sensor J8039-2 and Finisher PWB J8013-7
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-907 Top Tray Exit Sensor Static Jam 012-909 Punch Out Sensor Static Jam
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Top Tray Exit Sen- When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Punch Out Sensor
sor detected paper. detected paper.

• [012-107] Top Tray Exit Sensor • [012-105] Punch Out Sensor
• The Sensor Actuator for return failure • Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen
• Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen. • Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the Punch Out Sensor. (PL 25.23)
replace the Top Tray Exit Sensor. (PL 25.10) – Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-2 and Finisher PWB J8022-14
– Between Top Tray Exit Sensor J8043-2 and Finisher PWB J8013-18 – Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-1 and Finisher PWB J8022-15
– Between Top Tray Exit Sensor J8043-1 and Finisher PWB J8013-19 – Between Punch Out Sensor J8083-3 and Finisher PWB J8022-13
– Between Top Tray Exit Sensor J8043-3 and Finisher PWB J8013-17 • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-938 Decurler In Sensor Static Jam 012-949 Punch Box Set Fail (D2 Finisher)
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Decurler In Sensor Punch Dust Box is not installed.
detected paper.
Initial Actions
DC330 Codes to be checked Check whether the Punch Dust Box is installed properly.
• [012-100] Decurler In Sensor
• The sensor for bits of paper • [012-118] Punch Box Set Sensor
• The sensor for contamination and improper installation Check Items
• Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen • The sensor for contamination and improper installation
• Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems • The connection between the Finisher PWB J8014 and the Punch Box Set Sensor J8051 for open
are found, replace the Decurler In Sensor. (PL 25.12a, PL 25.12b) circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
– Between Decurler In Sensor J8037-2 and Finisher PWB J8007-6 • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Punch Box Set Sensor (PL 25.1), fol-
– Between Decurler In Sensor J8037-1 and I/F PWB J8004-3 lowed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
012-939 Decurler Out Sensor Static Jam

BSD-ON: CH15.11
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Decurler Out Sen-
sor detected paper.

• [012-101] Decurler Out Sensor
Check Items
• Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen
are found, replace the Decurler Out Sensor. (PL 25.12a, PL 25.12b)
– Between Decurler Out Sensor J8035-2 and Finisher PWB J8007-5

2-49
013-100 Trimmer In Sensor On Jam • Square Fold Exit Motor (DC330[013-079]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.27)
• Eject Roll Drive Belt for poor tension, wear and/or damage.
BSD-ON:CH37.6
The Trimmer In Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor
has turned On. 013-103 Trimmer Path Sensor 3 On Jam
BSD-ON:CH37.13
Procedure
Check the following: The Trimmer Path Sensor 3 does not turn On within a specified time after the Square Fold Exit Motor has
• Trimmer for improper docking.. started driving after Square Exit Clamp.
• Whether the paper is out of spec.
• Paper Path for foreign objects. Procedure
• Paper Transport Belt for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure. Check the following:
• Trimmer In Sensor (DC330[013-150]) for dirt and/or improper installation. (PL 45.18) • Whether the paper is out of spec
• Belt Transport Motor (DC330[013-064/065]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.12) • Paper Path for foreign objects.
• Paper Transport Roll for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure.
• Trimmer Path Sensor 3 (DC330[013-153]) for dirt and/or improper installation. (PL 45.31)
013-101 Trimmer Path Sensor 1 On Jam • The sensor prism of Trimmer Path Sensor 3 to see if it is disengaged, damaged and/or improperly
installed. (PL 45.31)
BSD-ON:CH37.6
• Trimmer Nip Roll Motor (DC330[013-080](Nip) and DC330[013-081](RLS)) for an operation failure.
(PL 45.30)
The Trimmer Path Sensor 1 does not turn On within a specified time after the Trimmer In Sensor has
turned On. • Trimmer Eject Roll Motor (DC330[013-086]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.31)
Procedure
Check the following: 013-104 Trimmer Eject Sensor On Jam
• Whether the paper is out of spec. BSD-ON:CH37.15
• Paper Path for foreign objects.
• Paper Transport Belt for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure. The Trimmer Eject Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the Trimmer Eject Roll Motor has
started driving after the roll unit moved to the paper output position.
• Belt Transport Motor (DC330[013-064/065]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.12)
Procedure
Check the following:
013-102 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 On Jam • Paper Path for foreign objects.
BSD-ON:CH37.11 • Paper Transport Roll for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure.
• Trimmer Eject Sensor (DC330[013-154]) for dirt and/or improper installation. (PL 45.28)
The Trimmer Path Sensor 2 does not turn On at the skew correction position within a specified time after
the Belt has started driving. • Trimmer Eject Roll Motor (DC330[013-086/087]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.31)
Procedure
Check the following: 013-105 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 Off Jam
• Whether the paper is out of spec. BSD-ON:CH37.11
• Paper Transport Belt for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure. The Trimmer Path Sensor 2 does not turn Off within a specified time after the Trimmer Roll Unit Move
Motor has started driving.
• Belt Transport Motor (DC330[013-064/065]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.12)

2-51
Procedure 013-221 Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor On Fail

Check the following: BSD-ON:CH37.12
• Whether the paper is out of spec
• Paper Path for foreign objects. The Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the Trimmer Nip Roll
• Paper Transport Roll for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure. Motor has started operating.
• Square Fold Exit Motor (DC330[013-079]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.27)
Procedure
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Right Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
Cheat the Top Right Cover Intlk Switch.
Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
013-106 Trimmer Eject Sensor Off Jam Enter DC330[013-080](Nip) and DC330[013-081](RLS) alternately. Press Start each time. Is the Trim-
BSD-ON:CH37.15 mer Nip Roll Motor heard operating?
Y N
The Trimmer Eject Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after the Trimmer Eject Sensor has Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
turned On. Y N
Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8513-1 (+) and J8513-2 (-) when DC330[013-080] is
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8513-2 (+) and J8513-1 (-) when DC330[013-081] is On. Is each
measured voltage +24VDC?
• Paper Path for foreign objects. Y N
• Paper Transport Roll for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). Is
• Trimmer Eject Sensor (DC330[013-154]) for an operation failure and/or improper installation. (PL +24VDC measured?
45.28) Y N
• Trimmer Eject Roll Motor (DC330[013-086/087]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.31) Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
• Eject Roll Drive Belt for poor tension, wear and/or damage.
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
• Square Fold Exit Motor (DC330[013-079]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.27)
Check F6 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor for a short, and the
motor for load.
013-107 Trimmer Path Sensor 3-1 On Jam If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
BSD-ON:CH37.13
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect Connector J8513 from the Trimmer PWB.
As to the machine without the Square and with the Trimmer, the Trimmer Path Sensor 3-1 does not turn Measure the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor winding resistance. Is approx. 5.5 ohms to 7 ohms mea-
On within a specified time after the start of transport after the end of Trimmer Exit Nip. sured between J8513-1 and J8513-2?
Y N
Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is
Procedure found, replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor (PL 45.30).
Check the following: • Trimmer PWB J8513-1 to Trimmer Nip Roll Motor P8651-2
• Whether the paper is out of spec
• Trimmer PWB J8513-2 to Trimmer Nip Roll Motor P8651-1
• Paper Transport Roll for wear and/or deterioration causing a transport failure. Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
• Trimmer Path Sensor 3-1 (DC330[013-171]) for dirt and/or improper installation. (PL 45.31)
• Trimmer Nip Roll Motor (DC330[013-080](Nip) and DC330[013-081](RLS)) for an operation failure. Press Stop.
(PL 45.30) Enter DC330[013-080](Nip) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-166] (Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sen-
sor) and press Start. Is L displayed?
• Trimmer Eject Roll Motor (DC330[013-086]) for an operation failure. (PL 45.31)
Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-23 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured?
Y N
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
A B
A B
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-24 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measued? Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Y N Enter DC330[013-080](Nip) and DC330[013-081](RLS) alternately. Press Start each time. . Is the Trim-
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). mer Nip Roll Motor heard operating?
Y N
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor. Check the following for conduc- Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
tivity. Y N
• Trimmer PWB J8503-22 to Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor J8661-3 Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
• Trimmer PWB J8503-23 to Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor J8661-2
• Trimmer PWB J8503-24 to Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor J8661-1
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8513-2 (+) and J8513-1 (-) when DC330[013-081] is On. . Is
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each?
each measured voltage +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
+24VDC measured?
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed
Y N
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor (PL 45.30). Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-081](RLS) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-166](Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sen- Check F6 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
sor) and press Start. Is H displayed?
ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor for a short, and the
Y N
motor for load.
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-23 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured? If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Y N
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor.
Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8503-23 and Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor Measure the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 5.5 ohms to 7 ohms mea-
J8661-2. Is 1 ohm or less measured?
sured between J8513-1 and J8513-2?
Y N
Y N
Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact. Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is
found, replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor (PL 45.30).
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor (PL 45.30).
Press Stop.
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-081](RLS) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-167](Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sen-
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
sor) and press Start. . Is L displayed?
• Trimmer Upper Roll for improper installation. Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-17 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured?
Y N
013-222 Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor On Fail Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
BSD-ON:CH37.12
The Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the Trimmer Nip Roll Y N
Motor has started operating. Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor. Check the following for con-
Procedure ductivity.
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Right Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover. • Trimmer PWB J8503-16 to Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor J8663-3
Version.2.0 A
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-53
A
Version.2.0
• Trimmer PWB J8503-17 to Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor J8663-2 Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8507-1 (+) and J8507-2 (-) when DC330[013-084] is
• Trimmer PWB J8503-18 to Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor J8663-1 On, and between Trimmer PWB J8507-2 (+) and J8507-1 (-) when DC330[013-085] is On. . Is
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each? each measured voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact.
+24VDC measured?
Y N
Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor (PL 45.30).
Press Stop.
Connect F7 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
Enter DC330[013-080](Nip) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-167](Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sen-
sor) and press Start. . Is H displayed? ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Trimmer Motor for a short, and the motor for
load.
Y N
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Y N
Turn Off the machine. Remove theTrimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor.
Measure the Trimmer Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 2 ohms measured between J8507-1
Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8503-17 and Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor
J8663-2. . Is 1 ohm or less measured? and J8507-2?
Y N
Y N
Remove the Trimmer Cutter. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found,
Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.
replace the Trimmer Cutter (PL 45.34).
• Trimmer PWB J8507-1 to Trimmer Motor J8640-1
replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor (PL 45.30). • Trimmer PWB J8507-2 to Trimmer Motor J8640-2
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Press Stop. Press Stop.

Check the following: Enter DC330[013-084](Trimming) and press Start. Then immediately press [Stop Current Component] to
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. stop the Trimmer Cutter halfway.
Enter DC330[013-169](Trimmer Home Switch Closed). Press Start. . Is L displayed?
• Trimmer Upper Roll for improper installation.
Y N
Y N
013-223 Trimmer Cutter NG Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
BSD-ON:CH37.14
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8511-1 (+) and GND (-).. Is +24VDC measured?
Trimmer Home Sensor On could not be detected within a specified time after the Trimmer started operat- Y N
ing, but after the reverse rotation Trimmer Home Switch On has been detected. Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Procedure ductivity, check the +24VDC line ahead of F11 Fuse for a short.
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Rear Cover of the Trimmer.
Replace the Trimmer Cutter (PL 45.34).
Enter DC330[013-084](Trimming) and DC330[013-085](Recovery) alternately. Press Start each time. .
Is the Trimmer Motor heard operating?
Press Stop.
Y N
Enter DC330[013-085](Recovery) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-169](Trimmer Home Switch)
Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
and press Start. . Is H displayed?
Y N
Y N
A B C
C A
Y N Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8511-1 (+) and GND (-). . Is +24VDC mea- Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
sured? +24VDC measured?
Y N Y N
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from theTrimmer PWB. Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Check F11 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no
conductivity, check the +24VDC line ahead of F11 Fuse for a short. Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Check F7 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Trimmer Motor for a short, and the motor for
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Cutter. Check the following for conductivity. load.
• Trimmer PWB J8511-1 to Trimmer Home Switch J8641-1 If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
• Trimmer PWB J8511-2 to Trimmer Home Switch J8641-2
Measure the Trimmer Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 2 ohms measured between J8507-1
Y N
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact. and J8507-2?
Y N
Remove the Trimmer Cutter. Check the following for concuctivity. If no problem is found,
replace the Trimmer Cutter (PL 45.34).
Press Stop.
The Trimmer is thought to be properly functioning. Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Check for a poor connection. Check the installation environment for a noise, etc. If the problem is not
solved, replace the Trimmer Cutter (PL 45.34) and the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) in order. Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-084](Trimming) and press Start. Then immediately press [Stop Current Component] to
stop the Trimmer Cutter halfway.
Enter DC330[013-169](Trimmer Home Switch Closed). Press Start. . Is L displayed?
013-224 Trimmer Cutter Broken Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH37.14 Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8511-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is +24VDC measured?
Y N
1. Trimmer Home Sensor On could not be detected within a specified time after the Trimmer started Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
operating. After the reverse rotation, Trimmer Home Switch On could not be detected either.
2. The Trimmer Home Switch does not turn Off within a specified time after the Trimmer has started Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8511-1 (+) and GND (-). . Is +24VDC measured?
operating. Y N
Procedure Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Rear Cover of the Trimmer.
ductivity, check the +24VDC line ahead of F11 Fuse for a short.
Enter DC330[013-084](Trimming) and DC330[013-085](Recovery) alternately. Press Start each time. .
Is the Trimmer Motor heard operating?
Y N
Press Stop.
Y N
Enter DC330[013-085](Recovery) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-169](Trimmer Home Switch)
and press Start. . Is H displayed?
Y N
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8507-2 (+) and J8507-1 (-) when DC330[013-085] is On. . Is
Y N
each measured voltage +24VDC?
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8511-1 (+) and GND (-). . Is +24VDC mea-
sured?
A
Version.2.0 B C
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-55
B
013-xxx
C
FIP 2-56 A B
Version.2.0
Y N Check F9 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB. ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor for a short, and
Check F11 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no the motor for load.
conductivity, check the +24VDC line ahead of F11 Fuse for a short. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Turn Off the machine.
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Cutter. Check the following for conductivity. Disconnect Relay Connectors P/J8652. Measure the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor winding resis-
• Trimmer PWB J8511-1 to Trimmer Home Switch J8641-1 tance.
• Trimmer PWB J8511-2 to Trimmer Home Switch J8641-2 • P8652-2 to P8652-5, P8652-2 to P8652-6
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each? • P8652-1 to P8652-3, P8652-1 to P8652-4
Y N Is 3.20.32 ohms measured across each (25 deg. C)?
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact. Y N
Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem
Replace the Trimmer Cutter (PL 45.34). is found, replace the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor (PL 45.32).
• Relay Connector P8652-1 to Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor P8655-5
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). • Relay Connector P8652-2 to Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor P8655-2
Press Stop.
The Trimmer is thought to be properly functioning.
Check for a poor connection. Check the installation environment for a noise, etc. If the problem is not • Relay Connector P8652-5 to Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor P8655-3
solved, replace the Trimmer Cutter (PL 45.34) and the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) in order. • Relay Connector P8652-6 to Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor P8655-1
Connect Relay Connectors P/J8652. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found,
013-225 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor On Fail replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) and the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3) in order.
• Trimmer PWB J8505-1 to Relay Connector P8652-6
BSD-ON:CH37.13
1. The Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the start of the • Trimmer PWB J8505-3 to Relay Connector P8652-4
operatin. • Trimmer PWB J8505-4 to Relay Connector P8652-3
2. The Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor has not turned On after the Trimmer Roll Unit stopped after the • Trimmer PWB J8505-5 to Relay Connector P8652-2
Sensor turned On. • Trimmer PWB J8505-6 to Relay Connector P8652-1
Procedure • Finisher PWB J8066-8 to Trimmer PWB J8500-27
Turn Off the Trimmer. Open the Top Right Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
Turn On the Trimmer. Enter diag. Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-082](Eject) and DC330[013-083](RVS) alternately. Press Start each time. Is the. Move the Trimmer Roll Unit to the rightmost side by hand to make the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor
Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor heard operating? receive light.
Y N Enter DC330[013-168](Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor). Press Start. Is. L displayed?
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8505-5/6 (+) and GND (-). . Is each measured volt- Y N
age +24VDC? Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-14 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured?
Y N Y N
Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On? Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-28 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC mea-
Y N sured?
Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8. Y N
+24VDC measured? Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8500-4 and Finsiher PWB
Y N J8066-28. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
A B C
C
Y N 013-226 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor Off Fail
BSD-ON:CH37.13
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor. Check the following for conduc-
1. The Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after the start of the
tivity.
• Trimmer PWB J8503-13 to Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor J8664-3 operation.
• Trimmer PWB J8503-14 to Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor J8664-2 2. The Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor has not turned Off after the stop after the Sensor turned Off.
• Trimmer PWB J8503-15 to Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor J8664-1 Procedure
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each? Turn Off the Trimmer. Open the Top Right Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
Y N Turn On the Trimmer. Enter diag.
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact. Enter DC330[013-082](Eject) and DC330[013-083](RVS) alternately. Press Start each time. Is the
Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor heard operating?
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed Y N
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor (PL 45.32). Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8505-5/6 (+) and GND (-). Is each measured volt-
age +24VDC?
Press Stop. Y N
Move the Trimmer Roll Unit to the leftmost side by hand to block light to the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sen- Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
sor. Y N
Enter DC330[013-168](Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor). Press Start. . Is H displayed? Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-14 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured? Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). Is
Y N +24VDC measured?
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor. Y N
Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8503-14 and Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
J8664-2. . Is 1 ohm or less measured?
Y N Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact. Check F9 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor for a short, and
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, the motor for load.
replace the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor (PL 45.32). If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-28 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured? Turn Off the machine.
Y N Diconnect Relay Connectors P/J8652. Measure the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor winding resis-
Check for a short between Trimmer PWB J8500-4 and Finisher PWB J8066-28. If no problem tance.
is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). • P8652-2 to P8652-5, P8652-2 to P8652-6
• P8652-1 to P8652-3, P8652-1 to P8652-4
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Is 3.20.32 ohms measured across each (25 deg. C)?
Y N
Press Stop. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem
Check the following: is found, replace the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor (PL 45.32).
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. • Relay Connector P8652-1 to Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor P8655-5
• Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage. • Relay Connector P8652-2 to Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor P8655-2
• Paper Path for foreign objects. • Relay Connector P8652-3 to Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor P8655-6
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-57
A
013-xxx
B
FIP 2-58 C D
Version.2.0
Connect Relay Connectors P/J8652. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8503-14 and Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor
replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) and the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3) in order. J8664-2. Is 1 ohm or less measured?
• Trimmer PWB J8505-1 to Relay Connector P8652-6 Y N
• Trimmer PWB J8505-2 to Relay Connector P8652-5 Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.
replace the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor (PL 45.32).
• Trimmer PWB J8505-6 to Relay Connector P8652-1 Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-28 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured?
• Finisher PWB J8066-8 to Trimmer PWB J8500-27 Y N
Check for a short between Trimmer PWB J8500-4 and Finisher PWB J8066-28. If no problem
Press Stop. is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Move the Trimmer Roll Unit to the rightmost side by hand to make the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor
receive light. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
Enter DC330[013-168](Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor). Press Start. Is L displayed?
Y N Press Stop.
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-14 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured? Check the following:
Y N • Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-28 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC mea- • Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
sured? • Paper Path for foreign objects.
Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8500-4 and Finisher PWB 013-227 Square Fold Gate Home Sensor On Fail
J8066-28. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). BSD-ON:CH37.9
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-15 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured? 1. The Square Fold Gate Home Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the start of the
Y N operation.
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). 2. The Square Fold Gate Home Sensor has not turned On after the stop afte the Sensor turned On.
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor. Check the following for conduc-
Procedure
tivity. Turn Off the machine. Remove the Rear Cover of the Trimmer and the Rear Cover of the Finisher.
• Trimmer PWB J8503-13 to Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor J8664-3 Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Enter DC330[013-068](Stopper Eject) and DC330[013-069](Stopper Storage) alternately. Press Start
• Trimmer PWB J8503-14 to Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor J8664-2
each time. . Is the Square Fold Gate Motor heard operating?
• Trimmer PWB J8503-15 to Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor J8664-1 Y N
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each? Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-11/12 (+) and GND (-). . Is +24VDC mea-
Y N sured?
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact. Y N
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor (PL 45.32). Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
Press Stop. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
Move the Trimmer Roll Unit to the leftmost side by hand to block light to the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sen- +24VDC measured?
sor. Y N
Enter DC330[013-168](Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor). Press Start. Is H displayed? Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-14 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured? Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Y N
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor.
C D A B
A B C D
Check F9 Fuse (BSD CH37.2) and F12 Fuse (BSD CH37.9) on the Trimmer PWB for conduc- Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed
tivity. If either Fuse has no conductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor (PL 45.26).
Motor for a short, and the motor for load.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-069](Stopper Storage) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-156](Square Fold Gate
Turn Off the machine. Home Sensor) and press Start. . Is H displayed?
Disconnect Connector J8512 from Trimmer PWB. Measure the Square Fold Gate Motor winding Y N
resistance. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8502-7 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured?
• J8512-11 to J8512-13 Y N
• J8512-11 to J8512-14 Turn Off the machine. Remove the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor.
Is 75 ohms7.5 ohms measured across each (25 deg. C)? Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8502-7 and Square Fold Gate Home Sensor
Y N J8633-2. . Is 1 ohm or less measured?
Remove the Square Fold Gate Motor. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is Y N
found, replace the Square Fold Gate Motor (PL 45.26). Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.
• Trimmer PWB J8512-11 to Square Fold Gate Motor J8681-2
Replace the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor (PL 45.26).
• Trimmer PWB J8512-14 to Square Fold Gate Motor J8681-3 Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-4 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured?
Y N
Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8500-29 and Finisher PWB J8066-6. If no problem Check for a short between Trimmer PWB J8500-31 and Finisher PWB J8066-4. If no problem
is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) and the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3) in order. is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Press Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).

Enter DC330[013-068](Stopper Eject) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-156](Square Fold Gate
Home Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed? Press Stop.
Y N Check the Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
Y N
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-4 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured?.
013-228 Square Fold Gate Home Sensor Off Fail
Y N BSD-ON:CH37.9
1. The Square Fold Gate Home Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after the start of the
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8500-31 and Finisher PWB operation.
J8066-4. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). 2. The Square Fold Gate Home Sensor has not turned Off after the stop after the Sensor turned Off.
Procedure
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Rear Cover of the Trimmer and the Rear Cover of the Finisher.
Y N
Enter DC330[013-068](Stopper Eject) and DC330[013-069](Stopper Storage) alternately. Press Start
each time. . Is the Square Fold Gate Motor heard operating?
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor. Check the following for con-
Y N
ductivity.
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-11/12 (+) and GND (-). . Is +24VDC mea-
• Trimmer PWB J8502-6 to Square Fold Gate Home Sensor J8633-3
sured?
• Trimmer PWB J8502-7 to Square Fold Gate Home Sensor J8633-2 Y N
• Trimmer PWB J8502-8 to Square Fold Gate Home Sensor J8633-1 Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each? Y N
Y N Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
+24VDC measured?
C D
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-59
A
013-xxx
B
FIP 2-60 C D
Version.2.0
Y N Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed
Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5. with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor (PL 45.26).
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB. Press Stop.
Check F9 Fuse (BSD CH37.2) and F12 Fuse (BSD CH37.9) on the Trimmer PWB for conduc- Enter DC330[013-069](Stopper Storage) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-156](Square Fold Gate
tivity. If either Fuse has no conductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor) and press Start.. Is H displayed?
Motor for a short, and the motor for load. Y N
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8502-7 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured?
Y N
Turn Off the machine. Turn Off the machine. Remove the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor.
Disconnect Connector J8512 from the Trimmer PWB. Measure the Square Fold Gate Motor wind- Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8502-7 and Square Fold Gate Home Sensor
ing resistance. J8633-2. . Is 1 ohm or less measured?
• J8512-11 to J8512-13 Y N
• J8512-11 to J8512-14 Check the wire for an open wire or poor contact.
Is 75 ohms7.5 ohms measured across each (25 deg. C)?
Y N Replace the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor (PL 45.26).
Remove the Square Fold Gate Motor. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is
found, replace the Square Fold Gate Motor (PL 45.26). Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-4 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured?
• Trimmer PWB J8512-11 to Square Fold Gate Motor J8681-2 Y N
Check for a short between Trimmer PWB J8500-31 and Finisher PWB J8066-4. If no problem
is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Check for conductivity between Trimmer PWB J8500-29 and Finisher PWB J8066-6. If no problem
is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) and the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3) in order. Press Stop.
Check the Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-068](Stopper Eject) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-156](Square Fold Gate
Home Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed?
Y N
013-229 Square Fold Nip Home Sensor On Fail
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8502-7 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured? BSD-ON:CH37.7
Y N
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8066-4 (+) and GND (-). Is +5VDC measured?. The Square Nip Home Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the Square Nip Motor has
Y N started operating.
Procedure
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8500-31 and Finisher PWB Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of theTrimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
J8066-4. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch.
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8502-8 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured? Enter DC330[013-070](Forward Rotation Nip Operation) and DC330[013-071](Forward Rotation Nip
Y N Release Operation) alternately. Press Start each time. Next enter DC330[013-070](Forward Rotation Nip
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Operation) and DC330[013-072](Reverse Rotation Nip Release Operation) alternately. Press Start each
time. . Is the Square Fold Nip Motor heard operating?
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Square Fold Gate Home Sensor. Check the following for con- Y N
ductivity. Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
• Trimmer PWB J8502-6 to Square Fold Gate Home Sensor J8633-3 Y N
• Trimmer PWB J8502-7 to Square Fold Gate Home Sensor J8633-2 Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
• Trimmer PWB J8502-8 to Square Fold Gate Home Sensor J8633-1
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8506-3 (+) and J8506-1 (-) when DC330[013-
070](Forward Rotation Nip Operation ) is On, and the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8506-1 (+)
Y N
and J8506-3 (-) when DC330[013-072](Reverse Rotation Nip Release Operation) is On.
C D A
A
NOTE: . Lower the Upper Plate of the Square Fold (Forward Rotation Nip Operation) before enter- Y N
ing DC330[013-072](Reverse Rotation Nip Release Operation) and pressing Start. Disconnect Connector J8611 from the Square Fold Nip Home Sensor. . Has the display changed
to H?
Is each measured voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Y N
Check for a short between Square Fold Nip Home Sensor J8611-2 and Trimmer PWB J8514-
8. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
+24VDC measured?
Y N
Seeing BSDCH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
replace the Square Fold Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.19).
Press Stop.
Check the Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Nip Motor for a short, and the
motor for load.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). 013-230 Square Fold Nip Home Sensor Off Fail
BSD-ON:CH37.7
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect Connector P8645 from the Square Fold Nip Motor.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 3 ohms to 4 ohms measured between The Square Nip Home Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after the Square Nip Motor has
P8645-1 and P8645-2? started operating.
Y N
Replace the Square Fold Nip Motor (PL 45.19). Procedure
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch.
• Trimmer PWB J8506-1 to Square Fold Nip Motor P8645-2 Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
• Trimmer PWB J8506-3 to Square Fold Nip Motor P8645-1 Enter DC330[013-070](Forward Rotation Nip Operation) and DC330[013-071](Forward Rotation Nip
Release Operation) alternately. Press Start each time. Next enter DC330[013-070](Forward Rotation Nip
Press Stop. Operation) and DC330[013-072](Reverse Rotation Nip Release Operation) alternately. Press Start each
Enter DC330[013-070](Forward Rotation Nip Opertation) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013- time. . Is the Square Fold Nip Motor heard operating?
157](Square Fold Nip Home Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed? Y N
Y N Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Nip Home Sensor J8611-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC Y N
measured? Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Nip Home Sensor J8611-2 and Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8506-3 (+) and J8506-1 (-) when DC330[013-
Trimmer PWB J8514-8. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). 070](Forward Rotation Nip Operation) is On, and between Trimmer PWB J8506-1 (+) and J8506-3
(-) when DC330[013-072](Reverse Rotation Nip Release Operation) is On.
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Nip Sensor J8611-1 (+) and J8611-3 (-). . Is +5VDC
measured? NOTE: . Lower the Upper Plate of the Square Fold (Forward Rotation Nip Operation) before enter-
Y N ing DC330[013-072](Reverse Rotation Nip Release Operation) and pressing Start.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8514-9 and Square Fold Nip Is each measured voltage +24VDC?
Home Sensor J8611-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8514-7 and Square Fold Nip Home Y N
Sensor J8611-3. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). +24VDC measured?
Y N
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.19).
Press Stop. Check F3 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
Enter DC330[013-071](Forward Rotation Nip Release Operation) and press Start. Then enter ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Nip Motor for a short, and the
DC330[013-157](Square Fold Nip Home Sensor) and press Start. . Is H displayed? motor for load.
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-61
A
013-xxx
B
FIP 2-62 Version.2.0
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). 013-231 Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor On Fail
BSD-ON:CH37.10
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect Connector P8645 from the Square Fold Nip Motor.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 3 ohms to 4 ohms measured between
The Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor did not turn On within a specified time after the start of the
P8645-1 and P8645-2?
operation. At the same time that the Fail occurred, the motor was rotated in reverse direction, and when
Y N
Replace the Square Fold Nip Motor (PL 45.19). the Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor turned ON, the operation stopped.
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Procedure
• Trimmer PWB J8506-1 to Square Fold Nip Motor P8645-2 Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Front Upper Cover and the
• Trimmer PWB J8506-3 to Square Fold Nip Motor P8645-1 Rear Cover.
Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch.
Press Stop. Push down the Square Fold Gate by hand.
Enter DC330[013-070](Forward Rotation Nip Operation) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013- Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
157](Square Fold Nip Home Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed? Enter DC330[013-075](Motor On Front) and DC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) alternately. Press Start
Y N each time. Is the Square Fold Roll Move Motor heard operating?
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Nip Home Sensor J8611-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC Y N
measured? Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
Y N Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Nip Home Sensor J8611-2 and Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
Trimmer PWB J8514-8. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Nip Sensor J8611-1 (+) and J8611-3 (-). . Is +5VDC On, and between Trimmer PWB J8506-2 (+) and J8506-4 (-) when DC330[013-076] is On.
measured?
NOTE: To move the Square Roll to the front (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Front), first move it to
Y N the rear then to the front. Likewise, to move it to the rear (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Rear),
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8514-9 and Square Fold Nip
first move it to the front then to the rear.
Home Sensor J8611-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8514-7 and Square Fold Nip Home Sen-
sor J8611-3. Is each measured voltage +24VDC?
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). Is
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed +24VDC measured?
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.19). Y N
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-071](Forward Rotation Nip Release Operation ) and prepss Start. Then enter Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
DC330[013-157](Square Fold Nip Home Sensor) and press Start.. Is H displayed? Check F4 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
Y N ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Roll Move Motor for a short, and
Disconnect Connector J8611 from the Square Fold Nip Home Sensor. . Has the display changed the motor for load.
to H? If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Y N
Check for a short between Square Fold Nip Home Sensor J8611-2 and Trimmer PWB J8514- Turn Off the machine. Disconnect Connector P8646 from the Square Fold Roll Move Motor.
8. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Measure the Motor winding resistance. Is approx. 3 ohms to 5 ohms measured between P8646-
1 and P8646-2?
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, Y N
replace the Square Fold Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.19). Replace the Square Fold Roll Move Motor (PL 45.20).
Press Stop. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Check the Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. • Trimmer PWB J8506-2 to Square Fold Roll Move Motor P8646-1
• Trimmer PWB J8506-4 to Square Fold Roll Move Motor P8646-2
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-159](Square Fold Roll Push down the Square Fold Gate by hand.
Front Home Sensor) and press Start. Is L displayed? Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Y N Enter DC330[013-075](Motor On Front) and DC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) alternately. Press Start
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor J8632-2 (+) and GND (-). Is each time. . Is the Square Fold Roll Move Motor heard operating?
+5VDC measured? Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor P8632- Y N
2 and Trimmer PWB J8502-10. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor J8632-1 (+) and J8632-3 (-). Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8506-4 (+) and J8506-2 (-) when DC330[013-075] is
Is +5VDC measured? On, and between Trimmer PWB J8506-2 (+) amd J8506-4 (-) when DC330[013-076] is On.
Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-11 and Square Fold NOTE: . To move the Square Roll to the front (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Front), first move it
to the rear then to the front. Likewise, to move it to the rear (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Rear),
Roll Front Home Sensor J8632-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-9 and Square Fold Roll
Front Home Sensor J8632-3.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Is each measured voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor (PL 45.20). +24VDC measured?
Y N
Press Stop. Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Enter DC330[013-075](Motor On Front) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-159](Square Fold Roll
Front Home Sensor) and press Start. Is H displayed? Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Disconnect Connector J8632 from the Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor. Has the display ductivity, check the +24VDC line to the Square Fold Roll Move Motor for a short, and the motor
changed to H? for load.
Y N If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Check for a short between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor J8632-2 and Trimmer PWB
J8502-10. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Turn Off the machine. Disconnect Connector P8646 from the Square Fold Roll Move Motor.
Measure the Motor winding resistance.. Is approx. 3 ohms to 5 ohms measured between
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, P8646-1 and P8646-2?
replace the Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor (PL 45.20). Y N
Replace the Square Fold Roll Move Motor (PL 45.20).
Press Stop.
Check the following: Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. • Trimmer PWB J8506-2 to Square Fold Roll Move Motor P8646-1
• Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage. • Trimmer PWB J8506-4 to Square Fold Roll Move Motor P8646-2
• Square Roll for improper installation.
Press Stop.
013-232 Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor Off Fail Enter DC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-159](Square Fold Roll
BSD-ON:CH37.10 Front Home Sensor) and press Start.. Is L displayed?
Y N
The Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time afer the start of the Measure the voltage between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor J8632-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is
operation. +5VDC measured?
Y N
Procedure Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor P8632-
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Front Upper Cover and the 2 to Trimmer PWB J8502-10. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Rear Cover.
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-63
A
013-xxx
B
FIP 2-64 A B
Version.2.0
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor J8632-1 (+) and J8632-3 (-). . Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8506-4 (+) and J8506-2 (-) when DC330[013-075] is
Is +5VDC measured? On, and between Trimmer PWB J8506-2 (+) and J8506-4 (-) when DC330[013-076] is On.
Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-11 to Square Fold Roll NOTE: . To move the Square Roll to the front (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Front), first move it
to the rear then to the front. Likewise, to move it to the rear (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Rear),
Front Home Sensor J8632-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-9 and Square Fold Roll
Front Home Sensor J8632-3.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Is each measured voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor (PL 45.20). +24VDC measured?
Y N
Press Stop. Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Front Home Sensor) and press Start.. Is H displayed? Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Disconnect Connector J8632 from the Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor.. Has the display ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Roll Move Motor for a short, and
changed to H? the motor for load.
Check for a short between Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor J8632-2 and Trimmer PWB
J8502-10. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Turn Off the machine. Disconnect Connector P8646 from the Square Fold Roll Move Motor.
Measure the Motor winding resistance.. Is approx. 3 ohms to 5 ohms measured between
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, P8646-1 and P8646-2?
replace the Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor (PL 45.20). Y N
Replace the Square Fold Roll Move Motor (PL 45.20).
Press Stop.
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. • Trimmer PWB J8506-2 to Square Fold Roll Move Motor P8646-1
Press Stop.
013-233 Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor On Fail Rear Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed?
BSD-ON:CH37.10 Y N
The Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor did not turn On within a specified time after the start of the operation. Y N
At the same time that the Fail occurred, the motor was rotated in reverse direction, and when the Square Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Fold Roll Front Home Sensor turned ON, the operation stopped.
Procedure Y N
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover. Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Push down the Square Fold Gate by hand. Turn Off the machine. Check the following for conductivity.
Turn On the machine. Enter diag. • Trimmer PWB J8514-1 to Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-3
Enter DC330[013-075](Motor On Front andDC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) alternately. Press Start • Trimmer PWB J8514-2 to Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-2
each time. . Is the Square Fold Roll Move Motor heard operating? • Trimmer PWB J8514-3 Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-1
Y N Is 1 ohm or less measured across each?
Is CR7(GRN) on theTrimmer PWB On? Y N
Y N Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact.
A B C D
C D A
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed with a Y N
cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor (PL 45.20). Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2).. Is
+24VDC measured?
Press Stop. Y N
Enter DC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-160](Square Fold Roll Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Rear Sensor) and press Start. . Is H displayed?
Y N Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Disconnect Connector J8613 from the Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor.. Has the display changed Check F4 Fuse on theTrimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
to H? ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Roll Move Motor for a short, and
Y N the motor for load.
Check for a short between Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-2 and Trimmer PWB P8514- If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
2. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect P8646 from the Square Fold Roll Move Motor.
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, Measure the Motor winding resistance.. Is approx. 3 ohms to 5 ohms measured between
replace the Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor (PL 45.20). P8646-1 and P8646-2?
Y N
Press Stop. Replace the Square Fold Roll Move Motor (PL 45.20).
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
• Square Roll for improper installation. • Trimmer PWB J8506-4 to Square Fold Roll Move Motor P8646-2
Press Stop.
013-234 Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor Off Fail Rear Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed?
BSD-ON:CH37.10 Y N
The Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after the start of the opera- Y N
tion. Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Procedure Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8514-3 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured?
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover. Y N
Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch. Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Push down the Square Fold Gate by hand.
Turn On the machine. Enter diag. Turn Off the machine. Check the following for conductivity.
Enter DC330[013-075](Motor On Front) and DC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) alternately. Press Start • Trimmer PWB J8514-1 to Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-3
each time.. Is the Square Fold Roll Move Motor heard operating? • Trimmer PWB J8514-2 to Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-2
Y N • Trimmer PWB J8514-3 to Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-1
Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On? Is 1 ohm or less measured across each?
Y N Y N
Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8. Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact.
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8506-4 (+) and J8506-2 (-) when DC330[013-075] is Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed with a
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8506-2 (+) and J8506-4 (-) when DC330[013-076] is On. cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor (PL 45.20).
NOTE: . To move the Square Roll to the front (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Front), first move it
to the rear then to the front. Likewise, to move it to the rear (Square Fold Roll Move Motor On Rear), Press Stop.
first move it to the front then to the rear. Enter DC330[013-076](Motor On Rear) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-160](Square Fold Roll
Rear Sensor) and press Start.. Is H displayed?
A
2-65
Version.2.0
Disconnect Connector J8613 from the Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor.. Has the display changed ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate Move Motor for a short, and
to H? the motor for load.
Check for a short between Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor J8613-2 and Trimmer PWB P8514-
2. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Turn Off the machine. Disconnect P8683 from the Square Fold Gate Move Motor.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 20 ohms measued between P8683-1 and
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, P8683-2?
replace the Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor (PL 45.20). Y N
Replace the Square Fold Gate Move Motor (PL 45.25).
Press Stop.
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. • Trimmer PWB J8512-3 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-1
• Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage. • Trimmer PWB J8512-4 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-2
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-074](Down) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-161](Square Fold Gate Move
Home Sensor) and press Start.. Is L displayed?
013-235 Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor On Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH37.8 Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor J8630-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is
+5VDC measured?
The Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the start of the Y N
operation. Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor
P8630-2 and Trimmer PWB J8502-16. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL
Procedure 45.35).
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Front Upper Cover and the
Rear Cover. Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor J8630-1 (+) and J8630-3 (-). .
Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch. Is +5VDC measured?
Turn On the machine. Enter diag. Y N
Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and DC330[013-074](Down) alternately. Press Start. . Is the Square Fold Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-17 and Square Fold
Gate Move Motor heard operating? Gate Move Home Sensor P8630-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-15 and Square Fold
Y N Gate Move Home Sensor P8630-3.
Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On? If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8. Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor (PL
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-3 (+) and J8512-4 (-) when DC330[013-073] is 45.25).
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8512-4 (+) and J8506-3 (-) when DC330[013-074] is On.
Press Stop.
NOTE: . To move up the Square Fold Gate (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Up), first move it Turn Off the machine. Turn it On again.
down then up. Likewise, to move it down (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Down), first move it up Enter diag. Enter DC330[013-161](Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor). Press Start. . Is H dis-
then down. played?
Y N
Disconnect Connector J8630 from the Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor. . Has the display
Y N
changed to H?
Y N
+24VDC measured?
Check for a short between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor J8630-2 and Trimmer PWB
Y N
J8502-16. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
replace the Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor (PL 45.25).
A B C
C A B
Press Stop. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Check the following: • Trimmer PWB J8512-3 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-1
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. • Trimmer PWB J8512-4 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-2
• Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-074](Down) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-161](Square Fold Gate Move
Home Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed?
013-236 Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor Off Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH37.8 Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor J8630-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is
+5VDC measured?
The Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after the start of the Y N
operation. Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor
P8630-2 and Trimmer PWB J8502-16. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL
Procedure 45.35).
Rear Cover. Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor J8630-1 (+) and J8630-3 (-)..
Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch. Is +5VDC measured?
Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and DC330[013-074](Down) alternately. Press Start each time.. Is the Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-17 and Square Fold
Square Fold Gate Move Motor heard operating? Gate Move Home Sensor P8630-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-15 and Square Fold
Y N Gate Move Home Sensor P8630-3.
Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On? If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8. Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor (PL
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-3 (+) and J8512-4 (-) when DC330[013-073] is 45.25).
Press Stop.
NOTE: . To move up the Square Fold Gate (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Up), first move it Turn Off the machine. Turn it On again.
down then up. Likewise, to move it down (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Down), first move it up Enter diag. Enter DC330[013-161](Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor). Press Start. . Is H dis-
then down. played?
Is each measured voltage +24VDC? Y N
Y N Disconnect J8630 from the Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor. . Has the display changed to
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is H?
+24VDC measured? Y N
Y N Check for a short between Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor J8630-2 and Trimmer PWB
Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5. J8502-16. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB. Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
Check F2 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con- replace the Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor (PL 45.25).
ductivity, check +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate Move Motor for a short, and the
motor for load. Press Stop.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Check the following:
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect P8683 from the Square Fold Gate Move Motor. • Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 20 ohms measued between P8683-1 and
P8683-2?
Y N
A B
2-67
013-237 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 On Fail Y N

Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 J8629-2 (+) and GND (-). Is
BSD-ON:CH37.8
+5VDC measured?
Y N
Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 does not turn On within a specified time after the start of the operation.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 P8629-2
and Trimmer PWB J8502-19. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Procedure
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Front Upper Cover and the Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 J8629-1 (+) and J8629-3 (-) (BSD
Rear Cover. CH37.8). Is +5VDC measured?
Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch. Y N
Turn On the machine. Enter diag. Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-20 and Square Fold
Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and DC330[013-074](Down) alternately. Press Start each time. Is the Gate Move Sensor 1 P8629-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-18 and Square Fold Gate
Square Fold Gate Move Motor heard operating? Move Sensor 1 P8629-3.
Y N Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed
Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8. with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 (PL 45.25).
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-3 (+) and J8512-4 (-) when DC330[013-073] is Press Stop.
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8512-4 (+) and J8506-3 (-) when DC330[013-074] is On. Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and press Start. Repeat this several times until the Square Fold Gate
reaches the top.
NOTE: To move up the Square Fold Gate (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Up), first move it down
Enter DC330[013-162](Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1). Press Start. Is H displayed?
then up. Likewise, to move it down (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Down), first move it up then
Y N
down.
Disconnect Connector J8629 from the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1. Has the display
Is each measured voltage +24VDC? changed to H?
Y N Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). Is Check for a short between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 J8629-2 and Trimmer PWB
+24VDC measured? J8502-19. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5. Check the sensor for improper instalation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 (PL 45.25).
Check F2 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con- Press Stop.
ductivity, check +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate Move Motor for a short, and the Check the following:
motor for load. • Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). • Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect P8683 from the Square Fold Gate Move Motor.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. Is approx. 20 ohms measured between P8683-1 and
P8683-2?
013-238 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 Off Fail
Y N BSD-ON:CH37.8
The Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 does not turn Off within a specified time after the start of the oper-
Check the following forconductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). ation.
• Trimmer PWB J8512-3 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-1
• Trimmer PWB J8512-4 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-2 Procedure
Press Stop. Rear Cover.
Enter DC330[013-074](Down) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-162](Square Fold Gate Move Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch.
Sensor 1) and press Start. Is L displayed? Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
A
Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and DC330[013-074](Down) alternately. Press Start each time. Is the. Y N
Square Fold Gate Move Motor heard operating? Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-20 and Square Fold
Y N Gate Move Sensor 1 P8629-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-18 and Square Fold Gate
Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On? Move Sensor 1 P8629-3.
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-3 (+) and J8512-4 (-) when DC330[013-073] is with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1(PL 45.25).
Press Stop.
NOTE: . To move up the Square Fold Gate (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Up), first move it
Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and press Start. Repeat this several times until the Square Fold Gate
down then up. Likewise, to move it down (Square Fold Gate Move Motor On Down), first move it up
reaches the top.
then down.
Enter DC330[013-162](Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1). Press Start. . Is H displayed?
Is each measured voltage +24VDC? Y N
Y N Disconnect Connector J8629 from the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1.. Has the display
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2).. Is changed to H?
+24VDC measured? Y N
Y N Check for a short between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 J8629-2 and Trimmer PWB
Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5. J8502-19. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB. Check the sensor for improper instalation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
Check F2 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con- replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 (PL 45.25).
ductivity, check +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate Move Motor for a short, and the
motor for load. Press Stop.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Check the following:
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect P8683 from the Square Fold Gate Move Motor. • Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 20 ohms measured between P8683-1 and
P8683-2?
Y N
013-239 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 On Fail
BSD-ON:CH37.8
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
• Trimmer PWB J8512-3 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-1 The Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 does not turn On within a specified time after the start of the oper-
ation.
• Trimmer PWB J8512-4 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-2
Press Stop. Procedure

Enter DC330[013-074](Down) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-162](Square Fold Gate Move Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Front Upper Cover and Rear
Sensor 1) and press Start. . Is L displayed? Cover.
Y N Cheat the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch and the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch.
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 J8629-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
+5VDC measured? Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and DC330[013-074](Down) alternately. Press Start each time. . Is the
Y N Square Fold Gate Move Motor heard operating?
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 P8629-2 Y N
and Trimmer PWB J8502-19. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
Y N
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 J8629-1 (+) and J8629-3 (-) (BSD Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
CH37.8). . Is +5VDC measured?
A
Version.2.0 A B
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-69
A
013-xxx
B
FIP 2-70 Version.2.0
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-3 (+) and J8512-4 (-) when DC330[013-073] is Push down the Square Fold Gate to the bottom by hand.
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8512-4 (+) and J8506-3 (-) when DC330[013-074] is On. Enter DC330[013-163](Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2). Press Start. . Is H displayed?
Y N
Disconnect Connector J8631from the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2. Has the display changed
to H?.
then down.
Y N
Is each measured voltage +24VDC? Check for a short between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 J8631-2 and Trimmer PWB
Y N J8502-13. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
+24VDC measured? Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found,
Y N replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 (PL 45.25).
Press Stop.
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB. Check the following:
Check F2 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con- • Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
ductivity, check +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate Move Motor for a short, and the • Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
motor for load.
013-240 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 Off Fail
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 20 ohms measured between P8683-1 and BSD-ON:CH37.8
P8683-2?
Y N The Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 does not turn Off within a specified time after the start of the oper-
Replace the Square Fold Gate Move Motor (PL 45.25). ation.
Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Procedure
• Trimmer PWB J8512-3 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-1 Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Front Upper Cover and Rear
• Trimmer PWB J8512-4 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-2 Cover.
Press Stop. Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Turn Off the machine. Turn it On again. Enter DC330[013-073](Up) and DC330[013-074](Down) alternately. Press Start each time. . Is the
Enter diag. Enter DC330[013-163](Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2). Press Start. . Is L displayed? Square Fold Gate Move Motor heard operating?
Y N Y N
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 J8631-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
+5VDC measured? Y N
and Trimmer PWB J8502-13. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-3 (+) and J8512-4 (-) when DC330[013-073] is
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 J8631-1 (+) and J8631-3 (-). . Is
+5VDC measured?
Y N
then down.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-14 and Square Fold
Gate Move Sensor 2 P8631-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-12 and Square Fold Gate Is each measured voltage +24VDC?
Move Sensor 2 P8631-3. Y N
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
+24VDC measured?
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 (PL 45.25). Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Press Stop.
A B C
A B C D
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB. Press Stop.
Check F2 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con- Check the following:
ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Gate Move Motor for a short, and • Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage.
the motor for load. • Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 20 ohms measured between P8683-1 and 013-241 Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor On Fail
P8683-2? BSD-ON:CH37.11
Y N
Replace the Square Fold Gate Move Motor (PL 45.25). The Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the start of
the operation.
• Trimmer PWB J8512-3 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-1 Procedure
• Trimmer PWB J8512-4 to Square Fold Gate Move Motor P8683-2 Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
Press Stop. Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Turn Off the machine. Turn it On again. Enter DC330[013-077](Nip) and DC330[013-078](RLS) alternately. Press Start each time. . Is the
Enter diag. Enter DC330[013-163](Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2). Press Start. . Is L displayed? Square Fold Exit Nip Motor heard operating?
Y N Y N
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 J8631-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On?
+5VDC measured? Y N
and Trimmer PWB J8502-13. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-1 (+) and J8512-2 (-) when DC330[013-077] is
On. . Is +24VDC measured?
Measure the voltage between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 J8631-1 (+) and J8631-3 (-). . Is Y N
+5VDC measured? Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
Y N +24VDC measured?
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8502-14 and Square Fold Y N
Gate Move Sensor 2 P8631-1, and between Trimmer PWB J8502-12 and Square Fold Gate Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Move Sensor 2 P8631-3.
If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
Check the sensor for dirt and/or improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Exit Nip Motor for a short, and the
with a cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 (PL 45.25). motor for load.
Press Stop.
Push down the Square Fold Gate to the bottom. Turn Off the machine. Disconnect P8684 from the Square Fold Exit Nip Motor.
Enter DC330[013-163](Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2). Press Start. . Is H displayed? Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 20 ohms measured between P8684-1 and
Y N P8684-2?
Disconnect Connector J8631 from the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2. . Has the display Y N
changed to H? Replace the Square Fold Exit Nip Motor (PL 45.21).
Y N
Check for a short between Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 J8631-2 and Trimmer PWB Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
J8502-13. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). • Trimmer PWB J8512-1 to Square Fold Exit Nip Motor P8684-1
• Trimmer PWB J8512-2 to Square Fold Exit Nip Motor P8684-2
replace the Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 (PL 45.25). Press Stop.
D
2-71
Enter DC330[013-078](RLS) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-164](Square Fold Exit Nip Home Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Sensor) and press Start. . Is L displayed? Enter DC330[013-077](Nip) and DC330[013-078](RLS) alternately. Press Start each time. . Is the
Y N Square Fold Exit Nip Motor heard operating?
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8515-2 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measured? Y N
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Y N
Y N Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8512-1 (+) and J8512-2 (-) when DC330[013-077] is
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). On. . Is +24VDC measured?
Y N
Turn Off the machine. Check the following for conductivity. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is
• Trimmer PWB J8515-1 to Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor P8610-3 +24VDC measured?
• Trimmer PWB J8515-2 to Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor P8610-2 Y N
• Trimmer PWB J8515-3 to Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor P8610-1 Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.

Y N
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact. ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Square Fold Exit Nip Motor for a short, and the
motor for load.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed with a
cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.21).
Turn Off the machine. Disconnect P8684 from the Square Fold Exit Nip Motor.
Press Stop.
Measure the Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 20 ohms measured between P8684-1 and
Enter DC330[013-077](Nip) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-164](Square Fold Exit Nip Home P8684-2?
Sensor) and press Start. . Is H displayed?
Y N
Y N
Replace the Square Fold Exit Nip Motor (PL 45.21).
Disconnect Connector J8610 from the Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor.. Has the display
changed to H?
Y N
• Trimmer PWB J8512-1 to Square Fold Exit Nip Motor P8684-1
Check for a short between Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor J8610-2 and Trimmer PWB
J8515-2. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). • Trimmer PWB J8512-2 to Square Fold Exit Nip Motor P8684-2
Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-078](RLS) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-164](Square Fold Exit Nip Home
replace the Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.21).
Sensor) and press Start.. Is L displayed?
Y N
Press Stop.
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. Y N
• Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage.
013-242 Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor Off Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH37.11
Turn Off the machine. Check the following for conductivity.
The Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after the start of the
• Trimmer PWB J8515-1 to Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor P8610-3
operation.
• Trimmer PWB J8515-2 to Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor P8610-2
Procedure • Trimmer PWB J8515-3 to Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor P8610-1
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover. Is 1 ohm or less measured across each?
A
A A B
Y N Y N
Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact. Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed with a Turn Off the machine. Disconnect all the connectors from the Trimmer PWB.
cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.21). Check F6 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
ductivity, check +24VDC supply line to the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor for a short, and the motor
Press Stop. for load.
Enter DC330[013-077](Nip) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-164](Square Fold Exit Nip Home If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
Sensor) and press Start. . Is H displayed?
Y N Turn Off the machine. Disconnect Connector J8513 from the Trimmer PWB.
Disconnect Connector J8610 from the Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor.. Has the display Measure the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor winding resistance. . Is approx. 5.5 ohms to 7 ohms mea-
changed to H? sured between J8513-1 and J8513-2?
Y N Y N
Check for a short between Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor J8610-2 and Trimmer PWB Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor. Check the following for conductivity. If no problem is
J8515-2. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). found, replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor (PL 45.30).
Check the sensor for improper installation. Check for light from outside. If no problem is found, • Trimmer PWB J8513-2 to Trimmer Nip Roll Motor P8651-1
replace the Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor (PL 45.21).
Press Stop.
Check the following: Press Stop.
• Drive Transmitting Gear for wear and/or damage. Enter DC330[013-080](Nip) and press Start. Then enter DC330[013-165](Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sen-
• Drive Belt for poor tension, wear, deterioration and/or damage. sor) and press Start. . Is L displayed?
Y N
013-243 Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor On Fail Y N
BSD-ON:CH37.12 Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
The Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after the Trimmer Nip Roll Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor. Check the following for conduc-
Motor has Removestarted operating. tivity:
• Trimmer PWB J8503-19 to Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor J8662-3
Procedure • Trimmer PWB J8503-20 to Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor J8662-2
Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Right Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover. • Trimmer PWB J8503-21 to Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor J8662-1
Cheat the Top Right Cover Intlk Switch. Is 1 ohm or less measured across each?
Enter DC330[013-080](Nip) and DC330[013-081](RLS) alternately. . Is the Trimmer Nip Roll Motor Check the wire(s) for an open wire or poor contact.
heard operating?
Y N Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed with a
Is CR7(GRN) on the Trimmer PWB On? cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor (PL 45.30).
Y N
Seeing BSD CH37.1, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8. Press Stop.
Enter DC330[013-080](Nip) and DC330[013-081](RLS) alternately. Press Start each time. Repeat this
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8513-1 (+) and J8513-2 (-) when DC330[013-080] is several times.. Has the counter-displayed number changed?
On, and between Trimmer PWB J8513-2 (+) and J8513-1 (-) when DC330[013-081] is On. . Is Y N
each measured voltage +24VDC? Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor. Check the following for conduc-
Y N tivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor (PL 45.30).
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8508-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD CH37.2). . Is • Trimmer PWB J8503-19 to Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor J8662-3
+24VDC measured?
A B
Version.2.0 C
11/2011 013-xxx FIP
2-73
C
Press Stop. 013-303 Trimmer Top Left Cover Open

BSD-ON:CH37.2
• Trimmer Upper Roll for improper installation. It has been detected that the Trimmer Top Left Cover is open.
013-246 Tirmmer Sub CPU Communication Fail Procedure

BSD-ON:CH37.4 Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Left Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
A communication failure between the Trimmer Sub CPU and the Main CPU has occurred. Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Enter DC330[013-173]. Press Start. . Is L displayed?
Procedure Y N
Refer to the following.
Y N
NOTE: . When the Finisher PWB (D4) detects 013-246, it sends the Reset signal to the Trimmer PWB Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
and then cuts off the Trimmer LVPS (Enable Signal Off). Therefore, the states of LEDs CR1, CR2 and
CR3 on the Trimmer PWB after the occurrence of this fail cannot tell whether the failure is with the Com- Turn Off the machine.
munication Line or the Trimmer PWB. Remove the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch. Check for conductivitiy between 2A and 2B of the
switch. . Is it normally conductive?
However, one of the following can be inferred from a combination of the states of the LEDs at the exact
Y N
time of the occurrence of 013-246. (Table 1)
Replace the Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch (PL 45.6).
Table 1 Table 1
Remove the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch. Check for conductivitiy between 2A and 2B of the
CR1(GRN)*4 CR2(GRN)*4 CR3(RED)*3 CR7(GRN)
switch.. Is it normally conductive?
Normal Blink Blink OFF*2 ON Y N
Trimmer PWB failure OFF OFF ON*1 - Replace the Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch (PL 45.6).
Communication Line fail- Blink OFF OFF*2 ON
ure Check the following for conductivity:
• Trimmer PWB J8508-4 to Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch J8604-2A
• Top Left Cover Front Intlk Switch J8604-2B to Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch J8609-2A
*1: When the Finisher PWB (D4) detects 013-246 after power on, it sends the Reset signal to the Trim-
mer PWB and then cuts off the Trimmer LVPS. As a result, CR3 turns Off. • Trimmer PWB J8508-8 to Top Left Cover Rear Intlk Switch J8609-2B
*2: When the power is turned On, CR3 turns On momentarily and then turns Off.
*3: CR3 (Reset LED) turns On under the following conditions: This is misalignment between the Top Left Cover and the Switch. Check the following:
• A failure occurrs with Control Power (+5V) for use in the Trimmer PWB. (However, CR3 does not • Top Left Cover for poor latching.
stay on because when the Finisher PWB (D4) detects 013-246, it sends the Reset signal to the • Top Left Cover actuator for damage.
Trimmer PWB and then cuts off the Trimmer LVPS.)
• At the receipt of the Reset signal from the D4 Finisher. (However, CR3 does not stay on because
this Reset signal also works as the Enable LVPS signal.)
013-304 Trimmer Top Right Cover Open
BSD-ON:CH37.2
*4: Receiving/sending can be checked in the following diag codes, etc. If it is normally done, CR1 and
It has been detected that the Trimmer Top Right Cover is open.
CR2 blink at intervals of a certain length of time.
• DC330[013-064](Belt Transport Motor), [013-022](Belt Tra Clutch Lower 1/2), etc.
• Any sensor other than the sensor connecting the Trimmer PWB and the Finisher PWB with the hot
Procedure
line can be used to check receiving/sending. Turn Off the machine. Open the Top Right Cover of the Trimmer. Remove the Rear Cover.
When a failure occurs with the Trimmer PWB, replace it (PL 45.35).
When a failure occurs with the Communication Line, check the harness (PL 45.36) between Finisher
Y N
PWB J8066 and Trimmer PWB J8500 for an open wire, short or poor contact.
A
A
Y N When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Interposer Feed Out
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Sensor detected paper.
Turn Off the machine. DC330 Codes to be checked

Remove the Top Right Cover Intlk Switch. Check for conductivitiy between 2A and 2B of the • [013-109] Interposer Feed Out Sensor
switch. . Is it normally conductive?
Y N Check Items
Replace the Top Right Cover Intlk Switch (PL 45.6). • The sensor for bits of paper
Check the following for conductivity:
• Trimmer PWB J8508-3 to Top Right Cover Intlk Switch J8603-2A
• Trimmer PWB J8508-7 to Top Right Cover Intlk Switch J8603-2B
are found, replace the Interposer Feed Out Sensor. (PL 25.54)
This is misalignment between the Top Right Cover and the Switch. Check the following: – Between Interposer Feed Out Sensor J8127-2 and Finisher PWB J8009-7
• Top Right Cover for poor latching. – Between Interposer Feed Out Sensor J8127-1 and Interposer PWB J8122-14
• Top Right Cover actuator for damage. – Between Interposer Feed Out Sensor J8127-3 and Interposer PWB J8122-18
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Interposer PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b),
followed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
013-308 Trimmer Dust Box Interlock Open
BSD-ON:CH37.2 013-901 Paper Remain at Stacker Tray
BSD-ON:CH15.44
It has been detected that the Trimmer Dust Box is not installed.
When a jam occurred in the Trimmer, it was detected that the Stacker Tray No Paper Sensor was ON
Procedure and the Stacker Tray was below the Mix Full position.
Turn Off the machine. Take out the Dust Box. Remove the Rear Cover.
Cheat the Dust Box Set Intlk Switch. NOTE: . A jam has occurred preventing removal of any paper unless the Trimmer Top Left Cover is
Turn On the machine. Enter diag. opened. In this case, if the Stacker Tray is down, the Trimmer Top Left Cover cannot be opened. There-
Enter DC330[013-175]. Press Start. . Is L displayed? fore, if it is detected that there is paper on the Stacker Tray below the Mix Full position, this fail will be
Y N declared. When the paper is removed and the Stacker Tray goes above the Mix Full position, the Trimmer
Measure the voltage between Dust Box Set Intlk Switch J8602-2B and GND (-). . Is +5VDC mea- Top Left Cover can be opened.
sured?
NOTE: . The conditions for detecting Mix Full are as follows:
Y N
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Dust Box Set Intlk Switch J8602-2B and • In the operation for initializing the Stacker Tray, the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2 has not turned OFF
500 ms after the Stacker Tray with paper started going down.
Trimmer PWB J8508-6. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
• In the operation for adjusting the tray during a job, the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2 has not turned
Turn Off the machine. OFF 450 ms after the Stacker Tray started going down.
Check for an open wire or poor contact between Trimmer PWB J8508-2 and Dust Box Set Intlk • In the operation for initializing the Stacker Tray, the Tray Height Sensor Lower has turned OFF after
Switch J8602-2A. If no problem is found, replace the Dust Box Set Intlk Switch (PL 45.24). the Stacker Tray with paper started going down.
• In the operation for adjusting the tray during a job, the Tray Height Sensor Lower has turned OFF
This is misalignment between the Dust Box and the Switch. Check the following: after the Stacker Tray started going down.
• Dust Box actuator for damage.
Procedure
Check the Fault Code History for 012-211 Stacker Tray Fail. If it is listed, go to 012-211 FIP. If not, check
013-900 Interposer Feed Out Sensor Static Jam the following:
• DC330[012-139] Stacker Tray No Paper Sensor failure
BSD-ON: CH15.15
• Stacker Tray No Paper Sensor for contamination/improper installation
• Stacker Tray No Paper Sensor actuator for binding/damage/improper installation

2-75
• DC330[012-070] Elevator Motor down (down until Full Stack Sensor On) – Between Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor J8183-1 and Booklet PWB J8172-22
• DC330[012-069] Elevator Motor up (up until Stacker Height Sensor On) – Between Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor J8183-3 and Booklet PWB J8172-20
• DC330[012-140] Stacker Height Sensor 1 • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 25.41), followed by the
• DC330[012-132] Stacker Height Sensor 2 Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
• DC330[012-141] Tray Height Sensor Lower
013-902 Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor Static Jam 013-905 Folder Exit Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON: CH15.22
BSD-ON: CH15.48
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Folder Exit Sensor
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Booklet Compile No
detected paper.
Paper Sensor detected paper.

• [013-102] Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor • [013-141] Folder Exit Sensor

replace the Folder Exit Sensor. (PL 25.61)
replace the Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor. (PL 25.44) – Between Folder Exit Sensor J8158-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-34
– Between Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor J8178-2 and Finisher PWB J8012-25 – Between Folder Exit Sensor J8158-1 and Folder PWB J8136-24
– Between Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor J8178-1 and Booklet PWB J8172-9 – Between Folder Exit Sensor J8158-3 and Folder PWB J8136-22
– Between Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor J8178-3 and Booklet PWB J8172-7 • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the
013-906 Folder Path Sensor 1 Static Jam

013-903 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Static Jam BSD-ON:CH15.18
BSD-ON:CH15.58
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Folder Path Sensor
1 detected paper.
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Booklet Folder Roll
Exit Sensor detected paper.
DC330 Codes to be checked • [013-125] Folder Path Sensor 1
• [013-103] Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor Check Items

Check Items • The sensor for bits of paper
• The sensor for bits of paper • The sensor for contamination and improper installation
• The sensor for contamination and improper installation • Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen
• The drawer connector P/J8202 contacts for foreign substances, bent pins, and burn damage • Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
– Between Folder Path Sensor 1 J8151-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-27
are found, replace the Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor. (PL 25.47)
– Between Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor J8183-2 and Finisher PWB J8012-28
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the
Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
013-907 Folder Path Sensor 2 Static Jam 013-909 Folder Path Sensor 4 Static Jam
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Folder Path Sensor When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Folder Path Sensor
2 detected paper. 4 detected paper.

• [013-119] Folder Path Sensor 2 • [013-126] Folder Path Sensor 4
• Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen • Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen
• Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found, • Check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problems are found,
replace the Folder Path Sensor 2. (PL 25.65) replace the Folder Path Sensor 4. (PL 25.63)
– Between Folder Path Sensor 2 J8156-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-32 – Between Folder Path Sensor 4 J8153-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-29
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the • If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68), followed by the
Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
013-908 Folder Path Sensor 3 Static Jam 013-915 Trimmer In Sensor Static Jam
When the power was turned ON, the interlock was closed, or during initialization, the Folder Path Sensor Trimmer In Sensor has detected that there is paper.
3 detected paper.
Procedure
DC330 Codes to be checked Check the following:
• [013-120] Folder Path Sensor 3 • Trimmer In Sensor (DC330[013-150]) for improper installation. (PL 45.18)
Check Items • Trimmer In Sensor signal line for a short to the frame.
• The sensor for bits of paper • Trimmer In Sensor for light from outside.
• The sensor for contamination and improper installation • Check for a drop in suppy voltage to Trimmer In Sensor.
• Check whether the voltage of the customer’s power supply has fallen • Upper/Lower Belt of Belt Transport Assembly for poor tension, wear and/or damage.
– Between Folder Path Sensor 3 J8152-2 and Finisher PWB J8010-28 013-916 Trimmer Path Sensor 1 Static Jam
– Between Folder Path Sensor 3 J8152-1 and Folder PWB J8136-6 BSD-ON:CH37.6
The Trimmer Path Sensor 1 has detected that there is paper.

2-77
Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:
• Trimmer Path Sensor 1 (DC330[013-151]) for improper installation. (PL 45.17) • Trimmer Eject Sensor(DC330[013-154]) for improper installation. (PL 45.28)
• Trimmer Path Sensor 1 signal line for a short to the frame. • Trimmer Eject Sensor signal line for a short to the frame.
• Trimmer Path Sensor 1 for light from outside. • Trimmer Eject Sensor for light from outside.
• Check for a drop in suppy voltage to Trimmer Path Sensor 1. • Check for a drop in suppy voltage to Trimmer Eject Sensor.
• Upper/Lower Belt of Belt Transport Assembly for poor tension, wear and/or damage. • Drive Belt on Trimmer Lower Roll for poor tension, wear and/or damage.
• Drive Belt on End Roll for poor tension, wear and/or damage.
• Trimmer Upper/Lower Roll for a fault and/or wear.
013-917 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 Static Jam • End Roll for a fault and/or wear.
BSD-ON:CH37.11
The Trimmer Path Sensor 2 has detected that there is paper. 013-940 Trimmer Dust Full
BSD-ON:CH37.17
Procedure
Check the following: 1. The Trimmer Dust Full Sensor has turned On.
• Trimmer Path Sensor 2 (DC330[013-152]) for improper installation. (PL 45.23)
2. Even though the trimmer count has reached 20Çj (TBD), the Trimmer Dust Full Sensor has not
• Trimmer Path Sensor 2 signal line for a short to the frame. turned On.
• Trimmer Path Sensor 2 for light from outside. Procedure
• Check for a drop in suppy voltage to Trimmer Path Sensor 2.
Turn Off the machine. Take out the Dust Box.
• Drive Belt on Square Exit Roll for poor tension, wear and/or damage. Check the following:
• Square Exit Roll for a fault and/or wear. • Trimmer Dust Full Sensor light-emitting part/light-receiving part for dirt.
• Trimmer Dust Full Sensor for improper installation.
• Check for a remaining piece of paper, etc.
013-918 Trimmer Path Sensor 3 Static Jam Is the sensor normal, free from dirt on the light-emitting and light-receiving parts, improper instal-
BSD-ON:CH37.13 lation, a remaining piece of paper, etc.?
Y N
The Trimmer Path Sensor 3 has detected that there is paper. Remove what causes the improper item(s)
Procedure Cheat the Dust Box Set Intlk Switch. Remove the Rear Cover.
• Trimmer Path Sensor 3 (DC330[013-153]) for improper installation. (PL 45.31)
Y N
• Trimmer Path Sensor 3 signal line for a short to the frame. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8503-5 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC measued?
• Trimmer Path Sensor 3 for light from outside. Y N
• Check for a drop in suppy voltage to Trimmer Path Sensor 3. Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35).
• Trimmer Path Sensor 3 sensor prism for disengagement, damage and/or improper installation.
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8502-5/ J8503-6 (+) and GND (-). . Is each mea-
• Drive Belt on Trimmer Lower Roll for poor tension, wear and/or damage.
sured voltage +5VDC?
• Trimmer Upper/Lower Roll for a fault and/or wear. Y N
013-919 Trimmer Eject Sensor Static Jam Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Dust Full Sensor. Check the following for conductivity. If
no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (PL 45.24).
BSD-ON:CH37.15
• Trimmer PWB J8502-5 to Trimmer Dust Full Sensor J8638-2
The Trimmer Eject Sensor has detected that there is paper. • Trimmer PWB J8502-3 to Trimmer Dust Full Sensor J8638-1
A
A
Block the light-receiving part of the sensor of the Trimmer Dust Box with a piece of paper. . Has the dis-
play changed to H?
Y N
Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8502-5/ J8503-6 (+) and GND (-). . Is each
measured voltage +5VDC?
Y N
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Trimmer Dust Full Sensor. Check the following for conduc-
tivity. If no problem is found, replace the Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (PL 45.24).
• Trimmer PWB J8502-5 to Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (LED) J8638-2.
• Trimmer PWB J8502-3 to Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (LED) J8638-1
• Trimmer PWB J8503-6 to Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (Receiver) J8671-1
Press Stop.
The Trimmer Dust Box Full Sensor is thought to be normally functioning.
Check for a poor connection. Check if the Sensor Harness is too tightly fixed with a cable tie. If the prob-
lem is not solved, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) and the Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (PL 45.24) in
order.

2-79
024-916 Mix Full Stack 024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set
BSD-ON:CH15.44 BSD-ON:CH15.28
Detection Condition Detection Condition

During Mix Full position detection, one of the following has occurred: IIt is detected that the Punch Dust Box is not properly installed.
• Compared to the maximum paper size that was loaded at the previous Job, the paper size (either Procedure
feed direction or width direction) of the next Job is bigger.
1. Reinstall the Punch Dust Box.
• Staple mode has been changed while the width of the maximum paper size that was loaded at the
2. Check that the Punch Box Set Sensor is properly installed.
previous Job is less than 279.4 mm.
3. Enter DC330(012-118). Remove and insert the Punch Dust Box. If the display does not switch
• The maximum paper size that was loaded at the previous Job is "unknown".
between High and Low, refer to Generic FIP and check the Punch Box Set Sensor (PL 25.1). If nec-
Procedure essary, replace the Punch Box Set Sensor.
1. Check the paper size in the Stacker Tray. 4. If the problem still persists, check the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces-
2. Check the current and previous Staple Mode settings. sary replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
3. Remove the paper from the Stacker Tray.
4. If the problem persists, use DC330 [012-139] to check the Stacker Tray No Paper Sensor and
replace it as necessary. 024-931 Staple Dust Full
5. If the problem still persists, check the connection between the Finisher PWB J8024 and the Stacker BSD-ON:CH15.38
Tray No Paper Sensor J8097 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are
found, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Detection Condition
The Staple Dust Sensor has detected Full.
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count 1. After Satple Dust Near Full, staples are counted. When the valid count reaches 4K, notification is
made.
BSD-ON:CH15.43
2. If though the valid count reaches 20K after detection of the removal and installation of the Staple
Detection Condition Dust Box, the Near Full Sensor does not turn ON, notification is made. Valid Count is the number of
stapling operations on 70 or less sheets of paper.
During the ejection of stapled sets of sheets, the count of stapled sets on the Stacker Tray has exceeded
the specified value. Procedure
1. Check the following:
Procedure (1) Remove the staple waste from the Dust Box.
1. Check the following: (2) Check what value is specified in the NVM. (by mode)
(1) Remove the paper from the tray. • Staple Quantity after Staple Dust Near Full: NVM763-437 (default: 4000)
(2) In each NVM check what value is specified in the mode for display of the Fault Code. (by 2. Remove the staple waste. Check what NVM value is specified. If though the quantity is within the
mode) specified value the problem persists, enter DC330(012-151). Put a metal close to the Dust Box Sen-
• Normal paper: NVM763-460 (default: 5000) sor. If the display does not switch between High and Low, refer to Generic FIP and check Staple
• Z-fold (B4): NVM763-276 (default: 150) Dust Box Full Sensor (PL 25.1). If necessary, replace the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor.
• Z-fold (A3): NVM763-280 (default: 30) 3. If the problem still persists, check the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces-
sary, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
2. Remove the paper from the tray and check what NVM value is specified. If the problem persists
though the count is within the specified value, refer to Generic FIP and check Full Stack Sensor (PL
25.38). If necessary, replace the Full Stack Sensor.
3. If the problem still persists, check the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces-

2-81
024-932 Staple Box Set Fail 2. Replace each Staple Cartridge with a new one.
3. Check the state of the Switch in DC330(013-107(F))/DC330(013-108(R)).
BSD-ON:CH15.38
4. Remove and insert each Staple Cartridge. If the display does not switch between High and Low,
Detection Condition replace the following parts in order.
• Booklet Staple Assembly(PL 25.42)
The Staple Dust Box Removal/Installation Sensor has detected No Box.
• Booklet PWB(PL 25.41)
Procedure • Finisher PWB(PL 25.3)
1. Reinstall the Staple Dust Box.
2. Check the Staple Dust Box Set Sensor is properly installed.
3. Enter DC330(012-152). Remove and insert the Punch Dust Box. If the display does not switch 024-957 Interposer Empty
between High and Low, refer to Generic FIP and check the Staple Dust Box Set Sensor (PL 25.1). If BSD-ON:CH15.14
necessary, replace the Staple Dust Box Set Sensor.
4. If the problem still persists, check the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces- Detection Condition
sary, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). The Interposer has No Paper.
Procedure
024-942 Booklet sheets count over 1. Load paper and check how it goes.
BSD-ON:CH15.48 2. Enter DC330(013-110). Remove and reload the paper. If the display does not switch between High
and Low, refer to Generic FIP and check the Interposer No Paper Sensor (PL 25.56). If necessary,
Detection Condition replace the Interposer No Paper Sensor.
Booklet Paper Count is over. 3. If the problem still persists, check the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces-
Procedure
1. Remove the paper from inside the Booklet.
2. Check the number of sheets of paper in the Booklet. 024-963 Finisher Punch Dust Box Full
3. Check what the upper limit of paper quantity is specified in each NVM. BSD-ON:CH15.28
• Smaller than B4: NVM(763-350: Default 20, Range 10 to 100)
• B4 or larger: NVM(763-351: Default: 20, Range 10 to 100)
Detection Condition
The quantity of punch waste is equal to or over the full quantity.
4. If though the paper count is within the upper limit the fault is detected, use Generic FIP in order to
check the Booklet In Sensor (PL 25.47) and the Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor (PL 25.44). If
necessary, replace the Booklet In Sensor and/or the Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor. Procedure
5. If the problem still persists, check the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces- 1. Dispose of the punch waste.
sary, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). 2. If the problem persists, check what value is specified in each NVM below.
• NVM(763-300: Punch Count): Default 0
• NVM(763-220: Dust Near Full): Default 10000
024-943 Booklet Low Staple FR • NVM(763-592: Dust Full): Default 12000
BSD-ON:CH15.55 3. If the quantity of punch operations is not 0 despite the disposal of the punch waste, initialise PWB
NVM.
Detection Condition 4. If the problem still persists, check the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces-
There are only a small number of staples left in both the Rear and Front Staple Cartridges, or it is sary, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
detected that Staple Cartridge is not installed. The machine keeps copying until finishing the current set
and instructs the user to replace the Staple Cartridge.
Procedure
1. Check that each Staple Cartridge is properly installed.
024-974 Interposer Tray Size Mismatch 4. If the problem persisits, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
BSD-ON:CH15.13
Detection Condition 024-978 Booklet Stapler NG

At feed of paper from the Interposer, the selected size is different from the tray size. BSD-ON:CH15.55
Procedure Detection Condition

1. Recheck the paper size. A specified time after the start of the Booklet Stapling operation, the Ready signal remains Not Ready.
2. In DC140(013-113) check the value is the analog one appropriate for the paper size. (ADJ 25.51.1)
3. If the problem still persists, check the Interposer Length Sensor (PL 25.56) using General FIP. If
Procedure
necessary, replace the Interposer Length Sensor. 1. Turn OFF then ON the power.
4. If the problem persists, replace the Interposer PWB (PL 25.11a, PL 25.11b). 2. Turn OFF the power. Check the connector to Booklet Staple and the connectors to Booklet PWB.
3. Turn ON the power. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in order.
• Booklet Staple Assembly(PL 25.42)
024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG • Booklet PWB(PL 25.41)
BSD-ON:CH15.37
Detection Condition 024-979 Stapler Near Empty

Staple Home SNR OFF->ON cannot be detected within 450 ms after the start of the forward rotation BSD-ON:CH15.37
operation and the Stapler Head Home SNR is turned ON within 200 ms after the reverse rotation of the
Staple Motor. Detection Condition
Staple Cartridge Near Empty or Defective Staples has beed detected.
Procedure
1. Check that staples are properly installed. Procedure
2. While running DC330(012-135: Staple Home Sensor), run DC330(012-044: Staple Motor Close) 1. Replace the staples with new ones.
and DC330(012-045: Staple Motor Reverse) in order to check if the display switches between High
2. If the problem persists even after the replacement, check the Low Staple Sensor in DC330(012-
and Low according to output from the Sensor.
133). If necessary, replace the Staple Head (PL 25.24).
3. If the display does not switch between High and Low, replace the Staple Head (PL 25.24).
3. If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
4. If the problem persisits, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full

024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail BSD-ON:CH15.43
BSD-ON:CH15.37
Detection Condition
Detection Condition This fault code appears under one of the followings:
At the start of stapling, the Staple Ready SNR is OFF.
• It is detected during the operation of adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray (lowering) that it is full
Procedure of small-sized paper.
1. Check that staples are properly installed. • Half is detected during the operation of adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray (lowering) to eject
2. While running DC330(012-134: Staple Ready Sensor), run DC330(012-044:Staple Motor Close) paper that is allowed to be stacked up to Half Limit.
and DC330(012-045: Staple Motor Reverse) in order to check if the display swiches between High • Large-sized paper is ejected with [Large Paper at Full (Half) Position] detected.
and Low according to output from the Sensor. Procedure
3. If the display does not switch between High and Low, replace the Staple Head (PL 25.24). 1. Removed the paper from the tray.

2-83
2. Turn OFF then ON. If the problem still persists, in DC330(012-144), check if the display switches 6. If the display does not switch between High and Low, check the Stacker limit Sensor (PL 25.38)
between High and Low according to output from the Full Stack Sensor, using DC330(012-060: Ele- using Generic FIP. If necessary, replace the Stacker limit Sensor.
vator Motor Down) and DC330(012-059: Elevator Motor UP) simultaneously. 7. If the problem still persists, connect the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces-
3. If the sensor display does not switch between High and Low, check Full Stack Sensor (PL 25.38) sary, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).
using Generic FIP. If necessary, replace the Full Stack Sensor.
4. If the problem still persists, connect the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces-
sary, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). 024-983 (With Square and Trimmer) Booklet Tray Full Fail
BSD-ON:CH37.16
024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full Booklet Tray Full is detected (with the Square/Trimmer installed).
BSD-ON:CH15.32
Procedure
Detection Condition Turn Off the machine. Remove the Rear Cover of the Trimmer.
It is detected that the Finisher Top Tray is full of paper. Turn On the machine. Enter diag.
Enter DC330[013-020](Tray Belt Motor On). Press Start. . Is the Tray Belt Drive Motor heard operat-
Procedure ing?
Y N
1. Remove the paper from the Top Tray.
2. If the problem persists, in DC330(012-119) put a piece of paper in the detection part of the Top Tray Y N
Full Sensor and check if the display switches between High and Low. Seeing BSD CH37.1 check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8509-3/4/8.
3. If the display does not switch between High and Low, check the Top Tray Full Sensor (PL 25.10)
using Generic FIP. If necessary, replace the Top Tray Full Sensor. Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8510-3/4 (+) and GND (-) when DC330[013-020] is
4. If the problem still persists, connect the connection of the connectors on the Finisher PWB. If neces- On. . Is each measured voltage +24VDC?
sary, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3). Y N
+24VDC measured?
Y N
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning Seeing BSD CH37.2, check the +24VDC circuit to Trimmer PWB J8508-5.
BSD-ON:CH15.43
Detection Condition Check F5 Fuse on the Trimmer PWB for conductivity (BSD CH37.2). If the Fuse has no con-
Stacker Tray Lower Safety SW ON is detected. ductivity, check the +24VDC supply line to the Tray Belt Drive Motor for a short, and the motor
for load.
During the operation of adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray at paper output, the adjustment is not
completed withing 250 ms.
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Lower Tray, which is a Booklet Tray Unit.
It occurs three consecutive times that Stacker Height Sensor 1 OFF is not detected 500 ms after the start Check the following for conductivity:
of lowering the Stacker Tray. • Trimmer PWB J8510-1 to Tray Belt Drive Motor J576-2
• Trimmer PWB J8510-2 to Tray Belt Drive Motor J576-3
Procedure • Trimmer PWB J8510-3 to Tray Belt Drive Motor J576-4
1. Check that there is no foreign object under the Stacker. • Trimmer PWB J8510-4 to Tray Belt Drive Motor J576-5
2. Turn OFF then ON the power. Return the Stacker to the home position. Is 1 ohm or less measured across each?
3. If the Stacker does not return home, return it in DC330(012-060: Elevator Motor Down) and Y N
DC330(012-059: Elevator Motor UP). Check the wire(s) for an open wire, short or poor contact.
4. If the Elevator Motor does not run, replace the Elevator Motor (PL 25.35).
Replace the Tray Belt Drive Motor (PL 25.49).
5. When the Elevator Motor runs, in DC330(012-148) check if the display switches between High and
Low according to output from the Stacker limit Sensor, using DC330(012-060: Elevator Motor Press Stop.
Down) and DC330(012-059: Elevator Motor UP) simultaneously. Enter DC330[013-155](Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor). Press Start. . Is L displayed?
Y N
Y N 024-983 (W/O Square and Trimmer) Booklet Tray Full
BSD-ON:CH15.58
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8510-6 (+) and GND (-).. Is +5VDC measured?
Y N Detection Condition
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). Booklet Tray Full is detected. (with Square and Trimmer not installed)
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Lower Tray, which is a Booklet Tray Unit. Procedure
Check the following for conductivity. 1. Remove the paper from the tray.
• Trimmer PWB J8510-6 to Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor J570-1
2. If the problem persists, in DC330(013-139) block the detection part of the Booklet Tray No Paper
• Trimmer PWB J8510-7 to Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor J570-2 Sensor with a piece of paper and check if the display switches between High and Low.
• Trimmer PWB J8510-8 to Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor J570-3 3. If the display does not switch between High and Low, check the Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor (PL
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each? 25.49) using Generic FIP. If necessary, replace the Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor.
Y N
4. If the problem still persists, replace the Folder PWB (PL 25.68).
Check the wire(s) for an open wire, short or poor contact.
Check the sensor for dirt/improper installation. Check if the sensor harness is too tightly fixed with a
cable tie. If no problem is found, replace the Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor (PL 25.49). 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F
BSD-ON:CH15.55
Place a piece of paper on the Booklet Tray. Push down the actuator. . Has the display changed to H?
Y N Detection Condition
1. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F Signal ON is detected immediately before the stapling operation.
Y N
Measure the voltage between Trimmer PWB J8510-6 (+) and GND (-). . Is +5VDC mea- 2. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F Signal ON is detected at Initialization at Power ON or with Interlock
sured? Closed.
Y N Procedure
Replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35). 1. Check that the Staple Cartridge is properly installed.
2. Replace the Staple Cartridge with a new one.
Turn Off the machine. Remove the Lower Tray, which is a Booklet Tray Unit.
Check the following for conductivity. 3. In DC330(013-107(F)) check the state of the Switch.
• Trimmer PWB J8510-6 to Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor J570-1 4. Remove and insert the Staple Cartridge. If the display does not switch between High and Low,
• Trimmer PWB J8510-7 to Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor J570-2 replace the following parts in order.
• Trimmer PWB J8510-8 to Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor J570-3 • Booklet Staple Assembly(PL 25.42)
Is 1 ohm or less measured across each? • Booklet PWB(PL 25.41)
Y N • Finisher PWB(PL 25.3)
Check the wire(s) for an open wire, short or poor contact.
replace the Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor (PL 25.49)
024-987 Envelope Folder Tray Full
BSD-ON:CH15.24
Detection Condition
Press Stop. After detection of Envelope Tray Near Full, a specified number of sheets are output.
The Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor is thought to be normally functioning.
Check for a poor connection; the sensor for dirt/improper installation; and the actuator for improper instal- Procedure
lation. If the problem is not solved, replace the Trimmer PWB (PL 45.35) and the Booklet Tray No Paper
1. Remove the paper from the tray.
Sensor (PL 25.49) in order.

2-85
2. If the problem persists, in DC330(013-123) take a piece of paper in and out from the detection part
of the Envelope Tray Full Sensor and remove and insert the tray, in order to check if the display
switches between High and Low.
3. If the problem persists, check the Sensor using Generic FIP. If necessary, replace the Envelope
Tray Full Sensor (PL 25.70).
024-988 Envelope Folder Tray Set Fail

BSD-ON:CH15.5
Detection Condition
When the Envelope Tray Set Sensor is monitored at intervals of 100 ms, OFF is detected 10 consecutive
times.
Procedure
1. Reinstall the Envelope Tray properly.
2. If the problem persists, in DC330(012-156) remove and insert the tray in order to check the display
for the Folder Envelope Tray Switch switches between High and Low.
3. If the problem persists, replace the Folder Envelope Tray Switch (PL 25.67).
024-989 Booklet Low Staple R

BSD-ON:CH15.55
Detection Condition
1. Booklet Stapler Low Staple R Signal ON is detected immediately before the stapling operation.
2. Booklet Stapler Low Staple R Signal ON is detected at Initialization at Power ON or with Interlock
Closed.
Procedure
1. Check that the Staple Cartridge is properly installed.
2. Replace the Staple Cartridge with a new one.
3. In DC330(013-108(R)) check the state of the Switch.
4. Remove and insert the Staple Cartridge. If the display does not switch between High and Low,
replace the following parts in order.
• Booklet Staple Assembly (PL 25.42)
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full
BSD-ON: CH15.28
It was detected that the Punch Dust Box is almost full.
Initial Actions
Empty the Punch Dust Box.

• [012-118] Punch Box Set Sensor
Check Items
• The value of NVM [763-220] (Punch Dust Near Full Detection Count) (Default: 10000)
• The connection between the Finisher PWB J8014 and the Punch Box Set Sensor J8051 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• If no problems are found in the above checks, replace the Punch Box Set Sensor (PL 25.1), fol-
lowed by the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).

2-87
2.2.2.1 Finisher PWB Broken Fuse Failure FIP NOTE: The power supply must be turned OFF when measuring a Chip Fuse across its terminals
with a test meter.
Description
In Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4, when a short circuit occurs in the +24VDC system parts (Motor/Clutch/Sole-
noid), the overcurrent that arises from the short circuit may cause the Fuse on the Finisher PWB to break.
It also may cause the R1 on the Relay PWB to open.
CAUTION
When the Fuse on the Finisher PWB has broken or resistor R1 on the Relay PWB has opened due to a
fault, identify the location or parts that was shorted and remove the cause before replacing the Finisher
PWB and Relay PWB.
If you replace the Finisher PWB and Relay PWB before removing the cause of the problem, it will just
cause the Fuse on the Finisher PWB to break and resistor R1 on the Relay PWB to open again.
• F1 and F8 (Glass Tube Fuse)
Broken fuse can be visually verified.
Figure 2 (j0fu22002)
Chip Fuse Locations
• F2 to F7, and F9 (Chip Fuse)

A Chip Fuse that has a resistance of 1 Ohm or greater, when measured using a test meter across its
terminals, is considered to be broken. (The normal resistance is between 0.1 to 0.5 Ohm)
Version.2.0 11/2011 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP

2-89
2.2.2 Other Failure FIP 2-90 Version.2.0
Relay PWB R1 NOTE: Because F1, F8, and F9 are connected to multiple parts, refer to the following regarding the pro-
cedure for identifying the parts.
Check R1 visually. If R1 is discolored, it is open.
Parts identification method when F1 has broken (+24VDC)
Because R1 may also be open even when it is not discolored, turn OFF the power, remove the Relay Use a test meter to measure the resistance between the right F1 Fuse clip and the GND (the PWB fas-
PWB and measure the resistance of R1. tening screw).
If the resistance is 2.7 Ohm or greater, R1 is open. If there is a short circuit on the Finisher PWB or in the 24V system, the resistance will be lower than 600
Ohms. (The normal resistance is between 800 to 600 Ohms)
Finisher PWB Fuse Table
Refer to the following table (Table 2) to disconnect the 24V System connectors in sequence and check
Table 1 Finisher PWB Fuse Table whether the resistance changes.
Fault Code
When the resistance increases upon disconnecting a connector, it means that the short circuit is located
Operating When Power When Job in a parts or a wire that is connected to that connector. (For details about the wiring, refer to "Chapter 7
Fuse Related Components Voltage is ON has started Wiring Data".)
F1 InterPoser PWB, Finisher All +24V Systems +24VDC - -

F2 Puncher Motor +24VDC None -
F3 Staple Motor +24VDC None *
F4 Stacker Motor +24VDC None 012-260
F5 Solenoid, Clutch Systems +24VDC - -
F6 Stacker Offset Motor +24VDC None 012-215
F7 Stacker Flap Motor +24VDC None None
F8 All +24V Systems to I/F PWB, Folder PWB, Book- +24VDC - -
let PWB
F9 All +5VDC Systems +5VDC - -
* "Open the Right Door, raise and lower R16" will be displayed.
NOTE: If the resistance did not change even after disconnecting all the connectors, replace the Finisher
PWB.
Table 2
Fuse Connector Related Components
F1 J8009 InterPoser PWB
J8013 Paddle Support Clutch
Puncher Move Clutch
J8016 Staple Motor (in the Staple Unit)
J8017 Staple Move Motor
J8019 Puncher Move Motor
Sub Paddle Up/Down Solenoid
Compile Paddle Up/Down Solenoid
Tamper Motor
End Wall Motor
Shelf Motor
J8020 Puncher Motor Figure 6 (j0fu22006)
J8023 Paddle Motor
Eject Motor
whether the resistance changes.
Eject Clamp Motor
Transport Gate Solenoid
SCT Exit Motor
in a parts or a wire that is connected to that connector. (For details about the wiring, refer to "Chapter 7
Compile Exit Motor
Wiring Data".
Finisher Transport Motor
J8024 Stacker Offset Motor NOTE: If the resistance did not change even after disconnecting all the connectors, replace the Finisher
Set Clamp Solenoid PWB.
Elevator Motor
Stacker Flap Motor Table 3
F8 P8008 I/F PWB, Folder PWB
Use a test meter to measure the resistance between the right F8 Fuse clip and the GND (the PWB fas-
tening screw). J8011 Booklet PWB
If there is a short circuit on the Finisher PWB or in the 24V system, the resistance will be lower than 600 Parts identification method when Relay PWB R1 has opened (+24VDC)
Ohms. (The normal resistance is between 800 to 600 Ohms) Identify the location of the short circuit by using the same identification method as for F1 and F8.

Use a test meter to measure the resistance between the upper side of the F9 Chip Fuse and the GND
(the PWB fastening screw).
If there is a short circuit on the Finisher PWB or in the 5V system, the resistance will be lower than 200
Ohms. (The normal resistance is between 200 to 300 Ohms)
Version.2.0 11/2011 2.2.2 Other Failure FIP

2-91
2.2.2 Other Failure FIP 2-92 Version.2.0
whether the resistance changes.
in a parts or a wire that is connected to that connector. (For details about the wiring, refer to "Chapter 7
Wiring Data".)
NOTE: If the resistance did not change even after disconnecting all the connectors, replace the Finisher
PWB.
Table 4
F9 J8021 Puncher Sensors
J8022 Puncher Sensors
J8018 Stacker Sensors
J8024 Stacker No Paper Sensor
J8083 Stack Height Sensor
J8014 Compile, Buffer Path, Staple Position Sensor
J8015 Stapler Internal Sensors
J8013 Eject, Top Tray related Sensors, Manual Decurler Switch
J8007 I/F PWB
J8012 Booklet PWB
J8010 Folder PWB
J8009 InterPoser PWB
2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Figure 1 2001 Figure 1 2002
Enter DC330[XXXX-XXX]. Block the sensor with a sheet of blank paper. Is [LOW] displayed? Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Block the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Y N Y N
Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND (-)? Disconnect the sensor connector. Does the display change to [HIGH]?
Y N Y N
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for an open circuit and Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for a short circuit. If no
poor contact. problem is found, replace the PWB.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Replace the sensor.
Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-)?
Y N Remove any obstruction on the sensor light path. Does the display change to [LOW]?
Is +5VDC measured between the PWB pin-4 (+) and pin-5 (-)? Y N
Y N Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND (-)?
Replace the PWB. Y N
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for an open circuit and
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the sensor pin-1, as well as between the poor contact.
PWB pin-5 and the sensor pin-3 for an open circuit and poor contact. If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation. Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-)?
If no problems are found, replace the sensor. Y N
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the sensor pin-1, as well as between the
Remove the sheet of paper blocking the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed? PWB pin-5 and the sensor pin-3 for an open circuit and poor contact.
Y N If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Disconnect the sensor connector. Does the display change to [HIGH]?
Y N Check the sensor for contamination.
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Check the sensor for improper installation and the Actuator for bending and failure.
Check the sensor for improper installation and incident light diffraction. If no problems are found, If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
replace the sensor.
Check the installation of the sensor. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
Version.2.0 11/2011 2.2.3 Generic FIP

2-93
2.2.3 Generic FIP 2-94 Version.2.0
2.2.3.3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Figure 1 2003 Figure 1 2004
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Turn the switch ON. Is [LOW] displayed? NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no (mechanical) operation failure with the sole-
Y N noid and the clutch.
Is +5VDC measured between the switch pin-2 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON. Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-3 (+) and the
GND (-)?
Check the connection between the switch pin-2 and the PWB pin-3 for an open circuit and poor
Y N
contact.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB. Is +24VDC measured between the solenoid/clutch pin-2 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the solenoid/clutch pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Is +5VDC measured between the switch pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N Y N
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the solenoid/clutch pin-1 for an open
Replace the switch.
circuit and poor contact.
Check the connection between the switch pin-1 and the PWB pin-4 for an open circuit and poor con- If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
tact.
Replace the solenoid/clutch.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-3 and the solenoid/clutch pin-2 for an open circuit and
Turn the switch OFF. Is [HIGH] displayed?
poor contact.
Y N
Disconnect the switch connector. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Replace the PWB.
Y N
Check the connection between the switch pin-2 and the PWB pin-3 for a short circuit.
Replace the switch.
Check the installation of the switch.

If no problems are found, replace the switch.
2.2.3.5 Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP 2.2.3.6 Motor Does Not Rotate Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the power.
Disconnect the PWB connector. Is the resistance between the connector pin-3 and the frame 10
Ohm or less?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the connector pin-3 and the solenoid/clutch pin-2 for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the solenoid/clutch.
Figure 1 2005
NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that the motor is not locked or loaded.
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON.

Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-3 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the motor pin-2 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the motor pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-4 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the motor pin-1 for an open circuit and
poor contact.
Replace the motor.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-3 and the motor pin-2 for an open circuit and poor con-
tact.
Replace the PWB.

2-95
2.2.3.7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP 2.2.3.8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the PWB connector. Is the resistance between the connector pin-
3 and the frame 10 Ohm or less?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the connector pin-3 and the motor pin-2 for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the motor.
Figure 1 2017
NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no (mechanical) operation failure with the sole-
noid.
Is +24VDC measured between the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-1 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-5 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Check the +24VDC inputs of the PWB. If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-5 and the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-1 for an open
Use the following FIP when there is a problem with the NIP.
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL NIP ON. Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-4 (+)
and the GND (-)?
Y N
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL NIP ON. Is +24VDC measured between the NIP/
RELEASE SOLENOID pin-3 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Replace the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID.
Use the following FIP when there is a problem with the RELEASE.
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL RELEASE ON. Is +24VDC measured between the PWB
pin-6 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL RELEASE ON. Is +24VDC measured between the
NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-2 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Replace the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID.
A B
A B
Replace the PWB.

2-97
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustments
4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4.1 Preface REP 45.3.1 Trimmer Control Panel PWB....................................................................... 60
4.1 Preface ..................................................................................................................... 3 REP 45.4.1 Rear Cover.................................................................................................. 61
REP 45.4.2 Exit Cover ................................................................................................... 62
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP 45.5.1 Opening/Closing the Top Right Cover and Top Left Cover ........................ 64
REP 45.5.2 Top Left Cover ............................................................................................ 65
25. Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
REP 45.5.3 Top Right Cover.......................................................................................... 66
REP 25.1.1 I/F Module ................................................................................................... 5
REP 45.10.1 Belt Transport Assembly........................................................................... 67
REP 25.1.2 Detaching of the Folder (with I/F Module)................................................... 7
REP 45.11.1 Upper Belt Assemlby ................................................................................ 69
REP 25.1.3 Punch Unit .................................................................................................. 9
REP 45.11.2 Lower Belt Assembly ................................................................................ 71
REP 25.1.4 Staple.......................................................................................................... 11
REP 45.13.1 Belt (Upper Belt Assembly)....................................................................... 73
REP 25.1.5 Detaching of the Finisher ............................................................................ 13
REP 45.16.1 Belt (Lower Belt Assembly)....................................................................... 74
REP 25.1.6 Staple Dust Box Sensor, Staple Dust Box Full Sensor............................... 15
REP 45.19.1 Square Fold Nip Motor.............................................................................. 76
REP 25.2.1 Eject Unit..................................................................................................... 16
REP 45.19.2 Clamper Upper Plate ................................................................................ 77
REP 25.2.2 Compile Unit ............................................................................................... 19
REP 45.19.3 Connector Bracket .................................................................................... 79
REP 25.2.3 Lower Exit Chute......................................................................................... 21
REP 45.20.1 Press Roll.................................................................................................. 81
REP 25.2.4 Manual Decurler Swith (D4 Type)............................................................... 22
REP 45.21.1 Harness Bracket ....................................................................................... 83
REP 25.3.1 Finisher PWB .............................................................................................. 24
REP 45.21.2 Square Exit Upper Roll ............................................................................. 85
REP 25.5.1 Belt (Finisher Transport Motor) ................................................................... 25
REP 45.21.3 Square Exit Lower Roll ............................................................................. 87
REP 25.5.2 Knob............................................................................................................ 26
REP 45.25.1 Square Fold Gate...................................................................................... 91
REP 25.6.1 Belt (Compile Exit Motor) ............................................................................ 27
REP 45.27.1 Trimmer Move Transport Assembly.......................................................... 93
REP 25.7.1 Transport Gate Solenoid............................................................................. 28
REP 45.29.1 Trimmer Roll Unit ...................................................................................... 97
REP 25.13.1 D4/D3/D2 Type-Sponge Roll .................................................................... 29
REP 45.32.1 Belt Bottom Bracket .................................................................................. 100
REP 25.13.2 D2P Type-Sponge Roll 1/2 ....................................................................... 31
REP 45.34.1 Trimmer Cutter.......................................................................................... 102
REP 25.24.1 Stapler Head ............................................................................................. 33
REP 45.35.1 Trimmer PWB ........................................................................................... 107
REP 25.28.1 Compile Main Paddle (with Shaft)............................................................. 34
REP 25.28.2 Compile Main Paddle (Single Paddle) ...................................................... 36 99. (SCC) Safety Critical Components
REP 25.31.1 Compile Sub Paddle ................................................................................. 37 REP 99.1.1 (SCC) Safety Critical Components ............................................................. 109
REP 25.34.1 Opening / Closing of Stacker Unit............................................................. 38
REP 25.34.2 Cam (Set Clamp Solenoid) ....................................................................... 39 4.3 Adjustment
REP 25.36.1 Stacker Tray Assembly ............................................................................. 39
REP 25.41.1 Booklet Drawer Unit .................................................................................. 41
ADJ 25.3.1 Booklet Fold Position/Staple Position Adjustment (DC128) ........................ 111
REP 25.43.1 Paddle Shaft Assembly............................................................................. 42
ADJ 25.3.2 C Tri-Fold (C Fold) Position Adjustment (DC128) ....................................... 116
REP 25.51.1 Interposer Unit .......................................................................................... 43
ADJ 25.3.3 Z Fold / Z Tri-Fold Position Adjustment (DC128) ........................................ 118
REP 25.53.1 Feed Roll, Nudger Roll.............................................................................. 44
ADJ 25.21.1 Punch Side Regi Adjustment..................................................................... 121
REP 25.55.1 Retard Roll ................................................................................................ 46
ADJ 25.21.2 Punch Hole Position Change Procedure (12mm to 10mm)....................... 122
REP 25.62.1 Folder 1 Roll.............................................................................................. 47
ADJ 25.24.1 Staple Skew/Lead Position Adjustment of the Dual Staple ....................... 123
REP 25.64.1 End Guide 1 Assembly ............................................................................. 49
ADJ 25.24.2 Staple Position Adjustment of the Single Rear Staple............................... 125
REP 25.66.1 Folder 2 Roll.............................................................................................. 52
ADJ 25.24.3 Staple Position Adjustment of the Center Staple....................................... 126
REP 25.67.1 End Guide 2 Assembly ............................................................................. 53
ADJ 25.51.1 Interposer Paper Width Adjustment........................................................... 127
REP 25.81.1 Finisher Top Cover ................................................................................... 54
REP 25.81.2 I/F Module Side Cover and I/F Module Front Door (D4 Type) .................. 55 45. Trimmer and Square Fold
45. Trimmer and Square Fold ADJ 45.1.1 Checking Trimmer and Square Fold Paper Handling.................................. 129
ADJ 45.26.1 Adjusting the Position of the Stopper Plate (Parallel Adjustment)............. 131
REP 45.1.1 Separating the Trimmer and Square Fold................................................... 57
REP 45.2.1 Front Upper Cover ...................................................................................... 59
REP 45.2.2 Front Lower Cover ...................................................................................... 60
Version.2.0 11/2011
4-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
4-2 Version.2.0
4.1 Preface 6.Positions or directions of the machine and directions inside the machine used in the procedure are
This section contains procedures required for parts disassembly, assembly, replacement and adjustment defined as listed below.
in the field service. (1) Front: Front of the machine
(2) Right: Right-hand side facing the machine.
4.1.1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment (3) Left: Left-hand side facing the machine.
1. For installation procedures, only NOTEs are described here since installation procedures are (4) Rear: Rear facing the machine.
reverse of removal ones.
4.1.2 Terms and Symbols
2. (Figure X) at the beginning of a procedure indicates that its detailed steps are shown in illustration.
Numbers in the illustration indicate the sequence of the steps. Terms and symbols used throughout this manual are explained here.
3. (REP X.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to.
WARNING
4. Item numbers of disassembly/assembly and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ No.) correlate to
PL No. in Chapter 5 Parts List. Therefore, an appropriate replacement or adjustment procedure can Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
easily be referred to a PL No. or vice versa.E.g. The replacement or adjustment procedure of Com-
ponent PL1.1 is REP1.1.X or ADJ1.1.X. WARNING
5. When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the modifica- Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
tion number or the model are indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective titles or proce- handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
dures. CAUTION
E.g. 1) REP X.X.X Main PWB [w/Tag 1V] Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle
*Indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1V. the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
E.g. 2) Instruction: Used to alert you to a procedure, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the
machine or equipment.
Table 1
NOTE: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.
Symbol Description
Illustration 1: Indicates that a specific part has been modified by the tag number NOTE:Used when other explanations are given.
within the circle.
Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment.
Safety Critical Components (SCC)

Figure 1 Illustration
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the regula-
1
tions regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Illustration 2: Indicates that the configuration of the part shown is the configura-
tion before the part was modified by the number within the circle. As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be replaced. It
must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly prohibited
because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
Figure 2 Illustration
2 Important Information Stored Component (ISC)
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation. When
performing replacement, follow the procedures in "Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly Adjustment" to
replace/discard. Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.
Version.2.0 11/2011 4.1 Preface

4-3
4.1 Preface 4-4 Version.2.0
REP 25.1.1 I/F Module
Parts List on PL 25.1
Removal
WARNING
Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents
Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power.
After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and disconnect the plug
from the socket.
1. Detach the Finisher. (REP 25.1.5)
2. Remove the I/F Module Top Cover. (PL 25.81)
• Installation screws: (D4 Type: x2 at the left, x1 at the rear) (D3/D2/D2P TypeL x2 at the Left)
3. Remove the Interposer Unit. (REP 25.51.1)
4. Remove the I/F Module Front Door. (D4 Type:REP 25.81.2) (D3/D2/D2P Type: PL 25.81)
5. Remove the I/F Module Rear Cover. (PL 25.82)
Figure 2 j0fu46754
• Installation screws: x3 at the rear
6. Remove the Finisher Rear Cover. (PL 25.82) 9. D4/D3 Type Only:
• Installation screws: Rear x4 Disconnect the I/F Cable Connector. (Figure 3)
7. Disconnect the connectors (x3) at the Finisher Main PWB side. (Figure 1) (1) Disconnect the Connector.
Pxxx: Indicates the PWB side
Figure 3 j0fd42504
Figure 1 j0fu41711
10. Remove the I/F Module. (Figure 4)
8. Remove the wire harness from the clamp. (Figure 2) (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(1) Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness. (2) Remove the I/F Module.
Version.2.0 11/2011 25. Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4

4-5
25. Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 4-6 Version.2.0
Figure 4 j0fu41713 Figure 6 j0fu41715
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the I/F Module, insert the pin into the key hole. (Figure 5)
(A) Pin
(B) Key hole
Figure 5 j0fu41714
3. When securing the I/F Module, check that the Swing Plate moves freely. (Figure 6)
(A) Swing Plate
REP 25.1.2 Detaching of the Folder (with I/F Module)
Removal
WARNING
Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn
OFF the breaker switch and disconnect the plug from the socket.
WARNING
When detaching the Folder, make sure you have 2 persons to perform the procedure as the
Folder is heavy (40kg).
• Installation screws: (D4 Type: x2 at the left, x1 at the rear) (D3/D2/D2P Type: x2 at the left)
Figure 2 j0fu41795
4. Remove the Folder Rear Cover. (PL 25.68)
• Installation screws: Rear x4 7. Remove the wire harness from the clamp. (Figure 3)
5. Remove the Folder Top Right Cover. (Figure 1) (1) Release the clamps (x6) and remove the wire harness.
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness.
(3) Remove the screws (x4).
(4) Remove the Folder Top Right Cover.
Figure 3 j0fu41796
8. Remove the screws that secure the Folder. (Figure 4)

Figure 1 j0fu41794
6. Disconnect the connectors (x4) at the Finisher PWB side. (Figure 2)

Pxxx: Indicates the PWB side

4-7
9. Remove the Side Bracket from the front. (Figure 5) 11. Detach the Folder. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (1) Lift the Folder in the direction of the arrow and detach it.
(2) Remove the Side Bracket.
Figure 5 j0fu41798
10. Remove the Side Bracket from the rear. (Figure 6)

(2) Remove the Side Bracket.
Figure 7 j0fu46701
Replacement
REP 25.1.3 Punch Unit 11. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Punch Unit. (Figure 2)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x3).
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
2. Remove the Punch Inner Cover. (PL 25.81)
5. Remove the I/F Module Rear Cover. (PL 25.82)
6. Remove the Finisher Rear Cover. (PL 25.82)
• Installation screws: Rear x4
7. Remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (PL 25.82)
Figure 2 j0fu46756
8. Remove the Cover Bracket. (PL 25.82) 12. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Punch Unit. (Figure 3)
• Installation screws: Rear x4, loosen (1) Pull the cable band out from the hole.
9. Folder Type: Detach the Folder with the I/F Module attached. (REP 25.1.2) (2) Disconnect the connector.
Non-Folder Type: Remove the I/F Module. (REP 25.1.1) (3) Pull the cable band out from the hole.
10. Remove the wire harness of the Punch Unit from the Tie Plate. (Figure 1) (4) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(1) Remove the Earth Wire.
(2) Pull the cable band out from the hole.
(3) Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness.
Figure 3 j0fu46757
13. Remove the securing screws at the front of the Punch Unit. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0fu46755 (1) Remove the screws (x2).

4-9
14. Remove the Punch Unit. (Figure 5) 3. Install the front of the Punch Unit as shown in the figure. (Figure 7)
(1) Loosen the screw.
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the Punch Unit from the rear.
Figure 7 j0fu41722
Figure 5 j0fu46758
Replacement
2. Set the Punch Unit into the Finisher from the rear as shown in the figure. (Figure 6)
REP 25.1.4 Staple
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
4. Remove the Eject Cover, Single Catch Tray, Stacker Front Top Cover, and Finisher Top Cover.
(REP 25.81.1)
Figure 1 j0fu41734
5. Remove the Finisher Front Door. (PL 25.81)
6. Remove the Stacker Front Cover. (PL 25.81) 16. Disconnect the connectors at the Finisher Main PWB side. (Figure 2)
• Installation screws: x2 at the front (1) Disconnect the connectors (x3).
7. Booklet Type: Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 25.38) Pxxx: Indicates the PWB side
8. Remove the Finisher Rear Cover. (PL 25.82) (2) Remove the Earth Wire.
• Installation screws: Rear x4 (3) Release the clamps (x4) and remove the wire harness.
9. Remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (PL 25.82) (4) Pull the cable band out from the hole.
• Installation screws: x2 at the rear (5) Pass the wire harness through the square hole and remove it by the Staple side.
10. Remove the Cover Bracket. (PL 25.82)
• Installation screws: Rear x4, loosen
11. Remove the Staple Inner Cover. (PL 25.81)
12. Open the Stacker Unit. (REP 25.34.1)
13. Remove the Compile Unit. (REP 25.2.2)
14. Move the Staple Head to the front until it stops.
15. Open the Harness Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the clamps (x2).
(2) Open the Harness Cover.
Figure 2 j0fu46759
17. Remove the Staple Rear Cover. (Figure 3)


4-11
(3) Remove the Staple Rear Cover.
Figure 5 j0fu46762
Figure 3 j0fu46760
20. Remove the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 6)
18. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Staple Unit. (Figure 4) (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2). (2) Remove the Sensor Bracket.
(3) Remove the Dust Rear Cover.
Figure 6 j0fu46736
21. Disconnect the Sensor Bracket connectors. (Figure 7)

Figure 4 j0fu46761
(1) Remove the cable band.
19. Remove the Staple Dust Chute. (Figure 5) (2) Release the clamps (x4) and remove the wire harness.
(1) Remove the screw. (3) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Remove the Staple Dust Chute.
REP 25.1.5 Detaching of the Finisher
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
1. Finisher connected to IOT:
Disconnect the cable from the Finisher, which is connected to the right side of the IOT. (Figure 1)
Figure 7 j0fu46739
22. Remove the Staple Unit. (Figure 8)

(2) Remove the Staple Unit.
Figure 1 j0fu41765
2. Finisher connected to HCS:

Remove the Rear Lower Cover from the I/F Module. (Figure 2)
(2) Remove the Rear Lower Cover.
Figure 8 j0ph41701
Replacement

4-13
Figure 2 j0fd42505 Figure 4 j0fd90607
3. Finisher connected to HCS: 5. Detach the Finisher. (Figure 5)

Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 3) (1) Open Chute 1b.
(1) Disconnect Connector 6 (P307). (2) Remove the screw.
(3) Detach the Finisher while pulling the Docking Plate to the front.
Figure 3 j0fd42506
Figure 5 j0fd42507
4. Finisher connected to HCS:
Take the I/F Cable out of the HCS Cable Duct. (Figure 4) Replacement
2. Gently dock the Finisher to the machine. (Figure 6)
REP 25.1.6 Staple Dust Box Sensor, Staple Dust Box Full Sensor
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
2. Remove the Staple Dust Box. (PL 25.1)
3. Move the Staple Head from the front to the center.
4. Remove the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Sensor Bracket.
Figure 6 j0fd90736
Figure 1 j0fu46736
5. Remove the Staple Dust Box Sensor and Staple Dust Box Full Sensor. (Figure 2)
(3) Release the hooks to remove the Staple Dust Box Sensor.
(5) Remove the Staple Dust Box Full Sensor.

4-15
REP 25.2.1 Eject Unit

Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
(REP 25.81.1)
6. Remove the Stacker Front Cover. (PL 25.81)
• Installation screws: x2 at the front
7. Booklet Type: Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 25.38)
Figure 2 j0fu46737
Replacement
12. D4 Type Only: Remove the Manual Decurler Switch. (REP 25.2.4)
13. Disconnect the Manual Decurler Switch connectors. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (D3/D2 Type Only)
(2) Release the clamp and remove the wire harness. (D3/D2 Type Only)
(3) Pull the cable band out from the hole. (D3/D2 Type Only)
(4) Remove the Connector Housing that was disconnected in Step (1) from the rear, through the
square hole. (D3/D2 Type Only)
14. Remove the plate and Sub Paddle Home Sensor with the connector still connected. (Figure 2) 16. Disconnect the connectors in the Eject Unit. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Remove the plate and Sub Paddle Home Sensor. (2) Release the clamps (x13) and remove the wire harness.
(3) Pull the cable band out from the hole.
Figure 2 j0fu46764
Figure 4 j0fu46766
15. Remove the bracket and Eject Sensor with the connector still connected. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screw. 17. Disconnect the Top Tray Full Sensor connector. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the bracket and Eject Sensor. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(3) The removed bracket and Eject Sensor. (2) Release the clamps (x3) and remove the wire harness.

4-17
18. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Eject Unit. (Figure 6) 20. Remove the belt at the Compile side. (Figure 8)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x4). (1) Loosen the screw to relax the belt tension.
(2) Release the clamps (x13) and remove the wire harness. (2) Remove the belt at the Compile side.
19. Disconnect the connectors at the rear lower side of the Eject Unit. (Figure 7) 21. Remove the belt at the Eject side. (Figure 9)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Release the clamps (x2) and remove the wire harness. (2) Remove the pulley.
(3) Remove the belt at the Eject side.
REP 25.2.2 Compile Unit
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
(REP 25.81.1)
Figure 9 j0fu41729
22. Remove the Eject Unit. (Figure 10) 6. Remove the Stacker Front Cover. (PL 25.81)
(1) Remove the screws (x4). • Installation screws: x2 at the front
(2) Release the catch of hooks (x2) to remove the Eject Unit. 7. Booklet Type: Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 25.38)
12. Remove the End Wall Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Move the Staple Head to the position shown in the figure.
(2) Lower the End Wall Assembly.
Figure 10 j0fu41730
Replacement

4-19
13. Remove the belt at the rear of the Compile Unit. (Figure 2) 15. Remove the Compile Unit. (Figure 4)
(1) Loosen the screw to relax the belt tension. (1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Remove the belt at the Compile side. (2) Remove the Compile Unit.
14. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Compile Unit. (Figure 3) Replacement
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 25.2.3 Lower Exit Chute
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
2. Move the Staple Head to the rear until it stops. (Figure 1)
(1) Move the Staple Head to the position shown in the figure.
(2) Lower the End Wall Assembly.
(3) Move the Staple Head until it stops.
Figure 2 j0fu46741
4. Remove the Lower Exit Chute. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Lower Exit Chute.
Figure 1 j0fu46740
3. Disconnect the Lower Exit Chute Solenoid connector. (Figure 2)

(1) Release the hook and disconnect the connector.
Figure 3 j0fu46742

4-21
Replacement REP 25.2.4 Manual Decurler Swith (D4 Type)

1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Parts List on PL 25.2
Removal
WARNING
After the internal process for turning OFF the machine is complete, turn OFF the breaker switch
and disconnect the plug from the wall outlet.
1. Remove the Finisher Front Door. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the Finisher Front Door.
Figure 1 j0fd90725
2. Remove the Stacker Front Top Cover. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Stacker Front Top Cover.
(7) Pull out the Cableband.
(8) Disconnect the Connector.
Figure 2 j0fd42501
3. Remove the LED PWB Cover. (Figure 3) Figure 4 j0fd42503

(2) Remove the LED PWB Cover. Replacement
Figure 3 j0fd42502
4. Remove the Manual Decurler Switch. (Figure 4)

(1) Release the Clamp and take out the Wire Harnesses (x2).
(3) Remove the Finisher Door LED PWB.
(4) Disconnect the Connector.
(6) Remove the Manual Decurler Switch.

4-23
REP 25.3.1 Finisher PWB

Clean
Replacement
1. Replace the Finisher PWB. (Refer to the removal procedure)

2. Download the latest software. (Refer to Chapter 4ADJ.)
3. Initialize the NVM data of the Output Device with DC301 NVM initialization.
4. In DC131 of the UI-Diag, input everything from the NVM Settings List that comes with the Finisher
during shipment.
NOTE: Other NVM Codes that are not found in the NVM Settings List should remain in their default
values. As the Booklet related NVM will be adjusted during installation, input those NVM at that time.
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
CAUTION
Figure 1 j0fd42509
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity. 4. Remove the Finisher PWB. (Figure 2)
1. Detach the Finisher. (REP 25.1.5) (1) Remove the screws (silver: x10).
2. Remove the Finisher Rear Cover. (PL 25.82) (2) Remove the Finisher PWB.
Installation screws: Rear x4
3. Disconnect all connectors that are connected to the Finisher PWB. (Figure 1)
REP 25.5.1 Belt (Finisher Transport Motor)
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
• Installation screws: x2 at the x2
• Installation screws: x4 at the rear, loosen
5. Relax the belt tension. (Figure 1)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2).
Figure 2 j0fu46771
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu46772
6. Remove the belt. (Figure 2)

(3) Remove the Finisher Transport Motor.
(4) Remove the Tension Spring.
(5) Remove the belt.

4-25
REP 25.5.2 Knob

Parts List on PL 25.5, PL 25.6, PL 25.8, PL 25.13a
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
1. Open the Finisher Front Door or the I/F Module Front Door.
2. Remove the knob. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the hook to remove the knob.
Figure 2 j0fu41760
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu41746
Replacement
REP 25.6.1 Belt (Compile Exit Motor) (5) Remove the Tension Spring.
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
Figure 2 j0fu41762
(1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Remove the pulley. Replacement
(3) Remove the belt. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(4) Release the hook to remove the pulley.
Figure 1 j0fu41761

(1) Remove the screw and relax the belt tension.
(4) Remove the Compile Exit Motor.

4-27
REP 25.7.1 Transport Gate Solenoid

Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
5. Disconnect the Transport Gate Solenoid connector. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu46774
Replacement
Figure 1 j0fu46773
6. Remove the Transport Gate Solenoid. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Transport Gate Solenoid.
REP 25.13.1 D4/D3/D2 Type-Sponge Roll
Parts List on PL 25.13a
Clean
NOTE: This section describes the installation and removal procedures for the Sponge Roll (bottom) of
Decurler 2 only.
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
2. Open the I/F Module Front Door. (PL 25.81)
3. Remove the "1c" Knob. (REP 25.5.2) Figure 2 j0fu41753
4. Remove the I/F Inner Cover. (PL 25.13a)
7. Remove the Sponge Roll. (Figure 3)
5. Remove the Cam Gear. (Figure 1)
(1) Shift the Sponge Roll to the front and remove it from the rear.
(1) Remove the E-Clips (x2).
(A) Bearing
(2) Remove the Cam Gears (x2).
Figure 3 j0fu41754
Figure 1 j0fu41752
6. Remove the Cam Link. (Figure 2)

Replacement
(1) Remove the Cam Link.
2. When installing the Cam Gear, insert the Cam Link into the Boss in the Cam Gear as shown in the
(2) Remove the ball bearing.
figure. (Figure 4)
(A) Boss

4-29
3. Engage the Cam Gear as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)

(A) Engaging the gear
Figure 5 j0fu41755
4. If Cam Gear "A" is not able to go all the way in, correct the deformation of the rear Cam Link. (Figure
6)
REP 25.13.2 D2P Type-Sponge Roll 1/2
Parts List on PL 25.13b
Removal
WARNING
Make sure that all jobs have been completed.Check that the "Online" lamp is OFF and turn OFF
the power.
After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and unplug the power
plug from the outlet.
2. Open the I/F Module Front Door. (PL 25.81)
3. Remove the 1c Knob. (REP 25.5.2)
4. Remove the I/F Inner Cover. (PL 25.13b)
5. Remove the Cam Gear. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the E-Clips (x2).
(2) Remove the Cam Gears (x2).
Figure 2 j0tz42503
8. Remove the Sponge Roll 1. (Figure 3)

(1) Remove the Sponge Roll.
(2) Remove the bearing.
Figure 1 j0tz42502
6. Raise the 1d Baffle.

7. Remove the Cam Link. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Cam Links (x2).
(2) Remove the Ball Bearings (x2).
Figure 3 j0tz42504
9. Remove the Sponge Roll 2. (Figure 4)

4-31
(1) Remove the Sponge Roll 2.

(2) Remove the bearing.
Figure 6 j0tz42507
Figure 4 j0tz42505 4. If Cam Gear "A" is not able to go all the way in, correct the deformation of the rear Cam Link. (Figure
7)
Replacement
2. When installing the Cam Gear, insert the Cam Link into the Boss in the Cam Gear as shown in the
figure. (Figure 5)
(A) Boss
Figure 7 j0tz42508
Figure 5 j0tz42506
3. Engage Cam Gear as shown in the figure. (Figure 6)

(A) Gear engagement
REP 25.24.1 Stapler Head
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
2. Remove the Staple Dust Box. (PL 25.1)
3. Move the Staple Head from the front to the center.
4. Remove the Staple Dust Chute. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Staple Dust Chute.
Figure 2 j0fu46732
6. Move the Stapler Head to the front.

7. Remove the Stapler Head with the connectors (x2) still connected at the rear of the Stapler Head.
(Figure 3)
(A) Connector (x2)
(1) Remove the Stapler Head in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0fu46731
5. Remove the screws that secure the Stapler Head. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0fu46733
8. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Stapler Head. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the Stapler Head.

4-33
REP 25.28.1 Compile Main Paddle (with Shaft)

Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
NOTE: When replacing the Compile Main Paddle, replace the Compile Sub Paddle (REP 25.31.1) at the
same time.

2. Remove the Lower Exit Chute. (REP 25.2.3)
3. Turn the Lower Exit Chute upside down.
4. Remove the guide. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the guide.
Figure 4 j0fu46734
Replacement
2. Insert the tabs (x2) of the Stapler Head into the tab slots (x2) of the Upper Carriage. (Figure 5)
Figure 1 j0fu46743
5. Do not allow the Plate Springs of the Pinch Rolls (x4) to deform. (Figure 2)
(A) Plate Spring
Figure 5 j0fu46735
6. Remove the E-Clip. (Figure 3) 8. Remove the link. (Figure 5)

(1) Remove the E-Clips (x2). (1) Remove the link from the shaft and the Lower Exit Chute.
7. Remove the link. (Figure 4) 9. Remove the Compile Main Paddle. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the link from the shaft and the Lower Exit Chute. (1) Remove the Compile Main Paddle.

4-35
REP 25.28.2 Compile Main Paddle (Single Paddle)

Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
NOTE: Replace all three Compile Main Paddles (Single Paddle) at the same time.
NOTE: When replacing the Compile Main Paddle, replace the Compile Sub Paddle (REP 25.31.1) at the
same time.

Figure 6 j0fu46748
Replacement
3. Remove the Lower Exit Chute. (REP 25.2.3)
4. Turn the Lower Exit Chute upside down. (Figure 1)
2. After replacement, enter Diag Mode and clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter.
• Do not allow the Plate Spring of the Pinch Rolls (x4) to deform.
"Chain Link: 956-802"
(A) Plate Spring
Figure 1 j0ph41703
5. Remove the Compile Main Paddle (Single Paddle). (Figure 2)

(1) Open the snap and remove the Compile Main Paddle (x3).
REP 25.31.1 Compile Sub Paddle
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
NOTE: When replacing the Compile Sub Paddle, replace the Compile Main Paddle (REP 25.28.1) at the
same time.
1. Remove the Eject Cover. (PL 25.2)
Installation screws: x4 at the right
2. Remove the Single Catch Tray. (PL 25.2)
Figure 2 j0ph41704 Installation screws: x1 at the right, loosen
3. Remove the Compile Sub Paddle. (Figure 1)
Replacement (1) Remove the KL-Clips (Medium: x2).
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (2) Remove the pulley from the belt.
2. After replacement, enter Diag Mode and clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. (3) Remove the KL-Clips (Small: x2).
"Chain Link: 956-802" (4) Remove the Compile Sub Paddle.
Figure 1 j0fu41758
Replacement

4-37
REP 25.34.1 Opening / Closing of Stacker Unit Replacement

Parts List on PL 25.34 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
(REP 25.81.1)
7. Booklet Type: Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 25.38)
11. Open the Stacker Unit. (Figure 1)
(2) Open the Stacker Unit.
Figure 1 j0fu46775
REP 25.34.2 Cam (Set Clamp Solenoid) REP 25.36.1 Stacker Tray Assembly
Parts List on PL 25.34 Parts List on PL 25.36
Replacement Removal
WARNING WARNING
Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents Make sure the copy/print jobs are complete. Check that the "Sending/Receiving" and "Documents
Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power. Stored" lamps are OFF and turn OFF the power.
After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and disconnect the plug After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and disconnect the plug
from the socket. from the socket.
1. Install the Cam such that it engages with the Gear as shown in the figure. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Finisher Front Door. (PL 25.81)
3. Remove the Stacker Inside Front Upper Cover. (PL 25.82)
5. Remove the Stacker Inside Rear Upper Cover. (PL 25.82)
6. Remove the Stacker Tray Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the spacer.
(4) Remove the spacer.
(5) Remove the Stacker Tray Cover.
Figure 1 j0fu41738
Figure 1 j0fu41739
7. Disconnect the connectors at the rear of the Stacker. (Figure 2)

(1) Disconnect the connector (5 pin).
(2) Disconnect the connectors (2 pin: Wire-Orange x2).

4-39
8. Release the wire harness at the bottom of the Stacker Tray Assembly. (Figure 3) 10. Remove the Rear Sensor Cover with the connector still connected. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the harness guide. (2) Remove the Rear Sensor Cover in the direction of the arrow.
(3) Pull the cable bands (x2) out from the hole.
Figure 5 j0fu46778
Figure 3 j0fu41741
11. Remove the screws that secure the Stacker Tray Assembly. (Figure 6)
9. Remove the Front Sensor Cover with the connector still connected. (Figure 4) (1) Go through the hole to remove the screws (long: x2).
(1) Remove the screw. (2) Go through the hole to remove the screws (long: x2).
(2) Remove the Front Sensor Cover in the direction of the arrow.
REP 25.41.1 Booklet Drawer Unit
Removal
WARNING
WARNING
When removing the Booklet Drawer Unit, make sure you have 2 persons to perform the procedure
as the Booklet Drawer Unit is heavy (21.9kg).
1. Open the Finisher Front Door. (PL 25.81)
2. Remove the Stapler Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Pull out the Stapler Assembly.
(2) Remove the screw at the left rail.
Figure 6 j0fu46779
(3) Release the stopper at the right rail.
12. Remove the Stacker Tray Assembly. (Figure 7) (4) Remove the Stapler Assembly.
(3) Remove the Stacker Tray Assembly.
Figure 7 j0fu41743
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Figure 1 j0fu41768
3. Pull out the Booklet Drawer Unit. (PL 25.41)

4. Remove the Booklet Drawer Unit. (Figure 2)
(2) Remove the Stopper Bracket.
4-41
(3) Release the stopper at the right rail and pull it out further. REP 25.43.1 Paddle Shaft Assembly
(4) Release the stopper at the left rail.
(5) Remove the Booklet Drawer Unit.
Removal
WARNING
2. Pull out the Booklet Drawer Unit. (PL 25.41)
3. Remove the Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 1)
(2) Shift the bearings (x2) towards the inner side.
(3) Remove the Paddle Shaft Assembly.
Figure 2 j0fu41769
Replacement
2. When installing the Booklet Drawer Unit, insert it into the left rail first.
Figure 1 j0fu41770
Replacement
2. When replacing the Paddle Shaft Assembly, check whether each paddle is installed at the position
shown in the figure. (Figure 2)
REP 25.51.1 Interposer Unit
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
3. Open the Upper Cover of the Interposer Unit until it is in the Service Position. (Figure 1)
(1) Press the stopper to release it.
(2) Open the Upper Cover until it is in the Service Position.
Figure 2 j0fu41771
Figure 1 j0fu41701
4. Remove the screws that secure the Interposer Unit. (Figure 2)


4-43
REP 25.53.1 Feed Roll, Nudger Roll

Clean
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls at the same time.
Replacement Kit: 604K 012560
NOTE: This section describes the installation and removal procedures for the Feed Roll only.
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
Figure 2 j0fu41702 1. Detach the Finisher. (REP 25.1.5)
5. Remove the Interposer Unit. (Figure 3) • Installation screws: (D4 Type: x2 at the left, x1 at the rear) (D3/D2/D2P Type: x2 at the left)
(1) Disconnect the Drawer Connector and remove the Interposer Unit. 3. Open the Upper Cover of the Interposer Unit until it is in the Service Position. (Figure 1)
(1) Press the stopper to release it.
Figure 3 j0fu41703
Replacement Figure 1 j0fu41701

4. Remove the chute. (PL 25.52)
5. Remove the gear of the Feed Roll. (Figure 2)
(2) Remove the gear.
(A) Feed Roll
(B) Nudger Roll
6. Remove the stopper. (Figure 3) 8. Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 5)

(1) Remove the screw. (1) Release the hook to remove the Feed Roll.
(2) Remove the stopper.
Figure 5 j0fu41707
Figure 3 j0fu41705
Replacement
7. Remove the Feed/Nudger Shaft. (Figure 4) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the KL-Clip. 2. When installing the Feed/Nudger Shaft, securely install the boss of the support to the Compression
(2) Remove the Feed/Nudger Shaft. Spring. (Figure 6)
(3) Remove the Sleeve Bearings (x2). (A) Boss

4-45
REP 25.55.1 Retard Roll

Clean
NOTE: Replace the Feed/Nudger/Retard Rolls at the same time.
Replacement Kit: 604K 012560
Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
Figure 6 j0fu41708
3. After replacement, enter Diag Mode and clear the [DC135 HFSI] counter. 3. Open the Upper Cover of the Interposer Unit until it is in the Service Position. (Figure 1)
"Chain Link: 956-800" (1) Press the stopper to release it.
Figure 1 j0fu41701
4. Remove the chute. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the chute.
REP 25.62.1 Folder 1 Roll
Removal
WARNING
2. Remove the Tray Assembly. (PL 25.67)
4. Remove the End Guide 1 Assembly. (REP 25.64.1)
5. Remove the Tension Spring. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tension Springs (x2).
Figure 2 j0fu41709
5. Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 3)

(1) Release the hook to remove the Retard Roll.
Figure 1 j0fu41782
6. Remove the ball bearing of the Folder 1 Roll at the front. (Figure 2)
Figure 3 j0fu41710
(2) Remove the "r7" knob.
Replacement (3) Remove the E-Clip.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (4) Remove the ball bearing.

4-47
7. Remove the gear of the Folder 1 Roll at the rear. (Figure 3) Replacement
(1) Remove the E-Clip. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 3 j0fu41784
8. Remove the Folder 1 Roll. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the Folder 1 Roll.
REP 25.64.1 End Guide 1 Assembly
Removal
WARNING
4. Disconnect the “R8b" Chute Assembly connector at the rear of the Folder. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41773
6. Remove the plate at the rear of the Folder. (Figure 3)

(1) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).
(2) Remove the cable band.
(4) Remove the plate.
Figure 1 j0fu41772
5. Remove the “R8b" Chute Assembly from the front. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the “R8b" Chute Assembly.
Figure 3 j0fu41774
7. Remove the gear of the Folder Xport Roll 5. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the collar.
(4) Remove the pulley.

4-49
Figure 6 j0fu41777
Figure 4 j0fu41775
10. Disconnect the End Guide 1 Assembly connector at the rear. (Figure 7)
8. Remove the belt. (Figure 5) (1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Remove the Tension Spring.
Figure 7 j0fu41778
11. Remove the screws that secure the End Guide 1 Assembly. (Figure 8)
Figure 5 j0fu41776
9. Remove the screws that secure the End Guide 1 Assembly at the front. (Figure 6)
12. Remove the End Guide 1 Assembly. (Figure 9)

(1) Remove the End Guide 1 Assembly.
Figure 9 j0fu41780
Replacement
2. When installing the End Guide 1 Assembly, securely insert the pin of the End Guide 1 Assembly into
the hole on the frame at the front. (Figure 10)
(A) Pin

4-51
REP 25.66.1 Folder 2 Roll

Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the End Guide 2 Assembly. (REP 25.67.1)
5. Remove the Tension Spring. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tension Spring (x2).
Figure 2 j0fu41792
7. Remove the Folder 2 Roll from the rear. (Figure 3)

(5) Remove the Folder 2 Roll.
Figure 1 j0fu41791
6. Remove the ball bearing of the Folder 2 Roll at the front. (Figure 2)
Figure 3 j0fu41793
Replacement
REP 25.67.1 End Guide 2 Assembly
Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the screws that secure the End Guide 2 Assembly at the front. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu41787
6. Remove the screws that secure the End Guide 2 Assembly. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0fu41786
5. Disconnect the End Guide 2 Assembly connector at the rear. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0fu41788
7. Remove the End Guide 2 Assembly. (Figure 4)

(1) Remove the End Guide 2 Assembly.

4-53
REP 25.81.1 Finisher Top Cover

Removal
WARNING
from the socket.
Installation screws: (D4 Type: x2 at the left, x1 at the rear) (D3/D2/D2P Type: x2 at the left)
4. D4 Type Only: Remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (PL 25.82)
Figure 4 j0fu41789
5. Remove the Finisher Top Cover. (Figure 1)
Replacement (1) Remove the Eject Cover.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Installation screws: x4 at the right
2. When installing the End Guide 2 Assembly, securely insert the pin and tab of the End Guide 2 (2) Remove the Single Catch Tray.
Assembly into the hole on the frame at the front. (Figure 5) Installation screws: x1 at the right, loosen
(A) Pin (3) Remove the Stacker Front Top Cover.
(B) Tab Installation screws: x2 at the top (D4 Type), x1 each at the top/front (D3/D2/D2P Type)
(4) Remove the Finisher Top Cover.
Installation screws: x4 at the top
Figure 5 j0fu41790
Figure 1 j0fu41723
REP 25.81.2 I/F Module Side Cover and I/F Module Front Door
(D4 Type)
Removal
WARNING
After the internal process for turning OFF the machine is complete, turn OFF the breaker switch
and disconnect the plug from the wall outlet.
• Installation screws: x2 at the left, x1 at the rear
3. Remove the I/F Module Side Cover along with the I/F Module Front Door. (Figure 1)
(1) Write down the scale position.
(3) Remove the I/F Module Side Cover along with the I/F Module Front Door.
Figure 1 j0fd90703
Replacement

4-55
REP 45.1.1 Separating the Trimmer and Square Fold
Removal
WARNING
Check that copying or printing is completely finished and that the “Online” and "Job in Memory”
lamps are OFF. Turn OFF the power switch.
Wait until the machine finishes its internal operation for turning OFF. Turn OFF the breaker switch
and then disconnect the power plug from the wall outlet.
1. Remove the Power Cord Bracket from the Trimmer and Square Fold.
2. Disconnect the power cord from the Trimmer and Square Fold.
3. Remove the Rear Corner Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screws (2).
(2) Remove the Rear Corner Cover.
Figure 2 j0tm44523
5. Take out fhe Wire Harness from the Clamp. (Figure 3)

(1) Release the clamp and take out the Wire Harness.
Figure 1 j0tm44521
4. Disconnec the connectors. (Figure 2)

(1) Disconnec the connectors (2).
Figure 3 j0tm44524
6. Remove the screw securing the Trimmer and Square Fold at the rear. (Figure 4)
Version.2.0 11/2011 45. Trimmer and Square Fold

4-57
45. Trimmer and Square Fold 4-58 Version.2.0
Figure 4 j0tm44525 Figure 6 j0tm44527
7. Remove the screw securing the Trimmer and Square Fold at the front. (Figure 5) Replacement
(1) Pull out the Dust Box. 1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
(2) Remove the screw. 2. Gently dock the Trimmer and Square Fold.
3. When installing the Rear Corner Cover, install the Hooks (2) of the Rear Corner Cover on the
Frame. (Figure 7)
Figure 5 j0tm44526
8. Separate the Trimmer and Square Fold. (Figure 6)

Figure 7 j0tm44522
REP 45.2.1 Front Upper Cover
Removal
WARNING
and then disconnect the power plug from the outlet.
3. Separate the Trimmer and Square Fold. (REP 45.1.1)
4. Remove the screw securing the Front Upper Cover. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0tm44529
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0tm44528
5. Remove the Front Upper Cover. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Front Upper Cover.

4-59
REP 45.2.2 Front Lower Cover REP 45.3.1 Trimmer Control Panel PWB
Parts List on PL 45.2 Parts List on PL 45.3
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
Check that copying or printing is completely finished and that the “Online” and "Job in Memory” Check that copying or printing is completely finished and that the “Online” and "Job in Memory”
lamps are OFF. Turn OFF the power switch. lamps are OFF. Turn OFF the power switch.
Wait until the machine finishes its internal operation for turning OFF. Turn OFF the breaker switch Wait until the machine finishes its internal operation for turning OFF. Turn OFF the breaker switch
and then disconnect the power plug from the outlet. and then disconnect the power plug from the outlet.
1. Remove the Power Cord Bracket from the Trimmer and Square Fold. CAUTION
2. Disconnect the power cord from the Trimmer and Square Fold. Take care to prevent damage to electric parts due to static electricity. Electric parts may be damaged by
3. Separate the Trimmer and Square Fold. (REP 45.1.1) static electricity. Be sure to wear a wristband in doing the procedure. If no wristband is available, touch a
4. Remove the Front Upper Cover. (REP 45.2.1) metallic part to remove as much static electricity as possible from your body before getting started with
the procedure.
5. Take out the Dust Box.
6. Remove the Front Lower Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Front Lower Cover.
4. Remove the Front Upper Cover. (REP 45.2.1)
5. Remove the Wire Harness and Harness Plate. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
(3) Remove the Wire Harness and Harness Plate.
Figure 1 j0tm49508
Replacement
Figure 1 j0tm44530
6. Remove the Trimmer Control Panel. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (2).
(2) Remove the Hooks (2) in the direction of the arrow.
REP 45.4.1 Rear Cover
Removal
WARNING
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Rear Cover.
Figure 2 j0tm44531
7. Remove the Trimmer Control Panel PWB. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Plate Spring.
(3) Remove the Trimmer Control Panel PWB.
Figure 1 j0tm44535
Replacement
Figure 3 j0tm44532

4-61
REP 45.4.2 Exit Cover

Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 45.4.1)
6. Remove the Wheel Cover. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0tm44537
(1) Release the Hooks (Front: 2, Rear: 2) and remove the Wheel Cover.
8. Disconnect the connector from the Booklet Tray Unit. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0tm44536
7. Remove the Exit Roll. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0tm44538
(2) Remove the Exit Roll.
9. Remove the Booklet Tray Unit. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the Booklet Tray Unit in the direction of the arrow.
10. Remove the Exit Cover. (Figure 5)

(2) Remove the Exit Cover in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 5 j0tm44540
Replacement
2. When installing the Exit Cover, put the Hooks (2) of the Exit Cover in the Frame holes. (Figure 6)

4-63
REP 45.5.1 Opening/Closing the Top Right Cover and Top Left
Cover
Removal
WARNING
5. Open the Top Right Cover. (Figure 1) Figure 2 j0tm44534
(1) Put in the 5.5mm Box Drive, taking care not to let it touch the Wire Harness in the Top Center
Cover. Replacement
(2) Press and hold the Link with the tip of the 5.5mm Box Driver while pressing the Button and 1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
open the Top Right Cover.
Figure 1 j0tm44533
6. Open the Top Left Cover. (Figure 2)

(1) Press and hold the Link with the tip of the 5.5mm Box Driver while pressing the Button and
open the Top Left Cover.
REP 45.5.2 Top Left Cover
Removal
WARNING
4. Remove the Belt Transport Front Cover. (PL 45.10)
5. Remove the Belt Transport Rear Cover. (PL 45.11)
Figure 2 j0tm44543
7. Open the Top Left Cover. (REP 45.5.1)
8. Remove the KL-Clip and Washer. (Figure 1) 10. With the Top Left Cover unhooked, close the Top Left Cover.
(1) Remove the KL-Clip (small) and Washer. 11. Remove the Rear Clutch Bracket. (Figure 3)
(2) Remove the Clutch Bracket.
Figure 1 j0tm44542
9. Remove the KL-Clip and Washer. (Figure 2)

Figure 3 j0tm44544
(1) Remove the KL-Clip (large) and Washer.
NOTE: Distinguish the Front Clutch Bracket from the Rear Clutch Bracket.
12. Remove the Front Clutch Bracket. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the Clutch Bracket.

4-65
REP 45.5.3 Top Right Cover

Removal
WARNING
5. Open the Top Right Cover. (REP 45.5.1)
6. Remove the E-Clip from the Top Right Cover. (Figure 1)
Figure 4 j0tm44545
13. Open the Top Left Cover.
14. Remove the Top Left Cover. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Links (2) and then the Top Left Cover.
Figure 1 j0tm49538
7. Remove the screws securing the Hinge Bracket. (Figure 2)

Figure 5 j0tm44546
Replacement
2. Close the Top Left Coverbefore installing the Clutch Brackets.
3. Never take the Front Clutch Bracket for the Rear one.
REP 45.10.1 Belt Transport Assembly
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0tm49539
8. Remove the Top Right Cover. (Figure 3) 8. Remove the Top Left Cover. (REP 45.5.2)
(1) Remove the Hinge Bracket. 9. Remove the Harness Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Top Right Cover. (1) Remove the Clamps (3) from the Frame.
(A) Gears (2) (2) Remove the Harness Cover.
(B) Flange
Figure 1 j0tm44547
Figure 3 j0tm49540
10. Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 2)
Replacement (1) Release the Clamp and take out the Wire Harness.
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order. (2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Disconnect the connector (Connector Housing: black).

4-67
11. Remove the screws securing the Belt Transport Assembly. (Figure 3) 13. Remove the Belt Transport Assembly. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (3). (1) Remove the Belt Transport Assembly.
12. Remove the screws securing the Belt Transport Assembly. (Figure 4) Replacement
(1) Remove the screws (2). 1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 45.11.1 Upper Belt Assemlby
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0tm44548
8. Remove the Top Left Cover. (REP 45.5.2) 11. Release the Clamps and take out the Wire Harness. (Figure 3)
9. Remove the Harness Cover. (Figure 1) (1) Release the Clamps (3).
(1) Remove the Clamps (3) from the Frame. (2) Release the Clamps (3) and take out the Wire Harness.
(2) Remove the Harness Cover.
Figure 3 j0tm44549
Figure 1 j0tm44547
12. Release the Clamps and take out the Wire Harness. (Figure 4)
10. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2) (1) Release the Clamps (2).
(1) Release the Clamp and take out the Wire Harness. (2) Take out the Wire Harness from the hole.

4-69
13. Remove the Upper Belt Assembly. (Figure 5) Replacement

(2) Remove the Upper Belt Assembly.
Figure 5 j0tm44551
14. The removed Upper Belt Assembly (Figure 6)

REP 45.11.2 Lower Belt Assembly
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0tm44556
8. Remove the Top Left Cover. (REP 45.5.2) 12. Remove the screws securing the Belt Transport Assembly. (Figure 3)
9. Remove the Upper Belt Assembly. (REP 45.11.1) (1) Remove the screws (2).
(1) Release the Clamp and take out the Wire Harness.
(2) Disconnect the connectors (2).
Figure 3 j0tm44557
13. Remove the Belt Transport Assembly. (Figure 4)

Figure 1 j0tm44555 (1) Remove the Belt Transport Assembly.
11. Remove the screws (3) securing the Belt Transport Assembly. (Figure 2)

4-71
14. Remove the Belt. (Figure 5) 16. Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the E-Clip, Collar, Belt and Pulley. (1) Release the Clamp.
(2) Disconnect the connector (Connector Housing: black).
(3) Disconnect the connector (Connector Housing: white).
Figure 5 j0tm44559
15. Remove the Harness Guard. (Figure 6)

Figure 7 j0tm44561
(2) Remove the Harness Guard.
17. Remove the Top Transport Cover. (Figure 8)
(2) Remove the Top Transport Cover.
REP 45.13.1 Belt (Upper Belt Assembly)
Removal
WARNING
Figure 8 j0tm44562
18. Remove the Lower Belt Assembly. (Figure 9) 8. Remove the Top Left Cover. (REP 45.5.2)
(1) Remove the screws (7). 9. Remove the Upper Belt Assembly. (REP 45.11.1)
(2) Remove the Lower Belt Assembly. 10. Remove the Collar. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Collar.
Figure 9 j0tm44563
Replacement Figure 1 j0tm44553

11. Rotate and shift the Belt gradually while removing it. (Figure 2)

4-73
REP 45.16.1 Belt (Lower Belt Assembly)

Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0tm44554
Replacement 8. Remove the Top Left Cover. (REP 45.5.2)
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order. 9. Remove the Upper Belt Assembly. (REP 45.11.1)
10. Remove the Lower Belt Assembly. (REP 45.11.2)
11. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the E-Clip and Bearing.
Figure 1 j0tm44564
12. Move the Belt inward. (Figure 2)

(1) Move the Belt inward.
13. Remove the Belt. (Figure 3)

(1) Remove the Belt.
Figure 3 j0tm44566
Replacement
2. Move the Belt inward in order to install the Bearing easily. (Figure 4)
(A) Bearing

4-75
REP 45.19.1 Square Fold Nip Motor

Removal
WARNING
5. Disconnect the connector from the Square Fold Nip Motor. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the Clamps (2).
Figure 2 j0tm49502
Replacement
Figure 1 j0tm49501
6. Remove the Square Fold Nip Motor. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Square Fold Nip Motor.
REP 45.19.2 Clamper Upper Plate
Removal
WARNING
6. Remove the Belt Transport Assembly. (REP 45.10.1)
Figure 2 j0tm44577
7. Remove the Connector Bracket. (REP 45.19.3)
8. Remove the Side Left Cover. (Figure 1) 10. Remove the Ground Wire and the Add Clamper Plate. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Remove the screw from the Ground Wire.
(2) Remove the Side Left Cover. (2) Remove the screws (2).
(3) Remove the Add Clamper Plate.
Figure 1 j0tm44576
Figure 3 j0tm44578
9. Remove the Press Roll Arm. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screws (2). 11. Remove the Guides at front. (Figure 4)
(2) Remove the Press Roll Arm. (1) Remove the screws (4).
(2) Remove the Guides (2).

4-77
12. Remove the Guides at rear. (Figure 5) 14. Remove the Link at rear. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screws (4). (1) Remove the E-Clips (2).
(2) Remove the Guides (2). (2) Remove the Link and Bearings (2).
13. Remove the Link at front. (Figure 6) 15. Remove the Clamper Upper Plate. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the E-Clips (2). (1) Remove the Clamper Upper Plate.
(2) Remove the Link and Bearings (2).
REP 45.19.3 Connector Bracket
Removal
WARNING
(1) Release the Clamps (6) and take out the Wire Harness.
(2) Disconnect the Cableband.
Figure 8 j0tm44583
Replacement
Figure 1 j0tm44572
6. Remove the screw securing the Support Harness Bracket. (Figure 2)


4-79
7. Remove the screw securing the Connector Housing. (Figure 3) Replacement

Figure 3 j0tm44574
8. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 4)

(2) Remove the Connector Bracket.
REP 45.20.1 Press Roll
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0tm44585
8. Remove the Clamper Upper Plate. (REP 45.19.2) 12. Remove the Tie Plate. (Figure 3)
9. Take out the Dust Box. (1) Remove the Tie Plate.
10. Remove the screw securing the Tie Plate at the front. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Clamp from the Frame.
Figure 3 j0tm44586
13. Move the Press Roll to the center.

Figure 1 j0tm44584 14. Remove the Belt Bracket. (Figure 4)
11. Remove the screw securing the Tie Plate at the rear. (Figure 2) (2) Remove the Belt Bracket.

4-81
15. Remove the screw securing the Clamper Lower Plate at the front. (Figure 5) 17. Remove the Clamper Lower Plate and the Press Roll. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Remove the Clamper Lower Plate and the Press Roll.
16. Remove the screw securing the Clamper Lower Plate at the rear. (Figure 6) 18. Remove the Press Roll. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Remove the screws (2).
(2) Remove the Plate.
(3) Remove the Press Roll in the diriection of the arrow.
REP 45.21.1 Harness Bracket
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Square Fold Nip Motor. (REP 45.19.1)
Figure 8 j0tm44591
Replacement
Figure 1 j0tm49559

4-83
8. Release the Clamps and take out the Wire Harness. (Figure 3) 10. Release the Clamps and take out the Wire Harness. (Figure 5)
(1) Release the Clamps (10) and take out the Wire Harness. (1) Disconnect the Cableband.
(2) Disconnect the connector. (2) Release the Clamps (4) and take out the Wire Harness.
Figure 3 j0tm49561
Figure 5 j0tm49563
(1) Release the Clamps (3) and take out the Wire Harness. 11. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 6)
(2) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the screws (3).
(3) Remove the screw from the Ground Wire. (2) Remove the Harness Bracket.
(5) Remove the Clamp from the Harness Bracket.
REP 45.21.2 Square Exit Upper Roll
Removal
WARNING
Figure 6 j0tm49564
Replacement 8. Remove the Harness Bracket. (REP 45.21.1)
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order. 9. Remove the E-Clips at rear. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the E-Clips (3).
Figure 1 j0tm49565
10. Remove the Links (2) and the Gears (2). (Figure 2)

4-85
11. At front, release the Clamp from the Harness Bracket and take out the Harness. (Figure 3) 13. At rear, remove the E-Clip from the Square Exit Upper Roll. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the Cableband. (1) Remove the E-Clip.
Figure 5 j0tm49569
Figure 3 j0tm49567
14. At front, remove the E-Clip from the Square Exit Upper Roll. (Figure 6)
12. Remove the Harness Bracket. (Figure 4) (1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the Harness Bracket.
REP 45.21.3 Square Exit Lower Roll
Removal
WARNING
Figure 6 j0tm49570
15. Remove the Square Exit Upper Roll. (Figure 7) 8. Remove the Square Fold Nip Motor. (REP 45.19.1)
(1) Remove the Square Exit Upper Roll. 9. Remove the Harness Bracket. (REP 45.21.1)
10. Remove the Square Fold Exit Motor. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Square Fold Exit Motor.
Figure 7 j0tm49571
Replacement
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order. Figure 1 j0tm49572
11. Remove the E-Clip and Gear. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the E-Clip and Gear.

4-87
12. Move the Top Left Cover Front Interlock Switch. (Figure 3) 14. Remove the screw securing the Square Exit Chute. (Figure 5)
(2) Move the Top Left Cover Front Interlock Switch.
Figure 5 j0tm49576
Figure 3 j0tm49574
15. At rear, put the Square Exit Chute Wire Harness into the Frame hole. (Figure 6)
13. Move the Top Left Cover Rear Interlock Switch. (Figure 4)
(2) Move the Top Left Cover Rear Interlock Switch.
16. Remove the Square Exit Chute. (Figure 7) 18. At rear, remove the E-Clip from the Square Exit Lower Roll. (Figure 9)
(1) Move the Press Roll in the direction of the arrow. (1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Move the Press Roll in the direction of the arrow and remove the Square Exit Chute.
Figure 9 j0tm49580
Figure 7 j0tm49578
19. At front, remove the E-Clip from the Square Exit Lower Roll. (Figure 10)
17. Move the Press Roll by rotating the Rear Gear Pulley. (Figure 8) (1) Remove the E-Clip.

4-89
20. Remove the Square Exit Lower Roll. (Figure 11) 3. Install the Square Exit Chute at the following position. (Figure 13)
(1) Remove the Square Exit Lower Roll. (1) Lower the Lever.
(2) Install the Square Exit Chute where it is below the Dust Hold Chute.
Figure 11 j0tm49582
Figure 13 j0tm49584
Replacement
2. When installing the Square Exit Chute, put the Square Exit Chute Wire Harness into the Frame hole.
(Figure 12)
REP 45.25.1 Square Fold Gate
Removal
WARNING
Figure 2 j0tm44593
8. Remove the Connector Bracket. (REP 45.19.3) 13. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)
9. Remove the Clamper Upper Plate. (REP 45.19.2) (1) Release the Clamp.
10. Remove the Clamper Lower Plate and the Press Roll. (REP 45.20.1) (2) Disconnect the connectors (2).
11. Remove the Inner Cover. (Figure 1) (3) Remove the screw from the Ground Wire.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
(2) Remove the Inner Cover.
Figure 3 j0tm44594
Figure 1 j0tm44592 14. Release the Clamp and take out the Wire Harness. (Figure 4)
12. Remove the Gear Bracket. (Figure 2) (2) Release the Clamp.
(1) Remove the screws (2). (3) Take out the Wire Harness from the hole.
(2) Remove the Gear Bracket.

4-91
15. Remove the Square Fold Gate in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 5) Replacement
2. Put the Square Fold Gate in the Frame Guide. (Figure 7)
Figure 5 j0tm44596
16. The removed Square Fold Gate. (Figure 6)

Figure 7 j0tm44598
3. When installing the Cableband, secure the Harness Guide as well. (Figure 8)
REP 45.27.1 Trimmer Move Transport Assembly
Removal
WARNING
5. Remove the Front Lower Cover. (REP 45.2.2)
Figure 8 j0tm44599
7. Remove the Exit Cover. (REP 45.4.2)
8. Open the Top Right Cover. (REP 45.5.1)
9. Remove the Control Panel Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Control Panel Rear Cover.
Figure 1 j0tm49509
10. Remove the Safety Plate. (Figure 2)

(2) Remove the Safety Plate.

4-93
11. Remove the screw securing the Tie Tray Plate at the rear. (Figure 3) 13. Remove the Tie Tray Plate. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Remove the Tie Tray Plate.
12. Remove the screw securing the Tie Tray Plate at the front. (Figure 4) 14. Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Release the Clamps (2).
15. Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 7) 17. Remove the screw securing the Harness Guide. (Figure 9)
(1) Release the Clamps (2). (1) Remove the screw from the Ground Wire.
(2) Disconnect the connectors (2). (2) Remove the Clamp from the Bracket.
Figure 7 j0tm49515
Figure 9 j0tm49517
(1) Release the Clamps (4). 18. Remove the Belt. (Figure 10)
(2) Disconnect the connectors (2). (1) Remove the E-Clip.
(3) Put the Wire Harness taken out of the hole into the hole. (2) Remove the Collar.
(3) Remove the Belt.
(4) Remove the Pulley.
(5) Remove the Torque Clutch.

4-95
(6) Remove the Pin.
Figure 12 j0tm49520
Figure 10 j0tm49518
21. Take out the Trimmer Move Transport Assembly. (Figure 13)
19. Remove the screws securing the Trimmer Move Transport Assembly at the front. (Figure 11) (1) Take out the Trimmer Move Transport Assembly.
Figure 13 j0tm49521
Figure 11 j0tm49519
22. Take out the Harness Guide from the Frame hole. (Figure 14)
20. Remove the screws securing the Trimmer Move Transport Assembly at the rear. (Figure 12) (1) Take out the Harness Guide from the Frame hole.
REP 45.29.1 Trimmer Roll Unit
Removal
WARNING
Figure 14 j0tm49522
Replacement 8. Open the Top Right Cover. (REP 45.5.1)
1. To install, perform the removal steps in reverse order. 9. Remove the Trimmer Move Transport Assembly. (REP 45.27.1)
10. Remove the Tie Plate. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Tie Plate.
Figure 1 j0tm49523
11. Remove the Trimmer Upper Roll. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the E-Clips (2) and Bearings (2).
(2) Remove the Trimmer Upper Roll.

4-97
12. Remove the Trimmer Chute. (Figure 3) 14. Remove the screw securing the Harness Cover. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the Trimmer Chute.
Figure 5 j0tm49527
Figure 3 j0tm49525
15. Move the Harness Cover. (Figure 6)
13. Remove the Left Plate. (Figure 4) (1) Move the Harness Cover.
(2) Remove the Left Plate.
16. Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 7) 18. Remove the screw securing the Belt Clamp at the rear. (Figure 9)
(1) Release the Clamp and take out the Wire Harness. (1) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the Motor Cover.
Figure 9 j0tm49531
19. Remove the Tapping Screw securing the Trimmer Roll Unit. (Figure 10)
Figure 7 j0tm49529
17. Remove the screw securing the Belt Clamp at the front. (Figure 8)

4-99
REP 45.32.1 Belt Bottom Bracket

Removal
WARNING
Figure 10 j0tm49532
20. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit. (Figure 11) 8. Open the Top Right Cover. (REP 45.5.1)
9. Remove the Trimmer Move Transport Assembly. (REP 45.27.1)
10. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit. (REP 45.29.1)
11. Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor. (Figure 1)
(3) Move the Belt in the direction of the arrow and remove it from the Pulley.
(4) Remove the Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor.
Figure 11 j0tm49533
Replacement
Figure 1 j0tm49534
12. Remove the Slide Guide. (Figure 2)

(1) Remove the E-Clips (2).
(2) Remove the Slide Shafts (2) in the direction of the arrow.
(3) Remove the Slide Guide.
Figure 4 j0tm49537
Figure 2 j0tm49535
13. Remove the Belt Bottom Bracket. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Belt Bottom Plate.
Figure 3 j0tm49536
Replacement
2. Install the Belt Clamps (2) at the parallel positions. (Figure 4)
(A) Install the Belt Clamps (2) at the parallel positions.

4-101
REP 45.34.1 Trimmer Cutter (2) Remove the Top Center Cover.

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
The removal procedure for the Trimmer Cutter should be carried out by two people because it is very
heavy (31.5kg) and can cause a pain in the lower back.
4. Remove the Front Upper Cover.(REP 45.2.1)
Figure 2 j0tm49541
6. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 45.4.1) 14. At front, take out the Wire Harness. (Figure 3)
7. Remove the Exit Cover. (REP 45.4.2) (1) Release the Clamps (4) and take out the Wire Harness.
8. Open the Top Right Cover. (REP 45.5.1) (2) Disconnect the Cableband.
9. Remove the Top Right Cover. (REP 45.5.3)
10. Remove the Trimmer Move Transport Assembly. (REP 45.27.1)
12. Remove the Side Left Cover. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Side Left Cover.
Figure 3 j0tm49542
15. At rear, take out the Wire Harness. (Figure 4)

Figure 1 j0tm44576
13. Remove the Top Center Cover. (Figure 2)

16. Remove the screws securing the Cover Lock Bracket at the front. (Figure 5) 18. Remove the Cover Lock Bracket. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Remove the Cover Lock Bracket.
17. Remove the screws securing the Cover Lock Bracket at the rear. (Figure 6) 19. Move the Top Left Cover Front Interlock Switch. (Figure 8)
(2) Move the Top Left Cover Front Interlock Switch.

4-103
20. Move the Top Right Cover Interlock Switch. (Figure 9) 22. Remove the Bracket at front. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Move the Top Right Cover Interlock Switch. (2) Remove the Bracket.
21. Move the Top Left Cover Rear Interlock Switch. (Figure 10) 23. At rear, remove the Bracket, and the screw from the LVPS Upper Bracket. (Figure 12)
(1) Remove the screws (2). (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Move the Top Left Cover Rear Interlock Switch. (2) Remove the Bracket.
(3) Remove the screw from the LVPS Upper Bracket.
24. Disconnect the Trimmer Cutter Connectors. (Figure 13) 27. Remove the screws securing the Trimmer Cutter at the front. (Figure 15)
(1) Release the Clamps (5) and take out the Wire Harness. (1) Remove the screws (2).
(3) Remove the Clamp from the Frame.
Figure 15 j0tm49554
28. Remove the screws securing the Trimmer Cutter at the rear. (Figure 16)
Figure 13 j0tm49552
25. Remove the Handles (2) from the new Trimmer Cutter.
26. Install the Handles (2) on the Trimmer Cutter in the Trimmer and Square Fold. (Figure 14)

4-105
29. Move the Trimmer Cutter in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 17) Replacement
2. When moving the Trimmer Cutter to the mounting position, take care not to deform the Dust Paper
Guide. (Figure 19)
Figure 17 j0tm49556
30. Lift the Trimmer Cutter and remove it in the direction of the arrow together with another person. (Fig-
ure 18)
Figure 19 j0tm49558
3. After installing the new Trimmer Cutter, install the Handles (2) on the old Trimmer Cutter.
REP 45.35.1 Trimmer PWB
Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
Take care to prevent damage to electric parts due to static electricity. Electric parts may be damaged by
static electricity. Be sure to wear a wristband in doing the procedure. If no wristband is available, touch a
metallic part to remove as much static electricity as possible from your body before getting started with
the procedure.
2. Disconnect the power cord from the Trimmer and Square Fold. Figure 2 j0tm49586
7. Remove the Trimmer PWB. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (6) and then the Trimmer PWB.
5. Remove the Guide. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Clamps (2) from the PWB Bracket.
(2) Remove the Guide.
Figure 3 j0tm49587
Replacement
Figure 1 j0tm49585
6. Disconnect the connectors (18) from the Trimmer PWB. (Figure 2)

4-107
REP 99.1.1 (SCC) Safety Critical Components
Removal
WARNING
Any part marked with SCC is a Safety Critical Component. As to replacement of any SCC, the
complete component unit must be replaced. It must never be disassembled or no individual inter-
nal parts of it must be replaced. Further, when a spare part is provided with the instructions, the
CEs are required to follow them.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly pro-
hibited because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
Version.2.0 11/2011 99. (SCC) Safety Critical Components

4-109
99. (SCC) Safety Critical Components 4-110 Version.2.0
ADJ 25.3.1 Booklet Fold Position/Staple Position Adjustment
(DC128) Paper Sizes Supported Paper Dimensions (mm) X1
B4 SEF 257 63.0
Purpose
8K (FXTW) SEF 267 68.0
To adjust the fold position and staple position to the specified values in Booklet and Staple/Non-Staple.
8K (GCO) SEF 270 69.5
See below for the specifications. (Figure 1) A3 SEF 297 83.0
11x17 SEF 279.4 74.2
Non-Standard Size W (W-120-11)/2
NOTE: Perform adjustment in the sequence of (1) Booklet slant adjustment, (2) Booklet fold position
adjustment, and (3) Booklet side direction staple position adjustment.
Adjustment
(1) Booklet slant adjustment
1. Enter Diag Mode and select [Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [Adjustment / Others] -> [Finisher - Fold
Position Adjustment] -> [Fold Position Printout] -> [Folding Function] -> [Confirm Settings] -> [Bi-
Fold] -> [Save] -> [Start].
A copy will be printed. Select [Confirm] -> [Close] to return to the previous screen.
2. Check the fold position. (Figure 2)
Check that A = B in the figure.
• If A = B, the adjustment is complete.
• If A is not equal to B, proceed to Step 3 to adjust the slant.
Figure 1 j0fu46725
X in Figure 1 is as follows:
Paper Sizes Supported Paper Dimensions (mm) X1

Letter SEF 215.9 42.5
Letter-Cover SEF 228.6 48.8
A4 SEF 210 39.5 Figure 2 j0fu46726
A4-Cover SEF 223 46
Special A4 SEF 226 47.5 3. Adjust the slant with the following steps. (Figure 3)
Spanish SEF 215 42
8.5x13 SEF 215.9 42.5
8.5x14 SEF 215.9 42.5
11x17 SEF 279.4 74.2

4-111
NOTE: This adjustment corrects the slant by changing part A indicated in Figure 2. • Bi-Fold Position Adjustment, B4 or smaller
<Adjustment of Booklet fold position misalignment>
NOTE: Moving 1 unit along the guide scale changes the fold position by approx. 1mm (width of
297mm).
• 2 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, B4 or larger
• When A > B: Loosen the screw indicated in the diagram, move the lever to the front and tighten • 2 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, B4 or smaller
the screw again.
• 2 stapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment, B4 or larger
• When A < B: Loosen the screw indicated in the diagram, move the lever to the rear and tighten
• 2 stapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment, B4 or smaller
the screw again. (Figure 3)
• 2 / 15 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, B4 or larger
4. Pull out the Booklet Assembly.
• 2 / 15 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, B4 or smaller
5. Check the lengths of A and B, and adjust the slant with the following steps.
• 3 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, (B4 Off)
• 4 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, (B4 Off)
• 5 - 7 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, B4 or larger
• 5 - 7 stapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment, B4 or larger
• 5 - 7 stapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment, B4 or smaller
• 8 - 14 stapled sheets Adjustment of staple position and fold position misalignment, B4 or larger
• 8 - 14 stapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment, B4 or larger
• 8 - 14 stapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment, B4 or smaller
• 2 unstapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment
• 3 or more unstapled sheets Adjustment of fold position misalignment
<No stapling + 1 sheet of paper + Bi-fold>
Check
1. Enter Diag Mode and select [Maintenance / Diagnostics] - [Adjustment / Others]

-> [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [Fold Position Printout]
Figure 3 j0ne4kb3
-> [Folding Function] -> [Confirm Settings] -> [Bi-Fold] -> [Save]
6. After adjustment, make another copy and check that A = B. -> [Binding Shift] -> [Confirm Settings] -> [Off] -> [Save]
7. Repeat from Steps 3 to 6 until A = B is obtained. -> [Quantity] -> [Confirm Settings] -> Input "1" -> [Save]
-> [Paper Tray] -> Select the paper tray -> [Save]
-> [Start].
(2) Booklet fold position adjustment (DC128) 2. Check the fold position on the paper printed out. (Figure 4)
NOTE: Perform this adjustment after performing the Booklet slant adjustment.
The NVM value will differ for the fold position adjustment according to the presence of staples, the paper
size and the number of sheets. NVM that can be set are as follows:
<Bi-Fold Position Adjustment>
• Bi-Fold Position Adjustment, B4 or larger

-> [Booklet] -> [Save].
-> [Binding Shift] -> [Confirm Settings] -> [On] -> [Save]
-> [Quantity] -> [Confirm Settings] -> Input "2" -> [Save]
-> [Tray] - Select paper tray
-> [Start].
A test print will be printed. Check the staple position and adjust if necessary. (Figure 5)
Figure 4 Fold position (No stapling + 1 sheet of paper + Bi-fold) (j0ku42058)
Adjustment
1. Enter Diag Mode and select [Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [Adjustment / Others] -> [Finisher - Fold
Position Adjustment]
-> [Bi-Fold] -> Select [B4 or larger] or [B4 or smaller] -> [Confirm]
-> Change the NVM by referring to the table below -> [Save] -> [Close]. Figure 5 Staple position (j0ku42059)
Moves 0.1mm per NVM count.
Adjustment
Case NVM value Guideline for NVM amount adjustment When staple position misalignment occurs, there are two cases as shown in Figure 5. Change the appli-
Case 1 Decrease Make the folding misalignment amount smaller by half cable [Current NVM Value] using the following procedure.
Case 2 Increase Make the folding misalignment amount larger by half.

1. [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [Create Booklet Fold & Staple] -> Select [2 stapled sheets,
2. Return to Check 1, output the test print, check the fold position, and adjust it until the specified value B4 or larger] or [2 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller] from the next screen -> [Confirm Settings].
is obtained. 2 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
<Stapling + 2 sheets of paper + Bi-fold Booklet> 2 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller
2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
NOTE: Perform in the following order. 2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller
1. Adjustment of the staple position misalignment with 2 sheets 3 stapled sheets, B4 Off
2. Adjustment of the fold position misalignment with 2 sheets 4 stapled sheets, B4 Off
3. Adjustment of the staple position and the fold position misalignment with 15 sheets 5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 Off
(This will allow an adjustment of 3 to 14 sheets to be done automatically) 8 - 14 stapled sheets, B4 Off
4. Fine adjustment of staple position and fold position Staple Position Adjustment
Check 2. Refer to Table 3 and change the NVM value to adjust the staple position, then select [Save] ->
[Close].
Use the following steps to output a test print: Stapling + 2 sheets of paper + Bi-fold Booklet.
1. [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [Fold Position Printout] -> [Folding Functions] -> [Confirm
Settings]

4-113
The staple position moves 0.1mm per NVM count. NOTE: Figure 6, Case 1: When the Upper side is longer than the Lower side.
NOTE: Figure 6, Case 2: When the Upper side is shorter than the Lower side.
Case NVM value Guideline for NVM amount change
Case 1 Decrease Make the staple misalignment amount smaller Case NVM value Guideline for NVM amount change
Case 2 Increase Make the staple misalignment amount larger Case 1 Decrease Make the folding misalignment amount smaller by half
3. Return to Check 1, check the test print, and adjust the staple position until it is at the specified value, Case 2 Increase Make the folding misalignment amount larger by half.
or the wishes of the customer are met. (Figure 6)
7. Return to Check Step 1, output the test print, and adjust until the fold position is at the specified
value, or the wishes of the customer are met.
<Stapling + 15 sheets of paper + Bi-fold Booklet>
Perform a check and an adjustment for 15 sheets of paper where required.
NOTE: The check and adjustment procedure is the same as <Stapling + 2 sheets of paper + Bi-fold
Booklet>. However, set the number of sheets to 15 in the Diag Mode.
NOTE: Performing this adjustment will allow automatic adjustment for 3 to 14 sheets of paper.
NOTE: When automatic adjustment of 3 to 14 sheets of paper is not sufficient, use the following proce-
dure to perform a fine adjustment.
Figure 6 j0ku42060 <Fine adjustment of staple position and fold position>
4. When the staple position has been adjusted with adjustment Step 3, but the fold position is still mis- Perform a fine adjustment when automatic adjustment for 3 to 14 sheets of paper was insufficient.
aligned, adjust the fold position using the following procedure.
NOTE: The check and adjustment procedure is the same as <Stapling + 2 sheets of paper + Bi-fold
NOTE: The staple position that was adjusted in adjustment Step 3, follows the fold position that will Booklet>. However, set the number of sheets between 3 to 14 in the Diag Mode.
be adjusted with the following procedure.
5. [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [Create Booklet Fold & Staple] -> Select [2 stapled sheets,
B4 or larger] or [2 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller] from the following 9 items on the next screen -> <Adjustment of the side direction of the staple position>
[Confirm Settings].
(1) 2 stapled sheets, B4 or larger NOTE: Perform the Booklet slant adjustment first.
(2) 2 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller Check
(3) 2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
(4) 2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller 1. [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [Fold Position Printout] -> [Folding Functions] -> [Confirm
(5) 3 stapled sheets, B4 Off Settings]
(6) 4 stapled sheets, B4 Off -> [Booklet Creation] -> [Save] -> [Confirm Settings] -> [On] -> [Save] -> [Quantity] -> [Confirm Set-
tings]
(7) 5 - 7 stapled sheets, B4 Off
-> Input the required number of sheets -> [Save] -> [Tray] -> Select the tray -> [Start].
With the procedures described above, a test print of "Required number of sheets + Stapling + Book-
(9) Staple Position Adjustment
let Creation" will be printed.
6. Refer to Table 4 and change the NVM value to adjust the fold position misalignment, then select
Refer to Figure 7 and check the position misalignment of the staple position side direction.
[Save] -> [Close].
NOTE: The staple position moves 0.26mm per NVM count.
Case NVM value Guideline for NVM amount change

Moving the staple position towards the front Increase Make the staple misalignment amount
larger
Moving the staple position towards the rear Decrease Make the staple misalignment amount
smaller
3. Return to Check Step 1, output the test print, and adjust the staple position side direction position
until it is at the specified value, or the wishes of the customer are met.
Figure 7 j0ku42061
Adjustment
1. [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [Create Booklet Fold & Staple] -> Select [Staple Position
Adjustment] from the following 9 items -> [Confirm Settings].
(1) 2 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
(2) 2 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller
(3) 2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or larger
(4) 2 / 15 stapled sheets, B4 or smaller
(5) 3 stapled sheets, B4 Off
(6) 4 stapled sheets, B4 Off
(9) Staple Position Adjustment
2. Refer to Table 5 and change the NVM value to adjust the staple position misalignment, then select
[Save] -> [Close].

4-115
ADJ 25.3.2 C Tri-Fold (C Fold) Position Adjustment (DC128)

Purpose
When making an C Tri-Fold (C Fold), adjust the slant of the fold and the fold position to the specified
value.
Check
1. [Fold Position Printout] -> [Folding Functions]
-> [Confirm Settings] -> [C Tri-Fold] -> [Save]
-> [Binding Shift] -> [Confirm Settings] -> [Off]
-> [Save] -> [Start].
A test print will be printed. Verify the fold position. (Figure 2)
Figure 2 j0fu46703
2. When A does not equal B, the adjustment is made according to the change of the B position. (Figure
3)
• When A < B: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 3, move the guide to the front and tighten the
screw again.
• When A > B: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 3, move the guide to the rear and tighten the
screw again.
Moving the screw by 3mm changes the fold position by approx. 1mm.
Figure 1 j0fu46702
Symbols in table A4 S (mm) Letter S (mm)

L1 2 +/- 2 2 +/- 2
L2 8 +/- 2 8 +/- 2
Folding length from the front edge (A/B) 94.3 +/- 1 88.5 +/- 1
Folding length from the rear edge (E/F) 100.3 +/- 1 96.5 +/- 1
Adjustment
<First Fold Position Adjustment>
1. Check the test print and adjust using the following procedure. (Figure 2)
• When A does not equal B, proceed to Step 2.
• When A = B and L1 is the specified value, and A(B) is a default value, proceed to the <Second
Fold Position Adjustment>.
• When A = B, but L1 is not in the specified values, or when L1 is a default value but A(B) is not
a default value, proceed to Step 5.
Figure 3 j0ne4kb6
3. Return to Check Step 1, output the test print, and check the fold position. Moving the screw by 3mm changes the fold position by approx. 1mm.
4. Repeat adjustment steps 1 to 3 until A = B is obtained.
5. Enter Diag Mode and select [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [C Tri-Fold] -> Select [A4 rear
end (First Fold)] or [8.5 x 11" rear end (First Fold)] -> Change the NVM value -> [Save].
Adjust so that A(B) = Specified value is obtained. (When the data is incremented by 1, the width of A
becomes 0.2mm smaller, and L1 becomes 0.2mm larger. Note that L2 is also associated and
becomes 0.2mm larger.)
6. When executed, NVM will be overwritten; therefore, execute Check Step 1 again, and check the fold
position.
7. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 until A(B) = Specified value is obtained.
8. After the A(B) adjustment, proceed to the Second Fold Position Adjustment.
(At this point, even if L1 is not at the default value, it will change value with the Second Fold Position
Adjustment. Proceed to the next step.)
<Second Fold Position Adjustment>
1. Return to Check 1, output the test print, and check the Second Fold position. (Figure 4)
• When E is not equal to F, go to Step 2.
• When E = F with L2 is the specified value, and E(F) is the specified value, there is no adjust-
ment.
• When E = F, but L2 is not in the specified values, or when L2 is a default value but E(F) is not
a default value, proceed to Step 4.
Figure 5 j0ne4kb8
3. Output a test print and check the Second Fold position. Perform Steps 2 and 3 until E = F is
obtained.
4. [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> [C Tri-Fold] -> Select [A4 rear end (Second Fold)] or [8.5 x
11" rear end (Second Fold)]
-> [Confirm Settings] -> Change the NVM value -> [Save] -> [Close].
Adjust until E(F) = Specified value is obtained. (When the data is incremented by 1, the width of E(F)
5. Output a test print and check the Second Fold position.
6. Repeat Steps 4 and 5 until E(F) = Specified value is obtained.
7. After the E(F) adjustment, check whether L1/L2 is within the specified values.
8. When L1 is not within the specified values, return to the <First Fold Position Adjustment>, and
repeat the <First Fold Position Adjustment> and the <Second Fold Position Adjustment>.
9. This adjustment is completed when L1 and L2 have become the specified values.
Figure 4 j0fu46704
2. When E does not equal F, the adjustment is made by changing the F position. (Figure 5)
• When E < F: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 5, move the guide to the rear and tighten the
screw again.
• When E > F: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 5, move the guide to the front and tighten the
screw again.

4-117
ADJ 25.3.3 Z Fold / Z Tri-Fold Position Adjustment (DC128)

Purpose
When making a Z Fold (B4S/A3S, etc.) or Z Tri-Fold (A4S/LetterS), appropriately adjust the slant of the
fold and the fold position.
Check
1. [Fold Position Printout] -> [Folding Function] -> Select [Z Fold] or [Z Tri-Fold] -> [Tray] -> Select the
paper -> [Close]
Check the fold position of the test print.
Figure 2 j0fu46706
LetterS 8K (FXCL) 8K (FXTW) A3 S

Symbols in table A4S (mm) (mm) B4S (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
L1 2 +/- 2 2 +/- 2 2 +/- 2 2 +/- 2 2 +/- 2 2 +/- 2
L2 2 +/- 2 2 +/- 2 - - - -
Folding length from the front 98.3 +/- 1 92.5 +/- 1 91 +/- 1 97.5 +/- 1 97 +/- 1 105 +/- 1
edge (A/B)
Figure 1 j0fu46705 Folding length from the rear 98.3 +/- 1 92.5 +/- 1 180 +/- 1 193 +/- 1 192 +/- 1 208 +/- 1
edge (E/F)
Z Tri-Fold
For the fold position adjustment, the NVM value differs according to paper size. NVM that can be set are
as follows:
<Z Fold Adjustment>
• Folding length (First Fold) adjustment from the A3 front edge

• Folding length (Second Fold) adjustment from the A3 rear edge
• Folding length (First Fold) adjustment from the 11x17" front edge
• Folding length (Second Fold) adjustment from the 11x17" rear edge
• Folding length (First Fold) adjustment from the B4 front edge
• Folding length (Second Fold) adjustment from the B4 rear edge
• Folding length (First Fold) adjustment from the 8K (FXTW) front edge
• Folding length (Second Fold) adjustment from the 8K (FXTW) rear edge
• Folding length (First Fold) adjustment from the 8K (GCO) front edge
• Folding length (Second Fold) adjustment from the 8K (GCO) rear edge
<Z Tri-Fold Adjustment>
• Folding length (First Fold) adjustment from the A4 front edge

• Folding length (Second Fold) adjustment from the A4 rear edge
• Folding length (First Fold) adjustment from the 8.5 x 11" front edge
• Folding length (Second Fold) adjustment from the 8.5 x 11" rear edge
Adjustment
<First Fold Position Adjustment>
1. Check the First Fold position of the test print. (Figure 3)

• When A does not equal B, proceed to Step 2.
• When A = B and this is the specified value, proceed to the <Second Fold Position Adjust-
ment>.
• When A = B, but this is not the specified value, proceed to Step 5.
Figure 4 j0ne4kb6
3. Return to Check Step 1, output the test print, and check the fold position.
4. Repeat Steps 2 to 3 until A = B is obtained.
5. Enter Diag Mode and select [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> Select [Z Fold] or [Z Tri-Fold] ->
Select the appropriate item -> Enter the NVM value -> [Save] -> [Close].
Adjust so that A(B) = Specified value is obtained. (When the data is incremented by 1, the width of
A(B) becomes 0.1mm smaller, and L1 becomes 0.1mm larger.Note that L2 is also associated and
Figure 3 j0fu46707 becomes 0.1mm larger.)
6. When executed, NVM will be overwritten. Therefore, return to Check Step 1 again, output the test
2. When A does not equal B, adjustment is made by changing A position. (Figure 4) print and check the fold position.
7. Perform Steps 5 and 6 until A(B) = Specified value is obtained.
NOTE: The purpose of adjusting the position of A is to invert the paper transported to the Finisher
from the IOT when making a Z Fold. 8. After the A(B) adjustment, proceed to the <Second Fold Position Adjustment>.
(At this point, even if L2(L2) is within the specified values, it will change value with the Second Fold
• When A < B: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 4, move the guide to the front and tighten the Position Adjustment. Proceed to the next step.)
screw again.
• When A > B: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 4, move the guide to the rear and tighten the
screw again. <Second Fold Position Adjustment>
1. Check the Second Fold position of the test print. (Figure 5)
Check that E and F are as shown below.
• When E does not equal F, proceed to Step 2.
• When E = F with L2 is the specified value, and E(F) is the default value, there is no adjustment.

4-119
• When E = F, but L2 is not within the specified value, and L2 is a default value but E(F) is not a
default, proceed to Step 5.
Figure 5 j0fu46708
2. When E does not equal F, the adjustment is made by changing the F position. (Figure 6)
• When E < F: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 3, move the guide to the front and tighten the
screw again.
Figure 6 j0ne4kb8
• When E > F: Loosen the thumb screw of Figure 3, move the guide to the rear and tighten the
screw again.
3. Return to Check Step 1, output the test print, and check the Second Fold position.
4. Repeat adjustment steps 1 to 3 of the <Second Fold Position Adjustment> until E = F is obtained.
5. Enter Diag Mode and select [Finisher - Fold Position Adjustment] -> Select [Z Fold] or [Z Tri-Fold] ->
Select the appropriate Second Fold -> [Confirm Settings] -> Change the NVM value -> [Save] ->
[Close].
Adjust until E(F) = Specified value is obtained. (When the data is incremented by 1, the width of E(F)
6. When executed, NVM will be overwritten. Therefore, execute Adjustment Step 1 again, and check
the fold position.
7. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 until E(F) = Specified value is obtained.
8. After E(F) = Specified value is obtained, check whether L1/L2 is within the specified values.
9. When L1 is not within the specified values, return to the <First Fold Position Adjustment>, and
repeat the <First Fold Position Adjustment> and the <Second Fold Position Adjustment>.
10. This adjustment is completed when L1 and L2 have become the specified values.
ADJ 25.21.1 Punch Side Regi Adjustment [Save] -> [Close]. (Refer to Table 2)
The hole position moves 0.125mm to the rear per NVM count.
Purpose
NVM List
To adjust the positions of the Punch holes along the side of paper.
Paper Width Paper Size NVM Initial Value Range
See below for the specifications. (Figure 1) 297mm A4LEF/A3SEF 763-213 97 10~170
203mm to 216mm B5LEF/B4SEF 763-215 86 10~170
217mm to 285mm LetterLEF/17" 763-214 85 10~170
2. Make a copy again and check the hole position after the NVM change.
Perform adjustment Step 1 until the hole positions are acceptable.
<Adjustment of side position misalignment for IOT output paper and Interposer Separators>
1. Select the paper that requires adjustment and select the number of punches, then make a copy.
Check the hole positions.
2. Move the relative misalignment with the IOT/IP paper in the direction in which it can be adjusted rel-
ative to the adjustable paper (IOT or Interposer) according to the NVM below.
This permits adjustment of the hole positions with various kinds of paper.
Adjustment of Punch hole position misalignment with IOT and Interposer paper
Paper to be Adjustment direction of Initial
Paper Size NVM adjusted the holes Value Range
Figure 1 Punch Hole Specifications (j0fu46709)
216 < Width <(incl.) 230 763-409 IOT Front 0 0~24
A, B, C in Figure 1 are as follows: 230 < Width <(incl.) 250 763-410 IOT Front 0 0~24
Dimension
A dimension B dimension C dimension 285 < Width < 297 763-413 IOT Front 0 0~24
Paper Size (mm) (mm) (mm)
Width = 297 763-414 IOT Front 0 0~24
A4 SEF 65.0 -- --
Width <(incl.) 216 763-415 IOT Rear 0 0~24
LetterSEF, 8.5x14SEF 67.95 -- --
216 < Width <(incl.) 230 763-416 Interposer Front 0 0~24
A3SEF, A4LEF 108.5 40.5 28.5
11x17SEF, 8.5x11LEF 104.7 31.7 19.7
B4SEF, B5LEF 88.5 -- --
16K (FXTW) LEF, 8K (FXTW) SEF 93.5 25.5 13.5
285 < Width < 297 763-420 Interposer Front 0 0~24
16K (FXCL) LEF, 8K (FXCL) SEF 95 27 15
Width = 297 763-421 Interposer Front 0 0~24
Width <(incl.) 216 763-422 Interposer Rear 0 0~24
Check
1. Specify the paper that needs adjustment, specify the no. of punches (2 Holes/3 Holes/4 Holes) that * Moves 0.125mm when the NVM data value changes by "1".
needs adjustment, and make a copy.
2. Check the positions of the holes. (Refer Figure 1)
Adjustment
1. Enter Diag Mode and select [Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [NVM Read/Write] ->
Enter the Chain Link No. -> [Confirm Settings] Enter the NVM Value ->

4-121
ADJ 25.21.2 Punch Hole Position Change Procedure (12mm to

10mm)
Purpose
In consideration of the customer’s wishes, this procedure should be performed when changing the dis-
tance of the punch holes from the usual 12mm to 10mm from the paper edge of the feed direction.
NOTE: The following parts must be prepared beforehand.

• 032K 97300 Guide Assembly x3 (PL 25.22)
Adjustment
WARNING
After turning OFF the power of the machine, turn OFF the breaker switch and disconnect the plug Figure 2 j0fu46752
from the socket.
1. Detach the Finisher from the machine. (REP 25.1.5) 5. Install a 10mm type Guide Assembly. (Figure 3)
2. [Machines that do not have a Folder mounted]
Remove the I/F Module. (REP 25.1.1)
[Machines with Folder mounted]
Detach the Folder. (REP 25.1.2)
3. Refer to the diagram below and remove the Entrance Roll Assembly. (Figure 1)
Figure 3 j0fu46753
6. Perform Step 1 to Step 3 in reverse order in order to return the machine to its original state.
7. Plug in the power plug and turn ON the breaker switch and the power switch.
8. Overwrite the NVM.
Figure 1 j0fu46751
Chain Link Name 12mm (2/4 Holes) 10mm (3 Holes)
4. Refer to the diagram below and remove the Guide Assembly. (Figure 2) 763 219 Punch Reverse Amount Adjustment 1 42 38
763 242 Punch Reverse Amount Adjustment 2 34 30
9. Perform an operational check of the machine and check that the center position of the Punch is ADJ 25.24.1 Staple Skew/Lead Position Adjustment of the Dual
10mm.
Staple
Purpose
To reduce the staple position skew to 0 for the 2 locations when making a Dual Staple.
See below for the specifications. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Dual Staple Position (j0fu46729)
A +/- 2 in Figure 1 are as follows:
Dual Staple Position

Paper Size Dimension (mm) A +/- 2 (mm)
8x10SEF 203.2 23.85
A4 SEF 210 27.25
SpanishSEF 215 29.75
8.5x11/13/14SEF 215.9 30.2
A4CoverSEF 223 33.75
Special A4SEF 226 35.25
9x11SEF 228.6 36.55
8x10LEF 254 49.25
B5LEF, B4SEF 257 50.75
ExecutiveLEF 266.7 55.75
16K (FXTW) LEF, 8K (FXTW) SEF 267 55.75
16K (FXCL) LEF, 8K (FXCL) SEF 270 57.25
8.5/9x11LEF,11x15/17SEF 279.4 61.95
A4/A4CoverLEF,A3SEF 297 70.75

4-123
Dual Staple Position

Non-Standard Size W (W-(155.5)/2
Adjustment
<Skew adjustment of staple position at 2 locations>
1. Make a copy with the following mode:

• Number of sets: 3
• Paper Size: Select a paper size that requires adjustment.
• Staple: Dual
2. Verify the Dual Staple position. (Figure 2)
Check the width of A and B in the figure.
When A > B: Move the Base Plate to the left.
When A < B: Move the Base Plate to the right.
Figure 3 j0fu46750
Step 3 describes the method to move the Base Plate mentioned above.
4. In the same mode as Step 1, make a copy and check that A(B) = 6 +/- 2mm. When A(B) is not equal
to 6 +/- 2mm, perform Step 3 again.
<Dual Staple Side Position>
This adjustment changes the Staple Head stop position by changing the NVM data.

• Size: A4LEF
• Stapler: Dual
2. Check that there are Staplers at A +/- 2mm from the front of the paper.
3. If the value is not as specified, adjust it using the following NVM:
763-355
Figure 2 j0ne4ka5 Incrementing the value moves the Stapler position to the front.
Changing the data by 1 changes the Staple Head stop position by 0.157mm.
3. Adjust the Staple width from the edge of the copy.
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 until the specified value is obtained.
Check if A(B) = 6 +/- 2mm.
<Stapler Pitch>
When A(B) > 6 +/- 2mm: Move the Staple Head to the right.
When A(B) < 6 +/- 2mm: Move the Staple Head to the left. This adjustment changes the Staple Head stop position by changing the NVM data.
How to move the Staple Head (Figure 3)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2). 1. Make a copy with the following mode:
(2) Remove the screw. • Size: A4LEF
(3) Resurface the screw. • Number of sets: 3
(4) Move the Staple Head. • Stapler: Dual
(5) Tighten the screws (x2). 2. Check that the Stapler Pitch is 142 +/- 3mm.
763-356
Incrementing the value moves the Stapler position of the rear side to the rear. ADJ 25.24.2 Staple Position Adjustment of the Single Rear
Staple
Purpose
To adjust the staple position when making a Single Rear Staple.
See below for the specifications. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 Rear Staple Position (j0fu46729)
A + /- 2 in Figure 1 are as follows:
Staple Position
8x10SEF 203.2 197.2
A4 SEF 210 204
SpanishSEF 215 209
8.5x11/13/14SEF 215.9 209.9
A4CoverSEF 223 204
Special A4SEF 226 220
9x11SEF 228.6 222.6
8x10LEF 254 248
B5LEF, B4SEF 257 251
ExecutiveLEF 266.7 261
16K (FXTW) LEF, 8K (FXTW) SEF 267 261
16K (FXCL) LEF, 8K (FXCL) SEF 270 264
8.5/9 x11LEF, 11x15/17SEF 279.4 273.4
A4/A4CoverLEF, A3SEF 297 291

4-125
Staple Position ADJ 25.24.3 Staple Position Adjustment of the Center Staple
Paper Size Dimension (mm) A +/- 2 (mm) Purpose
Non-Standard Size W W-6 To appropriately adjust the staple position when performing Center Stapling.
Adjustment
See below for the specifications.
<Rear straight: Other than A4LEF/A3SEF>
This adjustment of the left and right directions of the staples being adjusted in the front and rear direc-
tions, adjusts the Lead position in the ADJ 25.24.1 Staple Skew/Lead Position Adjustment of the Finisher
Dual Staple.
This adjustment changes the Staple Head stop position by changing the NVM data.

• Size: Any size except A4LEF/A3SEF
• Stapler: Rear straight
NOTE: The NVM for the adjustment will differ in sizes that exceed a paper width of 250mm, or are
less than a paper width of 250mm.
2. Ensure that the edge of the Stapler is A +/- 2.0mm from the front edge of the paper.
• Sizes exceeding a paper width of 250mm: 763-223
Figure 1 Center Staple Position (j0fu46730)
• Sizes less than a paper width of 250mm: 763-380
Incrementing the value moves the Stapler position to the rear. C in Figure 1 is as follows:
4. Repeat Steps 1 to 3 until the specified value is obtained. Center Staple Position
<Rear corner: A4LEF/A3SEF> Paper Size Dimension (mm) C (mm)
8x10SEF 203.2 94.85
As the Staple Head is adjusted to stop at the location where the rail is curbed, this adjustment changes A4 SEF 210 98.25
the staple position along the rail positioning at the same time by changing the NVM data.
SpanishSEF 215 100.75
Hence, it is good enough to make either adjustment to obtain the specified value. 8.5x11/13/14SEF 215.9 101.2
A4CoverSEF 223 104.75
1. Make a copy with the following mode: Special A4SEF 226 106.25
• Size: A4LEF or A3SEF 9x11SEF 228.6 107.55
• Number of sets: 3 8x10LEF 254 -
• Stapler: Rear corner B5LEF, B4SEF 257 121.75
2. Check if the rear edge of the staple is 291.6 +/- 2.0mm from the front edge of the paper. ExecutiveLEF 266.7 126.75
3. If the value is not as specified, adjust it using the following NVM: 16K (FXTW) LEF, 8K (FXTW) SEF 267 126.75
• 763-229 16K (FXCL) LEF, 8K (FXCL) SEF 270 128.25
Incrementing the value moves the Stapler position to the rear. 8.5/9x11LEF, 11x15/17SEF 279.4 132.95
Changing the data by 1 changes the Staple Head stop position by 0.157mm. A4/A4CoverLEF, A3SEF 297 141.75
Repeat Steps 1 to 3 until the specified value is obtained. Non-Standard Size W W/2-(6.25)
Adjustment ADJ 25.51.1 Interposer Paper Width Adjustment
This adjustment changes the Staple Head stop position by changing the NVM data. Purpose
This adjustment was completed prior to shipping from the factory, but it must be performed again when
installing another Interposer such as when replacing or substituting an Interposer.
• Size: A4LEF
• Number of sets: 3 Adjustment
• Stapler: Center 1. Enter Diag Mode and select [Maintenance / Diagnostics] and then [NVM Read/Write].
2. Check that there are staples at C +/- 2mm from the front of the paper. 2. Set A4 LEF on the Interposer.
3. If the value is not as specified, adjust it using the following NVM: 3. Enter NVM [763-308] -> [Confirm Settings] -> Enter "1" into the New Value column -> [Save].
• 763-320
"1" appears in the Current Value column after approx. 10sec.
Incrementing the value moves the Stapler position to the rear.
In this NVM change, the value (width) of the A4 LEF will be recorded on the NVM [763-207].
4. Set B5 SEF on the Interposer.
5. Enter NVM [763-309] -> [Confirm Settings] -> Enter "1" into the New Value column -> [Save].
"1" appears in the Current Value column after approx. 10sec.
In this NVM change, the value (width) of the B5 SEF will be recorded on the NVM [763-208].
6. Select [Close] to return to the previous screen.

4-127
ADJ 45.1.1 Checking Trimmer and Square Fold Paper Handling
Purpose
To visually check the operation of the Trimmer and Square Fold by running paper with the Top Left Cover
and the Top Right Cover open.
WARNING
Take care not to touch the Cutter area of the Trimmer in doing the procedure because its blade is
dangerous.
NOTE: Keep the Stacker Tray of the Finisher up because if it is down, it prevents the Top Left Cover from
opening/closing.
Check
1. Turn OFF the power switch. Wait until the machine finishes its internal operation for turning OFF
Figure 2 j0tm44504
4. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 45.4.1) (2) Install the tools (2) on top of the Trimmer and secure it with the screws (2). (Figure 3)
6. Dock the Trimmer and Square Fold separated in step 2.
7. Connect the connectors (2) disconnected in step 2.
8. Put the tip of the screwdriver through the hole on the front of the machine. Unlocking with it, open
the Top Left Cover and the Top Right Cover. (Figure 1) (REP 45.5.1 )
Figure 3 j0tm44503
10. Remove the KL-Clip (1) and the Washer. Remove the the Upper Belt Assy Link connecting the Top
Left Cover and the Transport area. Lower the Upper Belt Assy. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0tm44509
9. Install the provided tools (2) to keep the Cutter Shutter open.
(1) Remove the screws (2) and remove the tools from the back of the inner cover. (Figure 2)

4-129
NOTE: Take care not to opetate the Trimmer and Square Fold with both the Upper Belt Assy and the 16. Reinstall the Link , KL-Clip (1) and Washer removed in step10. Return the Upper Belt Assy to the
Top Left Cover up. Otherwise, interference occurs in the Square operation, causing a failure. former position.
17. Remove the tools installed in step9 and return the machine to its original state.
18. Insert the power plug in the outlet and turn ON the machine power switch.
19. On the UI screen set a job including [Fold] or [Fold + Staple]+[Booklet Trimming]+[Pressing]+[Paper
Size], and check that the Trimmer and Square Fold operates properly.
Figure 4 j0tm44502
11. Cheat the Interlocks (3) for the Top Left Cover and the Top Right Cover. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0tm44501
12. Insert the power plug in the outlet and turn ON the machine power switch.
13. On the UI screen, set a job including [Fold] or [Fold + Staple]+[Booklet Trimming]+[Press-
ing]+[Paper Size]. With the Top Left Cover and the Top Right Cover open, press the Start button.
Check the paper handling of the Trimmer/Square Fold.
14. When finishing the check, turn OFF the power switch again. Wait until the machine finishes its inter-
nal operation for turning OFF and then disconnect the power plug from the wall outlet.
15. Uncheat the Interlocks (3) for the Top Left Cover and the Top Right Cover that were cheated in step
11.
ADJ 45.26.1 Adjusting the Position of the Stopper Plate (Parallel
Adjustment)
Purpose
To run paper properly by adjusting the position of the Stopper Guide.
WARNING
Adjustment
Figure 2 j0tm49504
5. Remove the Rear Cover. (REP 45.4.1) 9. Move the Square Fold Gate by rotating the Square Fold Gate Move Motor Belt. (Figure 3)
6. Remove the Top Left Cover. (REP 45.5.2)
7. Remove the Lifter Chute. (Figure 1)
(2) Remove the Lifter Chute.
Figure 3 j0tm49505
10. Put the screwdriver (flathead) 3x50 in the Stopper Guide hole. Move the Stopper Guide in the direc-
tion of the arrow until the Stopper Plate contacts the Clamper Lower Plate. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0tm49503
8. Move the Square Fold up and down until the Stopper Plate of it contacts the Clamper Lower Plate.
(Figure 2)

4-131
11. Adjsut the position of the Stopper Guide.

(There is a gap at the front: Figure 5.) (There is a gap at the rear: Figure 6.)
(1) Loosen the screw.
(2) Move the Stopper Guide in the direction of the arrow.
(3) The Stopper Plate moves in the direction of the arrow and contacts the Clamper Lower Plate.
(4) Tighten the screw.
Figure 5 j0tm49507
Chapter 5 Parts List
5 Parts List
5.1 Introduction PL 25.43 Booklet Component-2 (End Guide)................................................................. 43
5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List...................................................................................... 3 PL 25.44 Booklet Component-3 (Knife).......................................................................... 44
5.1.2 Precautions ........................................................................................................... 3 PL 25.45 Booklet Component-4 (Tamper) ..................................................................... 45
5.1.3 Plate Composition ................................................................................................. 4 PL 25.46 Booklet Component-5 (Roll)............................................................................ 46
5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols..................................................................................... 4 PL 25.47 Booklet Component-6 (Chute) ........................................................................ 47
5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation.......................................................................................... 5 PL 25.48 Booklet Component-7 (Motor)......................................................................... 48
PL 25.49 Booklet Tray Component ................................................................................ 49
5.2 Parts List PL 25.51 Interposer Accessory ...................................................................................... 50
PL 25.52 Interposer Component-1 (Upper).................................................................... 51
PL 25.53 Interposer Component-2 (Feed/Nudger)......................................................... 52
PL 25.1 Finisher Base Component-1 (I/F Module, Punch, Staple) ................................ 7
PL 25.54 Interposer Component-3 (Up/Down)............................................................... 53
PL 25.2 Finisher Base Component-2 (Eject, Compile)................................................... 8
PL 25.55 Interposer Component-4 (Feed Motor) ........................................................... 54
PL 25.3 Finisher Main PWB ........................................................................................... 9
PL 25.56 Interposer Component-5 (Tray) ...................................................................... 55
PL 25.4 LVPS, Inlet ........................................................................................................ 10
PL 25.61 Folder Component-1 (Upper).......................................................................... 56
PL 25.5 Finisher Transport Motor, Roll .......................................................................... 11
PL 25.62 Folder Component-2 (Middle-Roll).................................................................. 57
PL 25.6 Compile Exit Motor, Roll ................................................................................... 12
PL 25.63 Folder Component-3 (Middle-Chute1) ............................................................ 58
PL 25.7 SCT Exit Motor, Roll, Gate................................................................................ 13
PL 25.64 Folder Component-4 (Middle-Chute2) ............................................................ 59
PL 25.8 Entrance Roll, Chute......................................................................................... 14
PL 25.65 Folder Component-5 (Lower-Chute) ............................................................... 60
PL 25.9 Booklet Chute ................................................................................................... 15
PL 25.66 Folder Component-6 (Lower-Roll) .................................................................. 61
PL 25.10 Exit Chute ....................................................................................................... 16
PL 25.67 Folder Component-7 (End Guide2, Tray) ....................................................... 62
PL 25.11a D4/D3/D2-I/F Module Component-1 (PWB).................................................. 17
PL 25.68 Folder Component-8 (PWB, Cover)................................................................ 63
PL 25.11b D2P-I/F Module Component-1 (PWB) .......................................................... 18
PL 25.69 End Guide1 ..................................................................................................... 64
PL 25.12a D2/D3/D4-I/F Module Component-2 (Chute) ................................................ 19
PL 25.70 End Guide2 ..................................................................................................... 65
PL 25.12b D2P-I/F Module Component-2 (Chute) ......................................................... 20
PL 25.81 Cover-1 (Front, Top) ....................................................................................... 66
PL 25.13a D2/D3/D4-I/F Module Component-3 (Decurler) ............................................ 21
PL 25.82 Cover-2 (Rear, Right)...................................................................................... 67
PL 25.13b D2P-I/F Module Component-3 (Decurler) ..................................................... 22
PL 25.14a D2/D3/D4- I/F Module Component-4 (Transport) ......................................... 23 45. Trimmer and Square Fold
PL 25.14b D2P-I/F Module Component-4 (Transport) ................................................... 24 PL 45.1 Trimmer and Square Fold ................................................................................. 68
PL 25.21 Punch Component-1 (Upper).......................................................................... 25 PL 45.2 Front Cover , Dust Box ..................................................................................... 69
PL 25.22 Punch Component-2 (Right) ........................................................................... 26 PL 45.3 Trimmer Control Panel...................................................................................... 70
PL 25.23 Punch Component-3 (Left).............................................................................. 27 PL 45.4 Rear Cover , Exit Cover .................................................................................... 71
PL 25.24 Staple Component .......................................................................................... 28 PL 45.5 Top Cover ......................................................................................................... 72
PL 25.25 Compile Component-1 (Tamper) .................................................................... 29 PL 45.6 Cover Lock Bracket , Top Cover Interlock Switch............................................. 73
PL 25.26 Compile Component-2 (End Wall) .................................................................. 30 PL 45.7 Top Left Cover Component............................................................................... 74
PL 25.27 Compile Component-3 (Sensor) ..................................................................... 31 PL 45.8 Top Right Cover Component ............................................................................ 75
PL 25.28 Lower Exit Chute Component ......................................................................... 32 PL 45.9 Cover Lock Bracket Component ....................................................................... 76
PL 25.31 Eject Component-1 (Sub Paddle) ................................................................... 33 PL 45.10 Belt Transport Assembly................................................................................. 77
PL 25.32 Eject Component-2 (Feed Roll) ...................................................................... 34 PL 45.11 Upper / Lower Belt Assembly.......................................................................... 78
PL 25.33 Eject Component-3 (Motor)............................................................................. 35 PL 45.12 Belt Transport Drive ........................................................................................ 79
PL 25.34 Stacker Component-1 (Offset) ........................................................................ 36 PL 45.13 Upper Belt Assembly -1 .................................................................................. 80
PL 25.35 Stacker Component-2 (Elevator) .................................................................... 37 PL 45.14 Upper Belt Assembly -2 .................................................................................. 81
PL 25.36 Stacker Component-3 (Tray-1) ....................................................................... 38 PL 45.15 Upper Belt Assembly -3 .................................................................................. 82
PL 25.37 Stacker Component-4 (Tray-2) ....................................................................... 39 PL 45.16 Lower Belt Assembly -1 .................................................................................. 83
PL 25.38 Stacker Component-5 (Sensor, Booklet) ........................................................ 40 PL 45.17 Lower Belt Assembly -2 .................................................................................. 84
PL 25.41 Booklet Accessory .......................................................................................... 41 PL 45.18 Lower Belt Assembly -3 .................................................................................. 85
PL 25.42 Booklet Component-1 (Stapler) ...................................................................... 42 PL 45.19 Clamper Upper Plate , Square Fold Nip Motor ............................................... 86
Version.2.0 11/2011
5-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Parts List
Parts List 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
5-2 Version.2.0
PL 45.20 Clamper Lower Plate , Press Roll , Square Fold Roll Move Motor ................. 87
PL 45.21 Square Exit Roll , Square Fold Exit Nip Motor ................................................ 88
PL 45.22 Square Fold Exit Nip Motor Component ......................................................... 89
PL 45.23 Square Exit Chute Component ....................................................................... 90
PL 45.24 Dust Sensor /Interlock Switch ......................................................................... 91
PL 45.25 Square Fold Gate , Square Fold Gate Move Motor ........................................ 92
PL 45.26 Square Fold Gate Component ........................................................................ 93
PL 45.27 Trimmer Move Transport Assembly , Square Fold Exit Motor ........................ 94
PL 45.28 Trimmer Move Transport Component -1......................................................... 95
PL 45.29 Trimmer Move Transport Component -2......................................................... 96
PL 45.30 Trimmer Roll Unit Component -1 .................................................................... 97
PL 45.31 Trimmer Roll Unit Component -2 .................................................................... 98
PL 45.32 Bottom Plate Component ................................................................................ 99
PL 45.33 Belt Bottom Bracket Component..................................................................... 100
PL 45.34 Trimmer Cutter ................................................................................................ 101
PL 45.35 Trimmer PWB , LVPS ..................................................................................... 102
PL 45.36 Wire Harness .................................................................................................. 103
PL 45.37 Clamp -1.......................................................................................................... 104
PL 45.38 Clamp -2.......................................................................................................... 105
98. Screws
98.1 Screws.................................................................................................................... 106
99. Adjustment/Consumables Area Code List

99.1 Paper ...................................................................................................................... 107
99.2 Consumables.......................................................................................................... 107
99.3 Electrical Adjustments ............................................................................................ 108
5.3 Parts Navigation

Navi 1.1 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4.................................................................................... 109
Navi 1.2 Trimmer and Square Fold ............................................................................... 109
Navi 2.1 Staple Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 ....................................................................... 110
Navi 2.2 Booklet Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4...................................................................... 110
Navi 2.3 Folder-D2/D2P/D3/D4 ..................................................................................... 111
Navi 2.4 I/F Module-D2P ................................................................................................ 111
5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List 5.1.2 Precautions
Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on spare parts. • To make the illustration easy to see, hardware such as screws are shown in alphabets. Their
shapes are not shown.
The parts list is used to order replacement parts and enter area codes. To use the parts list correctly,
read the description below carefully. • Read notes in the Description column carefully before ordering and replacing parts.
<How to find out parts No needed>

• The area codes are shown on plates each. The area codes (such as toner and Current Adjustment
To shorten the time for searching the Parts No., a navigation screen (illustration) is provided to search values) which cannot be shown as parts on plates are listed on the list of area codes at the end of
the relevant part in the illustration. When you have already identified a part to be checked, search for the this chapter.
relevant part on this screen (illustration) to perform servicing efficiently. For how to use the navigation,
refer to "5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation". • SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Critical Component.
Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and
regulations on Safety Critical Components.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component unit must be
replaced. It must never be disassembled or no individual internal parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall be strictly
prohibited because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
• ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important Information Stored
Component that stores important customer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the
procedure for it described in chapter 4.
Version.2.0 11/2011 5.1 Introduction

5-3
5.1 Introduction 5-4 Version.2.0
5.1.3 Plate Composition 5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols

Table 1
Terminology and
Symbols Description
Informs you that the adjustment procedure for the part is described in Chapter 4
Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 1 5002
Informs you that the removal, installation and replacement procedures for the part
are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 2 5001
Informs you that the removal, installation, replacement and adjustment procedures
for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 3 5003
3 {4-10 This is indicated on the upper left or upper right of the illustration to show the item
represents the assembly including the part. The example shows Item 3 is the
assembly of Item 4 through 10.
Figure 1 j0mf50001 (1/4PCS) Informs you that four identical parts are installed but that only one of them is
shown in the illustration.
Table 1
-- This symbol in the PART NO. column shows the part is not managed as a spare
Section Name Chapter 5 Section Name part.
(1) Sub System Name the name of the subsystem (P/O Item 5) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is not managed as a
(2) PLATE NO. Parts List Reference No. shown in each chapter single piece of spare part, but as a part of the assembly. The example shows the
part is a part of Assembly Item 5.
(3) PLATE NAME Title name of the illustration, which shows the mechanism of the sub sys-
tem (New) (Old) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows the new part is interchangeable
with the old one. Unless otherwise specified or there are no particular reasons,
(4) ITEM Matches the number in the illustration.
order the old part.
(5) PART NO. The number to be used for ordering parts and filling in the service report.
(Alternate) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows either one of the parts can be
(6) DESCRIPTION Provides the part name, V(MOD) Code and notes, etc. used.
(7) AREA CODE The code to be entered in the failure column of the service report. This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration is modified by the
number in the circle. The area has the modified configuration.
Figure 4 5005
Table 1 5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation
Terminology and This section describes how to use the Navigation screen (illustrated)
Symbols Description
This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration has not been modified The Navigation screen is divided into three layers, under which there is another layer of PLs.
by the number in the circle. The area still has the previous configuration.
• The first (top) layer
• Navi 1.1 (Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4)
The whole processor is divided into modules. Each of the modules is illustrated clearly.
Find the module which includes the desired part and click on Navi 2.X or PL shown at the
Figure 5 5006
end of the call out. Navi 2.X shows there is a more detailed illustration of the module.
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration is modified by the number in Otherwise, you will be directly linked to the appropriate PL.
the circle. The item has the modified configuration.
• Navi 1.2 (Trimmer and Square Fold)
Find the spot which includes the desired part and click on PL shown at the end of the call
out, and you will be directly linked to the appropriate PL.
Figure 6 4001 • The second layer

The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration has not been modified by the • Navi 2.1 to 2.4
number in the circle. The item still has the previous configuration. The module found in Navi 1.1 is divided into more modules, which link to all the
associated PLs. The screen here uses PLXX to show all the parts in the detailed module.
Click on the item, and you will see the illustration of the appropriate PL. Find the desired
part in the PL illustration to learn the part’s item no. After that, obtain the appropriate part
no. from the list.
Figure 7 4002 On E-DOC, clicking on the item no. makes the List screen displayed. Then the
with 5V This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is modified by the num- appropriate part no. can be found.
ber. The part has the modified configuration. • The third (bottom) layer has PLXXs.
(w/o 5V) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part has not been modified <Returning from the lower layers to the higher layer>
by the number. The part still has the previous configuration. Clicking on Navi 2.X or PLXX on the upper left of the illustration screen makes you return
(SCC) Fusing Unit SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Criti- to Navi 1.1 or Navi 1.2.
cal Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox
Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on Safety Critical Components.
As to replacement of any component designated SCC, the complete component
unit must be replaced. It must never be disassembled or no individual internal
parts of it must be replaced.
Installation of any part other than the ones designated by Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd. shall
be strictly prohibited because it cannot be guaranteed in quality and safety.
(ISC) NVM PWB ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important
Information Stored Component that stores important customer information. To
replace and discard an ISC, follow the procedure for it described in chapter 4.
Version.2.0 11/2011 5.1 Introduction

5-5
5.1 Introduction 5-6 Version.2.0
PL 25.1 Finisher Base Component-1 (I/F Module,
Punch, Staple)
Item Parts No Description A.C.
1 – Front Foot Bracket (P/O Item 34)62BA
2 015K 79040 EME Plate (Left) 62BB
3 – Hinge (D3/D2/D2P Type) (P/O Item 34)62BC
4 017K 03680 Caster 62BD
5 – Rear Foot Bracket (P/O Item 33)62BE
6 017K 03680 Caster 62BF
7 – D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Module (PL 25.11a, PL 25.12a,
PL 25.13a, PL 25.14a) (REP 25.1.1)62D0
– – D2P Type-I/F Module (PL 25.11b, PL 25.12b, PL
25.13b, PL 25.14b) (REP 25.1.1)62D0
8 017E 97570 Caster 62BH
9 – Nut 62BI
10 – Spring Washer 62BJ
11 – Sensor Bracket 62BK
12 130K 70160 (SCC) Punch Box Set Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62BL
13 801K 25923 2 and 4 Hole Punch Unit (PL 25.21, PL 25.22, PL
25.23) (REP 25.1.3)62K0
– 801K 25913 2 and 3 Hole Punch Unit 62K0
14 801K 32111 Staple Unit (PL 25.24) (REP 25.1.4)6200
15 848K 16100 Harness Cover 62BM
16 – Rivet 62BN
17 030K 76950 Punch Box (with Item23) 62K1
18 815E 45150 Bottom Plate 62BS
19 – Folder (Navi 2.3) 63AA
20 849E 06640 Lower Bracket 62BT
21 003E 79860 Stopper (Stacker) 62BU
22 849E 06650 Side Bracket 62BV
23 – Label (R4) 62BW
24 849E 80060 Guide 62BX
25 060K 96901 Staple Dust Box (FX) 62BY
– 060K 96892 Staple Dust Box (APO/GCO)62BY
26 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 35)62BZ
27 130K 70160 Staple Dust Box Sensor (REP 25.1.6)62B1
28 130E 89610 (SCC) Staple DustBox Full Sensor(REP 25.1.6,REP
99.1.1)62B2
29 054K 31661 Staple Dust Chute 62B3
30 015K 73250 Docking Plate (D4/D3/D2 Type)62B4
– 015K 79240 Docking Plate (D2P Type)62B4
31 003K 86860 Hinge (D4 Type) 62B5
32 015K 79040 EME Plate (Right)(D4/D3/D2 Type)62B6
– 815K 01370 EME Plate (Right)(D2P Type)62B6
33 017K 94530 Rear Foot Bracket and Caster (Item 5,6)62B7
34 017K 94540 Rear Foot Bracket and Caster (D3/D2/D2P Type)
(Item 1,3,4)62B8
35 049K 01500 Staple Dust Box Sensor and Bracket (Item 26-28)
62B9
Version.2.0 11/2011 5.2 Parts List

5-7
PL 25.2 Finisher Base Component-2 (Eject,

Compile)
1 068K 53381 Harness Bracket 62CA
2 – -- --
3 849E 96740 Harness Bracket 62CC
4 050K 60730 Single Catch Tray 62CD
5 – Upper Exit Chute (P/O Item 32)62CE
6 130E 87370 (SCC) Compile Exit Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62CF
7 105K 22210 Eliminater 62CG
8 423W 30654 Belt 62CJ
9 020E 36380 Pulley (22T) 62CK
10 868E 19780 Bracket 62CL
11 413W 75959 Sleeve Bearing 62CM
12 806E 26261 Main Paddle Drive Shaft 62CN
13 007E 89910 Gear 62CP
14 054K 39270 Lower Exit Chute (D4 Type) (PL 25.28) (REP 25.2.3)
62R0
– 054K 33642 Lower Exit Chute (D3/D2 Type) (PL 25.28) (REP
25.2.3) 62R0
– 054K 33191 Lower Exit Chute (D2P Type) (PL 25.28) (REP
25.2.3) 62R0
15 801K 25931 Compile Unit (PL 25.25, PL 25.26, PL 25.27) (REP
25.2.2) 62G0
16 801K 29830 Eject Unit (D4/D2P Type) (PL 25.31, PL 25.32, PL
25.33) (REP 25.2.1)62S0
– 801K 30970 Eject Unit (D3/D2 Type) (PL 25.31, PL 25.32, PL
25.33) (REP 25.2.1)62S0
17 802E 54292 Eject Cover 62CQ
18 423W 45454 Belt 62CR
19 962K 45840 Wire Harness 62CS
20 962K 58130 Wire Harness 62CT
21 030K 76830 Manual Decurler Switch (D3/D2/D2P Type)62CU
22 003K 15010 Stopper 62CV
23 848E 33220 LED PWB Cover (D4 Type)62CW
24 960K 39290 Finisher Door LED PWB (D4 Type)62CX
25 038E 33760 Curl Guide 62CY
26 – Damper 62CZ
27 – Harness Bracket 62C3
28 848K 20250 Manual Decurler Switch (D4 Type) (REP 25.2.4)
62C4
29 896E 86100 Label (Decurler) (D4 Type)62C5
30 896E 86110 Label (Jam LED) (W/O Folder) (D4 Type)62C6
– 896E 90250 Label (Jam LED) (with Folder) (D4 Type)62C6
31 004K 02760 Stapler Damper 62C7
32 054K 45920 Upper Exit Chute (D4 Type) (Item 5-7,20,25)62C8
– 054K 36940 Upper Exit Chute (D3/D2/D2P Type) (Item 5-7,20,25)
62C8
PL 25.3 Finisher Main PWB
1 – PWB Cover 626A
2 – -- --
3 – -- --
4 – PWB Box 626D
5 960K 37294 (SCC) Finisher PWB (with Fuse) (D4 Type) (REP
25.3.1, REP 99.1.1)6260
– 960K 35762 (SCC) Finisher PWB (with Fuse) (D3 Type) (REP
25.3.1, REP 99.1.1)6260
– 960K 22744 (SCC) Finisher PWB (with Fuse) (D2 Type) (REP
25.3.1, REP 99.1.1)6260
– 960K 56681 (SCC) Finisher PWB (with Fuse) (D2P Type) (REP
25.3.1, REP 99.1.1)6260
6 – -- --
7 160K 95471 (SCC) Relay PWB(REP 99.1.1)626F
8 962K 58100 Wire Harness (J8008) 626G
9 962K 57960 Wire Harness (J8024) 626H
10 962K 58120 Wire Harness (J8018) 626I
11 962K 57950 (SCC) Wire Harness (J8025) (REP 99.1.1)626J
12 962K 57940 Wire Harness (J8013) 626K
13 962K 57970 Wire Harness (J8023) 626L
14 908W 00114 Fuse (5A 125V) (Note ) 626M
15 – -- --
16 962K 64550 Wire Harness (Staple) J8015,16,17626P
17 962K 64560 Wire Harness (Punch) J8019626X
18 962K 64570 Wire Harness (Punch:Sensor) J8022626Y
19 962K 64580 Wire Harness (Staple Dust Box) J8064626Z
20 962K 68582 Wire Harness (Jam LED) (D4 Type) 626N
21 962K 66210 Wire Harness (J8014) 6269
NOTE: NOTE:This parts is not spared at FXCL. Replace Finisher PWB item 5
as high assembly.

5-9
PL 25.4 LVPS, Inlet

1 – LVPS Box (P/O Item 13) 626Q
2 105E 15191 (SCC) LVPS (D4/D3 Type)(REP 99.1.1)626R
– 105K 22561 (SCC) LVPS (D2/D2P Type)(REP 99.1.1)626R
3 835E 07410 Seal (Non-Booklet Type) 626S
4 029E 45180 Rivet (Non-Booklet Type)626T
5 049K 01820 Inlet Bracket 626V
6 962K 66240 Wire Harness (Inlet-LVPS) 6262
7 960K 28720 (SCC) AC Filter PWB (REP 99.1.1)6263
8 962K 60240 (SCC) Wire Harness (LVPS-Finisher Main PWB) (D4/
D3 Type)(REP 99.1.1)6264
– 962K 57840 (SCC) Wire Harness (LVPS-Finisher Main PWB) (D2/
D2P Type)(REP 99.1.1)6264
9 917W 03000 (SCC) Power Cord (FX : 100V Series)(REP 99.1.1)
6266
– 917W 03003 (SCC) Power Cord (FXTW : 100V Series)(REP
99.1.1)6266
– 962K 35330 IOT Connection Power Cord (APO/GCO : 200V
Series) (Note)6266
– 917W 03100 Power Cord (FXA /FXNZ)6266
– 917W 03101 Power Cord (FXS /FXM /FXHK)6266
– 917W 03102 Power Cord (AG /ICO) 6266
– 917W 03103 Power Cord (FXP) 6266
– 917W 03104 Power Cord (FXCL) 6266
– 917W 03105 Power Cord (FXK) 6266
– 917W 03120 Power Cord (FXTH) 6266
10 – Breaker GFI (P/O Item11)6267
11 604K 40220 Breaker GFI (Item5, 6, 10)6268
12 826E 08750 Screw 6261
13 049K 01600 LVPS and Box (D2/D2P Type) (Item 1,2,7)6265
NOTE: NOTE:This parts is not spared at FXCL.
PL 25.5 Finisher Transport Motor, Roll
1 022K 70681 Punch Reverse Roll 627A
2 413W 82370 Ball Bearing 627B
3 005E 17650 Collar 627C
4 007E 89770 Gear Pulley (with Hook) 627D
5 423W 55354 Belt (REP 25.5.1) 627E
6 022K 70691 Booklet Roll 627F
7 020E 36470 Pulley 627G
8 007E 89780 Gear Pulley (w/o Hook) 627H
9 005E 26820 Collar 627I
10 423W 44054 Belt 627J
11 022K 70700 T/A 1 Roll 627K
12 020K 10500 Pulley (Oneway) 627L
13 020E 45160 Pulley 627M
14 015K 67460 Tension Bracket 627N
15 809E 41480 Tension Spring 627P
16 049K 05980 Finisher Transport Motor (D4 Type)627Q
– 015K 60241 Finisher Transport Motor (D3/D2/D2P Type)627Q
17 003K 14030 Knob (3c) (REP 25.5.2) 627R

5-11
PL 25.6 Compile Exit Motor, Roll

1 413W 82370 Ball Bearing 62GA
2 – Collar 62GB
3 020E 36470 Pulley 62GC
4 007E 89780 Gear Pulley 62GD
5 – Collar 62GE
6 020E 45160 Pulley 62GF
7 015K 67450 Tension Bracket 62GG
8 809E 41480 Tension Spring 62GH
9 015K 60321 Compile Exit Motor 62GI
10 022K 73311 Buffer Reverse Roll 62GJ
11 022K 70721 Buffer Roll 62GK
12 423W 56254 Belt (REP 25.6.1) 62GL
13 007E 89790 Gear Pulley 62GM
14 005E 17660 Collar 62GN
15 423W 46054 Belt 62GP
16 022K 70731 Compile Exit Roll 62GQ
17 003K 14070 Knob (3f) (REP 25.5.2) 62GR
PL 25.7 SCT Exit Motor, Roll, Gate
1 413W 82370 Ball Bearing 62HA
2 – Collar 62HB
3 050E 19710 S1 Gate 62HC
4 012E 11050 Link 62HD
5 020E 36470 Pulley 62HE
6 007E 89780 Gear Pulley 62HF
7 – Collar 62HG
8 015K 60241 SCT Exit Motor 62HH
9 022K 70741 T/A 2 Roll 62HI
10 423W 50354 Belt 62HJ
11 022K 70751 Top Exit Roll 62HK
12 007E 89800 Gear 62HL
13 050K 57740 S2 Gate 62HM
14 068K 53220 Transport Gate Solenoid (REP 25.7.1)62HN
15 068K 53260 Booklet Gate Solenoid 62HP
16 – S1 Gate Stopper (Non-Booklet Type)62HQ

5-13
PL 25.8 Entrance Roll, Chute

1 022K 70760 Entrance Roll 62IA
2 413W 82370 Ball Bearing 62IB
3 054K 36810 Upper Entrance Chute 62IC
4 054E 37480 Lower Entrance Chute 62ID
5 049K 01050 Bracket 62IE
6 022K 74170 Pinch Roll (D4/D2P Type)62IF
– 022E 27250 Pinch Roll (D3/D2 Type) 62IF
7 806E 26170 Shaft 62IG
8 809E 41310 Tension Spring 62IH
9 007E 89860 Gear 62II
10 005K 06710 Clutch (Oneway) 62IJ
11 005E 17540 Clutch (Torque Limiter) 62IK
12 003K 13980 Knob (3a) (REP 25.5.2) 62IL
13 105E 12600 Eliminator (Booklet Type)62IM
14 054K 37020 Entrance Chute Assembly (Item 1-13)62IN
PL 25.9 Booklet Chute
1 054E 37490 S1 Chute 63KA
2 054K 28500 S1 Baffle (Item2-8) 63KB
3 – S1 Baffle (P/O Item2) 63KC
4 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 63KD
5 – Torsion Spring 63KE
6 121E 89590 Magnet Catch 63KF
7 003K 14020 Knob (3b) 63KG
8 – Damper 63KH
9 – Left Buffer Chute (P/O Item 26)63KI
10 022E 27250 Pinch Roll 63KJ
11 806E 26180 Shaft 63KK
12 809E 41300 Tension Spring 63KL
13 – Right Buffer Chute (P/O Item 27)63KM
14 130K 93230 (SCC) Buffer Path Sensor (REP 99.1.1)63KN
15 054K 28301 Booklet Buffle (Item16-21)63KP
16 – Booklet Buffle (P/O Item15)63KQ
17 121E 89590 Magnet Catch 63KR
18 – Torsion Spring 63KS
19 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 63KT
20 – Damper 63KU
21 003K 14080 Knob (4b) 63KV
22 054E 37620 Booklet Chute 63KW
23 962K 66220 Sensor Wire Harness 63KX
24 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 27)63KY
25 004E 18030 Rail Cuchion 63KZ
26 054K 36770 Left Buffer Chute (Item 9-12)63K1
27 054K 37010 Right Buffer Chute (Item 13,14,24)63K2

5-15
PL 25.10 Exit Chute

1 054E 37510 S2 Chute 62JA
2 054K 36970 S2 Baffle (D4/D2P Type) (Item3-7)62JB
– 054K 28510 S2 Baffle (D3/D2 Type) (Item3-7)62JB
3 – S2 Baffle (P/O Item2) 62JC
4 022K 74160 Pinch Roll (D4/D2P Type)62JD
– 022K 75120 Pinch Roll (D3/D2 Type) 62JD
5 121E 89590 Magnet Catch 62JE
6 003K 14040 Knob (3d) 62JF
7 – Damper 62JG
8 003E 79840 Stopper 62JH
9 – S3 Chute (P/O Item 36) 62JI
10 – Bracket (P/O Item 36) 62JJ
11 120E 29860 Actuator 62JK
12 – Sensor Bracket (P/O Item 36)62JL
13 809E 41920 Torsion Spring 62JM
14 930W 00111 (SCC) Top Tray Exit Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62JN
15 022K 74140 Pinch Roll (D4/D2P Type)62JP
– 022K 66770 Pinch Roll (D3/D2 Type) 62JP
16 022K 74150 Pinch Roll (D4/D2P Type)62JQ
– 022K 66940 Pinch Roll (D3/D2 Type) 62JQ
17 105E 09790 Eliminator 62JR
18 054K 36980 S3 Baffle (D4/D2P Type) (Item19-23)62JS
– 054K 28520 S3 Baffle (D3/D2 Type) (Item19-23)62JS
19 – S3 Baffle (P/O Item18) 62JT
20 022K 74160 Pinch Roll (D4/D2P Type)62JU
– 022K 75120 Pinch Roll (D3/D2 Type) 62JU
21 – Torsion Spring 62JV
22 121E 89580 Magnet Catch 62JW
23 003K 14050 Knob (3e) 62JX
24 054K 36990 S4 Chute 62JY
25 054K 31670 S4 Baffle (Item26-30) 62JZ
26 – S4 Baffle (P/O Item25) 62J1
27 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 62J2
28 – Torsion Spring 62J3
29 121E 89590 Magnet Catch 62J4
30 003K 14060 Knob (3g) 62J5
31 – Plate (P/O Item35) 62J6
32 – Sensor Bracket 62J7
33 130E 87370 (SCC) Top Tray Full Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62J8
34 962K 66190 Sensor Wire Harness 62J9
35 015K 67830 Plate (Item31-34) 62YA
36 054K 36960 S3 Chute (D4/D2P Type) (Item 9-17)62YJ
PL 25.11a D4/D3/D2-I/F Module Component-1
(PWB)
1 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Hinge (D3/D2 Type)62DA
2 809E 61020 D4/D3/D2 Type-Tension Spring62DB
3 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Docking Plate62DC
4 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Tie Plate62DD
5 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Interposer Docking Plate62DE
6 815E 09990 D4/D3/D2 Type-Tie Plate62DF
7 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Tie Plate62DG
8 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Tie Plate62DH
9 826E 25600 D4/D3/D2 Type-Shoulder Screw 62DJ
10 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Docking Bracket62DK
11 110E 97990 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Module Front Door Switch62DL
12 121E 88470 D4/D3/D2 Type-Magnet (35N)62DM
13 121E 89590 D4/D3/D2 Type-Magnet (15N)62DN
14 160K 95441 (SCC) D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F PWB(REP 99.1.1)62DP
15 160K 95461 (SCC) D4/D3/D2 Type-Interposer PWB(REP 99.1.1)
62DQ
16 962K 18270 D4/D3/D2 Type-Finisher Main PWB Wire Harness
62DR
17 962K 61020 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Wire Harness (D4/D3 Type)62DS
– 962K 45950 D4/D3/D2 Type-IOT- I/F Wire Harness (D2 Type)
62DS
18 962K 55430 D4/D3/D2 Type-Finisher Main PWB/Folder Wire
Harness62DT
19 962K 58170 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Sensor Wire Harness 62DV
20 962K 58160 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Motor Clutch Wire Harness
62DW
21 962K 58180 (SCC) D4/D3/D2 Type-Interlock Switch Wire Harness
(REP 99.1.1)62DX
22 962K 55470 D4/D3/D2 Type-Drawer Connecter Wire Harness
62DY
23 962K 58190 D4/D3/D2 Type-Interposer Wire Harness 62DZ
24 848E 08970 D4/D3/D2 Type-Harness Cover62D3
25 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Connecter Bracket62D4
26 962K 60631 D4/D3/D2 Type-IOT- I/F Cable (Short) (640mm)62D5
– 962K 72290 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Cable (Middle) (850mm)62D8
– 962K 60650 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Cable (Long) (1680mm)62D6
– 962K 85200 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Cable (Extra Long) (3000mm)
62D9
27 803E 01920 D4/D3/D2 Type-Hinge (D4 Type)62D7

5-17
PL 25.11b D2P-I/F Module Component-1 (PWB)

1 – D2P Type-Hinge 62DA
2 809E 61020 D2P Type-Tention Spring62DB
3 – D2P Type-Docking Plate 62DC
4 – D2P Type-Tie Plate 62DD
5 – D2P Type-Interposer Docking Plate62DE
6 – D2P Type-Tie Plate 62DF
7 – D2P Type-Tie Plate 62DG
8 – D2P Type-Tie Plate 62DH
9 826E 25600 D2P Type-Shoulder Screw62DJ
10 – D2P Type-Docking Bracket62DK
11 110E 97990 D2P Type-I/F Module Front Door Switch62DL
12 121E 88470 D2P Type-Magnet (35N) 62DM
13 121E 89590 D2P Type-Magnet (15N) 62DN
14 160K 95441 (SCC) D2P Type-I/F PWB(REP 99.1.1)62DP
15 160K 95461 (SCC) D2P Type-Interposer PWB(REP 99.1.1)62DQ
16 962K 18270 D2P Type-Finisher Main PWB Wire Harness62DR
17 962K 45950 D2P Type-IOT- I/F Wire Harness62DS
18 962K 55430 D2P Type-Finisher Main PWB/Folder Wire Harness
62DT
19 962K 54970 D2P Type-I/F Sensor Wire Harness62DV
20 962K 54980 D2P Type-I/F Motor Clutch Wire Harness62DW
21 962K 54990 (SCC) D2P Type-Interlock Switch Wire Harness(REP
99.1.1)62DX
22 962K 55000 D2P Type-Drawer Connecter Wire Harness62DY
23 – D2P Type-Gasket 62D1
24 802E 97980 D2P Type-Harness Cover62D2
25 – D2P Type-Spacer 62D3
26 – D2P Type-Spacer 62D4
27 962K 55030 D2P Type-Interposer Wire Harness62D5
28 – D2P Type-Rear Plate 62D6
29 962K 55010 D2P Type-Wire Harness 62D7
30 – D2P Type-Tie Plate 62D8
31 118E 18010 D2P Type-Bush 62D9
(Chute)
1 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler 2 Lower Chute62EA
2 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Entrance Upper Chute62EB
3 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Interposer Chute62EC
4 003K 14000 D4/D3/D2 Type-Knob (1a)62ED
5 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Entrance Lower Baffle62EE
6 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Sensor Bracket62EF
7 130E 87370 (SCC) D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler In Sensor(REP
99.1.1)62EG
8 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler 1 Upper Chute62EH
9 962K 58090 D4/D3/D2 Type-Sensor Wire Harness 62EJ
10 003K 14010 D4/D3/D2 Type-Knob (1d)62EK
11 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Knob Bracket62EL
12 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Sensor Bracket62EM
13 130E 87370 (SCC) D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler Out Sensor(REP
99.1.1)62EN
14 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Upper Exit Baffle (P/O Item22)62EP
15 105E 13730 D4/D3/D2 Type-Eliminator62EQ
16 121E 89590 D4/D3/D2 Type-Magnet (15N)62ER
17 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Sensor Wire Harness62ES
18 003K 13950 D4/D3/D2 Type-Knob (1b)62ET
19 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Interposer Baffle62EV
20 022K 75120 D4/D3/D2 Type-Pinch Roll62EW
21 121E 89580 D4/D3/D2 Type-Magnet 62EX
22 054K 33670 D4/D3/D2 Type-Upper Exit Baffle (Item10-17,23)
62EY
– 054K 45910 D4/D3/D2 Type-Upper Exit Baffle (Item10-17,23) (For
700DCP FIN)62EY
23 802E 97980 D4/D3/D2 Type-Harness Cover62EZ

5-19
PL 25.12b D2P-I/F Module Component-2 (Chute)

1 054E 32561 D2P Type-Interposer Lower Chute62EB
2 054E 32571 D2P Type-nterposer Upper Chute62EC
3 – D2P Type-Knob (1b) 62ED
4 – D2P Type-Inter poser Chute (1b) (P/O Item 26)62EE
5 – D2P Type-Pinch Roll (P/O Item 26)62EF
6 – D2P Type-Knob (1d) 62EG
7 – D2P Type-Bracket 62EH
8 130E 87370 (SCC) D2P Type-Decurler Out Sensor(REP 99.1.1)
62EJ
9 054K 33210 D2P Type-Exit Chute (1d)62EK
10 848E 04680 D2P Type-Pinch Cover 62EL
11 054K 33191 D2P Type-Exit Lower Chute62EM
12 105E 17430 D2P Type-Eliminator 62EN
13 802E 97980 D2P Type-Harness Cover62EP
14 – D2P Type-Knob (1a) 62EQ
15 054E 32580 D2P Type-Entrance Chute (1a)62ER
16 – D2P Type-Bracket 62ES
17 054K 33200 D2P Type-Entrance Upper Chute Assembly ( Item
18-20)62ET
18 – D2P Type-Entrance Upper Chute (P/O Item 17)62EV
19 – D2P Type-Bracket (P/O Item 17)62EW
20 130E 87370 (SCC) D2P Type-Decurler In Sensor(REP 99.1.1)
62EX
21 962K 54960 D2P Type-Wire Harness 62EY
22 121E 89590 D2P Type-Magnet (15N) 62E1
23 068K 51920 D2P Type-Pivot Bracket 62E2
24 962K 55020 D2P Type-Wire Harness 62E3
25 896E 13460 D2P Type-Lavel 62E4
26 054K 33220 D2P Type-Interposer Chute Assembly (1b) (Item 4,5)
62E5
(Decurler)
1 802E 77770 D4/D3/D2 Type-I/F Inner Cover62FA
2 003K 13990 D4/D3/D2 Type-Knob (1c)62FB
3 806E 15780 D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler 1 Shaft62FC
4 806E 15790 D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler 2 Shaft62FD
5 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Collar 62FE
6 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Collar 62FF
7 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Drive Shaft62FG
8 020E 46110 D4/D3/D2 Type-Pulley (20T/40T) (D2 Type)62FH
9 005K 07371 D4/D3/D2 Type-Clutch 62FJ
10 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Shaft 62FK
11 807E 09280 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 40T)62FL
12 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Cam Shaft62FM
13 807E 09170 D4/D3/D2 Type-Cam Gear62FN
14 807E 09211 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Hand of Helix : Left 16T)62FP
15 807E 09220 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Hand of Helix : Right 16T)
62FQ
16 807E 19360 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 32T/with Hook) 62FR
17 807E 09270 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 40T/with Hook)62FS
18 008K 91680 D4/D3/D2 Type-Cam Gear62FT
19 604K 64390 D4/D3/D2 Type-Cam Link Kit (Item19,20,30)62FV
20 604K 64390 D4/D3/D2 Type-Sponge Roll Kit (Item19,20,30) (REP
25.13.1)62FW
21 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Sensor Bracket62FX
22 930W 00111 (SCC) D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler Cam Home Sen-
sor(REP 99.1.1)62FY
23 807E 21270 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 16T/50T) (D4/D3 Type)
62FZ
– 807E 09230 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 16T/40T) (D2 Type)
62FZ
24 807E 09260 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 33T)62F1
25 068K 56540 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear Bracket (D4/D3 Type)62F2
– 049K 01380 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear Bracket (D2 Type)62F2
26 120E 26430 D4/D3/D2 Type-Cam Actuator62F3
27 121K 41980 (SCC) D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler Cam Clutch(REP
99.1.1)62F4
28 127K 56831 D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler Transport Motor (D4/D3
Type)62F5
– 127K 52051 D4/D3/D2 Type-Decurler Transport Motor (D2 Type)
62F5
29 413W 82370 D4/D3/D2 Type-Ball Bearing62F6
30 604K 64390 D4/D3/D2 Type-Ball Bearing Kit (Item19,20,30)62F7
31 423W 41154 D4/D3/D2 Type-Belt 62F8
32 423W 47654 D4/D3/D2 Type-Belt 62F9
33 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Shaft Bracket62FE
34 006K 86510 D4/D3/D2 Type-Drive Shaft (Item 5-8) (D4/D3 Type)
62FF
– 020E 44970 D4/D3/D2 Type-Drive Shaft (Item 5-8) (D2 Type)
62FF

5-21
PL 25.13b D2P-I/F Module Component-3

(Decurler)
1 848E 04670 D2P Type-I/F Inner Cover62FA
2 003K 13990 D2P Type-Knob (1c) 62FB
3 806E 15780 D2P Type-Decurler 1 Shaft62FC
4 806E 15790 D2P Type-Decurler 2 Shaft62FD
5 – D2P Type-Collar (P/O Item 35)62FE
6 – D2P Type-Collar (P/O Item 35)62FF
7 – D2P Type-Drive Shaft (P/O Item 35)62FG
8 – D2P Type-Pulley (20T/40T) (P/O Item 35)62FH
9 – D2P Type-Cluch (P/O Item 36)62FJ
10 – D2P Type-Shaft (P/O Item 36)62FK
11 – D2P Type-Gear (Helical 40T) (P/O Item 36)62FL
12 006K 25780 D2P Type-Cam Shaft 62FM
13 807E 09170 D2P Type-Cam Gear 62FN
14 807E 09211 D2P Type-Gear (Hand of Helix : Left 16T)62FP
15 807E 09220 D2P Type-Gear (Hand of Helix : Right 16T)62FQ
16 807E 25140 D2P Type-Gear Z32 62FR
17 807E 09270 D2P Type-Gear (Helical 40T/with Hook)62FS
18 008K 91680 D2P Type-Cam Gear 62FT
19 012E 12232 D2P Type-Cam Link 62FV
20 020K 10972 D2P Type-Sponge Roll 1/2 (REP 25.13.2)62FW
21 – D2P Type-Sensor Bracket62FX
22 130K 88770 (SCC) D2P Type-Decurler Cam Home Sensor(REP
99.1.1)62FY
23 807E 18000 D2P Type-Gear (Helical) (24T/60T)62FZ
24 807E 09260 D2P Type-Gear (Helical 33T)62F1
25 068K 51900 D2P Type-Gear Bracket 62F2
26 120E 26430 D2P Type-Cam Actuator 62F3
27 121K 41980 (SCC) D2P Type-Decurler Cam Cluch(REP 99.1.1)
62F4
28 127K 52942 D2P Type-Decurler Transport Motor62F5
29 413W 08350 D2P Type-Ball Bearing 62F6
30 413W 66150 D2P Type-Ball Bearing 62F7
31 423W 91654 D2P Type-Belt 62F8
32 423W 51054 D2P Type-Belt 62F9
33 848E 04700 D2P Type-Harness Cover62G1
34 802E 97980 D2P Type-Harness Cover62G2
35 006K 25760 D2P Type-Drive Shaft Assembly (Item 5-8)62G3
36 006K 25790 D2P Type-Gear Assembly (Item 9-11)62G4
PL 25.14a D2/D3/D4- I/F Module Component-4
(Transport)
1 005E 17700 D4/D3/D2 Type-Collar 62XA
2 005E 19640 D4/D3/D2 Type-Collar 62XB
3 005E 19640 D4/D3/D2 Type-Collar 62XC
4 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Shaft 62XD
5 807E 24900 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 18T) 62XE
6 807E 09180 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear Pulley (Spur 24T/Helical 21T)
62XF
62XG
62XH
9 007K 97750 D4/D3/D2 Type-Oneway Clutch Gear (Helical 35T)
62XJ
10 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Collar 62XK
62XL
12 012K 94600 D4/D3/D2 Type-Link 62XM
13 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear Bracket62XN
14 407W 08624 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 24T)62XP
15 809E 41260 D4/D3/D2 Type-Tension Spring (Length : 26.9mm)
62XQ
62XR
62XS
18 020E 44960 D4/D3/D2 Type-Pulley (with Hook)62XT
19 020E 45160 D4/D3/D2 Type-Pulley 62XV
20 022K 74390 D4/D3/D2 Type-Take Away Roll 62XW
21 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Shaft Bracket62XX
22 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Swing Plate62XY
23 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Swing Bracket62XZ
24 020E 45160 D4/D3/D2 Type-Pulley 62X1
25 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Tension Bracket62X2
26 407W 08840 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear (Helical 40T)62X3
27 413W 82370 D4/D3/D2 Type-Ball Bearing 62X4
28 423W 48154 D4/D3/D2 Type-Belt 62X5
29 007K 89880 D4/D3/D2 Type-Gear Assembly (Item10-14)62X6
30 – D4/D3/D2 Type-Plate (D3/D2 Type)62X7
31 868E 26920 D4/D3/D2 Type-Bracket (D4 Type)62X8

5-23
PL 25.14b D2P-I/F Module Component-4

(Transport)
1 005E 17700 D2P Type-Collar 62XA
2 005E 19640 D2P Type-Collar 62XB
3 013E 32200 D2P Type-Bearing 62XC
4 – D2P Type-Shaft (P/O Item29)62XD
5 – D2P Type-Gear (Helical 18T) (P/O Item 29)62XE
6 807E 09180 D2P Type-Gear Pulley (Spur 24T/Helical 21T)62XF
7 807E 09190 D2P Type-Gear Pulley (Spur 16T/Helical 24T)62XG
8 807E 09200 D2P Type-Gear Pulley (Spur 18T/Helical 45T)62XH
9 007K 89870 D2P Type-One Way Clutch Gear (Helical 35T)62XJ
10 005E 26900 D2P Type-Collar 62XK
11 – D2P Type-Gear Pulley (Spur 23T/Helical 25T) (P/O
Item 19)62XL
12 – D2P Type-Link (P/O Item 19)62XM
13 – D2P Type-Gear Bracket (P/O Item 19)62XN
14 – D2P Type-Gear (Helical 24T) (P/O Item 19)62XP
15 809E 41260 D2P Type-Tention Spring (Length : 26.9mm)62XQ
16 809E 41290 D2P Type-Tention Spring (Length : 17.8mm)62XR
17 809E 73610 D2P Type-Tention Spring (Length : 25.1mm)62XS
18 – D2P Type-Pulley (with Hook)62XT
19 007K 89880 D2P Type-Gear Assembly (Item 10-14)62XV
20 022K 74130 D2P Type-Take Away Roll62XW
21 068K 51910 D2P Type-Shaft Bracket 62XX
22 – D2P Type-Swing Plate (P/O Item 30)62XY
23 – D2P Type-Swing Bracket (P/O Item 30)62XZ
24 020E 45160 D2P Type-Pulley 62X1
25 068K 51880 D2P Type-Tention Bracket62X2
26 407W 08840 D2P Type-Gear (Helical 40T)62X3
27 413W 66250 D2P Type-Ball Bearing 62X4
28 423W 48354 D2P Type-Belt 62X5
29 006K 25770 D2P Type-Gear Assembly (Item 4,5)62X6
30 068K 51890 D2P Type-Swing Bracket Assembly (Item 22,23)
62X7
PL 25.21 Punch Component-1 (Upper)
1 – Frame (P/O Item 27) 62KA
2 807E 24770 Gear Pulley (15T/15T) 62KB
3 – Bracket (P/O Item 27) 62KC
4 423W 45654 Belt 62KD
5 806E 26151 Shaft 62KE
6 413W 60270 Ball Bearing 62KF
7 121K 31381 (SCC) Puncher Move Clutch(REP 99.1.1)62KG
8 – Collar (P/O Item 27) 62KH
9 020E 46070 Pulley (20T) 62KI
10 – Shaft (P/O Item 27) 62KJ
11 007E 78460 Gear (36T) 62KK
12 – Collar (P/O Item 27) 62KL
13 – Pulley (20T) (P/O Item 27)62KM
14 423W 58054 Belt 62KN
15 015K 60261 Puncher Move Motor 62KP
16 – Support 62KQ
17 – Shaft 62KR
18 – Bracket 62KS
19 130K 70160 (SCC) Punch Move Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62KT
20 – -- --
21 – -- --
22 962K 58150 Wire Harness 62KW
23 – Support (P/O Item 27) 62KX
24 049K 01040 Tension Bracket 62KY
25 809E 82320 Tension Spring 62KZ
26 – Bracket 62KU
27 801K 31940 Panch Drive Frame Assembly (Item 1-15,23-25)
62KV

5-25
PL 25.22 Punch Component-2 (Right)

1 – Bracket 62LA
2 – Punch Frame 62LB
3 604K 62310 Punch Motor Kit (Item4-6,10) 62LC
4 – Bracket (P/O Item 3) 62LE
5 – Gear and Bracket (P/O Item 3)62LF
6 – Punch Motor (P/O Item3) 62LG
7 130E 85790 (SCC)Punch Front Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62LH
8 130E 85790 (SCC)Punch Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62LI
9 130E 85790 (SCC)Punch Hole Select Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62LJ
10 130E 85800 (SCC)Punch Motor Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62LK
11 – Support 62LL
12 013E 23720 Sleeve Bearing 62LM
13 – Support 62LN
14 – Stopper 62LP
15 120E 28270 Actuator 62LQ
16 120E 21930 Actuator 62LR
17 032K 97570 2 and 4 Hole Guide Assembly (12mmType) 62LS
– 032K 97300 2 and 3 Hole Guide Assembly (10mmType) 62LS
18 – Paper Guide 62LX
19 – S.Regi Guide 62LY
20 – Belt Stopper 62LZ
21 962K 57851 Wire Harness 62L1
22 962K 18330 Wire Harness 62L2
23 – Bracket 62L3
24 180K 00480 2 and 4 Hole Punch Assembly (Item1, 2, 4-10,17)
62L4
– 180K 00490 2 and 3 Hole Punch Assembly (Item1, 2, 4-10,17)
62L4
25 – Edge Cover 62L6
PL 25.23 Punch Component-3 (Left)
1 054K 36711 Regi Chute 62MA
2 013E 23720 Sleeve Bearing 62MB
3 – Support 62MC
4 – Support 62MD
5 – Bracket (P/O Item 15) 62ME
6 130E 88350 (SCC) Punch Out Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62MF
7 130E 88350 (SCC) Side Regi Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62MG
8 962K 58110 Wire Harness 62MH
9 – Bracket 62MI
10 130K 70160 (SCC) Side Regi Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62MJ
11 – Bracket 62MK
12 – Bracket 62ML
13 – Belt Stopper 62MM
14 054K 36721 Regi Chute Assembly (Item 1-13)62MN
15 049K 01020 Sensor and Bracket (Item 5-8)62MP

5-27
PL 25.24 Staple Component

1 – Base Plate 628A
2 130K 70160 (SCC) Staple Move Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)628B
3 130K 70160 (SCC) Staple Center Position Sensor(REP 99.1.1)
628C
4 801E 03340 Rail 628D
5 – Upper Carriage (P/O Item15)628E
6 059E 03320 Roll 628F
7 – Lower Carriage (P/OItem16)628G
8 059E 03320 Roll 628H
9 127K 50450 (SCC) Staple Move Motor(REP 99.1.1)628I
10 029K 92384 Stapler Head (REP 25.24.1)628J
11 050K 56620 Cartridge 628K
12 015K 65260 Bracket 628M
13 003E 72800 Stopper 628N
14 809E 41940 Tension Spring 628P
15 041K 94951 Upper Carriage Assembly (Item5, 6, 23) 628Q
16 041K 94941 Lower Carriage Assembly (Item7, 8) 628R
17 962K 58140 Sensor Wire Harness 628S
18 848E 09060 Dust Rear Cover 628T
19 802E 97980 Harness Cover 628U
20 848E 09050 Motor Cover 628V
21 – Screw (M3x8) 628W
22 – Label (Caution) 628X
23 – Roll (P/O Item 15) 628Y
24 032E 27330 Harness Guide 628Z
25 032E 27340 Harness Level Guide 6283
PL 25.25 Compile Component-1 (Tamper)
1 – Compile Tray (P/O Item36)62NA
2 – Damper 62NB
3 120E 21940 Actuator 62NC
4 – Frame Assembly 62ND
5 006K 87160 Shelf Shaft 62NE
6 423W 26454 Belt 62NF
7 – Sleeve Bearing 62NG
8 407W 08518 Gear (18T) 62NH
9 809E 82270 Tension Spring 62NI
10 807E 19330 Gear Pulley (15T/16T) 62NJ
11 – Bracket 62NK
12 – Collar 62NL
13 049K 00980 Stud Assembly 62NM
14 807E 19330 Gear Pulley (15T/16T) 62NN
15 – Bracket 62NP
16 – Collar 62NQ
17 032E 27310 Shelf Guide 62NR
18 050K 58231 Shelf Tray 62NS
19 127K 59070 Tamper Motor (Alternate)62NT
– 127K 59860 Tamper Motor (Alternate)62NT
20 423W 87554 Belt 62NU
21 – Belt Stopper (P/O Item23)62NV
22 020E 37200 Pulley (24T) 62NW
23 038K 88381 Tamper Guide Assembly (Item21, 24-30)62NX
24 – Guide (P/O Item23) 62NY
25 – Base (P/O Item23) 62NZ
26 – Compression Spring (P/O Item23)62N1
27 – Actuator Bracket (P/O Item23)62N2
28 – Tension Spring (P/O Item23)62YB
29 – Damper (P/O Item23) 62YC
30 – Damper (P/O Item23) 62YD
31 – Collar 62N3
32 – Collar 62N4
33 – -- --
34 – -- --
35 – -- --
36 050K 58202 Compile Tray Assembly (Item1-3)62N8
37 026K 81570 Gear Pulley and Bracket (Item10-12) 62YE
38 026K 81580 Gear Pulley and Bracket (Item14-16) 62YF
39 038E 37520 Guide 62YG
40 807E 24870 Gear Pulley 62YH
41 – Collar 62YI

5-29
PL 25.26 Compile Component-2 (End Wall)

1 068K 53250 Shelf Motor Assembly (Item2, 3)62PA
2 – Bracket (P/O Item1) 62PB
3 127K 57910 (SCC) Shelf Motor (REP 99.1.1)62PC
4 127K 37520 End Wall Motor 62PD
5 038K 88392 End Wall Assembly (Item6-15)62PE
6 – End Wall Guide (P/O Item5)62PF
7 – Front Finger (P/O Item5) 62PG
8 – Curl Guide (P/O Item5) 62PH
9 – Tension Spring (P/O Item5)62PI
10 – Front Stapler Guide (P/O Item5)62PJ
11 – Shaft (P/O Item5) 62PK
12 – Rear Finger (P/O Item5) 62PL
13 – Rear Stapler Guide (P/O Item5)62PP
14 – Shaft (P/O Item5) 62PQ
15 – Tension Spring (P/O Item5)62PR
16 423W 33354 Belt 62PS
17 – Sleeve Bearing 62PT
18 – Collar 62PU
19 120E 28280 Actuator and Pulley 62PW
20 809E 41340 Tension Spring 62PX
21 020E 37140 Pulley (16T) 62PY
22 – Ball Bearing 62PZ
23 022K 70791 Eject Roll 62P1
24 962K 57860 Wire Harness 62P2
25 004E 14130 Damper 62P3
PL 25.27 Compile Component-3 (Sensor)
1 – Bracket 62QA
2 130K 70160 (SCC) Compile Tray No Paper Sensor(REP 99.1.1)
62QB
3 130K 70160 (SCC) Shelf Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62QC
4 – Bracket 62QD
5 – Bracket (P/O Item 12) 62QE
6 130K 70160 (SCC) Tamper Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62QF
7 130K 70160 (SCC) End Wall Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62QG
8 130K 70160 (SCC) End Wall Open Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62QH
9 962K 66200 Wire Harness 62QI
10 – Support 62QJ
11 – Bracket (P/O Item 13) 62QK
12 049K 00950 End Wall Home/Open Sensor and Bracket (Item
5,7,8)62QL
13 049K 01640 Tamper Home Sensor and Bracket (Item 6,11)62QM

5-31
PL 25.28 Lower Exit Chute Component

1 054K 36920 Lower Exit Chute 629A
2 004E 18010 Solenoid Damper 629B
3 806E 26421 Shaft 629C
4 413W 75959 Sleeve Bearing 629D
5 807E 14370 (SCC) Gear(REP 99.1.1) 629E
6 807E 14380 Gear 629F
7 012E 14940 Solenoid Link 629G
8 121K 40720 Compile Paddle Up/Down Solenoid 629H
9 032E 31170 Guide 629I
10 423W 03354 Belt 629J
11 423W 07154 Belt 629K
12 – Link Shaft (P/O Item 31) 629L
13 020E 44160 Pulley 629M
14 020E 46080 Pulley 629N
15 006K 87310 Compile Main Paddle (REP 25.28.1) (Item20-28)
629X
16 022K 75950 Pinch Roll (Black) (D4 Type)629Y
– 022K 73321 Pinch Roll (White) (D3/D2 Type)629Y
– 022K 74181 Pinch Roll (Grey) (D2P Type)629Y
17 022K 75950 Pinch Roll (Black) (D4 Type)629Z
– 022K 73331 Pinch Roll (Uncolored) (D3/D2 Type)629Z
– 022K 74181 Pinch Roll (Grey) (D2P Type)629Z
18 022K 75940 Pinch Roll (Black) (D4 Type)6291
– 022K 73341 Pinch Roll (Black) (D3/D2 Type)6291
– 022K 74191 Pinch Roll (Grey) (D2P Type)6291
19 004E 18040 Damper 6292
20 033K 94900 Paddle (REP 25.28.2) 6293
21 806E 17161 Shaft 6294
22 020E 37080 Pulley 6295
23 – Link (P/O Item15) 6296
24 – Brush Roll (P/O Item15) 6297
25 – Guide (P/O Item15) 6298
26 – Paddle (P/O Item15) 6299
27 – Collar (P/O Item15) 629V
28 – Roll (P/O Item15) 629W
29 004E 18020 Damper 629P
30 032E 31190 Guide 629Q
31 006K 87290 Link Shaft and Pulley (Item 12,13)629R
PL 25.31 Eject Component-1 (Sub Paddle)
1 – Damper 62SA
2 – Bracket 62SB
3 – Sub Paddle Up/Down Solenoid (P/O Item25)62SC
4 – Plate 62SD
5 930W 00111 (SCC) Sub Paddle Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62SE
6 – Bracket (P/O Item26) 62SF
7 809E 76820 Plate Spring 62SG
8 – Shaft (P/O Item26) 62SH
9 – Sleeve Bearing 62SK
10 – Shaft (P/O Item26) 62SL
11 – Stopper (P/O Item26) 62SM
12 – Bracket (P/O Item26) 62SN
13 – Sleeve Bearing 62SQ
14 – Spacer (P/O Item26) 62S1
15 006K 22941 Sub Paddle (REP 25.31.1)62SR
16 012E 16710 Link 62SS
17 020E 37150 Pulley (19T) 62ST
18 121K 40710 (SCC) Paddle Support Clutch (REP 99.1.1)62SU
19 806E 26301 Shaft 62SV
20 423W 25854 Belt 62SW
21 020E 37160 Pulley (16T) 62SX
22 020E 37170 Pulley (22T) 62SY
23 – Collar 62SZ
24 – Frame Assembly 62S2
25 015K 60441 Sub Paddle Up/Down Solenoid Assembly (Item1-3)
62S3
26 068K 53311 Bracket Assembly (Item6-14,27) 62S4
27 – Sleeve Bearing 6255
28 – Harness Bracket 62S6

5-33
PL 25.32 Eject Component-2 (Feed Roll)

1 848E 26890 Eject Up Cover 62TA
2 – Shaft 62TB
3 049K 01720 Bracket 62TC
4 – -- --
5 022K 66840 Pinch Roll 62TE
6 – Shaft (P/O Item 36) 62TF
7 022K 67001 Feed Roll (Oneway) 62TG
8 413W 82370 Ball Bearing 62TH
9 020E 37060 Pulley (20T) 62TI
10 423W 27354 Belt 62TJ
11 – Bracket (P/O Item 37) 62TK
12 130K 70160 (SCC) Eject Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62TL
13 120E 29320 Actuator 62TM
14 – Sleeve Bearing 62TN
15 – Pulley (20T) (P/O Item 35)62TP
16 019E 71640 Holder 62TQ
17 – Cover Safety 62TR
18 020E 37110 (SCC) Pulley (18T/15T)(REP 99.1.1)62TS
19 – Collar 62TT
20 – Shaft (P/O Item 35) 62TU
21 – Link 62TV
22 809E 42221 Tension Spring 62TW
23 029E 46521 Pin 62TX
24 – Nip Inner (P/O Item 38) 62TY
25 – Nip Eject (P/O Item 38) 62TZ
26 – Compression Spring (P/O Item 38)62T1
27 – Nip Base 62T2
28 120E 21970 Actuator 62T3
29 020E 41551 Pulley (36T) 62T4
30 809E 41580 Tension Spring 62T5
31 413W 80270 Ball Bearing 62T6
32 105E 18170 Eliminator (D4/D2P Type)62T7
33 105E 18640 Eliminator (D4/D2P Type)62T8
34 019K 09700 Eject Clamp Assembly (Item 1,5-7,9-13,15,16,20,31)
62T9
35 006K 87181 Eject Shaft and Pulley (Item 15,20)62TU
36 022K 75361 Feed Roll and Shaft (Item 6,7)62TF
37 049K 01100 Eject Sensor and Bracket (Item 11-13)62TK
38 049K 01430 Nip Spring Assembly (Item 24-26)62T1
PL 25.33 Eject Component-3 (Motor)
1 – Tension Bracket (P/O Item 29)62UA
2 – Pulley (P/O Item 29) 62UB
3 809E 41320 Tension Spring 62UC
4 807E 02120 Gear Pulley (15T/16T) 62UD
5 423W 45454 Belt 62UE
6 – Collar 62UF
7 868E 20370 Bracket 62UG
8 127K 45940 Eject Clamp Motor 62UH
9 423W 46754 Belt 62UI
10 127K 37550 (SCC) Eject Motor (REP 99.1.1)62UJ
11 423W 48854 Belt 62UK
12 – Bracket (P/O Item 28) 62UL
13 127K 59080 Paddle Motor (Alternate) 62UM
– 127K 59870 Paddle Motor (Alternate) 62UM
14 423W 36254 Belt 62UN
15 – -- --
16 930W 00111 (SCC) Eject Up Sensor(REP 99.1.1)62UQ
17 020E 37180 Pulley (22T) 62UR
18 – Collar 62US
19 809E 41560 Tension Spring 62UT
20 015K 60370 Eject Safety Switch Assembly (Item21, 22)62UU
21 110K 15230 Eject Safety Switch1 62UV
22 – Bracket (P/O Item20) 62UW
23 049K 01260 Bracket 62UX
24 809E 42230 Tension Spring 62UY
25 – Bracket 62UZ
26 – Harness Bracket 62U3
27 – Harness Bracket 62U4
28 015K 60431 Paddle Motor and Bracket (Item 12,13)62U5
29 049K 01080 Tension Bracket and Pully (Item 1,2)62U6

5-35
PL 25.34 Stacker Component-1 (Offset)

1 – Bracket (P/O Item32) 621A
2 – Cam 621B
3 – Shaft 621C
4 – Gear (55T) 621D
5 – Sleeve Bearing 621E
6 120E 22090 Actuator 621F
7 130K 70160 (SCC) Stacker Front Position Sensor(REP 99.1.1)
621G
8 – Worm Gear 621H
9 – Shaft 621I
10 – Gear 621J
11 – Gear 621K
12 – Stacker Offset Motor (P/O Item32)621L
13 049K 01210 Bracket 621M
14 022E 30330 Support Roll 621N
15 – Front Plate 621P
16 – Rear Plate 621Q
17 – Paper Guide 621R
18 006K 23021 Set Clamp Assembly (Item19-22, 31)621S
19 – Holder (P/O Item18) 621T
20 – Shaft (P/O Item18) 621U
21 – Stopper (P/O Item18) 621V
22 – Tension Spring (P/O Item18)621W
23 – Bracket 621X
24 413W 11460 Sleeve Bearing 621Y
25 809E 41960 Tension Spring 621Z
27 007E 78470 Gear (14T) 6212
28 007E 78480 Cam (REP 25.34.1) 6213
29 012K 94930 Set Clamp Solenoid 6214
30 – -- --
31 – Holder (P/O Item18) 6216
32 068K 53300 Stacker Offset Motor Assembly (Item1-12)6217
33 802E 97980 Harness Cover 6218
34 – Bracket 6219
35 – Harness Plate 6210
PL 25.35 Stacker Component-2 (Elevator)
1 – Carriage (P/O Item 20) 622A
2 – Shaft (P/O Item 20) 622B
3 031E 97700 Slider Arm 622C
4 413W 50250 Ball Bearing 622D
5 001E 65290 Rail 622E
6 032E 31140 Harness Guide 622F
7 – Flange 622G
8 413W 82170 Ball Bearing 622H
9 – Shaft Guide 622I
10 – Harness Guide 622J
11 807E 19340 Rack 622K
12 007E 89831 Gear (22T) 622L
13 003E 79880 Stopper 622M
14 068K 53350 Bracket 622N
15 413W 11860 Sleeve Bearing 622P
16 032E 27320 Gear (15T/37T) 622Q
17 007E 89841 Gear (14T/24T) 622R
18 – Bracket 622S
19 127K 52080 (SCC) Elevator Motor (REP 99.1.1)622T
20 041K 96040 Carriage Assembly (Item 1,2,4,5)622U
21 – -- --
22 – -- --
23 413W 77559 Bearing 622X
24 – Arm 622Y
25 120E 26420 Actuator 622Z
26 962K 57960 Wire Harness 6222
27 068K 53360 Elevator Motor Assembly (Item18, 19, 23, 24, 29-31)
6223
28 815E 45820 Tray Plate 622W
29 020E 44181 Pulley 6224
30 – Worm Gear and Shaft 6225
31 423W 27854 Belt 6226
32 010E 94800 Side Carriage 6227
33 – Label 6228
34 848E 08980 Elevator Cover 6229
35 848E 08990 Harness Cover 623V
36 848K 16120 Harness Cover 623W
37 049K 01830 Harness Cover 623X
38 – Harness Bracket 623Y

5-37
PL 25.36 Stacker Component-3 (Tray-1)

1 120E 22100 Actuator 623A
2 809E 41970 Torsion Spring 623B
3 003K 86520 Bracket 623C
4 050E 24640 Stacker Tray 623D
5 – Flapper Tray Assembly (PL 25.37) (P/O Item6)623E
6 050K 58250 Stacker Tray Assembly (Item1-5) 623F
7 802E 54280 (SCC) Stacker Tray Cover(REP 99.1.1)623G
8 809E 82390 Spring 623H
PL 25.37 Stacker Component-4 (Tray-2)
1 – Base Bracket 63LA
2 802E 97290 Flapper Tray 63LB
3 802E 97280 Front Side Cover 63LC
4 802E 97270 Rear Side Cover 63LD
5 – Damper 63LE
6 – Collar 63LF
7 005K 08290 Clutch 63LG
8 006K 25391 Link Shaft 63LH
9 807E 14360 Gear (with groove) 63LI
10 807E 14350 Gear 63LJ
11 807E 14341 Gear 63LK
12 807E 14250 Gear 63LL
13 011E 21940 Lever 63LM
14 012E 14930 Link 63LN
15 029E 46531 Pin (Length 22mm) 63LP
16 029E 46541 Pin (Length 25mm) 63LQ
17 038E 35710 Guide 63LR
18 038E 35700 Guide 63LS
19 868E 19930 Lever Bracket 63LT
20 – -- --
21 – -- --
22 868E 20460 Bracket 63LW
23 868E 20530 Gear Bracket 63LX
24 – Switch Bracket (P/O Item39)63LY
25 110E 11590 (SCC) Stacker Safety Switch(REP 99.1.1)63LZ
26 049K 01510 Stud Bracket 63L1
29 049K 01540 Motor Bracket 63L4
30 826E 37380 Screw (M2.6x3) 63L5
31 127K 52070 (SCC) Stacker Flap Motor(REP 99.1.1)63L6
32 962K 57990 (SCC) Wire Harness (REP 99.1.1)63L7
33 413W 11660 Sleeve Bearing 63L8
34 – -- --
35 055E 47900 Cushion 63MA
36 055E 47890 Cushion 63MB
37 055E 47880 Cushion 63MC
38 130K 70160 (SCC) Stacker No Paper Sensor(REP 99.1.1)63MD
39 015K 60710 Stacker Safety Switch (Item24, 25)63ME
40 868E 20580 Side Cover Bracket 63MF
41 868E 20590 Side Cover Bracket 63MG

5-39
PL 25.38 Stacker Component-5 (Sensor, Booklet)

1 – -- --
2 130E 89220 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor (C:Clear)(REP 99.1.1)
625B
3 130E 89230 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor2 (B:Black)(REP 99.1.1)
625C
4 130E 89220 (SCC) Tray Height Sensor Lower (C:Clear)(REP
99.1.1)625D
5 130E 89230 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor (B:Black)(REP 99.1.1)
625E
6 130E 89220 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor2 (C:Clear)(REP 99.1.1)
625F
7 130E 89230 (SCC) Tray Height Sensor Lower (B:Black)(REP
99.1.1)625G
8 – Bracket (P/O Item 39) 625H
9 930W 00111 (SCC) Mix Stack Sensor(REP 99.1.1)625I
10 930W 00111 (SCC) Half Stack Sensor(REP 99.1.1)625J
11 – Bracket (P/O Item 40) 625K
12 930W 00111 (SCC) Full Stack Sensor(REP 99.1.1)625L
13 930W 00111 (SCC) Lower Limit Sensor(REP 99.1.1)625M
14 815E 45700 Front Plate (Booklet Type)625N
15 815E 45710 Rear Plate (Booklet Type)625P
16 038K 18840 Paper Guide (Booklet Type) 625Q
17 802E 83130 Bottom Cover (Booklet Type)625R
18 848E 09020 Front Cover (Booklet Type) 625S
19 848E 09030 Rear Cover (Booklet Type) 625T
20 848K 20320 Upper Cover (Booklet Type) (D4/D2P Type)625U
– 802K 52965 Upper Cover (Booklet Type) (D3/D2 Type)625U
21 110K 12371 Booklet Tray Belt Switch (Booklet Type) (D3/D2/D2P
Type)625V
22 130E 89230 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor 3 (B:Black)(REP 99.1.1)
625X
23 130E 89220 (SCC) Stack Height Sensor 3 (C:Clear)(REP 99.1.1)
625Y
24 962K 58070 Switch Wire Harness 625Z
25 848E 09040 Sensor Cover (Front) 6251
26 848E 12340 Sensor Cover (Rear) 6252
27 049K 02990 Booklet Tray Belt Switch (Booklet Type) (D4 Type)
6253
28 049K 01450 Gasket 6254
29 006K 23021 Set Clamp Assembly 621S
30 868E 19770 Bracket 621X
31 413W 11460 Sleeve Bearing 621Y
32 809E 41960 Tension Spring 621Z
33 – Sleeve Bearing (P/O Item 38)6211
34 007E 78470 Gear (14T) 6212
35 007E 78480 Cam (REP 25.34.1) 6213
36 012K 94930 Set Clamp Solenoid 6214
37 868E 20730 Bracket 6219
38 038K 18880 Paper Guide Assembly (Item 16,29-37)6255
39 049K 01160 Mix/Half Stack Sensor and Bracket (Item 8-10)6256
40 049K 01170 Full Stack/Lower Limit Sensor and Bracket (Item 11-
13)6257
PL 25.41 Booklet Accessory
1 960K 43471 (SCC) Booklet PWB (D4/D2P Type)(REP 99.1.1)
63BA
– 160K 95426 (SCC) Booklet PWB (D3/D2 Type)(REP 99.1.1)63BA
2 – Screw 63BB
3 801K 04510 Right Rail 63BC
4 068K 61110 Cover 63BD
5 050K 63965 (SCC) Booklet Tray Unit (without Item 15)(REP
99.1.1)63BE
– 050K 63962 (SCC) Booklet Tray Unit (with Item 15) (REP 99.1.1)
63BE
6 – -- --
7 930W 00111 (SCC) Booklet Drawer Set Sensor(REP 99.1.1)63BG
8 962K 57640 Wire Harness 63BH
9 962K 57650 Wire Harness 63BI
10 962K 57660 Wire Harness 63BJ
11 068K 53160 Connector Assembly (Item7, 20-24) 63BK
12 801K 35114 Booklet Drawer Unit (D4/D2P Type) (Navi 2.2) (REP
25.41.1)63BL
– 801K 18254 Booklet Drawer Unit (D3/D2 Type) (Navi 2.2) (REP
25.41.1)63BL
13 801K 04180 Left Rail 63BM
14 962K 57870 Wire Harness 63BN
15 – Label 63BP
16 – -- --
17 893E 51370 Label (4) 63BR
18 868E 20350 Stopper Bracket 63BS
19 – -- --
20 – Connector Bracket (P/O Item11)63BU
21 962K 57670 Drawer Connector Harness 63BV
22 – Sleeve (P/O Item11) 63BW
23 – Compression Spring (P/O Item11)63BX
24 – Washer (P/O Item11) 63BY
25 815E 09500 Stopper Bracket 63BZ

5-41
PL 25.42 Booklet Component-1 (Stapler)

1 801K 18730 Right Rail 63CA
2 – Screw 63CB
3 003E 59690 Stopper 63CC
4 – Sleeve Bearing 63CD
5 499W 14432 Pulley 63CE
6 – Pulley 63CF
7 006K 87301 Shaft 63CG
8 – Ball Bearing 63CH
9 003K 15720 Knob (4a) 63CI
10 029K 92770 Stapler Assembly (D4/D2P Type) (Item11-16, 23)
63CJ
– 029K 92126 Stapler Assembly (D3/D2 Type) (Item11-16, 23)63CJ
11 – Stapler Housing (P/O Item10)63CJ
12 029K 92042 Staple Cartridge 63CK
13 015K 60420 Latch 63CL
14 – Label (R2 R3) 63CM
15 893E 51380 Label (R2) 63CS
16 893E 55730 Label (R3) 63C5
17 – Front Cover (P/O Item 31)63CN
18 003E 75150 Handle 63CP
19 848E 10490 Left Cover 63CQ
20 801K 18720 Left Rail 63CR
21 105E 15120 Eliminator 63CT
22 – -- --
23 038K 88691 Paper Guide 63CW
24 – Motor Cover 63CX
25 802E 97980 Harness Cover 63CZ
26 032E 27370 Harness Guide 63C1
27 423W 45954 Belt 63CY
28 – Collar 63C2
29 868E 01620 Bracket 63C3
30 038K 19400 Clinch Guide 63C4
31 848K 16110 Front Cover and Handle (Item 17,18)63C5
PL 25.43 Booklet Component-2 (End Guide)
1 054K 37050 Compile Chute 63DA
2 127K 51990 (SCC) Booklet End Guide Motor(REP 99.1.1)63DB
3 020E 37210 Pulley 63DC
4 807E 02050 Gear Pulley (40T/20T) 63DD
5 – Washer 63DE
6 423W 86254 Belt 63DF
7 130K 70160 (SCC) Booklet End Guide Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)
63DG
8 806E 25900 Shaft 63DH
9 – Gear Bracket (P/O Item 26)63DI
10 807E 19200 Gear (Hand of Helix : Right 14T)63DJ
11 – Paddle Bracket 63DM
12 – Belt Clamp 63DN
13 006K 23480 Shaft 63DS
14 – Gear (14T) 63DT
15 – Paddle (P/O Item23) 63DU
16 – Bearing 63DV
17 030K 76770 End Guide (ADJ 25.3.1) 63DW
18 030K 76780 Support Bracket 63DX
19 030K 76760 Adjust Bracket 63DY
20 054E 27011 Chute (Front) 63DZ
21 054E 27021 Chute (Rear) 63D1
22 068K 53270 Booklet Paddle Motor 63D2
23 006K 25950 Paddle Shaft Assembly (Item13-16) (REP 25.43.1)
63D3
24 807E 19990 Gear (Hand of Helix : Left 14T)63D4
25 054K 33900 Compile Chute Assembly (Item 1-22,24)63D5
26 049K 01800 Gear and Bracket (Item 9,10,24)63D6

5-43
PL 25.44 Booklet Component-3 (Knife)

1 – Bracket 63EA
2 962K 57720 Wire Harness 63EB
3 130K 70160 (SCC) Knife Home Sensor(REP 99.1.1)63EC
4 130K 70160 (SCC) Knife Folding Sensor(REP 99.1.1)63ED
5 – Shaft (P/O Item 23) 63EE
6 120E 28080 Actuator 63EF
7 – Sleeve Bearing (P/O Item 23)63EG
8 – Joint (P/O Item 23) 63EH
9 – Shaft (P/O Item 23) 63EI
10 – Shaft (P/O Item 23) 63EJ
11 – Sleeve Bearing (P/O Item 23)63EK
12 – Bracket (P/O Item 23) 63EL
13 815K 03440 Knife (D4/D2P Type) 63EM
– 015K 67271 Knife (D3/D2 Type) 63EM
14 – Guide (P/O Item 23) 63EN
15 – Shaft (P/O Item 23) 63EP
16 806E 25950 Shaft 63EQ
17 807E 27850 Gear (42T) (D4/D2P Type)63ER
– 807E 02061 Gear (42T) (D3/D2 Type)63ER
18 130E 87410 Booklet Compile No Paper Sensor63ES
19 – Bracket (P/O Item 24) 63ET
20 054E 37192 Chute 63EU
21 029E 46510 Pin 63EV
22 – Tie Plate (P/O Item 23) 63EW
23 815K 03450 Knife Plate Assembly (D4/D2P Type) (Item 5,7-15,22)
63EX
24 054K 38782 Chute and Sensor (Item 18-20)63EY
PL 25.45 Booklet Component-4 (Tamper)
1 038K 88400 Front Tamper Guide 63FA
2 130K 70160 (SCC) Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (R)(REP
99.1.1)63FG
3 130K 70160 (SCC) Booklet Tamper Home Sensor (F)(REP
99.1.1)63FH
4 127K 58040 (SCC) Booklet Tamper Motor (R)(REP 99.1.1)63FI
5 127K 58040 (SCC) Booklet Tamper Motor (F)(REP 99.1.1)63FJ
6 105E 15120 Eliminator 63FK
7 – Frame Assembly (P/O Item 12)63FM
8 038K 88410 Rear Tamper 63FN
9 – Bracket 63FP
10 – Guide 63FQ
11 – -- --
12 015K 75260 Tamper Unit (Item 1-10,13,14) 63FS
13 032E 27380 Harness Guide 63FT
14 – Bracket 63FU
15 962K 66250 Sensor Wire Harness 63FV
16 015K 79180 Tamper Unit and Wire Harness (Item 1-10,13-15)
63FW

5-45
PL 25.46 Booklet Component-5 (Roll)

1 022K 71020 Booklet Pre Folding Roll 63GA
2 022K 71040 Booklet Pre Folding Nip Roll63GB
3 022K 66870 Booklet Folding Roll 63GC
4 022K 66880 Booklet Folding Nip Roll 63GD
5 – Ball Bearing 63GE
6 806E 25960 Shaft 63GF
7 013E 25480 Sleeve Bearing 63GG
8 815E 44910 Tension Plate1 63GH
9 809E 59991 Tension Spring (Red) 63GI
10 815E 44920 Tension Plate2 63GJ
11 809E 87220 Tension Spring (Black) 63GK
12 022K 70801 Booklet Eject Roll 63GL
13 – Pulley (16T) 63GM
14 815E 36110 Spring Plate (D4/D2P Type)63GN
15 807E 02040 Gear Pulley (20T/25T) 63GP
16 423W 46754 Belt 63GQ
17 007E 89980 Gear (16T) 63GR
18 007E 89990 Gear (38T/18T) 63GS
19 007E 89970 Gear (18T) 63GT
20 807E 09510 Gear (16T) 63GU
21 007E 77770 Gear (38T) 63GV
22 022E 96060 Guide Roll 63GW
23 815E 44950 Stopper (Front) 63GX
24 815E 44960 Stopper (Rear) 63GY
PL 25.47 Booklet Component-6 (Chute)
1 – In Right Chute (P/O Item 31)63HA
2 105E 12060 Eliminator 63HB
3 – Round Point Screw 63HC
4 – Bracket 63HD
5 130E 87370 (SCC) Booklet In Sensor(REP 99.1.1)63HE
6 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 63HF
7 054E 34150 Chute 63HG
8 022K 70812 Booklet In Roll 63HH
9 – Ball Bearing 63HI
10 807E 09510 Gear (16T) 63HJ
11 806E 26461 Shaft 63HK
12 020E 44980 Pulley (24T ) 63HL
13 – Sleeve Bearing 63HM
14 020E 37140 Pulley (T16) 63HN
15 054K 38972 Upper Exit Chute Assembly (D4/D2P Type) (Item16-
18)63HP
– 054K 28570 Upper Exit Chute Assembly (D3/D2 Type) (Item16-
18)63HP
16 003E 63380 Knob 63HQ
17 105E 15140 Eliminator 63HR
18 – Upper Exit Chute (P/O Item15)63HS
19 – Bracket 63HT
20 962K 57700 Wire Harness 63HU
21 130E 87410 Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor63HV
22 – Lower Exit Chute (P/O Item 32)63HW
23 421W 00101 Magnet 63HX
24 059K 17581 Pinch Roll 63HY
25 105E 15130 Eliminator 63HZ
26 105E 17440 Eliminator 63H1
27 – Tie Plate (P/O Item 30) 63H2
28 105E 17440 Eliminator 63H3
29 054K 41261 Upper Exit Chute Assembly (D4/D2P Type) (Item16-
18,28)63H4
30 015K 78810 Tie Plate and Eliminator (Item 26,27)63H5
31 054K 37030 In Right Chute Assembly (Item 1,2,6)63H6
32 054K 39230 Lower Exit Chute Assembly (Item 22-24)63H7

5-47
PL 25.48 Booklet Component-7 (Motor)

1 868E 20660 Bracket 63IA
2 – Booklet Fold Motor (P/O Item24)63IB
3 – Bracket (P/O Item 24) 63IC
4 127K 51990 (SCC) Booklet Paper Path Motor (REP 99.1.1)63ID
5 – Bracket (P/O Item 33) 63IE
6 049K 01690 Bracket 63IF
7 807E 27830 Gear (45T) (D4/D2P Type)63IG
– 007E 77620 Gear (45T) (D3/D2 Type)63IG
8 807E 19210 Gear Pulley 63IH
9 007E 77600 Gear (46T/13T) 63II
10 121K 40660 Knife Solenoid 63IJ
11 807E 01750 Gear (27T/34T) 63IK
12 – Ball Bearing 63IL
13 809E 41620 Tension Spring 63IW
14 962K 57710 Wire Harness 63IM
15 962K 57690 Wire Harness 63IN
16 962K 57680 Wire Harness 63IP
17 – Bracket (P/O Item 30) 63IQ
18 – Bracket (P/O Item 30) 63IR
19 015K 67440 Bracket 63IS
20 809E 41570 Compression Spring 63IT
21 – Spacer (P/O Item 30) 63IU
22 807E 27840 Gear (48T/18T) (D4/D2P Type)63IV
– 807E 02080 Gear (48T/18T) (D3/D2 Type)63IV
23 049K 00770 Link 63IX
24 049K 02980 Booklet Fold Motor Assembly (D4/D2P Type) (Item2,
3) 63IY
– 068K 53290 Booklet Fold Motor Assembly (D3/D2 Type) (Item2, 3)
63IY
25 807E 27820 Gear (43T/14T) (with Sleeve Type) (D4/D2P Type)
63IZ
– 807E 20000 Gear (43T/14T) (with E-Clip Type) (D3/D2 Type)63IZ
26 423W 47854 Belt 63I1
27 016E 97551 Sleeve (D4/D2P Type) 63I2
28 826E 37360 Shoulder Screw 63I3
29 835E 12620 Gasket 63I4
30 049K 01750 Docking Bracket Assembly (Item 14,17,18,20,21)
63I5
31 049K 01770 Connector Bracket Assembly (Item 15,16,19)63I6
32 049K 03290 Motor and Bracket (D4/D2P Type) (Item 2-9,25,26)
63I7
33 049K 01680 Booklet Paper Path Motor and Bracket (Item 4,5)63I8
PL 25.49 Booklet Tray Component
1 050E 24681 (SCC) Tray(REP 99.1.1) 63JA
2 050E 24692 (SCC) Upper Tray(REP 99.1.1)63JB
3 – Bracket 63JC
4 127K 58931 (SCC) Tray Belt Drive Motor(REP 99.1.1)63JD
5 – Bracket (P/O Item 28) 63JE
6 809E 82570 Tension Spring 63JF
7 807E 24940 Gear Pulley 63JG
8 059E 04500 Roll 63JH
9 – Belt 63JI
10 020E 46210 Pulley 63JJ
11 013E 34380 Bearing 63JK
12 059E 04480 Roll (Drive) 63JL
13 806E 26530 Shaft 63JM
14 806E 26520 Shaft 63JN
15 930W 00112 (SCC) Booklet No Paper Sensor(REP 99.1.1)63JP
16 962K 69361 Wire Harness 63JQ
17 120E 31171 Actuator 63JR
18 809E 82560 Torsion Spring 63JS
19 – Bracket 63JT
20 848E 30771 (SCC) Lower Tray(REP 99.1.1)63JU
21 604K 50930 Actuator Assembly (Item17, 18)63JV
22 023E 27160 Belt 63JW
23 – Bracket 63JX
24 005E 27010 Flange 63JY
25 005E 27030 Flange 63JZ
26 – Harness Cover 63J1
27 059E 04490 Roll (Idler) 63J2
28 068K 61860 Tray Belt Drive Motor Assembly (Item 4,5,7,24)63J3

5-49
PL 25.51 Interposer Accessory

1 059K 58000 Interposer Unit (Item2-5) (REP 25.51.1)61JB
2 – Interposer Assembly (P/O Item1) (PL 25.52,PL 25.53,
PL 25.54, PL 25.55, PL 25.56)61JC
3 802E 54260 (SCC) Front Cover(REP 99.1.1)61JD
4 848E 09000 (SCC) Rear Cover (REP 99.1.1)61JE
5 893E 56720 Label (8) 61JF
PL 25.52 Interposer Component-1 (Upper)
1 – Frame Assembly (P/O Item 18)61LA
2 022K 71211 Pinch Roll 61LB
3 013E 83380 Bearing 61LC
4 809E 41400 Tension Spring 61LD
5 011E 16680 Latch Lever 61LE
6 003E 59590 Latch Button 61LF
7 809E 18790 Tension Spring 61LG
8 848E 26900 Latch Cover 61LH
9 054E 37600 Chute 61LI
10 802E 61930 (SCC) Upper Cover(REP 99.1.1)61LJ
11 003E 63250 Stopper 61LK
12 809E 63660 Compression Spring 61LL
13 892E 98390 Label (Paper Size) 61LM
14 893E 56700 Label (1e) 61LN
15 893E 49750 Label (Paper Set) 61LP
16 868E 19900 Guide-1 61LQ
17 868E 19910 Guide-2 61LR
18 054K 36800 Upper Frame Assembly (Item 1-4,PL 25.53 Item 1,2)
61LS

5-51
PL 25.53 Interposer Component-2 (Feed/Nudger)

1 930W 00111 Interposer Level Sensor 61MA
2 962K 58060 Wire Harness 61MB
3 604K 12560 Roll Kit (with PL 25.55 Item1) (REP 25.53.1)61MC
4 007K 88130 Gear (22T) (Oneway) 61MD
5 005K 06720 Clutch (Oneway) 61ME
6 806E 26190 Shaft 61MF
7 – Sleeve Bearing 61MG
8 407W 08578 Gear (28T) 61MH
9 – -- --
10 007E 62250 Gear (25T) 61MJ
11 806E 26201 Shaft 61MK
12 868E 18350 Support 61ML
13 007E 62260 Gear (31T) 61MM
14 007E 31180 Gear (14T) 61MN
15 – Plate 61MP
16 809E 41360 Compression Spring 61MQ
17 807E 02090 Gear (30T/18T) 61MR
18 – Gear (24T) 61MS
19 – Collar 61MT
20 121K 39350 (SCC) Interposer Nudger Solenoid(REP 99.1.1)
61MU
21 012E 15920 Arm 61MV
22 012K 96510 Link 61MW
23 011E 21950 Stopper 61MX
24 806E 26331 Shaft 61MY
25 809E 41510 Tension Spring 61MZ
26 022K 67290 Nudger Roll Assembly (Item3, 10-15)61M1
27 – -- --
28 032E 27350 Harness Guide 61M3
29 809E 82440 Torsion Spring 61M4
PL 25.54 Interposer Component-3 (Up/Down)
1 068K 53240 Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor Assembly (Item8-14)
61NA
2 – Plate 61NB
3 – Bracket 61NC
4 130E 87370 (SCC) Interposer Feed Out Sensor(REP 99.1.1)
61ND
5 054E 37610 Chute 61NE
6 110E 11590 (SCC) Interposer Top Cover Interlock Switch(REP
99.1.1)61NF
7 – Bracket (P/O Item15) 61NG
8 – Bracket 61NH
9 807E 24810 Gear (52T/11T) 61NI
10 807E 24820 Gear (31T/11T) 61NJ
11 807E 24830 Gear (33T/14T) 61NK
12 127K 58000 Interposer Tray Up/Down Motor 61NL
13 826E 37380 Screw 61NM
14 110E 93440 Interposer Top Cover Switch61NN
15 110K 14910 Interposer Top Cover Interlock Switch (Item6, 7)
61NP

5-53
PL 25.55 Interposer Component-4 (Feed Motor)

1 604K 12560 Roll Kit (with PL 25.53 Item3) (REP 25.55.1)61PA
2 806E 26211 Shaft 61PB
3 005K 06750 Clutch (Torque Limiter) 61PC
4 – Spacer (P/O Item 21) 61PD
5 – Support (P/O Item 21) 61PE
6 – Bracket 61PF
7 809E 41500 Compression Spring 61PG
8 – Collar 61PH
9 407W 08674 Gear (24T) 61PI
10 022K 70910 Interposer Exit Roll 61PJ
11 413W 60270 Ball Bearing 61PK
12 007K 89000 Gear (24T) (Oneway) 61PL
13 – Bracket 61PM
14 127K 57900 Interposer Feed Motor 61PN
15 – Bracket 61PP
16 407W 08674 Gear (24T) 61PQ
17 – Collar 61PR
18 – Gear (30T) 61PS
19 809E 41290 Tension Spring 61PT
20 068K 53230 Interposer Feed Motor Assembly (Item13-19) 61PU
21 022K 75330 Retard Roll Assembly (Item 1-5)61PV
PL 25.56 Interposer Component-5 (Tray)
1 050E 24620 Interposer Tray 61QA
2 050E 24630 Interposer Tray2 61QB
3 – Damper 61QC
4 130E 87410 Interposer Length Sensor61QD
5 130E 87410 Interposer No Paper Sensor61QE
6 130K 68940 (SCC) Interposer Size Sensor(REP 99.1.1)61QF
7 012E 98170 Link 61QG
8 809E 60990 Tension Spring 61QH
9 – Bottom Plate (P/O Item 29)61QI
10 019K 93320 Pad 61QJ
11 019E 56240 Pad 61QK
12 038E 32240 Front Guide 61QL
13 038E 32250 Rear Guide 61QM
14 007E 89900 Rack 61QN
15 407W 07614 Gear (14T) 61QP
16 – Bracket 61QQ
17 – Bracket 61QR
18 – Lift Shaft 61QS
19 962K 57880 (SCC) Wire Harness (REP 99.1.1)61QT
20 – Screw 61QU
21 – Sleeve Bearing 61QV
22 007K 88140 Gear (14T) 61QW
23 893E 56670 Label (Max) 61QX
24 – Frame Assembly (P/O Item25)61QY
25 050K 58240 Tray Assembly (Item1-24)61QZ
26 – Harness Guide 61Q3
27 – Harness Guide 61Q4
28 038K 18820 Guide 61Q5
29 015K 79050 Bottom Plate and Pad (Item 9,10)61Q6

5-55
PL 25.61 Folder Component-1 (Upper)

1 005E 17540 Clutch (Torque Limiter) 631A
2 005E 17740 Collar 631B
3 005K 06730 Clutch (Oneway) 631C
4 007E 89950 Gear (24T/24T) 631D
5 007E 89960 Gear (32T/24T) 631E
6 423W 50454 Belt 631F
7 809E 41470 Tension Spring 631G
8 022K 70821 Folder Entrance Roll 631H
9 022K 70830 Folder Exit Roll 631I
10 – Collar 631J
11 – Bracket 631K
12 407W 08840 Gear (40T) 631L
13 407W 08870 Gear (20T) 631M
14 413W 80270 Ball Bearing 631N
15 068K 56620 Folder Entrance Motor (with Item16) (D4/D3 Type)
631P
– 068K 53370 Folder Entrance Motor (with Item16) (D2/D2P Type)
631P
16 423W 46054 Belt (D4/D3 Type) 631Q
– 423W 45954 Belt (D2/D2P Type) 631Q
17 – Exit Chute 631R
18 – Top Chute Assembly (Item19-27)631S
19 003K 14200 Knob (2a) 631T
20 – Bracket 631U
21 – Bracket 631V
22 – Top Chute 631W
23 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 631X
24 130E 87370 (SCC) Folder Exit Sensor(REP 99.1.1)631Y
25 130E 87370 (SCC) Folder EntranceSensor(REP 99.1.1)631Z
26 962K 57891 Wire Harnass 6311
27 – Eliminator 6313
28 121E 89590 Magnet 6312
PL 25.62 Folder Component-2 (Middle-Roll)
1 003K 14100 Knob (2c) 632A
2 005E 17700 Collar 632B
3 423W 52854 Belt 632C
4 007E 89930 Gear (45T/24T) 632D
5 007E 89940 Gear (74T) 632E
6 007E 77710 Gear (45T) 632F
7 809E 41391 Tension Spring 632G
8 020E 36470 Pulley 632H
9 423W 45954 Belt 632I
10 020K 10500 Pulley (Oneway) 632J
11 423W 51354 Belt 632K
12 022K 70841 Folder Xport Roll1 632L
13 022K 70850 Folder Xport Roll5 632M
14 022K 70860 Folder Xport Roll6 632N
15 022K 70871 Folder Xport Roll7 632P
16 022K 74840 Folding Roll1 (REP 25.62.1)632Q
17 022K 74850 Nip Roll 632R
18 015K 60750 Arm 632S
19 015K 60760 Arm 632T
20 068K 53340 Folder Drive Motor2 Assembly (Item21, 22)632U
21 – Folder Drive Motor2 (P/O Item20)632V
22 423W 45954 Belt 632W
23 127K 59120 Folder Drive Motor1 632X
24 413W 08650 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 14mm)632Y
25 413W 77559 Sleeve Bearing 632Z
26 499W 14433 Pulley 6321
27 407W 08727 Gear 6322
28 413W 80270 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 12mm)6323
29 005E 17650 Collar 6324
30 – Bracket 6325

5-57
PL 25.63 Folder Component-3 (Middle-Chute1)

1 – Bracket (P/O Item20) 633A
2 050K 58220 Top Gate Assembly 633B
3 – -- --
4 – -- --
5 – -- --
6 – -- --
7 – Chute 633G
8 – Chute 633H
9 – Chute 633I
10 – Chute 633J
11 – Chute 633K
12 – Bracket 633L
13 130E 87370 (SCC) Folder Path Sensor4(REP 99.1.1)633M
14 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 633N
15 054K 28560 Chute Assembly (Item16-18)633P
16 – Chute (P/O Item15) 633Q
17 003K 14240 Knob (2g) 633R
18 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 633S
19 121E 89590 Magnet 633T
20 121K 35620 Folder Gate Solenoid1 Assembly (Item21, 22)633U
21 – Compression Spring 633V
22 – Folder Gate Solenoid1 (P/O Item20)633W
23 – Pivot Bracket 633X
24 121E 89580 Magnet 633Y
25 – Bracket 633Z
PL 25.64 Folder Component-4 (Middle-Chute2)
1 038K 89541 End Guide1 Assembly (PL 25.69)634A
2 – Chute 634B
3 003K 14210 Knob (2b) 634C
4 – Arm 634D
5 – Bracket 634E
6 – Chute 634F
7 059K 46030 Pinch Roll 634G
8 121E 89590 Magnet 634H
9 – Nip Rerease Solenoid (P/O Item17)634I
10 413W 42659 Sleeve Bearing 634J
11 – Bracket 634K
12 – Chute 634L
13 130E 87370 (SCC) Folder Path Sensor1(REP 99.1.1)634M
14 962K 57980 Wire Harness 634N
15 – Chute 634P
16 054K 33620 Chute Assembly (Item3-10, 18) 634Q
17 068K 53320 Nip Release Solenoid Assembly (Item5, 9)634R
18 – Chute Guide 634S
19 – Bracket 634T

5-59
PL 25.65 Folder Component-5 (Lower-Chute)

1 – Holder 635A
2 – Chute 635B
3 130E 89220 (SCC) Envelope Tray Full Sensor(REP 99.1.1)635C
4 962K 57911 Wire Harness 635D
5 – Bracket 635E
6 050K 58212 Lower Gate (with Item7) 635F
7 – Damper 635G
8 – Chute 635H
9 121E 89590 Magnet 635I
10 130E 87370 (SCC) Folder Path Sensor2(REP 99.1.1)635J
11 054K 28540 Chute Assembly (Item12-14, 31)635K
12 003K 14220 Knob (2e) 635L
13 – Chute (P/O Item11) 635M
14 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 635N
15 054K 33632 Chute Assembly (Item16-18, 20, 33, 34) 635P
16 003K 14230 Knob (2f) 635Q
17 – Chute (P/O Item15) 635R
18 022K 75120 Pinch Roll 635S
19 – -- --
20 130E 92990 (SCC) Folder Path Sensor3 (REP 99.1.1)635U
21 962K 57901 Wire Harness 635V
22 121K 35620 Folder Gate Solenoid2 Assembly (Item 23, 24)635W
23 – Compression Spring 635X
24 – Folder Gate Solenoid2 (P/O Item22)635Y
25 413W 11660 Sleeve Bearing 635Z
26 019K 07382 Finger Assembly 6351
27 068K 53330 Folder C Solenoid Assembly 6352
28 121E 89580 Magnet 6353
29 962K 58080 Wire Harness 6354
30 – Compression Spring 6355
31 059K 44700 Pinch Roll 6356
32 105E 12060 Eliminator 6357
33 105E 12060 Eliminator 6358
PL 25.66 Folder Component-6 (Lower-Roll)
1 – Collar 636A
2 007E 89780 Gear Pulley (27T/18T) 636B
3 007E 89940 Gear (74T) 636C
4 007E 77710 Gear (45T) 636D
5 809E 41391 Tension Spring 636E
6 809E 41640 Tension Spring 636F
7 020E 36470 Pulley 636G
8 020E 45160 Pulley 636H
9 022K 70881 Folder Xport Roll3 636I
10 022K 70891 Folder Xport Roll4 636J
11 022K 70891 Folder Xport Roll2 636K
12 022K 74850 Nip Roll 636L
13 022K 74830 Folding Roll2 (REP 25.66.1)636M
14 015K 60750 Arm 636N
15 015K 60760 Arm 636P
16 – Bracket 636Q
17 413W 08650 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 14mm)636R
18 413W 77559 Sleeve Bearing 636S
19 413W 80270 Ball Bearing (Outside Diameter 12mm)636T
20 423W 59754 Belt 636U
21 407W 08774 Gear 636V
22 005E 17650 Collar 636W

5-61
PL 25.67 Folder Component-7 (End Guide2,

Tray)
1 809E 41490 Plate Spring 637A
2 038K 89550 End Guide2 Assembly (REP 25.67.1) (PL 25.70)
637B
3 – Bracket Assembly 637C
4 809E 63750 Compression Spring 637D
5 809E 41610 Compression Spring 637E
6 121K 31411 Envelope Tray Lock Solenoid637F
7 – Pad 637G
8 050K 56684 Tray Assembly (Item9-15, 17-19)637H
9 809E 61000 Tension Spring 637I
10 – Plate (P/O Item8) 637J
11 – Tray (P/O Item8) 637K
12 893E 56710 Label (2d) 637L
13 121E 89590 Magnet 637M
14 017K 93400 Caster 637P
15 – Guide 637Q
16 110E 97990 Folder Envelope Tray Switch637N
17 038K 89230 Guide 637R
18 105E 12060 Eliminator 637S
19 038K 89240 Guide 637T
PL 25.68 Folder Component-8 (PWB, Cover)
1 848E 30870 Rear Cover (D4 Type) 638A
– 802E 54310 Rear Cover (D3/D2/D2P Type)638A
2 848E 30860 Top Cover (D4 Type) 638B
– 848E 09010 Top Cover (D3/D2/D2P Type)638B
3 802E 54440 (SCC) Switch Cover(REP 99.1.1)638C
4 110K 11790 Envelope Tray Open Switch638D
5 – Bracket 638E
6 962K 58000 Wire Harness 638F
7 – -- --
8 160K 95432 (SCC) Folder PWB(REP 99.1.1)638H
9 962K 58020 Wire Harness 638I
10 962K 58031 Wire Harness 638J
11 962K 58040 (SCC) Wire Harness (REP 99.1.1)638K
12 962K 58050 Wire Harness 638L
13 893E 49710 Label 638M
14 032E 27360 Harness Guide 638N
15 868E 26990 Cover Bracket (D4 Type) 638P

5-63
PL 25.69 End Guide1

1 – End Guide1 Frame 639A
2 – Collar 639B
3 – Shaft 639C
4 – Shaft 639D
5 – End Guide1 Plate Assembly (ADJ 25.3.2, ADJ 25.3.3)
639E
6 – Belt Bracket 639F
7 121E 89590 Magnet 639G
8 127K 59110 End Guide Motor1 (Alternate)639H
– 127K 59900 End Guide Motor1 (Alternate)639H
9 130K 70160 (SCC) End Guide Home Sensor1(REP 99.1.1)639I
10 962K 57921 Wire Harness 639J
11 407W 08574 Gear (24T) 639K
12 – Sleeve Bearing 639L
13 – Roll 639M
14 423W 38854 Belt 639N
15 499W 14120 Pulley 639P
16 499W 14524 Pulley 639Q
17 – Harness Bracket 63MX
18 – Eliminator 63MZ
PL 25.70 End Guide2
1 – End Guide2 Frame 639R
2 – Holder 639S
3 – Collar 639T
4 – Shaft 639U
5 – Shaft 639V
6 – End Guide2 Plate Assembly (ADJ 25.3.2, ADJ
25.3.3)639W
7 – Belt Bracket 639X
8 – Bracket 639Y
9 127K 59110 End Guide Motor2 (Alternate)639Z
– 127K 59900 End Guide Motor2 (Alternate)639Z
10 130E 89230 (SCC) Envelope Tray Full Sensor(REP 99.1.1)6391
11 130K 70160 (SCC) End Guide Home Sensor2(REP 99.1.1)6392
12 962K 57930 Wire Harness 6393
13 407W 08574 Gear (24T) 6394
15 – Roll 6396
16 423W 30054 Belt 6397
17 – Pulley 6398
18 499W 14524 Pulley 6399
19 – Harness Bracket 63MY

5-65
PL 25.81 Cover-1 (Front, Top)

1 049K 01420 Hinge 62VA
2 093E 92260 Wrench 62VB
3 110E 97990 Finisher Front Door Switch62VC
4 802E 77750 (SCC) Stacker Front Top Cover (D3/D2/D2P
Type)(REP 99.1.1)62VD
5 802K 90830 Staple Inner Cover 62VE
6 802K 52891 Finisher Top Cover (REP 25.81.1)62VF
7 848K 21810 Finisher Front Door (with R1 R4 Label) (with Item8)
(D4 Type)62VG
– 848K 16080 Finisher Front Door (with R1 R4 Label) (with Item8)
(D3/D2 Type)62VG
– 802K 90841 Finisher Front Door (with R1 R4 Label) (with Item8)
(D2P Type)62VG
8 121E 88470 Magnet 62VH
9 848K 20280 I/F Module Front Door (D4 Type) (REP 25.81.2) 62VI
– 802K 74352 I/F Module Front Door (D3/D2 Type)62VI
– 848K 03880 I/F Module Front Door (D2P Type)62VI
10 848K 20270 Stacker Front Cover (Non-Booklet Type) (with
Item16) (D4 Type)62VJ
– 848K 20330 Stacker Front Cover (Booklet Type) (with Item16) (D4
Type)62VK
– 848K 07350 Stacker Front Cover (Non-Booklet Type) (with
Item16) (D3/D2 Type)62VJ
– 848K 07360 Stacker Front Cover (Booklet Type) (with Item16)
(D3/D2/D2P Type)62VK
11 848K 20260 (SCC) I/F Module Top Cover (D4 Type)(REP 99.1.1)
62VL
– 802E 83120 (SCC) I/F Module Top Cover (D3/D2 Type)(REP
99.1.1)62VL
– 848E 04730 (SCC) I/F Module Top Cover (D2P Type)(REP
99.1.1)62VL
12 802K 52950 Punch Inner Cover 62VM
13 848K 20360 Folder Front Cover (with Item14) (D4 Type)63N1
– 802K 74371 Folder Front Cover (with Item14) (D3/D2/D2P Type)
63N1
14 121E 21790 Magnet 63N2
15 849E 67990 Joint Bracket 62VN
16 802E 54400 Blind Cover (D4 Type) 62VP
– 802E 75020 Blind Cover (D3/D2/D2P Type)62VP
17 802E 77741 (SCC) Finisher Top Left Cover (Folder Type)(REP
99.1.1)63N3
18 896E 90271 Label (Booklet) (D4 Type)63N4
– 893E 49690 Label (Booklet) (D3/D2/D2P Type)63N4
19 – -- --
20 049K 01410 Hinge 62VX
21 896E 64970 Label (R2, R3) (Booklet Type)62VY
22 – -- --
23 868E 20500 Bracket 62VQ
24 896E 67670 Label (D3/D2/D2P Type) 62V1
25 896E 67680 Label (D3/D2/D2P Type) 62V2
26 848K 16130 Left Top Tie Cover 62V3
27 – Rivet 62V4
28 848E 30830 (SCC) Stacker Front Top Cover (D4 Type)(REP
99.1.1)62V5
29 848K 20290 I/F Module Side Cover (D4 Type) (REP 25.81.2)62V6
30 848K 26900 Blind Cover (D4 Type) 62V7
PL 25.82 Cover-2 (Rear, Right)
1 848K 08812 Finisher Rear Cover (with Item 11)62WA
2 848E 30840 (SCC) Finisher Rear Upper Cover (D4 Type)(REP
99.1.1)62WH
– 802E 77760 (SCC) Finisher Rear Upper Cover (D3/D2/D2P
Type)(REP 99.1.1)62WH
3 802E 83110 Stacker Right Lower Cover (Non-Booklet Type)
62WB
4 848E 30820 (SCC) Stacker Inside Front Upper Cover (D4
Type)(REP 99.1.1)62WC
– 802E 54370 (SCC) Stacker Inside Front Upper Cover (D3/D2/D2P
Type)(REP 99.1.1)62WC
5 802E 54380 (SCC) Stacker Inside Rear Upper Cover(REP 99.1.1)
62WD
6 802E 54400 (SCC) Blind Cover(REP 99.1.1)62WE
7 848E 30850 I/F Module Rear Cover (D4 Type)62WG
– 802K 99110 I/F Module Rear Cover (D3/D2/D2P Type)62WG
8 049K 01300 Cover Bracket 62WJ
9 068K 30540 Power Cord Connector Bracket62WK
10 848E 09070 Staple Rear Cover 62WL
11 848E 45580 Connector Cover (Large Type : 132x69)62WF
– 848E 24220 Connector Cover (Small Type : 118x55)62WF
12 – Data Plate 62WM

5-67
PL 45.1 Trimmer and Square Fold

1 – Trimmer and Square Fold (Navi 1.2)69B1
2 815E 44720 Docking Plate 69B2
3 022K 75220 Exit Roll 69B3
4 848E 27240 Wheel Cover 69B4
5 038K 18650 Paper Guide 69B5
6 – Booklet Tray Unit (PL 25.41)63BE
PL 45.2 Front Cover , Dust Box
1 – Side Left Cover 69BB
2 – Control Panel Rear Cover69BC
3 848K 33920 Front Upper Cover (with Trimmer Control Panel) (PL
45.3) (REP 45.2.1)69BD
4 848E 35030 Front Lower Cover (REP 45.2.2)69BE
5 897E 25180 Label 69BF
6 695K 18960 Dust Box (Item 7-9) 69BG
7 – Dust Box (P/O Item 6) 69BH
8 848K 23040 Dust Box Cover 69BJ
9 – Label 69BK

5-69
PL 45.3 Trimmer Control Panel

1 120E 27530 Clamp 69C1
2 – Harness Plate 69C2
3 848K 33910 Trimmer Control Panel (Item 4-6)69C3
4 – Trimmer Control Panel (P/O Item 3)69C4
5 – Plate Spring 69C5
6 960K 47780 Trimmer Control Panel PWB (REP 45.3.1)69C6
7 962K 70641 Wire Harness 69C7
PL 45.4 Rear Cover , Exit Cover
1 802E 54400 Blind Cover 69CB
2 848K 23020 Rear Corner Cover 69CC
3 848K 15020 Rear Cover (REP 45.4.1)69CD
4 848K 15320 Exit Cover (REP 45.4.2) 69CE
5 892E 98250 Label (Earth) 69CF
6 – Data Plate 69CG
7 068K 30540 Power Cord Bracket 69CH
8 917W 03000 Power Cord (FX : 100V Series)69CJ
– 917W 03100 Power Cord (FXA/FXNZ) 69CL
– 917W 03101 Power Cord (FXS/FXM/FXHK)69CM
– 917W 03102 Power Cord (AG/ICO) 69CN
– 917W 03103 Power Cord (FXP) 69CP
– 917W 03104 Power Cord (FXCL) 69CQ
– 917W 03105 Power Cord (FXK) 69CR
– 917W 03120 Power Cord (FXTH) 69CS

5-71
PL 45.5 Top Cover

1 068K 63870 Hinge Bracket 69D1
2 068K 63880 Clutch Bracket (Front) 69D2
3 068K 63890 Clutch Bracket (Rear) 69D3
4 807E 27240 Gear (10) 69D4
5 005K 09580 Clutch Gear 69D5
6 – Flange 69D6
7 – Support 69D7
8 049K 00700 Hinge Bracket 69D8
9 848K 14970 Top Left Cover (PL 45.7) (REP 45.5.2)69D9
10 848K 14991 Top Right Cover (PL 45.8) (REP 45.5.3)69DB
PL 45.6 Cover Lock Bracket , Top Cover
Interlock Switch
1 – Cover Lock Bracket (PL 45.9)69DE
2 – Top Center Cover 69DF
3 118E 16750 Bushing 69DG
4 120E 27530 Clamp 69DH
5 – Interlock Switch Bracket 69DJ
6 110E 11980 Top Left Cover Front Interlock Switch69DK
7 – Interlock Switch Bracket 69DL
8 110E 11980 Top Right Cover Interlock Switch69DM
9 – Interlock Switch Bracket 69DN
10 110E 11980 Top Left Cover Rear Interlock Switch69DP

5-73
PL 45.7 Top Left Cover Component

1 – Top Left Cover 69E1
2 003E 59590 Button 69E2
3 – Latch Lever 69E3
4 – Shaft 69E4
5 809E 82520 Spring 69E5
6 – Bracket 69E6
7 012E 16640 Link 69E7
PL 45.8 Top Right Cover Component
1 – Top Right Cover 69EB
2 003E 59590 Button 69EC
3 – Latch Lever 69ED
4 809E 82520 Spring 69EE
5 – Bracket 69EF
6 868E 21150 Stud Hinge Bracket 69EG

5-75
PL 45.9 Cover Lock Bracket Component

1 – Cover Lock Bracket 69EK
2 – Stud Bracket 69EL
3 809E 81990 Link Spring 69EM
4 815E 43940 Link Plate 69EN
5 118E 16750 Bushing 69EP
6 118E 16760 Bushing 69EQ
7 120E 27530 Clamp 69ER
8 121K 42130 Trimmer Top Cover Lock Solenoid 69ES
9 809E 81600 Spring 69ET
10 920W 01211 Clamp 69EV
11 120E 27540 Clamp 69EW
PL 45.10 Belt Transport Assembly
1 059K 66020 Belt Transport Assembly (PL 45.11, PL 45.12) (REP
45.10.1)69F1
2 920W 01211 Clamp 69F2
3 920W 01212 Clamp 69F3
4 848E 35050 Belt Transport Rear Cover69F4
5 848E 35070 Belt Transport Front Cover69F5
6 848E 38050 (SCC) Harness Cover(REP 99.1.1)69F6

5-77
PL 45.11 Upper / Lower Belt Assembly

1 – Harness Guard 69FB
2 023K 91560 Lower Belt Assembly (PL 45.16) (REP 45.11.2)69FC
3 962K 70700 Wire Harness (Belt Transport Clutch Upper)69FD
4 962K 70710 Wire Harness (Belt Transport Clutch Lower)69FE
5 023K 91650 Upper Belt Assembly (PL 45.13) (REP 45.11.1)69FF
6 962K 70720 Wire Harness (Sensor) 69FG
7 – Guard 69FH
8 120E 27530 Clamp 69FJ
9 – Wire Harness (Belt Transport Clutch Lower 2)69FK
10 – Top Transport Cover 69FL
11 – Wire Harness (Sensor) 69FM
PL 45.12 Belt Transport Drive
1 413W 75959 Bearing 69G1
2 005E 26290 Collar 69G2
3 423W 46654 Belt 69G3
4 – Shaft 69G4
5 807E 24290 Gear (28) 69G5
6 127K 57740 Belt Transport Motor 69G6
7 407W 08668 Gear (18) 69G7
8 407W 08680 Gear (30) 69G8
9 423W 47154 Belt 69G9
10 120E 27530 Clamp 69GB
11 120E 27540 Clamp 69GC
12 920W 01212 Clamp 69GD
13 918W 00010 Bushing 69GE
14 807E 27220 Gear Pulley (29R/21) 69GF
15 807E 27260 Gear Pulley (29L/21) 69GG

5-79
PL 45.13 Upper Belt Assembly -1

1 806E 24670 Shaft 69GK
2 020E 45900 Belt Pulley 69GL
3 023E 27080 Belt (REP 45.13.1) 69GM
4 807E 27220 Gear Pulley (29R/21) 69GN
5 005E 26290 Collar 69GP
6 020E 45920 Pulley (22) 69GQ
7 413W 08050 Bearing 69GR
8 – Bearing 69GS
9 423W 54554 Belt 69GT
10 – Collar 69GV
11 – Collar 69GW
12 – Upper Belt Assembly (PL 45.14)69GX
1 120E 27530 Clamp 69H1
2 – Shaft 69H2
3 – Lever 69H3
4 – Spring Holder 69H4
5 – Latch Bracket 69H5
6 – Bearing 69H6
7 – Bearing 69H7
8 809E 86660 Spring 69H8
9 – Harness Bracket 69H9
10 – Label 69HB
11 – Upper Belt Assembly (PL 45.15)69HC

5-81

1 – Shaft and Gear (P/O Item 17)69HF
2 005K 09100 Torque Clutch 69HG
3 020E 45900 Belt Pulley 69HH
4 807E 24300 Gear (28) 69HJ
5 029E 46840 Pin 69HK
6 413W 08350 Bearing 69HL
7 413W 08050 Bearing 69HM
8 121K 42140 Belt Transport Clutch Upper 169HN
9 121K 42140 Belt Transport Clutch Upper 269HP
10 413W 66250 Bearing 69HQ
11 806E 24680 Shaft 69HR
12 807E 24290 Gear (28) 69HS
13 918W 00010 Bushing 69HT
14 118E 16750 Bushing 69HV
15 – Belt Support 69HW
16 – Clutch Cover 69HX
17 020K 16010 Pulley and Shaft (Item 1-7)69HY
PL 45.16 Lower Belt Assembly -1
1 005E 26290 Collar 69J1
2 023E 27070 Belt (REP 45.16.1) 69J2
3 121K 42140 Belt Transport Clutch Lower 169J3
4 121K 42140 Belt Transport Clutch Lower 269J4
5 413W 66250 Bearing 69J5
6 422W 21001 Core 69J6
7 807E 27210 Gear (28) 69J7
8 020E 45920 Pulley (22) 69J8
9 – Clutch Cover (Front) 69J9
10 – Clutch Cover (Rear) 69JB
11 – Lower Belt Assembly (PL 45.17)69JC

5-83

1 020K 16240 Pulley and Shaft (Item 2-7)69JF
2 005K 09100 Torque Clutch 69JG
3 020E 45900 Belt Pulley 69JH
4 029E 46840 Pin 69JJ
5 413W 08050 Bearing 69JK
6 – Shaft (P/O Item 1) 69JL
7 807E 24300 Gear (28) 69JM
8 120E 27530 Clamp 69JN
9 – Sensor Bracket 69JP
10 130E 87410 Trimmer Path Sensor 1 69JQ
11 413W 08350 Bearing 69JR
12 – Lower Belt Assembly (PL 45.18)69JS
1 020E 45900 Belt Pulley 69K1
2 120E 27530 Clamp 69K2
3 918W 00010 Bushing 69K3
4 413W 66250 Bearing 69K4
5 806E 24640 Shaft 69K5
6 – Shaft 69K6
7 807E 24290 Gear (28) 69K7
8 – Sensor Bracket 69K8
9 930W 00211 Trimmer In Sensor 69K9
10 – Bearing 69KB
11 120E 27540 Clamp 69KC
12 413W 08050 Bearing 69KD

5-85
PL 45.19 Clamper Upper Plate , Square Fold Nip

Motor
1 – Ground Wire 69KJ
2 807E 24440 Gear (40) 69KK
3 806E 24610 Clamper Cam Shaft 69KL
4 008K 91950 Clamper Cam 69KM
5 012E 16530 Link 69KN
6 815K 03770 Clamper Upper Plate (Item 7-10) (REP 45.19.2)69KP
7 – Screw 69KQ
8 809E 81670 Spring 69KR
9 – Clamper Upper Plate 1 (P/O Item 6)69KS
10 – Clamper Upper Plate 2 (P/O Item 6)69KT
11 032E 30760 Guide 69KV
12 – Gear Bracket 69KW
13 930W 00111 Square Fold Nip Home Sensor 69KX
14 – Sensor Bracket 69KY
15 118E 16750 Bushing 69L1
16 – Actuator 69L2
17 127K 57660 Square Fold Nip Motor (REP 45.19.1)69L3
18 413W 08350 Bearing 69L4
19 413W 10650 Bearing 69L5
20 807E 24650 Gear (20/40) 69L6
21 – Inner Cover 69L7
PL 45.20 Clamper Lower Plate , Press Roll ,
Square Fold Roll Move Motor
1 020E 46730 Pulley (26) 69LB
2 031K 94070 Press Roll Arm 69LC
3 032E 32590 Paper Guide 69LD
4 049K 03000 Square Fold Roll Move Motor and Bracket (Item 5-10)
69LE
5 005E 26220 Collar 69LF
6 – Motor Bracket (P/O Item 4)69LG
7 127K 59810 Square Fold Roll Move Motor69LH
8 423W 30854 Belt 69LJ
9 807E 26770 Gear Pulley (30/70) 69LK
10 807E 26780 Gear Pulley (20/90) 69LL
11 049K 03040 Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor and Bracket
(Item 13-16)69L1
12 049K 03040 Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor and Bracket (Item 14-
17)69L2
13 930W 00111 Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor 69L3
14 – Bracket (P/O Item 11 or 12)69L2
15 – Actuator (P/O Item 11 or 12)69L2
16 809E 81660 Spring 69L4
17 930W 00111 Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor69L5
18 059K 57060 Press Roll (Item 19-25) (REP 45.20.1)69L6
19 010E 94760 Slide 69L7
20 – Press Roll Bracket (P/O Item 18)69L6
21 – Press Roll (P/O Item 18) 69LM
22 413W 08350 Bearing 69LN
23 – Shaft (P/O Item 18) 69LP
24 809E 81650 Spring 69LQ
25 – Plate (P/O Item 18) 69LR
26 423W 62454 Belt 69LS
27 815E 44030 Plate 69LT
28 815E 44040 Clamper Lower Plate 69LV
29 868E 16210 Belt Bracket 69LW
30 – Pulley Bracket 69LX
31 – Press Roll Cushion 69LY

5-87
PL 45.21 Square Exit Roll , Square Fold Exit Nip

Motor
1 005E 26280 Collar 69M1
2 807E 24500 Gear (42) 69M2
3 806E 24620 Nip Cam Shaft 69M3
4 007K 14940 Gear (Oneway) 69M4
5 008E 97030 Nip Cam (Rear) 69M5
6 008E 97040 Nip Cam (Front) 69M6
7 010E 94770 Slide 69M7
8 012E 16540 Cam Link 69M8
9 012E 16560 Link 69M9
10 – Sensor Plate 69MB
11 930W 00111 Square Exit Nip Home Sensor 69MC
12 032K 05440 Exit Roll Guide (Front) 69MD
13 032K 05450 Exit Roll Guide (Rear) 69ME
14 049K 03061 Square Fold Exit Nip Motor and Gear (PL 45.22)
69MF
15 054K 36470 Square Exit Chute (PL 45.23)69MG
16 059K 57130 Square Exit Lower Roll (REP 45.21.3)69MH
17 059K 57140 Square Exit Upper Roll (REP 45.21.2)69MJ
18 – Harness Bracket 69MK
19 407W 08840 Gear (40) 69ML
20 407W 08880 Gear (30) 69MM
21 413W 08350 Bearing 69MN
22 807E 24480 Gear (28/30) 69MP
23 809E 82040 Spring 69MQ
24 826E 36490 Cam Stud 69MR
25 – Link Stud 69MS
PL 45.22 Square Fold Exit Nip Motor Component
1 005E 26250 Collar 69N1
2 – Bracket 69N2
3 127K 57690 Square Fold Exit Nip Motor69N3
4 423W 27554 Belt 69N4
5 807E 24460 Gear (16/44) 69N5
6 807E 24470 Gear Pulley (16/40) 69N6
7 – Plate 69N7

5-89
PL 45.23 Square Exit Chute Component

1 – Square Exit Chute 69NB
2 004K 02730 Damper 69NC
3 – Sensor Bracket 69ND
4 130E 87410 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 69NE
5 120E 27530 Clamp 69NF
6 962K 70870 Wire Harness 69NG
PL 45.24 Dust Sensor /Interlock Switch
1 118E 16760 Bushing 69P1
2 120E 27540 Clamp 69P2
4 920W 01213 Clamp 69P4
5 118E 16750 Bushing 69P5
6 120E 27530 Clamp 69P6
7 848K 14960 Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (Reciever)69P7
8 802E 97980 Harness Cover 69P8
10 – Dust Box Guide 69PB
11 032E 30960 Dust Box Guide 69PC
12 054K 36460 Dust Hold Chute 69PD
13 – Sensor Bracket 69PE
14 848K 14950 Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (LED) and Cover (Item 15,
16)69PF
15 – Sensor Cover (P/O Item 14)69PG
16 130E 89220 Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (LED)69PH
17 068K 60970 Dust Hold Bracket (Item 18-23)69PJ
18 – Dust Hold Bracket (P/O Item 17)69PK
19 068K 60990 Guide Bracket 69PL
20 – Guide Bracket (P/O Item 17)69PM
21 004K 02730 Damper 69PN
22 809E 82060 Spring 69PP
23 413W 11660 Bearing 69PQ
24 110E 11980 Dust Box Set Interlock Switch69PR
25 121E 88470 Magnet 69PS
26 413W 11660 Bearing 69PT
27 809E 82070 Spring 69PV
28 – Lever 69PW
29 – Wire Harness 69PX

5-91
PL 45.25 Square Fold Gate , Square Fold Gate

Move Motor
1 005E 26220 Collar 69Q1
2 006K 87010 Lifter Shaft 69Q2
3 868E 16200 Motor Bracket 69Q3
4 127K 57690 Square Fold Gate Move Motor 69Q4
5 – Sensor Bracket 69Q5
6 930W 00111 Square Gate Move Sensor 1 69Q6
7 930W 00111 Square Gate Move Home Sensor 69Q7
8 930W 00111 Square Gate Move Sensor 269Q8
9 054E 36930 Lifter Chute 69Q9
10 413W 08350 Bearing 69QB
11 423W 27554 Belt 69QC
12 801K 31410 Square Fold Gate (PL 45.26) (REP 45.25.1)69QD
13 807E 24380 Gear (18/42) 69QE
14 807E 24390 Gear (40) 69QF
15 807E 24400 Gear Pulley (18/60) 69QG
16 962K 70730 Wire Harness 69QH
PL 45.26 Square Fold Gate Component
1 – Stopper Slide 69R1
2 015K 78450 Stopper Plate (ADJ 45.26.1)69R2
3 – Core 69R3
4 – Pin 69R4
5 032E 30750 Stopper Guide 69R5
6 032E 31040 Harness Guide 69R6
7 032K 06990 Harness Guide(With 6,23,24)69R7
8 – Lifter Guide 69R8
9 049K 00540 Square Fold Gate Motor and Square Fold Gate Home
Sensor (Item 10-12)69R9
10 – Motor Bracket 69RB
11 127K 58040 Square Fold Gate Motor 69RC
12 930W 00111 Square Fold Gate Home Sensor69RD
13 120E 31020 Actuator 69RE
14 – Lifter Base 69RF
15 807E 24370 Gear (15/30) 69RG
16 – Actuator 69RH
17 – Rack Support 69RJ
18 807E 24540 Stopper Rack 69RK
19 807E 27270 Lifter Rack 69RL
20 809E 82030 Spring 69RM
21 – Bushing 69RN
22 920W 01211 Clamp 69RP
23 962K 70630 Wire Harness (Sensor) 69RQ
24 962K 70860 Wire Harness (Motor) 69RR

5-93
PL 45.27 Trimmer Move Transport Assembly ,

Square Fold Exit Motor
1 005E 26250 Collar 69S1
2 005E 27150 Torque Clutch 69S2
3 005E 27160 Collar 69S3
4 020E 45860 Pulley (20) 69S4
5 423W 90454 Belt 69S5
6 029E 46840 Pin 69S6
7 127K 57740 Square Fold Exit Motor 69S7
8 – Motor Bracket 69S8
9 059K 57070 Trimmer Move Transport Assembly (PL 45.28) (REP
45.27.1)69S9
10 807E 24450 Gear Pulley (28/20) 69SB
11 – Tie Tray Plate 69SC
12 – Jig 69SD
13 920W 01213 Clamp 69SE
PL 45.28 Trimmer Move Transport Component -1
1 054E 36910 Trimmer Chute 69SH
2 004K 02730 Damper 69SJ
3 118E 16750 Bushing 69SK
4 962K 70840 Wire Harness 69SL
5 413W 77559 Bearing 69SM
6 918W 00010 Bushing 69SN
7 120E 27530 Clamp 69SP
8 – Tie Chute Plate 69SQ
9 059K 57110 End Roll 69SR
10 059K 57090 Trimmer Upper Roll 69SS
11 – Tie Plate 69ST
12 130E 87410 Trimmer Eject Sensor 69SV
13 130E 98030 Sensor Photo Prism 69SW
14 802E 97980 Harness Cover 69SX
15 – Trimmer Move Transport Assembly (PL 45.29)69SY

5-95
PL 45.29 Trimmer Move Transport Component -2

1 – Trimmer Roll Unit (P/O PL 45.27)9) (PL 45.30, PL
45.31) (REP 45.29.1)69T1
2 – Motor Cover 69T2
3 118E 16760 Bushing 69T3
4 – Left Plate 69T4
5 032E 32620 Nip Guide 69T5
6 – Harness Cover 69T6
7 – Harness Guide 69T7
8 809E 81630 Spring 69T8
9 – Bushing 69T9
10 920W 01211 Clamp 69TB
11 920W 01214 Clamp 69TC
12 – Bottom Plate (PL 45.32) 69TD
PL 45.30 Trimmer Roll Unit Component -1
1 – Nip Guide Shaft 69TG
2 807E 26900 Nip Rack (Front) 69TH
3 807E 26910 Nip Rack (Rear) 69TJ
4 407W 07720 Gear (20) 69TK
5 807E 26930 Gear (30) 69TL
6 049K 00440 Trimmer Nip Roll Motor 69TM
7 413W 77559 Bearing 69TN
8 930W 00111 Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor 69TP
9 930W 00111 Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor 69TQ
10 930W 00111 Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor 69TR
11 – Actuator 69TS
12 962K 70781 Wire Harness (Motor) 69TT
13 962K 70821 Wire Harness (Sensor) 69TV

5-97
PL 45.31 Trimmer Roll Unit Component -2

1 – Sensor Bracket 69V1
2 130E 98040 Trimmer Path Sensor 3 69V2
3 118E 16750 Bushing 69V3
4 120E 27530 Clamp 69V4
5 059K 57100 Trimmer Lower Roll 69V5
6 – Sensor Bracket 69V6
7 130E 87410 Trimmer Path Sensor 3-169V7
8 049K 00430 Trimmer Eject Roll Motor and Bracket (Item 9, 10)
69V8
9 127K 57710 Trimmer Eject Roll Motor 69V9
10 – Motor Bracket 69VB
11 499W 14425 Pulley 69VC
12 423W 46054 Belt 69VD
13 413W 77559 Bearing 69VE
14 118E 16750 Bushing 69VF
15 118E 16760 Bushing 69VG
16 120E 27540 Clamp 69VH
17 962K 70790 Wire Harness (Motor) 69VJ
18 962K 70810 Wire Harness (Sensor) 69VK
19 – Ground Wire 69VL
PL 45.32 Bottom Plate Component
1 – Motor Bracket 69W1
2 127K 57710 Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor 69W2
3 118E 16750 Bushing 69W3
4 – Bottom Plate 69W4
5 068K 64720 Belt Bottom Bracket (PL 45.33) (REP 45.32.1)69W5
6 806E 24540 Slide Shaft 69W6
7 118E 16750 Bushing 69W7
8 962K 70800 Wire Harness (Motor) 69W8
9 962K 70830 Wire Harness (Sensor) 69W9
10 423W 46054 Belt 69WB
11 930W 00111 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor 69WC
12 918W 00010 Bushing 69WD
13 120E 27530 Clamp 69WE
14 032E 32630 Slide Guide 69WF
15 – Sensor Cover 69WG
16 004K 02730 Damper 69WH

5-99
PL 45.33 Belt Bottom Bracket Component

1 – Belt Bottom Bracket 69WM
2 006K 88380 Drive Shaft 69WN
3 – Collar 69WP
4 019E 71340 Belt Clamp 69WQ
5 020E 46510 Pulley 69WR
6 423W 56454 Belt 69WS
PL 45.34 Trimmer Cutter
1 604K 53081 Trimmer Cutter (REP 45.34.1)69X1
2 017E 97570 Caster 69X2
3 – Nut 69X3
4 – LVPS Bracket 69X4

5-101
PL 45.35 Trimmer PWB , LVPS

1 – LVPS Upper Bracket 69XB
2 118E 16760 Bushing 69XC
3 920W 01211 Clamp 69XD
4 105E 15191 LVPS (GU10H) 69XE
5 – Plug Bracket 69XF
6 908W 01201 GFI 69XG
7 – Bracket 69XH
8 960K 36410 Trimmer PWB (REP 45.35.1)69XJ
9 – Screw 69XK
10 – Wire Harness (GFI) 69XL
11 920W 01214 Clamp 69XM
12 – Guide 69XN
PL 45.36 Wire Harness
1 962K 70760 Wire Harness (Trimmer Cutter : Switch)69Y1
2 962K 65020 Wire Harness (Trimmer Control Panel)69Y2
3 962K 65050 Wire Harness (LVPS) 69Y3
4 962K 65060 Wire Harness (Interlock Switch)69Y4
5 962K 65070 Wire Harness (Belt Transport/Square Fold Gate
Sensor)69Y5
6 962K 65080 Wire Harness (Trimmer Sensor)69Y6
7 962K 65091 Wire Harness (Square Fold Exit/Gate Motor)69Y7
8 962K 65100 Wire Harness (Square Fold Nip/Roll Move Motor)
69Y8
9 962K 65110 Wire Harness (Trimmer Roll Unit Motor)69Y9
10 962K 65121 Wire Harness (Booklet Tray Unit)69YB
11 962K 65131 Wire Harness (Trimmer Top Cover Lock Solenoid)
69YC
12 962K 70670 Wire Harness (Square Exit Nip Home Sensor)69YD
13 962K 70680 Wire Harness (Square Nip Home/Square Fold Roll
Rear Sensor)69YE
14 962K 70690 Wire Harness (Belt Transport Motor/Clutch)69YF
15 962K 70751 Wire Harness (Trimmer Cutter : Motor)69YG
16 962K 65881 Wire Harness (IF) 69YH
17 962K 65152 Wire Harness (Finisher) 69YJ

5-103
PL 45.37 Clamp -1
1 118E 16750 Bushing 69YL
2 118E 16760 Bushing 69YM
3 120E 27530 Clamp 69YN
4 920W 01211 Clamp 69YP
5 920W 01212 Clamp 69YQ
6 920W 01213 Clamp 69YR
7 920W 01214 Clamp 69YS
PL 45.38 Clamp -2
1 118E 16760 Bushing 69YV
2 120E 27530 Clamp 69YW
3 920W 01212 Clamp 69YX

5-105
98. Screws 5-106 Version.2.0
98.1 Screws
Table 1
Item PART NO. Description
AA 113W 20478 Screw (M3x4 : White)
AB 113W 20678 Screw (M3x6 : White)
AC 113W 27688 Pan Head Screw (M3x6 : White)
AD 113W 27888 Pan Head Screw (M3x8 : White)
AE 113W 35578 Screw (M4x5 : White)
AF 113W 35878 Screw (M4x8 : White)
AG 153W 17688 Tapping Screw (3x6 : White)
AH 153W 17888 Tapping Screw (3x8 : White)
AJ 158W 27678 Screw (M3x6 : White)
AK 158W 27688 Round Point Screw (M3x6 : White)
AL 158W 27878 Screw (M3x8 : White)
AM 158W 27888 Round Point Screw (M3x8 : White)
AN 158W 28678 Screw (M3x16 : White)
AP 158W 35678 Screw (M4x6 : White)
AQ 158W 35878 Screw (M4x8 : White)
AR 158W 36078 Screw (M4x10 : White)
AS 158W 45078 Screw (M5x10 : White)
AT 252W 27450 Nylon Washer (6) (t 1)
AU 252W 29350 Nylon Washer (8) (t 0.5)
AV 252W 29450 Nylon Washer (8) (t 1)
AW 256W 33278 Spring Washer (12)
AX 271W 21450 Dowel Pin (2.5x14)
AY 271W 21850 Dowel Pin (2.5x20)
AZ 271W 28850 Dowel Pin (3x20)
BA 354W 24254 KL-Clip (4)
BB 354W 24278 E-Clip (4 : White)
BC 354W 26278 E-Clip (5 : White)
BD 354W 27254 KL-Clip (6)
BE 354W 27278 E-Clip (6 : White)
BF 354W 29278 E-Clip (8 : White)
99.1 Paper 99.2 Consumables
Table 1 Table 1
Paper A.C Consumable A.C
1 J Paper 57B1 1 Toner (K) 409K
2 JD Paper 57B2
3 C2 Paper 57B3
4 Plain Paper (XEROX) 5711
5 Plain Paper (Non-XEROX) 57B4
6 Recycled Paper (XEROX) 5712
7 Recycled Paper (Non-XEROX) 57B5
8 Heavy Paper 57B6
9 Tracing Paper 5714
10 Transparent Film (FX) 5713
11 Transpaent Film (Non-FX) 57B7
12 Tack Film 57B8
13 Label 57B9
14 Postcard 57BB
15 Index 57BC
16 Punched Paper 57BD
Version.2.0 11/2011 99. Adjustment/Consumables Area Code List

5-107
99. Adjustment/Consumables Area Code List 5-108 Version.2.0
99.3 Electrical Adjustments

Table 1
Electrical Adjustment A.C
1 Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (Booklet) 77CV
2 Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (two-fold) 77CW
3 Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (Z fold) 77CX
4 Finisher Folding Position Adjustment (small-sized Z fold) 77CY
5 FinisherFolding Position Adjustment (C fold) 77CZ
6 Other NVM Changes 7760
7 Other Diag Adjustments 77BN
8 Download (Reinstall) 77E1
9 Download (Version UP) 77E2
10 NVM Initialization (OUTPUT DEVICE) 77CJ
Navi 1.1 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Navi 1.2 Trimmer and Square Fold
Figure 1 j0tm54591
Figure 1 j0fd525900
Version.2.0 11/2011 5.3 Parts Navigation

5-109
5.3 Parts Navigation 5-110 Version.2.0
Navi 2.1 Staple Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Navi 2.2 Booklet Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4

Navi 2.3 Folder-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Navi 2.4 I/F Module-D2P
Version.2.0 11/2011 5.3 Parts Navigation

5-111
5.3 Parts Navigation 5-112 Version.2.0
Chapter 6 General
6 General
6.1.1 DC330 InputComponent Check List 6.2.5.9 Hole Punch Position ........................................................................................... 106
6.1.1.1 DC330 Input Component Check List.................................................................. 3 6.2.5.10 Folding Precision.............................................................................................. 107
6.1.1.2 DC330 Input Component Check List (Trimmer) ................................................. 7 6.2.5.11 Inflated Folding Specification ........................................................................... 108
6.2.5.12 Paper Offset Function ...................................................................................... 109
6.1.2 DC330 Output Component Check List 6.2.5.13 Paper Curl ........................................................................................................ 110
6.1.2.1 DC330 Output Component Check List ............................................................... 9 6.2.5.14 Paper for Trimmer/Square Fold........................................................................ 111
6.1.2.2 DC330 Output Component Check List (Trimmer) .............................................. 25 6.2.5.15 Basis Weight of Paper for Trimmer/Square Fold.............................................. 111
6.2.5.16 Paper Size for Trimmer/Square Fold................................................................ 112
6.1.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List
6.2.5.17 Trimmer/Square Fold Output Paper Stacking Capacity ................................... 112
6.1.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List.......................................................................... 29
6.2.5.18 Trimmer/Square Fold Square Fold/Trimming Operation .................................. 113
6.1.4 DC135 HFSI Counters List 6.2.5.19 Trimmer/Square Fold Trimming Precision........................................................ 113
6.1.4 DC135 HFSI Counters List.................................................................................... 31
6.2.6 Plinth Kit
6.1.5 DC131 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 NVM List (763) 6.2.6.1 Things to Take Note When Using the Plinth Kit ................................................. 117
6.1.5.1 DC131 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 NVM List (763)................................................. 33 6.2.6.2 Bundled Accessories.......................................................................................... 117
6.1.5.2 DC131 Finisher-D4 NVM List (763:Trimmer) ..................................................... 72 6.2.6.3 Machine Configuration and Plinth Kit Combination ............................................ 118
6.2.6.4 Relationship Between Plinth Kit and Installation Space ..................................... 119
6.1.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List
6.1.6.1 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher-D2:AP-II/DC-II 7000G,AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G) 6.3 Consumables
79 6.3 Consumables ........................................................................................................... 123
6.1.6.2 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher-D3/D4:4127G/4112G). 80
6.1.6.3 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher D4:700DCP) ............... 81
6.1.6.4 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher- D2P: AP/DC-IV C7780G) 82
6.2 Specifications
6.2.1 Product Name/Product Code/Serial No................................................................. 85
6.2.2 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight.................................................................. 86
6.2.3 Installation Space (Minimum Floor Space: mm).................................................... 88
6.2.4 Electrical Specification .......................................................................................... 88
6.2.5 Specifications of Finisher/Booklet Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4, Trimmer/Square Fold

6.2.5.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 89
6.2.5.2 Basic Configuration ............................................................................................ 89
6.2.5.3 Paper Weight

6.2.5.3.1 Paper Weight (Finisher-D2/D3/D4: AP-II/DC-II 7000G, 4127/4112G, AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G)91
6.2.5.3.2 Paper Weight (Finisher-D4:700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) ......................... 93
6.2.5.3.3 Stapling Capacity (Finisher-D4:700DCP, Color1000/800 Press) ..................... 95
6.2.5.3.4 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher-D4:700DCP, Color1000/800 Press) ........ 95
6.2.5.3.5 Paper Weight (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)...................................... 96
6.2.5.3.6 Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)................................ 97
6.2.5.3.7 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)................... 97
6.2.5.4 Applicable Paper Size ........................................................................................ 98
6.2.5.5 Output Stack Capacity........................................................................................ 101
6.2.5.6 Other Finisher Processes................................................................................... 102
6.2.5.7 Staple Position ................................................................................................... 104
6.2.5.8 Staple Position (Booklet) .................................................................................... 105
Version.2.0 11/2011
6-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 General
General 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
6-2 Version.2.0
6.1.1.1 DC330 Input Component Check List
Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List
Chain-Link Component Name Display Description
012-100 DECURLER IN SENSOR H/L High when the DECURLER IN SENSOR detects paper
012-101 DECURLER OUT SENSOR H/L Low when the DECURLER OUT SENSOR detects paper
012-102 DECURLER CAM HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the Decurler
High when the DECURLER CAM HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Cam (notch)
012-103 MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH 1 H/L Low when the MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH 1 is ON
012-104 MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH 2 H/L Low when the MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH 2 is ON
012-105 PUNCH OUT SENSOR H/L Detects that paper has passed through the Puncher section
High when the PUNCH OUT SENSOR detects paper
012-106 COMPILE EXIT SENSOR H/L Detects that paper has reached the Compile Tray
High when the COMPILE EXIT SENSOR detects paper
012-107 TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR H/L Detects the paper transportation to the Top Tray
High when the TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR detects paper
012-108 BUFFER PATH SENSOR H/L Detects for paper presence on the Buffer Path
High when the BUFFER PATH SENSOR detects paper
012-109 SIDE REGI SENSOR H/L Detects the paper side edge
High when the SIDE REGI SENSOR detects paper
012-110 PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR H/L Detects the PUNCH MOTOR rotation
High when the PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator (notch)
012-111 PUNCH MOVE HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the PUNCH MOVE
Low when the PUNCH MOVE HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-112 PUNCH MOVE HOME SNR (B5) H/L Detects the Home Position (B5) of the PUNCH MOVE
Low when Home is detected
012-113 PUNCH MOVE HOME SNR (3LETTER) H/L Detects the Home Position (3LETTER) of the PUNCH MOVE
Low when Home is detected
012-114 PUNCH HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the Puncher
High when the PUNCH HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-115 PUNCH FRONT SENSOR H/L Detects the Puncher position at print start
High when the PUNCH FRONT SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-116 PUNCH HOLE SELECT SENSOR H/L Detects the switch between 2H/4H Punch
High when the PUNCH HOLE SELECT SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-117 SIDE REGI HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the SIDE REGI
Low when the SIDE REGI HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-118 PUNCH BOX SET SENSOR H/L Detects the SET status of the PUNCH BOX
High when the PUNCH BOX is not in place (PUNCH BOX SET SENSOR is in exposed state)
012-119 TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR H/L Detects the Top Tray Full
High when the TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR detects paper (Full)
012-121 COMPILE TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR H/L Detects for presence of paper in the Compile Tray
High when the COMPILE TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR detects paper
012-123 SUB PADDLE HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the Sub Paddle
High when the SUB PADDLE HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator (Home Position detected)
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.1.1 DC330 InputComponent Check List

6-3
6.1.1 DC330 InputComponent Check List 6-4 Version.2.0

012-124 STAPLE 50PIN SNR H/L Detects the installation of STAPLE 50PIN
High when the 50PIN is installed
012-125 TAMPER HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the Tamper
Low when the TAMPER HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-126 END WALL HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home (Close) Position of the End Wall
Low when the END WALL HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-127 END WALL OPEN SENSOR H/L Detects the OPEN state of the End Wall
Low when the END WALL OPEN SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-128 SHELF HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home (Close) Position of the Shelf
Low when the SHELF HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Shelf Actuator
012-130 STAPLE CENTER POSITION SENSOR H/L Detects the Center Position of the Stapler
Low when the STAPLE CENTER POSITION SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-131 STAPLE MOVE HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the Stapler
Low when the STAPLE MOVE HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-132 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 2 H/L Detects the height of paper (up to the Paper Guide) on the Stacker Tray
High when the STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 2 detects paper
012-133 LOW STAPLE SENSOR H/L Detects for presence of Staples
High when there are no Staples (Cartridge is removed)
012-134 STAPLE READY SENSOR H/L Low when the Stapler Feed Ready (when the staples has reached the tip of the Stapler Head) is detected
012-135 STAPLE HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home (Staple Open) Position of the Stapler Head
Low when the STAPLE HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-136 MANUAL DEC SW 3 H/L Detects when the MANUAL DEC SW 3 is pressed
Low when the Switch is pressed
012-137 EJECT UP SENSOR H/L Detects the Eject Clamp Up (exposed)
Low when the EJECT UP SENSOR detects (exposed) the Cam (notch)
012-138 EJECT SENSOR H/L Detects that paper has passed through the Eject
High when the EJECT SENSOR detects paper
012-139 STACKER NO PAPER SENSOR H/L Detects for presence of paper on the Stacker Tray
High when the STACKER NO PAPER SENSOR detects paper
012-140 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 1 H/L Detects the height of paper on the Stacker Tray
012-141 TRAY HEIGHT SENSOR LOWER H/L Detects whether the paper on the Stacker Tray has been removed
High when the TRAY HEIGHT SENSOR LOWER detects paper
012-142 MIX STACK SENSOR H/L Detects the top (MIX Position) of the Stacker Tray
High when the MIX STACK SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-143 HALF STACK SENSOR H/L Detects the middle (Half Position) of the Stacker Tray
High when the HALF STACK SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-144 FULL STACK SENSOR H/L Detects the bottom (Full Position) of the Stacker Tray
High when the FULL STACK SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-145 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 3 H/L Detects the height of paper on the Stacker Tray (this is only added for Machines with Folder)
012-146 STACKER FRONT POSITION SENSOR H/L Detects the Offset Position of the Stacker
Low when the STACKER FRONT POSITION SENSOR is blocked (Home Position detected) by the Cam (notch)
012-148 LOWER LIMIT SENSOR H/L Detects the lower limit of the Stacker Tray
High when the LOWER LIMIT SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
012-149 STACKER SAFETY SWITCH H/L Low when the STACKER SAFETY SWITCH detects foreign substances
012-150 I/F MODULE FRONT DOOR SWITCH H/L High when the I/F MODULE FRONT DOOR is open
012-151 STAPLE DUST BOX FULL SENSOR H/L The Staple Dust Box Full Sensor detects the presence of staple scraps in the Staple Dust Box (Near Full)
High when waste staples is detected
012-152 STAPLE DUST BOX SENSOR H/L Detects the SET status of the Staple Dust Box
High when the Staple Dust Box is not in place (Staple Dust Box Sensor is in exposed state)
012-154 FINISHER FRONT DOOR SWITCH H/L High when the Finisher Front Door is open
012-155 ENVELOPE TRAY OPEN SWITCH H/L Low when the ENVELOPE TRAY OPEN SWITCH is ON
012-156 FOLDER ENVELOPE TRAY SWITCH H/L Detects whether the Tray is inserted or not
Low when the FOLDER ENVELOPE TRAY is inserted
012-161 MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH DETECT H/L Detects the selection of MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH 1 or 2
Low when either of the MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH 1 or MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH 2 is selected
013-100 INTERPOSER TOP COVER SWITCH H/L High when the INTERPOSER TOP COVER is open
013-101 KNIFE HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home (blocked) Position of Booklet Knife
Low when the KNIFE HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
013-102 BOOKLET COMPILE NO PAPER SENSOR H/L Detects for presence of paper in the Booklet Compile Tray
High when the BOOKLET COMPILE NO PAPER SENSOR detects paper
013-103 BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL EXIT SENSOR H/L Low when the BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL EXIT SENSOR detects paper
013-104 BOOKLET DRAWER SET SENSOR H/L Detects the SET status (blocked, closed state) of the BOOKLET DRAWER
High when the BOOKLET DRAWER SET SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
013-105 BOOKLET STAPLER READY H/L Low when the BOOKLET STAPLER Feed Ready (when the staples has reached the tip of the Stapler Head) is detected
013-106 BOOKLET STAPLER ERROR H/L High when the BOOKLET STAPLER Error is detected
013-107 BOOKLET LOW STAPLE SWITH FRONT H/L Detects the Low Staple/presence of Cartridge for Booklet (Front Stapler)
High during Low Staple/No Cartridge
013-108 BOOKLET LOW STAPLE SWITH REAR H/L Detects the Low Staple/presence of Cartridge for Booklet (Rear Stapler)
High during Low Staple/No Cartridge
013-109 INTERPOSER FEED OUT SENSOR H/L Low when the INTERPOSER FEED OUT SENSOR detects paper
013-110 INTERPOSER NO PAPER SENSOR H/L Detects for presence of paper on the INTERPOSER TRAY
Low when the INTERPOSER NO PAPER SENSOR detects paper
013-111 INTERPOSER LEVEL SENSOR H/L Detects the Lift Up Position of the Interposer
High when the INTERPOSER LEVEL SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
013-112 BOOKLET TRAY BELT SWITCH H/L Low when the BOOKLET TRAY BELT SWITCH is ON
013-114 INTERPOSER LENGTH SENSOR H/L Detects the length of the paper on the INTERPOSER TRAY
Low when the INTERPOSER LENGTH SENSOR detects paper
013-115 FOLDER ENTRANCE SENSOR H/L High when the FOLDER ENTRANCE SENSOR detects paper
013-119 FOLDER PATH SENSOR 2 H/L High when the FOLDER PATH SENSOR 2 detects paper
013-121 END GUIDE HOME SENSOR 1 H/L Detects the Home Position of the END GUIDE 1
Low when the END GUIDE HOME SENSOR 1 is blocked by the Actuator

6-5

013-122 END GUIDE HOME SENSOR 2 H/L Detects the Home Position of the END GUIDE 2
Low when the END GUIDE HOME SENSOR 2 is blocked by the Actuator
013-123 ENVELOPE TRAY FULL SENSOR H/L Detects when the Folder Tray is full of paper
Low when the ENVELOPE TRAY FULL SENSOR detects paper
013-129 IOT EXIT SENSOR SIGNAL H/L Low when the IOT EXIT SENSOR detects paper
013-130 2&4 HOLE DETECT H/L Detects the connection of 2H/4H Unit (also the connection of 3H Unit)
Low when the 2H/4H Unit is connected (high when the 3H Unit is connected)
013-131 FOLDER DETECT H/L Detects the connection of FOLDER UNIT
Low when the FOLDER UNIT is connected
013-132 BOOKLET DETECT H/L Detects the connection of BOOKLET UNIT
Low when the BOOKLET UNIT is connected
013-133 INTERPOSER DETECT H/L Detects the connection of INTERPOSER UNIT
Low when the INTERPOSER UNIT is connected
013-134 BOOKLET TAMPER HOME SENSOR (FRONT) H/L Detects the Home Position of the Booklet Front Tamper
Low when the BOOKLET TAMPER HOME SENSOR F is blocked by the Actuator
013-135 BOOKLET IN SENSOR H/L High when the BOOKLET IN SENSOR detects paper
013-136 BOOKLET TAMPER HOME SENSOR (REAR) H/L Detects the Home Position of the Booklet Rear Tamper
Low when the BOOKLET TAMPER HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
013-137 BOOKLET END GUIDE HOME SENSOR H/L Detects the Home Position of the Booklet End Guide
Low when the BOOKLET END GUIDE HOME SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
013-139 BOOKLET TRAY NO PAPER SENSOR H/L Detects for presence of paper on the Booklet Tray
High when the BOOKLET NO PAPER SENSOR detects paper
013-140 KNIFE FOLDING SENSOR H/L Detects the Folding Position (blocked) of Booklet Knife
Low when the KNIFE FOLDING SENSOR is blocked by the Actuator
013-141 FOLDER EXIT SENSOR H/L High when the FOLDER EXIT SENSOR detects paper
6.1.1.2 DC330 Input Component Check List (Trimmer)
Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (Trimmer)
Module
Chain-Link Component Name Display Description Name
013-150 Trimmer IN SNR H/L Trimmer IN SNR detection Trimmer
Low when the sensor detects paper.
013-151 Trimmer Path SNR 1 H/L Trimmer Path SNR 1 detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects paper.
013-152 Trimmer Path SNR 2 H/L Trimmer Path SNR 2 detection Trimmer
013-153 Trimmer Path SNR 3 H/L Trimmer Path SNR 3 detection detection Trimmer
013-154 Trimmer Eject SNR H/L Trimmer Eject SNR detection Trimmer
013-155 Booklet Tray No Paper SNR H/L Booklet Tray No Paper SNR detection Trimmer
013-156 Square Fold Gate Home SNR H/L Square Fold Gate Home SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Square Fold Gate (Stopper Plate) is at Home Position (storage position).
013-157 Square Fold NIP Home SNR H/L Square Fold NIP Home SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Clamper Plate is at Home Position.
013-159 Square Fold Roll Front Home SNR H/L Square Fold Roll Front Home SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Square Fold Roll (Press Roll) is at Front Home Position.
013-160 Square Fold Roll Rear SNR H/L Square Fold Roll Rear SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Square Fold Roll (Press Roll) is at Rear Home Position.
013-161 Square Gate Move Home SNR H/L Square Gate Move Home SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Square Fold Gate (Stopper Plate) moves up or down and reaches Home
Position (paper passes).
013-162 Square Gate Move SNR-1 H/L Square Gate Move SNR-1 detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Square Fold Gate(Stopper Plate) is at Skew Correction Position (where
press amount is determined).
013-163 Square Gate Move SNR-2 H/L Square Gate Move SNR-2 detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Square Fold Gate(Stopper Plate) is at Retreat Position (to avoid interfering
with Square Fold Roll).
013-164 Square Fold Exit Nip Home SNR H/L Square Fold Exit Nip Home SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Square Exit Upper Roll is at Home Position.
013-165 Trimmer NIP Roll Middle SNR H/L Trimmer NIP Roll Middle SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects a gap of 7mm between Trimmer NIP Rolls (Upper/Lower Roll).
013-166 Trimmer NIP Roll Home SNR H/L Trimmer NIP Roll Home SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Trimmer NIP Roll (Upper Roll) is at Home Position.
013-167 Trimmer NIP Roll Bottom SNR H/L Trimmer NIP Roll Bottom SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Trimmer NIP Rolls (Upper/Lower Roll) are at Nip Position.
013-168 Trimmer Roll Unit Home SNR H/L Trimmer Roll Unit Home SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Trimmer Roll Unit is at Home Position.

6-7
Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List (Trimmer)

Module
Chain-Link Component Name Display Description Name
013-169 Trimmer Home Switch H/L Trimmer Home Switch detection Trimmer
Low when the sensor detects Trimmer Motor is at Home Position.
013-170 Trimmer Dust Full SNR H/L Trimmer Dust Full SNR detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Trimmer Dust Full.
013-171 Trimmer Path SNR 3-1 H/L Trimmer Path SNR 3-1 detection Trimmer
013-173 Trimmer Top Left Cover INTLK SW H/L Trimmer Top Left Cover INTLK SW detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Trimmer Top Left Cover is open.
013-174 Trimmer Top Right Cover INTLK SW H/L Trimmer Top Right Cover INTLK SW detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Trimmer Top Right Cover is open.
013-175 Trimmer Dust Box Set INTLK SW H/L Trimmer Dust Box Set INTLK SW detection Trimmer
High when the sensor detects Trimmer Dust Box Set is open.
013-176 Square Select Switch H/L Square Select Switch detection Trimmer
Low when Switch turns ON.
013-177 Square Switch H/L Square Switch detection Trimmer
013-178 Trimmer Switch H/L Trimmer Switch detection Trimmer
013-179 Trimmer UP Switch H/L Trimmer UP Switch detection Trimmer
013-180 Trimmer DOWN Switch H/L Trimmer DOWN Switch detection Trimmer
6.1.2.1 DC330 Output Component Check List
Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List
Multiple Output
Chain-Link Component Name Description T-On Cyclic Prohibited Items
012-001 DECURLER TRANSPORT MOTOR ON/OFF Drives the I/F Module Transport Roll - None -
012-002 DECURLER CAM CLUTCH ON/OFF Turns the Decurler Cam Clutch ON/OFF 100msec None -
012-005 PUNCHER MOTOR 2HOLE HOME MOVE Moves the 2H/4H Punch towards Home Stops after the 2H Home is detected None 012-006
012-007
012-008
012-006 PUNCHER MOTOR 3HOLE HOME MOVE Moves the 3H Punch towards Home Stops after the 3H Home is detected None 012-005
012-007
012-008
012-007 PUNCHER MOTOR 2HOLE ON/OFF Moves the 2H/4H Punch to-and-fro Stops after it is not detected to be at None 012-005
Home for 83 pulses 012-006
012-008
012-008 PUNCHER MOTOR 3HOLE ON/OFF Moves the 3H Punch to-and-fro Stops after it is not detected to be at None 012-005
Home for 105 pulses 012-006
012-007
012-009 PUNCHER MOVE MOTOR FRONT HIGH ON/OFF Moves the Puncher Unit to the front with high speed 100pulse None 012-010
012-011
012-012
012-010 PUNCHER MOVE MOTOR REAR HIGH ON/OFF Moves the Puncher Unit to the rear with high speed 100pulse None 012-009
012-011
012-012
012-011 PUNCHER MOVE MOTOR FRONT LOW ON/OFF Moves the Puncher Unit to the front with low speed 100pulse None 012-009
012-010
012-012
012-012 PUNCHER MOVE MOTOR REAR LOW ON/OFF Moves the Puncher Unit to the rear with low speed 100pulse None 012-009
012-010
012-011
012-013 FINISHER TRANSPORT MOTOR HIGH FORWARD ON/ Drives the Fin X’port Type Roll in forward rotation at 1000mm/s - None 012-014
OFF 012-015
012-014 FINISHER TRANSPORT MOTOR MID FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Fin X’port Type Roll in forward rotation at 800mm/s - None 012-013
012-015
012-015 FINISHER TRANSPORT MOTOR LOW REVERSE ON/OFF Drives the Fin X’port Type Roll in reverse rotation at 385mm/s - None 012-013
012-014
012-019 COMPILE EXIT MOTOR HIGH FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Compile Exit/Buffer Type Roll in forward rotation at - None 012-020
1000mm/s 012-021
012-022
012-023
012-066
012-067
012-068
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.1.2 DC330 Output Component Check List

6-9
6.1.2 DC330 Output Component Check List 6-10 Version.2.0

Multiple Output
012-020 COMPILE EXIT MOTOR MID FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Compile Exit/Buffer Type Roll in forward rotation at 800mm/s - None 012-019
012-021
012-022
012-023
012-066
012-067
012-068
012-021 COMPILE EXIT MOTOR LOW FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Compile Exit/Buffer Type Roll in forward rotation at 285mm/s - None 012-019
012-020
012-022
012-023
012-066
012-067
012-068
012-022 COMPILE EXIT MOTOR HIGH REVERSE ON/OFF Drives the Compile Exit/Buffer Type Roll in reverse rotation at - None 012-019
1000mm/s 012-020
012-021
012-023
012-066
012-067
012-068
012-023 COMPILE EXIT MOTOR LOW REVERSE ON/OFF Drives the Compile Exit/Buffer Type Roll in reverse rotation at 385mm/s - None 012-019
012-020
012-021
012-022
012-066
012-067
012-068
012-024 TRANSPORT GATE SOLENOID BUFFER PATH Switches the path to the Buffer Path 100msec None 012-025
012-025 TRANSPORT GATE SOLENOID TOP TRAY PATH Switches the path to the Top Tray Path 100msec None 012-024
012-026 PUNCHER MOVE CLUTCH ON/OFF Switches between the Punch movement and Sensor movement - None -
012-027 PADDLE MOTOR ON/OFF Drives the Compile Paddle/Sub Paddle - None 013-056
013-057
013-058
013-059
013-060
013-061
013-062
013-063
Multiple Output
012-028 TAMPER MOTOR HIGH FRONT ON/OFF Drives the Tamper in the front direction at 3000pps 200pulse None 012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
012-029 TAMPER MOTOR LOW FRONT ON/OFF Drives the Tamper in the front direction at 1000pps 200pulse None 012-028
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
012-030 TAMPER MOTOR HIGH REAR ON/OFF Drives the Tamper in the rear direction at 3000pps 200pulse None 012-028
012-029
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055

6-11

Multiple Output
012-031 TAMPER MOTOR LOW REAR ON/OFF Drives the Tamper in the rear direction at 1000pps 200pulse None 012-028
012-029
012-030
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
012-032 END WALL MOTOR OPEN ON/OFF Open operation of the End Wall Stops after Open is detected None 012-033
012-033 END WALL MOTOR CLOSE ON/OFF Close operation of the End Wall Stops after Close is detected None 012-032
012-034 EJECT MOTOR 1st FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in forward rotation at 800mm/s - None 012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016
012-035 EJECT MOTOR 2nd FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in forward rotation at 610mm/s - None 012-034
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016
Multiple Output
012-036 EJECT MOTOR 3rd FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in forward rotation at 404mm/s - None 012-034
012-035
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016
012-037 EJECT MOTOR 4th FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in forward rotation at 320mm/s - None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016
012-038 EJECT MOTOR 5th FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in forward rotation at 285mm/s - None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016
012-039 EJECT MOTOR 1st REVERSE ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in reverse rotation at 800mm/s - None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016

6-13

Multiple Output
012-040 EJECT CLAMP MOTOR RELEASE Drives the Eject Roll Release 21 pulses after the Eject Up Sensor None 012-041
is exposed
012-041 EJECT CLAMP MOTOR NIP Drives the Eject Roll Nip 21 pulses after the Eject Home Sen- None 012-040
sor is exposed
012-042 SHELF MOTOR EJECT Shelf Extend operation 160msec None 012-043
013-005
013-006
013-007
012-043 SHELF MOTOR STORAGE Shelf Retract operation 160msec None 012-042
013-005
013-006
013-007
012-044 STAPLE MOTOR CLOSE ON/OFF Staple clinch operation Stops when Home is detected None 012-045
012-045 STAPLE MOTOR REVERSE Reverses the Staple Motor rotation for 110msec 110msec None 012-044
012-046 STAPLE MOVE MOTOR HIGH FRONT ON/OFF Moves the Staple Position in the front direction at 1000pps 200pulse None 012-047
012-048
012-049
012-047 STAPLE MOVE MOTOR LOW FRONT ON/OFF Moves the Staple Position in the front direction at 530pps 200pulse None 012-046
012-048
012-049
012-048 STAPLE MOVE MOTOR HIGH REAR ON/OFF Moves the Staple Position in the rear direction at 1000pps 200pulse None 012-046
012-047
012-049
012-049 STAPLE MOVE MOTOR LOW REAR ON/OFF Moves the Staple Position in the rear direction at 530pps 200pulse None 012-046
012-047
012-048
012-050 COMPILE PADDLE UP/DOWN SOLENOID UP Compile Paddle Up operation 100msec None 012-051
012-051 COMPILE PADDLE UP/DOWN SOLENOID DOWN Compile Paddle Down operation 100msec None 012-050
012-052 SUB PADDLE UP/DOWN SOLENOID UP Sub Paddle Up operation 100msec None 012-053
012-053 SUB PADDLE UP/DOWN SOLENOID DOWN Sub Paddle Down operation 100msec None 012-052
012-054 STACKER FLAPPER MOTOR UP STACKER FLAPPER UP operation 200msec None 012-055
012-055 STACKER FLAPPER MOTOR DOWN STACKER FLAPPER DOWN operation 200msec None 012-054
012-056 SET CLAMP SOLENOID ON/OFF Set Clamp Up/Down operation 100msec None -
012-058 PADDLE SUPORT CLUTCH ON/OFF Sub Paddle Lift Up/Down operation Stops after the UD Home is None -
detected
012-059 ELEVATOR MOTOR UP Stacker rise operation 500msec None 012-060
012-069
012-070
012-060 ELEVATOR MOTOR DOWN Stacker drop operation 500msec None 012-059
012-069
012-070
012-061 STACKER OFFSET MOTOR FRONT Moves the Stacker Offset in the front direction Stops when the Front Position is None 012-062
detected
Multiple Output
012-062 STACKER OFFSET MOTOR REAR Moves the Stacker Offset in the rear direction Stops when the Rear Position is None 012-061
detected
012-063 MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH LED 1 Turns the MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH LED 1 ON/OFF - None -
012-066 SCT EXIT MOT MID FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the SCT Exit Type Roll in forward rotation at 800mm/s - None 012-019
012-020
012-021
012-022
012-023
012-067
012-068
012-067 SCT EXIT MOT LOW FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the SCT Exit Type Roll in forward rotation at 285mm/s - None 012-019
012-020
012-021
012-022
012-023
012-066
012-068
012-068 SCT EXIT MOT LOW REVERSE ON/OFF Drives the SCT Exit Type Roll in reverse rotation at 385mm/s - None 012-019
012-020
012-021
012-022
012-023
012-066
012-067
012-069 ELEVATOR MOTOR UP 2 Raises the Stacker until the Stack Height Sensor turns ON Stops when the rise upper limit is None 012-059
detected at Stack Height Sensor On 012-060
012-070
012-070 ELEVATOR MOTOR DOWN 2 Lowers the Stacker until the Full Stack Sensor turns ON Stops when the drop low limit is None 012-059
detected at Full Stack Sensor On 012-060
012-069

6-15

Multiple Output
012-071 TAMPER MOTOR MID FRONT ON/OFF Drives the Tamper in the front direction at 2000pps 200pulse None 012-028
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
012-072 TAMPER MOTOR MID REAR ON/OFF Drives the Tamper in the rear direction at 2000pps 200pulse None 012-028
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
012-073 EJECT MOTOR Top Speed FORWARD ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in forward rotation at 1000mm/s - None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016
Multiple Output
012-074 EJECT MOTOR Top Speed REVERSE ON/OFF Drives the Eject Roll in reverse rotation at 1000mm/s - None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-016
012-075 I/F Module Front Door LED: Finsher-D4 I/F Module Front Door LED ON/OFF - None -
012-076 Finsiher Front Door LED: Finsher-D4 Finsiher Front Door LED ON/OFF - None -
012-077 Interposer Upper Cover LED: Finsher-D4 Interposer Upper Cover LED ON/OFF - None -
013-001 INTERPOSER FEED MOTOR ON/OFF Drives the Interposer Feed Roll - None -
013-002 INTERPOSER TRAY UP/DOWN MOTOR (UP) Tray Up operation Stops when Lift Up is detected None 013-003
013-003 INTERPOSER TRAY UP/DOWN MOTOR (DOWN) Tray Down operation Stops when Tray Home is detected None 013-002
013-004 INTERPOSER NUDGER SOLENOID ON/OFF Interposer Nudger Roll Up/Down operation 100msec None -
013-005 BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOTOR HI ON/OFF Drives the Booklet IN Roll: 800mm/s - None 012-042
012-043
013-006
013-007
013-006 BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOTOR MID ON/OFF Drives the Booklet IN Roll: 250mm/s - None 012-042
012-043
013-005
013-007
013-007 BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOTOR LOW ON/OFF Drives the Booklet IN Roll: 50mm/s - None 012-042
012-043
013-005
013-006
013-008 BOOKLET FOLDER MOTOR FORWARD ON/OFF Rotates the Folder Roll forward - None 013-009
013-009 BOOKLET FOLDER MOTOR REVERSE ON/OFF Rotates the Folder Roll in reverse - None 013-008
013-010 KNIFE SOLENOID ON/OFF Turns the Knife Solenoid ON/OFF 200msec None -

6-17

Multiple Output
013-011 BOOKLET END GUIDE MOTOR LOW DOWN Drives the Booklet End Guide downward at 450pps 200pulse None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-013
013-014
013-016
013-013 BOOKLET END GUIDE MOTOR HIGH DOWN Drives the Booklet End Guide downward at 1002pps 200pulse None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-014
013-016
013-014 BOOKLET END GUIDE MOTOR LOW UP Drives the Booklet End Guide upward at 450pps 200pulse None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-016
013-016 BOOKLET END GUIDE MOTOR HIGH UP Drives the Booklet End Guide upward at 1002pps 200pulse None 012-034
012-035
012-036
012-037
012-038
012-039
012-073
012-074
013-011
013-013
013-014
013-017 Stapler Head MOTOR ON Performs Booklet Stapler F/R stapling Stops when stapling is complete None -
(at 620ms)
Multiple Output
013-020 TRAY BELT DRIVE MOTOR ON/OFF Drives the Tray Belt - None -
013-021 BOOKLET PADDLE MOTOR ON/OFF Rotates the Booklet Paddle - None -
013-024 BOOKLET GATE SOLENOID BOOKLET PATH Switches the path to the Booklet Path 100msec None 013-025
013-025 BOOKLET GATE SOLENOID STACKER PATH Switches the path to the Stacker Path 100msec None 013-024
013-026 FOLDER DRIVE MOTOR 2 ON/OFF Drives the Transport Roll and Folding Roll - None -
013-027 FOLDER DRIVE MOTOR 1 ON/OFF Drives the Folder internal Transport - None -
013-028 FOLDER ENTRANCE MOTOR HI ON/OFF Drives the Folder top section Transport - None 013-035
013-029 END GUIDE MOTOR 1 UP ON/OFF End Guide 1 Position Up operation 100pulse None 013-030
013-031
013-032
013-030 END GUIDE MOTOR 1 DOWN ON/OFF End Guide 1 Position Down operation 100pulse None 013-029
013-031
013-032
013-031 END GUIDE MOTOR 2 UP ON/OFF End Guide 2 Position Up operation 100pulse None 013-029
013-030
013-032
013-032 END GUIDE MOTOR 2 DOWN ON/OFF End Guide 2 Position Down operation 100pulse None 013-029
013-030
013-031
013-033 FOLDER GATE SOLENOID 1 TOP PATH Switches the path to the Top Path 100msec None 013-034
013-034 FOLDER GATE SOLENOID 1 FOLDER PATH Switches the path to the Folder Path 100msec None 013-033
013-035 FOLDER ENTRANCE MOTOR LOW ON/OFF Drives the Folder top section Transport - None 013-028
013-036 FOLDER GATE SOLENOID 2 LETTER PATH Switches the path to the Letter Tray 100msec None 013-037
013-037 FOLDER GATE SOLENOID 2 FOLDER PATH Switches the path to the Folder Path 100msec None 013-036
013-038 FOLDING SOL 1 ON/OFF T.B.D - None -
013-039 FOLDING SOL 2 ON/OFF T.B.D - None -
013-040 INTERPOSER T/P ROLL CLUTCH ON/OFF Turns the Interposer Transport Roll Clutch ON/OFF - None -
013-043 ENVELOPE TRAY LED 1 Turns the ENVELOPE TRAY LED 1 ON/OFF - None -
013-044 FOLDER C SOLENOID ON/OFF Turns the FOLDER C SOLENOID ON/OFF - None -
013-045 ENVELOPE TRAY LOCK SOLENOID OPEN ENVELOPE TRAY LOCK SOLENOID OPEN operation 100msec None 013-046
013-046 ENVELOPE TRAY LOCK SOLENOID CLOSE ENVELOPE TRAY LOCK SOLENOID CLOSE operation 100msec None 013-045
013-047 NIP RELEASE SOLENOID ON/OFF Turns the Folder Nip Release Solenoid ON/OFF 200msec None -

6-19

Multiple Output
013-048 BOOKLET TAMPER MOTOR F REAR 1 ON/OFF Drives the Booklet Tamper F in the rear (Tamping) direction at 985pps 100pulse None 012-028
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
013-049 BOOKLET TAMPER MOTOR F REAR 2 ON/OFF Drives the Booklet Tamper F in the rear (Tamping) direction at 100pulse None 012-028
645pp+F97s 012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
Multiple Output
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-055
013-052 BOOKLET TAMPER MOTOR F FRONT 1 ON/OFF Drives the Booklet Tamper F in the front (Home) direction at 985pps 100pulse None 012-028
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-053
013-054
013-055
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-054
013-055

6-21

Multiple Output
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-055
012-029
012-030
012-031
012-071
012-072
013-048
013-049
013-050
013-051
013-052
013-053
013-054
013-056 BOOKLET TAMPER MOTOR R FRONT 1 ON/OFF Drives the Booklet Tamper R in the front (Tamping) direction at 985pps 100pulse None 012-027
013-057
013-058
013-059
013-060
013-061
013-062
013-063
013-056
013-058
013-059
013-060
013-061
013-062
013-063
Multiple Output
013-056
013-057
013-059
013-060
013-061
013-062
013-063
013-056
013-057
013-058
013-060
013-061
013-062
013-063
013-060 BOOKLET TAMPER MOTOR R REAR 1 ON/OFF Drives the Booklet Tamper R in the rear (Home) direction at 985pps 100pulse None 012-027
013-056
013-057
013-058
013-059
013-061
013-062
013-063
013-056
013-057
013-058
013-059
013-060
013-062
013-063
013-056
013-057
013-058
013-059
013-060
013-061
013-063

6-23

Multiple Output
013-056
013-057
013-058
013-059
013-060
013-061
013-062
6.1.2.2 DC330 Output Component Check List (Trimmer)
Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List (Trimmer)
Multioutput
Chain- Cyclic Prohibited Module
Link Component Name Description Time Out Ope. Chain Name
013-022 Belt Transport Clutch Lower 1/2 ON Belt Clutch Lower 1/2 ON X - Trimmer
013-023 Trimmer Top Cover Lock Solenoid Top Cover > Unlock X - Trimmer
013-064 Belt Transport Motor Forward High ON/OFF Rotates forward at high speed for Trimmer Transport Belt. X 013-065, Trimmer
013-066,
013-067
013-065 Belt Transport Motor Forward Low ON/OFF Rotates forward at low speed for Trimmer Transport Belt. X 013-064, Trimmer
013-066,
013-067
013-066 Belt Transport Motor Reverse High ON/OFF Rotates reverse at high speed for Trimmer Transport Belt. X 013-064, Trimmer
013-065,
013-067
013-067 Belt Transport Motor Reverse Low ON/OFF Rotates reverse at low speed for Trimmer Transport Belt. X 013-064, Trimmer
013-065,
013-066
013-068 Square Fold Gate MOT Eject Operates to eject Square Fold Gate (Stopper Plate). 100pulse X 013-069 Trimmer
013-069 Square Fold Gate MOT Storage Operates to store Square Fold Gate (Stopper Plate). 100pulse X 013-068 Trimmer
013-070 Square Fold Nip MOT Nip ON Square Fold Nip MOT Forward Rotation (CCW) Nip operation When Square Fold X 013-071, Trimmer
Nip Bottom SNR 013-072
turns ON, the
motor stops.
013-071 Square Fold Nip MOT Nip OFF Square Fold Nip MOT Forward Rotation (CCW) Nip Release operation When Square Fold X 013-070, Trimmer
Nip Home SNR 013-072
turns ON, the
motor stops.
013-072 Square Fold Nip MOT Reverse ON Square Fold Nip MOT Reverse Rotation (CW) Nip Release operation When Square Fold X 013-070, Trimmer
Nip Home SNR 013-071
turns ON, the
motor stops.
013-073 Square Fold Gate Move MOT UP Square Fold Gate Move MOT operates to move the gate up. 100ms X 013-074 Trimmer
013-074 Square Fold Gate Move MOT Down Square Fold Gate Move MOT operates to move the gate down. 100ms X 013-073 Trimmer
013-075 Square Fold Roll Move MOT Front Operates to move Square Fold Roll (Press Roll) to Front. When Square Fold X 013-076 Trimmer
Roll Front Home
SNR turns ON, the
motor stops.
013-076 Square Fold Roll Move MOT Rear Operates to move Square Fold Roll (Press Roll) to Rear. When Square Fold X 013-075 Trimmer
Roll Rear SNR
turns ON, the
motor stops.

6-25

Multioutput
013-077 Square Fold Exit Nip MOT ON Square Exit Upper/Lower Roll Nip operation When Square Fold X 013-078 Trimmer
Exit Nip Bottom
SNR turns ON,
themotor stops.
013-078 Square Fold Exit Nip MOT OFF Square Exit Upper/Lower Roll Nip Release operation When Square Fold X 013-077 Trimmer
Exit Nip Home
SNR turns ON, the
motor stops.
013-079 Square Fold Exit MOT ON/OFF Drives Square Exit Upper/Lower Roll. X - Trimmer
013-080 Trimmer Nip Roll MOT Nip ON Trimmer Nip Roll Nip operation When Trimmer Nip X 013-081 Trimmer
Roll Bottom SNR
turns ON, the
motor stops.
013-081 Trimmer Nip Roll MOT Nip OFF Trimmer Nip Roll Nip Release operation When Trimmer Nip X 013-080 Trimmer
Roll Home SNR
turns ON, the
motor stops.
013-082 Trimmer Roll Unit Move MOT Forward (Eject) Operates to move Trimmer Roll Unit in the direction that allows Booklet 500pulse X 013-083 Trimmer
to be ejected.
013-083 Trimmer Roll Unit Move MOT Reverse Operates to move Trimmer Roll Unit in the direction that allows paper 500pulse X 013-082 Trimmer
to be received.
013-084 Trimmer MOT Forward(Trimming) Rotates forward to operate Trimmer Cutter. When Trimmer X 013-085 Trimmer
Home Switch turns
OFF > ON, the
motor stops.
013-085 Trimmer MOT Reverse(Recovery) Rotates reverse to operate Trimmer Cutter. When Trimmer X 013-084 Trimmer
Home Switch turns
OFF > ON, the
motor stops.
013-086 Trimmer Eject Roll MOT Forward High ON/OFF Rotates forward at high speed for Trimmer Eject Roll. X 013-087, Trimmer
013-088,
013-089
013-087 Trimmer Eject Roll MOT Forward Low ON/OFF Rotates forward at low speed for Trimmer Eject Roll. X 013-086, Trimmer
013-088,
013-089
013-088 Trimmer Eject Roll MOT Reverse High ON/OFF Rotates reverse at high speed for Trimmer Eject Roll. X 013-086, Trimmer
013-087,
013-089
013-089 Trimmer Eject Roll MOT Reverse Low ON/OFF Rotates reverse at low speed for Trimmer Eject Roll. X 013-086, Trimmer
013-087,
013-088
013-090 Belt Transport Clutch Upper 1/2 ON Belt Clutch Upper 1/2 ON X - Trimmer
013-091 Mimic Jam Zone 1 LED ON/OFF Mimic Jam Zone 1 LED ON X - Trimmer
Multioutput
013-094 Mimic Paper Dust Full LED ON/OFF Mimic Paper Dust Full LED ON X - Trimmer
013-095 Mimic Square Adjust 1 LED ON/OFF Mimic Square Adjust 1 LED (Strong 2) ON X - Trimmer
013-096 Mimic Square Adjust 2 LED ON/OFF Mimic Square Adjust 2 LED (Strong 1) ON X - Trimmer
013-097 Mimic Square Adjust 3 LED ON/OFF Mimic Square Adjust 3 LED (Auto) ON X - Trimmer
013-098 Mimic Square Adjust 4 LED ON/OFF Mimic Square Adjust 4 LED (Weak 1) ON X - Trimmer
013-099 Mimic Square Adjust 5 LED ON/OFF Mimic Square Adjust 5 LED (Weak 2) ON X - Trimmer

6-27
6.1.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List
DC140 Analog Monitor Code List
IN/ Time Simultaneous Output

Chain-Link Component Name PSW Display OUT Out Prohibited Items Description CE Corrective Action
013-113 Interposer Paper Size Sensor Ex_SIZE OUT - - Displays the AD value for Interposer The Interposer Tray paper size is decided based on the AD
SNR Tray paper size value for Interposer Length Sensor and Interposer Paper
Size Sensor
For more details, refer to "7.3 CH15.13"
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.1.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List

6-29
6.1.3 DC140 Analog Monitor Code List 6-30 Version.2.0
6.1.4 DC135 HFSI Counters List
NOTE: For AP/DC-IV C7780G, use the service data for Finisher D4.
Table 1 DC135 HFSI Counters List

Chain-
Link HFSI Name PSW Display Threshold Settings Range Unit Count Condition Description
957-800 Interposer Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll I/P Roll Current Life 300000 0~300000 FEED Paper feed from the Interposer The current life of Rolls in the Interposer section
957-801 Sub Paddle (Stacker) Paper Reverse Sub Paddle Current 900000 0~900000 PV Paper output to the Stacker The current life of Sub Paddles in the Stacker
Life Compiler section section
957-802 Compile Main Paddle (Stacker) Paper Reverse Paddle Current Life 900000 0~900000 PV Paper output to the Stacker The current life of Paddles in the Stacker section
Compiler section
957-803 Paddle Shaft Assembly (Booklet) Booklet Paddle Cyclone Current Life 900000 0~900000 PV Paper output to the Booklet The current life of Paddles in the Booklet section
Compiler section
957-804 Stapler Head Assy Current Life: Fin- Stacker Stapler Life 500,000 0~99,999,999 staple Stapler operation quantity The current life of Stapler Head
isher-D3/D4
957-805 Booklet Stapler Assy Current Life: Fin- Booklet Stapler Life 150,000 0~99,999,999 staple Booklet Stapler operation qty. The current life of Booklet Stapler
isher-D3/D4
957-806 Sub Paddle Clutch Current Life: Fin- Sub Paddle Clutch 2,800,000 0~99,999,999 PV Paper output to the Stacker The current life of Sub Paddle Clutch
isher-D3/D4 Compiler section
957-807 Eject Feed Roll Assy(Oneway Eject Pinch Roll 7,000,000 0~99,999,999 PV Paper output to the Stacker The current life of Eject Feed Roll Assy
Clutch)Current Life: Finisher-D3/D4 Compiler section
957-808 I/P Clutch Assy Current Life: Finisher- I/P Clutch Assy Life 1,500,000 0~99,999,999 PV Paper feed from the Interposer The current life of I/P Clutch
D3/D4
957-809 Puncher Assy Current Life: Finisher- Puncher Life 1,000,000 0~99,999,999 Punch Puncher operation qty. The current life of Puncher Assy
D3/D4
957-810 Transport Gate SOL(S2-Gate) Current S2-Gate Life 3,000,000 0~99,999,999 1 ope. Transport Gate SOL operation The current life of S2-Gate Assy
Life: Finisher-D3/D4 qty.
957-811 Folder Entrance Motor Current Life: Folder Drive Motor 18,600,000 0~99,999,999 PV Volume of paper that came in The current lives of Folder Entrance Motor and
Finisher-D3/D4 Finisher Gear(20T) in Folder Unit
957-812 Clutch (Torque Limiter) Current Life: Puncher Unit Assy 13,500,000 0~99,999,999 PV Volume of paper that came in The current lives of Harness, Gear Pulley (with
Finisher-D3/D4 Finisher Hook) and Clutch (Torque Limiter) in Puncher
Unit
957-813 Compiler Unit Assy Current Life: Fin- Stacker Compile Life 12,150,000 0~99,999,999 PV Paper output to the Stacker The life of Stacker Compiler
isher-D3/D4 Compiler section
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.1.4 DC135 HFSI Counters List

6-31
6.1.4 DC135 HFSI Counters List 6-32 Version.2.0
6.1.5.1 DC131 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 NVM List (763)
NOTE: For AP/DC-IV C7780G, use the service data for Finisher D4.
Table 1 DC131 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 NVM List (763)

Settings Settings
Range Range
Initial (Minimum (Maximum Can be Can be
Chain-Link NVM Names Description Value Value) Value) initialized written
763-200 Output Device Configuration 0: OCT 0 0 5 O O
1: D-Space Base Finisher
2: D-Space Booklet Finisher
3: C-Space Base Finisher
4: C-Space Booklet Finisher
5: C-Space MailBox Finisher
763-201 Heavyweight & Extra Heavyweight Unstapled Set Sets the Unstaple Set Eject No. of Sheets for Heavyweight and Extra Heavy- 10 2 25 O O
Eject No. of Sheets Limit 1 weight with paper length <(incl.) 216 mm
763-202 Heavyweight & Extra Heavyweight Unstapled Set Sets the Unstaple Set Eject No. of Sheets for Heavyweight and Extra Heavy- 10 2 25 O O
Eject No. of Sheets Limit 2 weight with paper length > 216 mm
763-203 Mixed Size Full Detection Settings 2 Sets the Mixed Full detection processing for when a paper for the Flapper Up 1 0 1 O O
Condition (Unstapled Paper, Staple Set exceeding 30 Sheets, SEF Paper) is
output to the Stacker when there is already paper on the Stacker Tray in the
Flapper Down state (all LEF Staple with less that 30 sheets, not including Z-
Folding).
0: Detect Off
1: Detect On
763-204 Decurler Forced Control 0: Auto 0 0 3 O O
1: Release
2: Upcurl Correction (Dec 1)
3: Downcurl Correction (Dec 2)
763-205 Top Tray Full Detection Counter Clear Timing After the TOP Tray Full SNR ON, the NVM Settings Timer Value Filter OFF is 4 1 10 O O
not detected when it turns OFF.
If if turns OFF above the NVM Settings Timer Value, the Full Detection Timer
will be cleared
1 = 100 ms
763-206 Size Sensor Analog Value Stores the usual Interposer Size Sensor Analog Value 0 0 1023 O O
763-207 Size Sensor Analog Minimum Value Stores the minimum Interposer Size Sensor Analog Value 125 0 512 O O
763-208 Size Sensor Analog Maximum Value Stores the maximum Interposer Size Sensor Analog Value 972 512 1023 O O
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.1.5 DC131 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 NVM List (763)

6-33
6.1.5 DC131 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 NVM List (763) 6-34 Version.2.0

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-209 Z Fold 50 Sheets Stack Enable Enables the Z Fold 50 Sheets Stack when the Z Fold 50 Sheets Spacer is 0 0 1 O O
installed
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
However, when this NVM is enabled, 763-433 Z Fold 100 Sheets Stack Enable
has to be disabled
If both are set as "Enabled", the following NVM limits must be changed to 50
sheets
763-280 Z-Fold Output No. of Sheets Limit Stacker Tray A3/17 SEF
763-277 Z-Fold Output No. of Sheets Limit Stacker Tray B4 SEF
763-210 Paper Size Detection Settings 0: Auto 0 0 1 O O
1: Input Size
763-211 Unstapled Set Eject No. of Sheets Limit 1 Changes the Unstapled Set Eject no. of sheets for paper length <(incl.) 216 mm 25 2 50 O O
763-212 Punch Select 0: Auto Detect (2H/4H Puncher, US 2H/3H Puncher) 0 0 1 O O
1: Swedish 4H Puncher Settings
763-213 Punch Side Regi Adjustment 1 Adjusts the position of the Punch Hole in the Side Regi direction for paper with 97 10 170 O O
width = 297 mm
1 = 1 pulse 1 pulse = 0.125 mm
763-214 Punch Side Regi Adjustment 2 Adjusts the position of the Punch Hole in the Side Regi direction for: 94 10 170 O O
2H/3H Puncher: 203 mm <(incl.) Paper Width <(incl.) 285 mm
2H/4H Puncher: 216 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 285 mm
SW4 Puncher: 230 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 285 mm
763-215 Punch Side Regi Adjustment 3 Adjusts the position of the Punch Hole in the Side Regi direction for: 82 10 170 O O
2H/4H Puncher: 203 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 216 mm
SW4 Puncher: 203 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 230 mm
763-216 Punch Mode Buffer Sheet Sub Paddle Clutch On Adjusts the Sub Paddle Clutch On Timing of the Compile Exit Sensor Off 28 0 40 O O
Timing Adjustment (includes filter 15 ms) during Punch Mode Buffer Sheet
1 = 2.5 ms
763-217 NonPunch Mode Buffer Sheet Sub Paddle Clutch Adjusts the Sub Paddle Clutch On Timing of the Compile Exit Sensor Off 24 0 40 O O
On Timing Adjustment (includes filter 15 ms) during NonPunch Mode Buffer Sheet
1 = 2.5 ms
763-218 Stacker Tray Down Adjustment Sets the permission for Tray Down operation during Cycle Down 0 0 1 O O
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
763-219 Punch Reverse Amount Adjustment 1 Adjusts the Mot Reverse Skew Correction Loop Amount for paper length <(incl.) 38 8 68 O O
216 mm during Punch Mode
(2H/3H Puncher: 203 mm <(incl.) Paper Width <(incl.) 223 mm)
(2H/4H Puncher: 216 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 235 mm) paper is removed
*The default value for 3H is 34
763-220 Punch Dust Near Full Detection Count Punch Dust Near Full Detection Count 10000 0 65535 O O
763-221 Staple Limit No. of Sheets (100 sheets) Stapling limit on number of sheets for 100 Sheets Staple Cartridge 100 50 150 O O
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-222 Staple Limit No. of Sheets (50 sheets) Stapling limit on number of sheets for 50 Sheets Staple Cartridge 50 25 75 O O
763-223 Rear Staple Position Adjustment (other than A4 Adjusts the Rear Staple Position (for other than A4 LEF and A3 SEF) 100 50 150 O O
LEF and A3 SEF)
763-224 Unstaple Set Eject No. of Sheets Limit 2 Changes the Unstaple Set Eject no. of sheets for paper length > 216 mm 25 2 50 O O
1 = sheets
763-225 Tamping Home Position Adjustment Tamping Home Position Adjustment 26 0 52 O O
763-226 Compile Exit Roll Slow Down Timing Adjustment Adjusts the Compile Exit Roll Slow Down Point 3 1 41 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.52 mm
763-227 Eject Select The operation mode for Unstaple Eject 0 0 1 O O
0: Set Eject
1: Sheet Eject
763-228 Eject Roll Reverse Timing Adjustment Eject Roll Reverse Timing Adjustment 92 92 152 O O
1 = 1 pulse
/10 pulse units
1 pulse = 0.361 mm
763-229 Rear Staple Position Adjustment (A4 LEF and A3 Adjusts the Rear Staple Position (for A4 LEF and A3 SEF) 100 50 150 O O
SEF)
763-230 Eject Sensor Response Timing Adjustment Adjusts the continuous OFF detection timing for Eject Sensor 1 1 60 O O
1: 100 ms
763-231 Booklet Tray Belt Auto Feed Operation Settings Booklet Tray Belt Auto Feed Operation Settings at Cycle Down 0 0 1 O O
0: Do not auto feed
1: Auto feed
763-232 Booklet Compile Position -> Folding Position Cor- Folding position shift amount correction in the paper lead direction for Compile 100 0 200 O O
rection (B4 and larger) Position -> Folding position (in Fasten OFF mode). (Folding Position Correc-
tion) (B4 and larger)
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-233 Booklet Compile Position -> Folding Position Cor- Folding position shift amount correction in the paper lead direction for Compile 100 0 200 O O
rection (smaller than B4) Position -> Folding position (in Fasten OFF mode). (Folding Position Correc-
tion) (smaller than B4)
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-236 Compile Paddle Up No. of Sheets Settings Compile Paddle Up No. of Sheets Settings 50 10 90 O O
1 = sheets
763-237 Sub Paddle Up No. of Sheets Settings Sub Paddle Up No. of Sheets Settings 50 10 90 O O
1 = sheets
763-238 Single Staple Stack Set Limit The limit to the amount of paper on the Stacker for Single Staple Set 200 1 255 O O

6-35

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-239 Mixed Size Full Detection Settings 1 The Mixed Full detection settings for when the Mixed Full detection position has 0 0 1 O O
been exceeded and a paper that is larger compared to the topmost paper in
width or length by 18 mm is output to the Tray
0: Detect On
1: Detect Off
763-240 Dual Staple Stack Set Limit The limit to the amount of paper on the Stacker for Dual Staple Set 200 1 255 O O
763-241 Tail Edge Detection Tray Height Adjustment Set- Sets the Tray height adjustment function at the SET Tail Edge (Tray handle) 0 0 1 O O
tings 0: Enabled
1: Disabled
763-242 Punch Reverse Amount Adjustment 2 Adjusts the Mot Reverse Skew Correction Loop Amount for paper length >216 34 8 68 O O
mm during Punch Mode
(2H/3H Puncher: 203 mm <(incl.) Paper Width <(incl.) 223 mm)
(2H/4H Puncher: 216 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 235 mm) paper is removed
*The default value for 3H is 30
763-244 Buffer Sheet Reverse Amount Adjustment (Non- Adjusts the Buffer Sheet Overlap Amount, Reverse Pulse of each size + NVM 41 0 80 O O
Punch Mode) Value
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.52 mm
763-245 Large Size Max Stapling Maximum Staple No. of Sheets for large size paper 65 0 200 O O
763-246 Booklet 2-sheet Staple Folding Position Adjust- Adjusts the Folding Position for Booklet Staple Mode 2-sheet folding. (B4S and 100 0 200 O O
ment Amount (B4S and larger) larger)
• If the bottom is long, add the deviation (mm) x10*x0.5 to NVM Current
value and enter the result
• If the top is long, deduct the deviation (mm) x10*x0.5 from the NVM Cur-
rent value and enter the result
*: 0.1 mm = 1 pulse for conversion
Adjustment amount 1 = 1 pulse
763-247 Booklet 2-sheet Staple Folding Position Adjust- Adjusts the Folding Position for Booklet Staple Mode 2-sheet folding. (Smaller 100 0 200 O O
ment Amount (smaller than B4S) than B4S)
value and enter the result
rent value and enter the result
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-248 Booklet 2-sheet Staple Position Adjustment Adjusts the staple position of 2-sheet folding in Booklet Staple mode. (B4S and 100 0 200 O O
Amount (B4S and larger) larger)
• If the staples are above the Folding Position, deduct deviation (mm) x10*
from the NVM Current Value and enter the result
• If the staples are below the Folding Position, add deviation (mm) x10* to
the NVM Current Value and enter the result
763-249 Booklet 2-sheet Staple Position Adjustment Adjusts the staple position of 2-sheet folding in Booklet Staple mode. (Smaller 100 0 200 O O
Amount (smaller than BS4) than B4S)
from the NVM Current Value and enter the result
the NVM Current Value and enter the result
763-250 nvm_btamp Corrects tamping amount at rear side only at normal tamping for Booklet compi- 20 5 35 O O
lation
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.2618 mm
763-251 Max Booklet Stapling The maximum number of sheets for binding and folding during Staple operation 25 2 25 O O
in Booklet mode
763-252 Max Booklet UnStapling The maximum number of sheets for folding during Unstaple operation in Book- 5 1 15 O O
let mode
763-253 No. of Sheets Correction for Booklet Compile Posi- Folding Position shift amount correction for each sheet count in the paper lead 100 0 200 O O
tion -> Folding Position Adjustment Value 1 direction for Compile Position -> Folding Position (for Fasten OFF mode)
Adjusts the correction value for the folding of 2 sheets
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-254 No. of Sheets Correction for Booklet Compile Posi- Folding Position shift amount correction for each sheet count in the paper lead 100 0 200 O O
tion -> Folding Position Adjustment Value 2 direction for Compile Position -> Folding Position (for Fasten OFF mode)
Adjust the correction value for the folding of 3 sheets and above
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-255 Stacker Tray Output Z-Fold A3S/17S Paper Sub- Specifies the output no. of sheets for other paper in order to subtract the no. of 100 0 255 O O
traction No. of Sheets sheets for A3 SEF 11x17 SEF Z-Fold that are output to the Stacker Tray
763-257 Z-Fold Position 1 Adjustment (8K GCO) Corrects the lead stop position and 1st fold roll position for 8K GCO paper Z- 50 10 90 O O
Fold
763-258 Z-Fold Position 2 Adjustment (8K GCO) Corrects the lead stop position and 2nd fold roll position for 8K GCO paper Z- 50 10 90 O O
Fold

6-37

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-259 Z-Fold Position 1 Adjustment (A3) Corrects the lead stop position and 1st fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-260 Z-Fold Position 1 Adjustment (11x17) Corrects the lead stop position and 1st fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-261 Z-Fold Position 1 Adjustment (B4) Corrects the lead stop position and 1st fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 15 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-263 Z-Fold Position 1 Adjustment (8K) Corrects the lead stop position and 1st fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-264 Z-Fold Position 2 Adjustment (A3) Corrects the lead stop position and 2nd fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-265 Z-Fold Position 2 Adjustment (11x17) Corrects the lead stop position and 2nd fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-266 Z-Fold Position 2 Adjustment (B4) Corrects the lead stop position and 2nd fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-267 Max Bi-Folding The maximum number of sheets for Single Fold for the Booklet output. 1 1 15 O O
763-268 Z-Fold Position 2 Adjustment (8K) Corrects the lead stop position and 2nd fold roll position for Z-Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-269 Env-C Fold Position 1 Adjustment (A4 SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-C Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 2 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-270 Env-C Fold Position 1 Adjustment (8.5x11 SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-C Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 2 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-271 Env-C Fold Position 2 Adjustment (A4 SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-C Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-272 Env-C Fold Position 2 Adjustment (8.5x11 SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-C Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-273 Paper Feed Amount Adjustment Paper Feed (the Mot stop amount after striking the End Guide) Amount Adjust- 18 0 36 O O
ment
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.5 mm
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-274 Skew Correction Roll Nip Release Timing Adjust- The time between the Nip Release 100 ms On until the Nip itself 21 2 48 O O
ment Skew Correction Roll Nip Release Timing Adjustment
1 = 10 ms
763-276 Stacker Tray Output Z-Fold B4 SEF Paper Sub- Specifies the output no. of sheets for other paper in order to subtract the no. of 150 0 255 O O
traction No. of Sheets sheets for B4 SEF Z-Fold that are output to the Stacker Tray
763-277 Z-Fold Output No. of Sheets Limit Stacker Tray B4 The Stack Limit No. of Sheets for B4 SEF Z-Fold to the Stacker Tray 20 2 255 O O
SEF
763-278 Z-Fold Output No. of Sheets Limit Top Tray Z-Fold Output No. of Sheets Limit Top Tray 20 0 20 O O
763-279 Lightweight B5L Size Sub Paddle Support Opera- For Lightweight, feed direction length of less than 182 mm and width direction 8 1 48 O O
tion Timing Adjustment length of less than 257 mm (less than B5 LEF)
Sub Paddle Support Operation Timing Adjustment
1 = 2.5 ms
763-280 Z-Fold Output No. of Sheets Limit Stacker Tray The Stack Limit No. of Sheets for A3 SEF 11x17 SEF Z-Fold to the Stacker 30 2 255 O O
A3/17 SEF Tray
763-281 Z-Fold Skew Correction Roll Nip Release Timing The time between the Nip Release 100 ms On until the Nip during A3 SEF, 21 2 48 O O
Adjustment 11x17 SEF, B4 SEF, and 8K SEF
Skew Correction Roll Nip Release Timing Adjustment
1 = 10 ms
763-282 Punch Side Regi Detection Timing - A4 SEF/LET Adjusts the time between the Punch Out Sensor On until Punch Side Regi 8 1 255 O O
SEF 2H Detection Operation Start for A4 SEF/LET SEF 2H
1 = 10 ms
763-283 Interposer Paper Detection Selection - 1 Selects the paper that cannot be identified by the Size Sensors on the Tray 0 0 2 O O
(7.25x10.5" LEF/16K (FXTW) LEF/16K (GCO) 0: Follow the Paper Size Group, 1: 7.25x10.5" LEF, 2: 16K LEF
LEF)
763-284 Interposer Paper Detection Selection -2 Selects the paper that cannot be identified by the Size Sensors on the Tray 0*1 0 2 O O
(B5 LEF/8x10" LEF) 0: Follow the Paper Size Group, 1: B5 LEF, 2: 8x10" LEF
763-285 Interposer Paper Detection Selection -3 Selects the paper that cannot be identified by the Size Sensors on the Tray 0 0 2 O O
(B5 SEF/7.25x10.5" SEF) 0: Follow the Paper Size Group, 1: B5 SEF, 2: 7.25x10.5" SEF
763-286 Interposer Paper Detection Selection -4 Selects the paper that cannot be identified by the Size Sensors on the Tray 0 0 3 O O
(8x10 SEF/16K SEF/A4 SEF/8.5x11 SEF) 0: Follow the Paper Size Group, 1: 16K SEF and A4 SEF
2: 8x10 SEF and 8.5x11 SEF, 3: 16K SEF and 8.5x11 SEF
763-287 Interposer Paper Detection Selection -5 Selects the paper that cannot be identified by the Size Sensors on the Tray 0*1 0 3 O O
(8.5x14" SEF/8.5x13" SEF 0: Follow the Paper Size Group, 1: 8.5x14" SEF, 2: 8.5x13" SEF, 3: Spanish
/Spanish SEF) 8.46x12.4 SEF
763-288 Booklet Normal Tamping Add Tamping Operation Add tamping count for Booklet normal tamping 0 0 2 O O
Count (Perform operation when the paper is larger than B4 SEF, and the current num-
ber of sheets for Booklet >(incl.) specified number of addition tamping
(NVM763-290)
When NVM value = 0, there is no add tamping)

6-39

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-289 Booklet Staple Hold Add Tamping Operation Addition tamping operation count at Booklet staple hold (Above B4 SEF and the 1 0 10 O O
Count current number of sheets for Booklet >(incl.) Perform operation when the speci-
fied number of sheets for addition tamping has been reached (NVM763-290)
When NVM value = 0, there is no add tamping)
763-290 Booklet Add Tamping Limit Count The specified number of sheets for Booklet addition tamping (Normal tamping, 6 0 25 O O
Last tamping, Staple hold, Staple front fold position).
(For sizes larger than B4 SEF)
Add tamping operation is performed when outputting Booklets that exceed the
specified count. (Common to all tampings)
However, when NVM value = 0, add tamping is not performed. (Regardless of
the values of 763-288, 289, 467)
763-291 Punch Side Regi Detection Timing - A3 SEF: Fin- Adjusts the time between the Punch Out Sensor On until Punch Side Regi 39 1 255 O O
isher-D2 Detection Operation Start for A3 SEF
1 = 10 ms
763-291 Tray Height Adj Snr Setting at Output of Stapled Sets up Height Snr 1 to adjust the height of Stacker Tray so that stapled sets 0 0 1 O O
Sets to Stacker: Finisher-D3/D4 that include no Z-folds can be output there.
0: Not allowed (Adjust height by HeightSnr2.)
1: Allowed (Adjust height by HeightSnr1.)
763-292 Punch Side Regi Detection Timing - LET LEF 2H/ Adjusts the time between the Punch Out Sensor On until Punch Side Regi 5 1 255 O O
4H: Finisher-D2 Detection Operation Start for LET LEF 2H/4H
1 = 10 ms
763-292 Process for Changing NVM HFSI Areas: Finisher- The process for changing NVM areas is done because upgrade from V3.2.0 or 0 0 1 O O
D3/D4 earlier to V3.3.0 or later requires a change of NVM areas.
763-293 Punch Side Regi Detection Timing - LET LEF 3H: Adjusts the time between the Punch Out Sensor On until Punch Side Regi 5 1 255 O O
Finisher-D2 Detection Operation Start for LET LEF 3H
1 = 10 ms
763-293 Max Booklet Stapling 2: Finisher-D4 Max paper qty for stapling in Booklet Mode with Finisher connected to 700DCP 20 2 25 O O
or Color 1000/800 Press
763-294 Punch Side Regi Detection Timing - 11x17 SEF Adjusts the time from the Punch Out Sensor On until Punch Side Regi Detec- 31 1 255 O O
2H/4H: Finisher-D2 tion Operation Start for 11x17 SEF 2H/4H
1 = 10 ms
763-294 Paper Qty Spec. for Additional Tamping for Book- Specified paper quantity for additional tamping (in the cases of normal tamping, 20 0 25 O O
let with I/P Cover: Finisher-D3/D4 final tamping, staple hold and pre-staple fold position) for Booket with I/P Cover
(B4SEF size or larger)
Additional tamping is done for a specified qty of or more sheets to be output as
a booklet. (Common to all the above cases.)
However, when NVM value is 0, no additional tamping is done (regardless of
value in 763-288/289/467).
763-295 Punch Dust Full Detection Setting: Finisher-D2 Punch Dust Full Detection Setting 0 0 1 O O
0: Notification of Full disabled
1: Notification of Full enabled
763-295 Reserved: Finisher-D3/D4 - 0 0 255 O O
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-296 Z-Fold (A3/11x17) Paper Conversion No. of Conversion no. of sheets for 1 sheet of Z-Fold (A3/11x17) Paper 10 1 20 O O
Sheets
763-297 Plain Paper B5L Size Sub-Puddle Supporting Plain paper; paper length in the feed direction is 182 mm or less and paper 1 1 48 O O
Operation Timing Adjustment width is 257 mm or less (B5LEF or smaller)
Sub-puddle supporting operation timing adjustment
1=2.5 ms
763-298 Finisher Major Soft Version Major Version of Finisher Software 0 0 65535 x O
763-299 Finisher Minor Soft Version Minor Version of Finisher Software 0 0 65535 x O
763-300 Hole Punch Count For recording the Punch count to detect Punch Full 0 0 65535 O O
763-306 The miss registration correction operation amount Specifies the amount of upwards or downwards movement required to eliminate 60 30 255 O O
for excessive rising or lowering of the Booklet End the miss registration due to excessively raised/lowered End Guide during Small
Guide Booklet output.
1 = 0.1 mm
Valid when 763-425 = 1
763-308 Size SNR Minimum Value Adjustment Inputting 1 adjusts the minimum Interposer Size Sensor Analog Value (A4 LEF 0 0 1 O O
width) and writes the value into "NVM: Size Sensor Analog Minimum Value".
Perform this with the Interposer paper guide set as A4 LEF. 5 seconds is
required for the operation
763-309 Size SNR Maximum Value Adjustment Inputting 1 adjusts the maximum Interposer Size Sensor Analog Value (B5 0 0 1 O O
SEF) and writes the value into "NVM: Size Sensor Analog Maximum Value”.
Perform this with the Interposer paper guide set as B5 SEF. 5 seconds is
required for the operation
763-312 2H/3H Puncher Auto Change Prohibition The notification to the IOT for when the 2H/3H Puncher is installed 1 0 1 O O
0: 3H Puncher 1: 2H/3H Puncher
763-313 Mixed Job Puncher Initialize Enable The Puncher Initialize control during Mixed Job 1 0 1 O O
763-314 Stacker Eject Speed Control - Paper Limit No. of Stacker Eject Output Speed Control - Paper Limit No. of Sheets (Paper length 60 1 255 O O
Sheets <(incl.) 216 mm)
(Paper length <(incl.) 216 mm)
763-315 Stacker Eject Speed Control - Paper Limit No. of Stacker Eject Output Speed Control - SEF Paper Limit No. of Sheets (Paper 30 1 255 O O
Sheets length >216 mm)
(Paper length > 216 mm)
763-316 Env-Z Fold Position 1 Adjustment (A4 SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-Z Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-317 Env-Z Fold Position 1 Adjustment (Letter SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-Z Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-318 Env-Z Fold Position 2 Adjustment (A4 SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-Z Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm

6-41

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-319 Env-Z Fold Position 2 Adjustment (Letter SEF) Corrects the lead stop position and fold roll position for Env-Z Fold 50 10 90 O O
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.1 mm
763-320 Center Staple Position Adjustment Center Staple Position Adjustment 100 50 150 O O
763-321 Set Clamp Move Count (Lower Value) Set Clamp Move Count (Lower Value) 0 0 65535 O O
Total Operation Count = Upper Value x 65536 + Lower Value
763-322 Set Clamp Move Count (Upper Value) Set Clamp Move Count (Upper Value) 0 0 65535 O O
763-323 Total Paper Feed Count (Lower Value) Total Paper Feed Count (Lower Value) 0 0 65535 O O
Total Sheet Count = Upper Value x 65536 + Lower Value
763-324 Total Paper Feed Count (Upper Value) Total Paper Feed Count (Upper Value) 0 0 65535 O O
Total Sheet Count = Upper Value x 65536 + Lower Value
763-326 Tamping Start Timing Adjustment: Finisher-D2 Conditions: For other than each sheet/NonPunch/paper length <(incl.) 298 mm/ 20 0 105 O O
paper width >(incl.) 235 mm/Z-Fold, Interposer paper, Heavyweight.
Adjusts the Tamping operation Start Timing under the above conditions
1 = 1 ms (actual, 2.5 ms each)
763-326 Tamping Starting Time Correction 1: Finisher-D3/ Conditions: every sheet/NonPunch/paper length <= 298 mm/paper width=>235 30 0 105 O O
D4 mm/Z-fold; Interposer paper; except thick paper
Adjusts the timing for starting the Tamping operation under the above condi-
tions.
1=1 ms (actually every 2.5 ms)
763-327 Lightweight Decurler Control Settings Conditions: Lightweight, Decurler Auto, sizes with feed direction length exceed- 0 0 1 O O
ing 364 mm (B4 SEF), IOT Invert Output.
This NVM settings can put the Decurler into OFF status during the above condi-
tions and not limited to only the Decurler ON/OFF from the IOT in the Decurler
SW Auto Mode
0: Follow the IOT Control, 1: OFF
763-328 Lightweight Compile Paddle Up No. of Sheets Set- Conditions: Other than for Lightweight, feed direction length of less than 182 30 10 50 O O
tings mm and width direction length of less than 257 mm (less than B5 LEF), Z-Fold.
Sets the No. of Sheets for Paddle Sol. ON (move to Up Position) operation dur-
ing the above conditions
763-329 Lightweight Compile Paddle Down/Up Operation Sets the Paddle Sol. ON/OFF operation in sets of 5 sheets for 50 sheets or 0 0 3 O O
Settings more
0: Operate for all
1: Do not operate for other than Lightweight smaller than B5 LEF and Z-Fold
2: Do not operate for other than (Lightweight or Plain) smaller than B5 LEF and
Z-Fold
3: Do not operate for all
763-330 Lightweight Tamping Operation Settings Changes the Tamper operation for sizes less than B5 LEF (excluding Z-Fold) 0 0 2 O O
0: Current paper, 1: Apply for Lightweight, 2: Apply for Lightweight or Plain
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-332 Booklet Paper Path Mot Individual Paper Tray Specifies the Slow Down speed of the Booklet Paper Path Mot for individual 0 0 3 O O
Heavyweight Slow Down Specification Paper Trays when the Booklet Compiler is receiving Heavyweight Paper.
Feed Time from other than the Interposer Tray and Feed Time from the Inter-
poser. Respectively:
0: slow down by 50 mm/s, slow down by 50 mm/s
763-336 Single Staple Stack Set Limit (during Flapper Up) The limit to the amount of paper on the Stacker for Single Staple Set during 100 1 255 O O
Stacker Tray Flapper Up
763-337 Dual Staple Stack Set Limit (during Flapper Up) The limit to the amount of paper on the Stacker for Dual Staple Set during 100 1 255 O O
Stacker Tray Flapper Up
763-338 Punch Reverse Amount Adjustment 3 During Punch Mode, paper length <(incl.) 216 mm. 2H/3H Puncher: 203 mm 47 8 68 O O
<(incl.) Paper Width <(incl.) 223 mm
2H/4H Puncher: Adjusts the Mot Reverse Skew Correction Loop Amount for
216 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 235 mm *The default value for 3H is 43
763-339 Punch Reverse Amount Adjustment 4 During Punch Mode, paper length > 216 mm. 2H/3H Puncher: 203 mm <(incl.) 39 8 68 O O
Paper Width <(incl.) 223 mm
2H/4H Puncher: Adjusts the Mot Reverse Skew Correction Loop Amount for
216 mm < Paper Width <(incl.) 235 mm *The default value for 3H is 35
763-340 Booklet Miss Regi Prevention Operation Specifica- Specifies the execution of miss registration prevention operation (which pre- 0 0 3 O O
tion vents the paper from sticking to the compiler surface as it is returning to the
original position after the tamper has moved 20 mm to the front following the
final tamping) for small size paper (paper length less than 356.8 mm) during
Booklet Staple Job.
To use the prevention operation, usually "1" high speed mode is selected. "2"
and "3" are set to be selected for when the miss registration gets worse in high
speed mode.
0: Prevention operation Off
1: Perform prevention with Profile 1 (High Speed)
2: Perform prevention with Profile 2 (Middle Speed)
3: Perform prevention with Profile 3 (Low Speed)
"Profile" refers to the Booklet Tamper Front/Rear Profiles
763-344 Z-Fold (B4/8K) Paper Conversion No. of Sheets Conversion no. of sheets for 1 sheet of Z-Fold (B4/8K) Paper 20 1 20 O O
763-346 Buffer Paper Auto Output Timing Sets the automatic output timing for Buffer Paper 3 1 10 O O
(Auto output is performed when the next paper does not come in even after this
specified time has passed after a paper has entered the Finisher)
1 = 1sec
763-347 Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (A4 SEF) Adjust- Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the A4 76 0 160 O O
ment SEF Folder C Fold
1 = 2.5 ms

6-43

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-348 Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (LET SEF) Adjust- Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the 76 0 160 O O
ment LET SEF Folder C Fold
1 = 2.5 ms
763-349 Folder C Sol ON Timing Adjustment Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing 120 60 160 O O
1 = 2.5 ms
763-350 Booklet Full Detected Set Count Smaller than B4 The number of sets of the paper shorter than B4S for which Booklet Full is 20 10 100 O O
detected.
(For the standard 15 sheets/set)
763-351 Booklet Full Detected Set Count B4 or larger The number of sets of the paper B4S or larger for which Booklet Full is 20 10 100 O O
detected.
(For the standard 15 sheets/set)
763-353 Small Size Max Stapling Maximum Staple No. of Sheets for small size paper (sizes smaller then A4/LET 100 0 200 O O
LEF)
763-354 Booklet Interposer Paper Staple Hold Amount Adjusts the paper hold amount at the Tamper Rear during Staple for Interposer 2 0 4 O O
Adjustment Paper
0: Push in 3 mm
1: Push in 2 mm
2: Push in 1 mm (Default)
3: Push in Off
4: Move away from paper by 1 mm
763-355 Dual Staple-Front Movement Amount Adjustment Adjusts the amount of Front Movement during Dual Staple 20 0 40 O O
1 = 0.157 mm
763-356 Dual Staple-Dual Width Movement Amount Adjust- Adjusts the amount of Dual Width Movement during Dual Staple 20 0 40 O O
ment 1 = 0.157 mm
763-358 Decurler Auto Mode LED Enable Sets the Auto LED ON during the Decurler operation in the Decurler Auto Mode 0 0 1 O O
763-359 Booklet FS Direction Staple Position Adjustment Adjusts the FS direction position of the Staple position for Booklet 30 0 50 O O
If the value is larger than 30, the Staple position is being adjusted to the front.
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.2618 mm
763-360 Sheet Exit Stack Height Snr 2 Enable Height adjustment settings at Stack Height Snr 2 during Sheet output 0 0 1 O O
763-361 Buffer Sheet Reverse Amount Adjustment (Punch Adjusts the Buffer Sheet Overlap Amount during Punch Mode, Reverse Pulse 29 0 80 O O
Mode) of each size + NVM Value
1 = 1 pulse
1 pulse = 0.52 mm
Default value for 3H: 31
763-362 Envelope Folder Tray Full Count Enable Sets whether to detect the Envelope Folder Tray Full Count based on the output 0 0 1 O O
no. of sheets
0: Do not detect by output no. of sheets (Disabled), 1: Detect by the output no.
of sheets (Enabled)
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-363 Envelope Folder Tray Full Check Num Sets the detection no. of sheets when the Envelope Folder Tray Full detection is 30 10 40 O O
based on the output no. of sheets
Valid when the [NVM: Envelope Folder Tray Full Count Enable] = 1
1 = sheets
763-364 Stacker Miss Regi Improvement Enable Changes the tamping operation to correct the Stacker Compile miss registration 0 0 1 O O
and improves the miss registration
0: Enabled, 1: Disabled
The productivity will drop slightly
763-365 Interposer Sheet Push Miss Regi Improvement Enables the miss registration correction (Sub Paddle Down operation) at the 1*1 0 1 O O
Enable Interposer Paper Push
763-366 IPL Version Displays the IPL version 0 0 0 x O
763-367 Z-Fold Total Count (Lower Value) Z-Fold Operation Count (Lower Value) 0 0 65535 O O
763-368 Z-Fold Total Count (Upper Value) Z-Fold Operation Count (Upper Value) 0 0 65535 O O
763-369 Booklet Staple Sheet Folding Position Fine Adjust- Fine adjusts the folding position adjustment amount of each sheet for Booklet 100 0 200 O O
ment Value 1_S Staple.
Adjustment value for 3 sheets (smaller than B4S)
value and enter the result.
rent value and enter the result.
Adjustment value for 4 sheets (smaller than B4S)

6-45

Settings Settings
Range Range
Adjustment value for 5 sheets to 7 sheets (smaller than B4S)
ment Value 4_S: Finisher-D2 Staple.
Adjustment value for 8 sheets and above (smaller than B4S)
763-372 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 4_S by Qty of Fine-tunes adjustment qty as to where to fold individual sheets to make a book- 100 0 200 O O
Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.
Adjustment Value for 8 or 9 or more sheets (smaller than B4S)
• Lower sheet is longer: Enter the value obtained by adding ""gap
(mm)x10*x0.5"" to the current value in NVM.
• Upper sheet is longer: Enter the value obtained by reducing ""gap
(mm)x10*x0.5 from the current value in NVM.
*: For converting 0.1 mm to 1 pulse.
Adj. qty 1=1 Pulse
763-373 Booklet 15-sheet Staple Position Adjustment By inputting the Staple shift amount when 15 sheets are folded in the Booklet 100 0 200 O O
Amount (B4S and larger) Staple mode,
The Staple position is automatically adjusted per the specified sheets. (B4S and
larger)
from the NVM Current Value and enter the result.
the NVM Current Value and enter the result.
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-374 Booklet 15-sheet Staple Position Adjustment By inputting the Staple shift amount when 15 sheets are folded in the Booklet 100 0 200 O O
Amount (smaller than B4S) Staple mode,
The Staple position is automatically adjusted per the specified sheets. (Smaller
than B4S)
763-375 Booklet Staple Sheet Staple Position - Fine Fine adjusts the Staple Position auto adjustment amount by sheets for Booklet 100 0 200 O O
Adjustment Value 1 Stapling.
Adjustment value for 3 sheets
Adjustment value for 4 sheets
Adjustment value for 5 sheets to 7 sheets

6-47

Settings Settings
Range Range
Adjustment Value 4: Finisher-D2 Stapling.
Adjustment value for 8 sheets to 14 sheets
763-378 Staple Position Fine Adjustment Value 4 by Qty of Fine-tunes automatic adjustment qty as to where to staple individual sheets to 100 0 200 O O
Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 make a booklet.
Adjustment Value for 8 or 9 sheets
• Staples are above fold position: Enter the value obtained by reducing
""gap (mm)x10* from the current value in NVM.
• Staples are below fold position: Enter the value obtained by adding ""gap
(mm)x10* to the current value in NVM.
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
763-380 Rear Staple Position Adjustment (other than A4 Rear Staple Position Adjustment (other than A4 LEF and A3 SEF) for Sizes with 100 50 150 O O
LEF and A3 SEF) Paper Width Less Than 250 mm
Sizes with Paper Width Less Than 250 mm
763-381 12-227 Fail Not Allowed Settings Swaps the 12-227 Fail with the 12-110 Jam 0 0 1 O O
763-382 Interposer Sheet Paddle Support Enable Enables the Sub Paddle support operation after the Interposer Paper has been 0 0 1 O O
output to the Compiler Tray
763-383 Paddle Support Operation Execution Paper Width The paper width threshold value to perform the Paddle support operation. 235 204 254 O O
Threshold Value Not performed when less that 235 mm. Furthermore, the Tamper operation
threshold value is changed at the same time
Unit: mm
763-384 Thick Paper 1 Settings Heavyweight Settings 0 0 2 O O
0: Heavyweight normal operation (no buffer, no push prevention operation),
1: Treat Heavyweight as Extra Heavyweight and operate (no buffer, with push
prevention operation)
2: Treat Heavyweight as Extra Heavyweight and operate regardless of the
model
763-385 Reused Paper Settings Plain Reload settings 0 0 1 O O
0: Treat Plain Reload as Plain and operate, 1: Treat Plain Reload as Extra
Heavyweight and operate (no buffer, with push prevention operation)
763-386 Buffer Disable Settings Sets whether there is buffer or not 0 0 1 O O
0: Plain, Plain Reload with buffer, 1: Plain, Plain Reload with no buffer.
When Recycled and Plain Reload is set to Extra Heavyweight at the NVM, Extra
Heavyweight will have priority
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-387 Triple Tamping Execution Paper No. of Sheets Changes the no. of sheets of Triple Tamping operation for Tamping operation 6. 30 1 100 O O
Threshold Value The default is Triple Tamping after the 31st sheet
Units: sheets
763-388 50 Pin Staple Cartridge Z-Fold Staple No. of For 50 Pin Staple Cartridge, inclusive of Z-Fold Paper, enables stapling even 0 0 1 O O
Sheets Settings when converted no. of sheets is more than 50 sheets
ment Value 1_L Staple.
Adjustment value for 3 sheets (larger than B4S)
• If the bottom is long, add the deviation (mm) x 10* x 0.5 to NVM Current
• If the top is long, deduct the deviation (mm) x 10* x 0.5 from the NVM Cur-
Adjustment value for 4 sheets (larger than B4S)
Adjustment value for 5 sheets to 7 sheets (larger than B4S)
• If the top is long, deduct the deviation (mm) x 10 *x 0.5 from the NVM Cur-

6-49

Settings Settings
Range Range
ment Value 4_L: Finisher-D2 Staple.
Adjustment value for 8 sheets and above (larger than B4S)
763-392 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 4_L by Qty of Fine-tunes adjustment qty as to where to fold individual sheets to make a book- 100 0 200 O O
Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.
Adjustment Value for 8 or 9 or more sheets (B4S or larger)
(mm)x10*x0.5"" to the current value in NVM
Adj. qty 1=1 Pulse
763-393 Sub Paddle Support Operation Timing Adjustment The start timing adjustment for Paddle Support Operation 8 1 48 O O
1 = 2.5 ms
763-394 Interposer Paper Paddle Support Operation Set- Sets whether to enable the Paddle Support Operation 1 (Support Operation) for 1 0 1 O O
tings Interposer paper with width less than 235 mm (235 mm can be changed at
another NVM)
763-395 Extra Heavyweight Paper Paddle Support Opera- Sets whether to enable the Paddle Support Operation 1 (Support Operation) for 1 0 1 O O
tion Settings Extra Heavyweight paper with width less than 235 mm (235 mm can be
changed at another NVM)
763-396 Interposer Paper Tamper Support Operation Set- Sets whether to perform the Tamper Support Operation for the Interposer 1 0 1 O O
tings 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
763-397 Extra Heavyweight Paper Tamper Support Opera- Sets whether to perform the Tamper Support Operation for Extra Heavyweight 1 0 1 O O
tion Settings 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
763-398 Z-Fold Paper Tamper Support Operation Settings Sets whether to perform the Tamper Support Operation for Z-Fold 1 0 1 O O
763-399 ENV Z Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (LET SEF) Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the 86 0 160 O O
Adjustment LET SEF ENV Z
763-400 ENV Z Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (A4 SEF) Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the A4 86 0 160 O O
Adjustment SEF ENV Z
763-401 Z-Fold Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (B4 SEF) Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the B4 80 0 160 O O
Adjustment SEF Z-Fold
763-402 Z-Fold Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (8K FXTW) Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the 8K 80 0 160 O O
Adjustment FXTW Z-Fold
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-403 Z-Fold Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (8K GCO) Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the 8K 80 0 160 O O
Adjustment GCO Z-Fold
763-404 Z-Fold Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (A3 SEF) Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the A3 80 0 160 O O
Adjustment SEF Z-Fold
763-405 Z-Fold Folder C Sol ON Start Timing (11x17 SEF) Sets the Folder C Sol ON start timing after the Folder Ent Snr On during the 80 0 160 O O
Adjustment 11x17 SEF Z-Fold
763-406 ENV Z/Z Fold Folder C Sol ON Timing Adjustment The Folder C Sol ON timing adjustment during ENV Z/Z Fold 100 0 160 O O
763-407 NonPunch Eject Clamp Up Timing Adjustment: Changes the Eject Clamp Up operation start timing (Eject Clamp Motor) for the 46 42 50 O O
Finisher-D2 NonPunch Mode. Changes Tms - the time after the Set Fast Compiler Exit SNR
Off
763-407 Eject Clamp Up Timing Adjustment at Non-Punch- Changes the timing for starting the Eject Clamp Up operation in non-punching 47 42 50 O O
ing: Finisher-D3/D4 mode. Changes how soon (ms) the operation should start after Compiler Exit
SNR turns Off at output of the 1st sheet of a set.
763-408 Punch Eject Clamp Up Timing Adjustment Changes the Eject Clamp Up operation start timing (Eject Clamp Motor) for the 49 45 53 O O
Punch Mode. Changes Tms - the time after the Set Fast Compiler Exit SNR Off
763-409 IOT Paper Punch Side Position Adjustment 1 For IOT Paper 0 0 24 O O
2H/4H Puncher: 216 <(incl.) 230
2H/3H Puncher: 203 <(incl.) width <(incl.) 223
Punch Side Position Adjustment (adjusts the Punch Position in the front direc-
tion) for the above conditions
2H/4H, SW 2H Puncher: 230 < width <(incl.) 250
2H/3H Puncher: 223 < width <(incl.) 241
1 = 1 pulse 1 pulse = 0.125 mm, SW 4H Feature is supported by Ver 13.0

6-51

Settings Settings
Range Range
2H/4H, SW 2H Puncher: 285 < width < 297
2H/3H Puncher: 285 < width < 297
2H/4H, SW 2H Puncher: width = 297
2H/3H Puncher: width = 297
2H/4H Puncher: Paper width <(incl.) 216 mm
SW 4H Puncher: Paper width <(incl.) 230 mm
Punch Side Position Adjustment (adjusts the Punch Position in the rear direc-
763-416 I/P Paper Punch Side Position Adjustment 1 For I/P Paper 0 0 24 O O
2H/4H Puncher: 216 <(incl.) 230
2H/3H Puncher: 203 <(incl.) width <(incl.) 223
Settings Settings
Range Range
2H/4H, SW 2H Puncher: 285 < width < 297
2H/3H Puncher: 285 < width < 297
2H/4H, SW 2H Puncher: width = 297
2H/3H Puncher: width = 297
2H/4H Puncher: Paper width <(incl.) 216 mm
SW 4H Puncher: Paper width <(incl.) 230 mm
Punch Side Position Adjustment (adjusts the Punch Position in the rear direc-
763-423 Lightweight B5L Size Compiler Exit Deceleration Sets the 1 Sheet paper output speed to the Compile Tray for Lightweight, feed 4 1 4 O O
Speed Settings direction length of less than 182 mm, width direction length of less than 257 mm
(less than B5 LEF), and other than Z-Fold
1: 544pps (285 mm/s) 2: 735pps (384.8 mm/s)
3: 830pps (434.6 mm/s) 4: 1010pps (528.8 mm/s)
763-424 Plain B5L Size Compiler Exit Deceleration Speed Sets the 1 Sheet paper output speed to the Compile Tray for Plain, feed direc- 3 1 4 O O
Settings tion length of less than 182 mm, width direction length of less than 257 mm
(less than B5 LEF), and other than Z-Fold
1: 544pps (285 mm/s) 2: 735pps (384.8 mm/s)
3: 830pps (434.6 mm/s) 4: 1010pps (528.8 mm/s)
763-425 Booklet Small Size End Guide Excessive Rising/ Sets whether to perform correction for End Guide vertical miss registration due 1 0 1 O O
Lowering Miss Registration Correction Operation to movement of End Guide Staple position at Staple Job and movement of End
Settings Guide Fold position at Unstapled/Single Fold Job, during Small Booklet output
0: Off
1: On
763-427 Staples Cut Stapler Defect The Staples Cut Stapler installation settings 1 0 1 O O
0: Staples Cut Stapler not installed
1: Staples Cut Stapler installed
(D2 Fin: Can be set in V8.1 and later)
763-428 Staples Cut Stapler Front Wait Timing Adjustment Adjusts the wait time at the Front Corner position for the Staples Cut Stapler 64 0 255 O O
(The actual wait time is equal to 30 ms + this NVM adjustment value)
1 = 10 ms

6-53

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-429 Staple Scrap Stapler Unit Discard To-and-Fro Sets the abort to-and-fro operation count at the Front Corner of the Stapler Unit 2 0 5 O O
Operation Count Settings to discard the Staple Scrap to the Staple Dust Box
763-430 Total Staple Scrap Count Total Staple Scrap record after removing the Staple Dust Box 0 0 65535 O O
763-431 Near Full Detection Staple Scrap Count Staple Scrap record from after the Near Full detection until the Dust Full detec- 0 0 65535 O O
tion
763-432 Stacker Mixed Paper Unstaple Set Eject No. of Sets the Unstaple Set Eject no. of sheets at IOT Tray change for Mixed Paper in 5 2 50 O O
Sheets Limit 1 Set with paper length > 216 mm during Unstaple (to resolve stuck paper due
to static electricity generated by change in paper type)
1 = 1 sheet
763-433 Z Fold 100 Sheets Stack Enable Enables the Z-Fold High Stack for Z-Fold 100 Sack Flapper 1 0 1 O O
However, when this NVM is enabled, 763-209 Z Fold 50 Sheets Stack Enable
has to be disabled
763-434 Number of Z-Fold Stapled Sets Sent to Stacker Records the number of Staple Sets with Z-Fold that are output to the Stacker 0 0 255 O O
Tray: Finisher-D2/D3 1 = 1 sheet
763-434 Z Fold Half Sheet Rolled Stacking Countermea- The rolled stacking countermeasure when 100 sheets of Z Fold Half Sheet are 0 0 1 O O
sure Setting: Finisher D4 stacked
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
763-435 Staple Scrap Count After Near Full Snr Activation Records the number of Staple Scrap from after the Near Full Snr is activated 0 0 65535 O O
until the Near Full detection
763-436 Staple Scrap Count 1 Set No. of Sheets Threshold If the no. of sheets in 1 set is larger than this setting value, one staple will be 70 0 150 O O
Value counted as 1 Staple Scrap Count. If it is smaller, it will be counted as 2
763-437 Dust Full Detection after Staple Near Full Staple The Dust Full Staple Scrap Count Settings after Near Full Detection 4000 0 65535 O O
Scrap Count
763-438 Staple Near Full Detection Staple Scrap Count The Dust Near Full Staple Scrap Count Settings after Near Full Snr activation 0 0 2000 O O
763-439 Staple Dust Full Clear Near Full Snr Activation The Near Full Snr Detection Timing Settings for Staple Dust Full Clear 5 1 100 O O
Timing Settings If the Near Full turns OFF above this setting value after the detection of box
removal and reinstallation, the Staple Dust Full will be cleared
1 = 1sec
763-440 Staple Dust Full Failsafe Detection Staple Scrap Sets the Staple Scrap Count at which to perform the Dust Near Full detection 40000 1 65535 O O
Count after the Staple Dust Box is removed and reinstalled (sets the failsafe for Near
Full Snr failure)
763-441 Staple Dust Full Failsafe Detection Settings Sets whether to perform the Dust Near Full detection after the Staple Dust Box 1 0 1 O O
is removed and reinstalled
(The Dust Full detection failsafe execution settings for Near Full Snr failure)
0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
763-443 Number of Z-Fold Stapled Sets Sent to Stacker Records the number of Staple Sets with Z-Fold that are output to the Stacker 0 0 255 O O
Tray 1 = 1 sheet
763-444 Stacker Tray Total Load No. of Sheets The total no. of sheets that is loaded on the Stacker 0 0 65535 O O
1 = 1 sheet
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-445 Flapper Up No Z-Fold Staple Set Limit The Staple Set output limit for non Z-Fold sets during Flapper Up 60 0 200 O O
1 = 1 set
This setting value becomes valid when 763-433 Z Fold 100 Sheets Stack
Enable is enabled
763-446 Z Fold 100 Sheets Decurler Control Settings When the Decurler is set as "Auto", the settings that corrects in the Up Curl 1 0 1 O O
direction will only be added to Z-Fold specified sheets
0: Operate upon specification from the IOT
1: When the Decurler control is "Auto", perform correction in the Up Curl direc-
tion only for Z-Fold specified sheets
763-447 A3 SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjustment The pitch adjustment value between the previous A3 SEF Z-Fold Paper and the 1431 0 65535 O O
1 current Z-Fold Paper
1 = 1 ms
763-448 11x17 SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjust- The pitch adjustment value between the previous 11x17 SEF Z-Fold Paper and 1455 0 65535 O O
ment 1 the current Z-Fold Paper
1 = 1 ms
763-449 B4 SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjustment The pitch adjustment value between the previous B4 SEF Z-Fold Paper and the 1322 0 65535 O O
1 = 1 ms
763-450 8K SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjustment The pitch adjustment value between the previous 8K SEF Z-Fold Paper and the 1371 0 65535 O O
1 = 1 ms
763-451 A3 SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjustment The pitch adjustment value between the previous A3 SEF Z-Fold Paper and the 3542 0 65535 O O
2 current Non Z-Fold Paper
1 = 1 ms
763-452 11x17 SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjust- The pitch adjustment value between the previous 11x17 SEF Z-Fold Paper and 3555 0 65535 O O
ment 2 the current Non Z-Fold Paper
1 = 1 ms
763-453 B4 SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjustment The pitch adjustment value between the previous B4 SEF Z-Fold Paper and the 3475 0 65535 O O
1 = 1 ms
763-454 8K SEF Inbetween Z-Fold Sheet Pitch Adjustment The pitch adjustment value between the previous 8K SEF Z-Fold Paper and the 3491 0 65535 O O
1 = 1 ms
763-455 Z-Fold Acceleration Support Settings Support settings for Z-Fold acceleration mechanism 1 0 1 O O
0: Unsupported mechanism, 1: Supported mechanism
763-456 Z-Fold Set Eject Speed Settings (for sizes smaller Eject Speed Settings for Z-Fold Sets with sizes smaller than B4 7 1 7 O O
than B4) 1: 591.6/s (1570pps) 2: 650.3/s (1725pps)
3: 703.9/s (1867pps) 4: 550 mm/s (1458pps)
5: 570 mm/s (1515pps) 6: 610 mm/s (1623pps)
7: 630 mm/s (1675pps)

6-55

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-457 Flapper Type Settings Sets the Flapper Type for the Stacker Tray 0 0 1 O O
0: Z-Fold 100 Sheets Load Type (new type)
1: Z-Fold 30 Sheets Load Type (old type)
763-458 Z-Fold Previous Paper Up Curl Forced No. of Sets the no. of sheets at which to perform the Up Curl correction after the Set 2 0 5 O O
Sheets Fast Sheet for the previous Z-Fold Paper
To prevent the occurrence of paper swell during Eject from the Compiler when
performing Mixed Job with Z-Fold paper
763-459 Env C-Fold Dec Forced Up Correction Only when connected to a Tarzan IOT, performs the Dec Forced Up Correction 1 0 1 O O
for paper that passes the IOT Inv. at Env C-Fold
0: Forced Up Correction Off, 1: Forced Up Correction On
763-460 Flapper Down Stacker Load No. of Sheets Set- Sets the no. of sheets for other than Z-Fold that was output to the Stacker to 5000 100 5000 O O
tings lower the Flapper.
When the no. of sheets other than Z-Fold that was output to the Stacker
reaches the value that is set in this NVM, the Flapper will lower if the no. of
sheets for Z-Fold is less than 30 at that time.
Enable is enabled
763-461 Flapper Up Operation Tray Snr 2 Drop Timing Set- Sets the lowering time at the Stacker Tray Snr 2 after the Flapper Up operation. 1 1 800 O O
tings This setting value becomes valid when 763-433 Z Fold 100 Sheets Stack
Enable is enabled
1 = 2.5 ms
763-462 Z-Fold 100 Sheets Stack No. of Sheets Limit (A3 Sets the Stack limit no. of sheets for A3 and 11x17 during Z-Fold 100 Sheets 80 0 255 O O
11x17 Paper) Stack.
1 = 1 sheet
Enable is enabled
763-463 Z-Fold 100 Sheets Stack No. of Sheets Limit (B4 Sets the Stack limit no. of sheets for B4 during Z-Fold 100 Sheets Stack 60 0 255 O O
Paper) 1 = 1 sheet
Enable is enabled
763-464 Flapper Up Operation Timing Settings Sets the Flapper Up operation time 12 5 20 O O
1 = 100 ms
Enable is enabled
763-465 Flapper Down Operation Timing Settings Sets the Flapper Down operation time 12 5 20 O O
1 = 100 ms
Enable is enabled
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-466 Booklet Staple Front Fold Position Tamping Add Sets whether to perform the Add Tamping operation at the front position of the 2 0 2 O O
Operation Settings Staple in Booklet Mode
(Perform operation when the paper is larger than B4 SEF, and the current num-
(NVM763-290).)
0:Not performed
1: Performed
2: Performed for I/P Cover Job only
763-467 Booklet Staple Front Fold Position Tamping Add The tamping count at the fold position when the Add Tamping operation at the 1 1 10 O O
Count front position of the Staple in Booklet Mode is performed
(Perform operation when the paper is larger than B4 SEF, and the current num-
(NVM763-290).)
(Valid when the NVM764-466 = 1)
763-468 Z-Fold Flapper Up No. of Sheets Settings (A3/ Sets the Z-Fold no. of sheets at which to execute the Stacker Tray initialize for 10 1 30 O O
11x17) Flapper Up in the case where the no. of Z-Folded sheets loaded on the Stacker
Tray is more than the value set in this NVM when the 763-433 Z-Fold 100
Sheets Stack Enable is enabled and the paper size is A3 or 11x17
763-469 Z-Fold Flapper Up No. of Sheets Settings (B4/8K) Sets the Z-Fold no. of sheets at which to execute the Stacker Tray initialize for 5 1 30 O O
Flapper Up in the case where the no. of Z-Folded sheets loaded on the Stacker
Tray is more than the value set in this NVM when the 763-433 Z-Fold 100
Sheets Stack Enable is enabled and the paper size is B4 or 8K
763-470 Undiscarded Staple Scrap Count Settings for Sta- Sets the undiscarded Staple Scrap Count at which to perform the Staple Scrap 400 0 800 O O
ple Scrap Discard Operation discard operation
If the undiscarded Staple Scrap Count reaches the value set in this NVM in the
middle of a Job, the Staple Unit will return to the Front Corner and perform the
Staple Scrap discard operation
This NVM value becomes valid when 763-433 Z Fold 100 Sheets Stack Enable
is enabled
763-471 Buffer Overlap Measurement Stop Timing Settings If 763-472 Buffer Overlap Check Stop Timing Process Settings at Shipment is 0 0 35 O O
set to "1", the Eject Clamp Up Timing of the 1st sheet in the set is used as a ref-
erence and the stop operation is performed by counting up to the time that is set
in this NVM
Setting value 1 = 2.5 ms
763-472 Buffer Paper Overlap Measurement Stop Process Buffer Paper Overlap Measurement Stop Process Settings at Shipment 0 0 1 O O
Settings 0: Do not perform Stop process, 1: Perform Stop process (when the value of
763-472 is not 0)

6-57

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-473 NVM Auto Switch Settings: Finisher-D2 The NVM Auto Switch when a Finisher D2 compatible software (Ver 9.10 and 0 0 3 x O
later) is downloaded into a D1-Finisher (Ver 7.0 to Ver 8.0), or when
a D1 Folder is installed to a Finisher D2
This NVM is valid for Ver 9.10 and later
1: When downloaded into a D1 + D1 Folder (or, D1 + No Folder) configuration
2: When downloaded into a D1 + D2 Folder configuration
3: When downloaded into a D2 + D1 Folder configuration
This area is not a target for initialization. The next time initialization is performed
for the whole NVM, the related NVM will again be initialized by following this
NVM value after the Finisher D2 Initial Values are initialized
763-473 Reserved: Finisher-D3/D4
763-474 Flapper Up Z-Fold Staple Set Limit (A3/11x17) The Staple Set output limit for A3/11x17 Z-Fold sets during Flapper Up 60 0 200 O O
1 = 1 set
Enable is enabled
763-475 Flapper Up Z-Fold Staple Set Limit (B4/8K) The Staple Set output limit for B4/8K Z-Fold sets during Flapper Up 40 0 200 O O
1 = 1 set
Enable is enabled
763-476 Z-Fold Previous Paper Up Curl Forced Settings Enables the settings for 763-458 Z-Fold Previous Paper to be set to conform 0 0 1 O O
with the Flapper Up status
0: Apply following the Flapper Up
1: Apply regardless of Flapper Up/Down
763-477 Z-Fold (A3/11x17) Paper Unstaple Conversion No. Conversion no. of sheets for 1 sheet of Z-Fold (A3/11x17) Paper for Unstapled 4 1 20 O O
of Sheets Only valid when connected with DCC5540G IOT
763-478 Z-Fold (B4/8K) Paper Unstaple Conversion No. of Conversion no. of sheets for 1 sheet of Z-Fold (B4/8K) Paper for Unstapled 8 1 20 O O
Sheets Only valid when connected with DCC5540G IOT
763-479 Booklet Folding Times (Small Size) Booklet Folder Roll forward/reverse rotation count at folding. Used for small size 1 0 3 O O
(paper length less than Special A4S Length (310.0 mm))
763-480 Booklet Folding Times (Large Size) Booklet Folder Roll forward/reverse rotation count at folding. Used for large size 1 0 3 O O
(paper length more than Special A4S Length (310.0 mm))
763-481 Unstaple Set Eject Speed Settings Sets the Unstaple Set Eject Speed for paper exceeding 30 sheets in 1 set and 0 0 1 O O
with paper length > 216 mm
0: Eject 5 operation (54step - 1584pps)
1: Eject 11 operation (117step - 1725pps)
763-482 Z-Fold Shelf Storage Timing Settings Sets whether to perform the Shelf storage timing during Unstapled Z-Fold at the 1 0 1 O O
size after the Z-Fold. It will be faster by 90 ms after the settings
0: Perform at the size before the Z-Fold
1: Perform at the size after the Z-Fold
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-483 Booklet Tray Belt Timing 1: Finisher-D2 Booklet Tray Belt Timing Settings 1 at Booklet Job 210 0 255 O O
Applies when the paper length is less than 297.0 mm
0 to 4: Both Tray Belt ON/OFF timings follow the existing ones
5 onwards: when the no. of sheets is 9 sheets or less, the timing is the existing
timing for both Tray Belt ON/OFF. If the no. of sheets is 10 sheets or more, the
Tray Belt ON timing changes to the prescribed timing while the Tray Belt OFF
timing is the prescribed timing up until Booklet No Paper SNR turns ON; after it
is ON, value derived by dividing the timing to be set for this NVM by 2.5 ms is
input
763-483 Booklet Tray Belt Timing 1: Finisher-D3/D4 Booklet Tray Belt Timing Setting 1 for Booklet JobThis applies where paper 210 0 255 O O
length is 297.0 mm or less.0~4: Tray Belt ON and OFF timings are the existing
ones.5~: When paper qty is 9 or less, or 16 or more, Tray Belt ON and OFF tim-
ings are the existing ones. When paper qty is 10~15, Tray Belt ON timing
changes to a specified one, while Tray Belt OFF timing is a specified one until
Booklet No Paper SNR turns ON and after it turns ON, the value obtained by
dividing a specific time to be set in this NVM by 2.5 ms is entered.
Applies when the paper length is more than 297.0 mm and less than 364.0 mm
5 onwards: When the no. of sheets is 9 or less, both Tray Belt ON/OFF timings
follow the conventional ones, when the no. of sheets is 10 or more, the Tray
Belt ON timing changes to the specified one, while the Tray Belt OFF timing fol-
lows the specified timing until the Booklet No Paper Snr turns ON. When it turns
ON, divide the time that you want to set into this NVM by 2.5 ms and input it
length is between over 297.0 mm and 364.0 mm.
0~4: Tray Belt ON and OFF timings are the existing ones.
5~: When paper qty is 9 or less, or 16 or more, Tray Belt ON and OFF timings
are the existing ones. When paper qty is 10~15, Tray Belt ON timing changes to
a specified one, while Tray Belt OFF timing is a specified one until Booklet No
Paper SNR turns ON and after it turns ON, the value obtained by dividing a spe-
cific time to be set in this NVM by 2.5 ms is entered.
Applies when the paper length is more than 364.0 mm and less than 389.0 mm

6-59

Settings Settings
Range Range
length is between over 364.0 mm and 389.0 mm.
Applies when the paper length is more than 389.0 mm
length is over 389.0 mm.
763-487 Top Tray Output Remaining Ridge Countermea- When this NVM is set to ’1’ and all of the following conditions 1 to 5 are met, the 1 0 1 O O
sure Decurler Control Settings Decurler will be controlled to perform curl correction in the Down Curl direction.
1. The Decurler is set to "Auto"
2. Top Tray Output
3. Paper used is Plain A, B, C, Special 1, Special 2/Lightweight/Recycled A,
B/Reload/Hole Punched
4. Paper Length 310.0 mm or longer
5. Duplex or Invert
763-488 Dual Staple Mode Settings Changes the Dual Staple operation into 4-position Staple operation 1 0 1 O O
0: Dual Staple Settings
1: 4-position Staple Settings
However, when combined with Punch, only 3H Punch is allowed. When other
Punch settings (2H/3H/SW 3H) is used, the Finisher will not perform any Staple
operation even though Staple has been set
This feature is supported by Ver 13.0
763-489 Reserved: Finisher-D3/D4 - 0 0 255 O O
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-490 Paper Setting for Sheet Output: Finisher-D3/D4 Changes paper width from over 297 mm to over 310 mm as a requirement for 0 0 1 O O
outputting unstapled paper sheet by sheet.
0: over 297 mm
1: over 310 mm
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adjustment Value for 12, 13 or 14 sheets
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
• Staple are below fold position: Enter the value obtained by adding ""gap
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse"1000200

6-61

Settings Settings
Range Range
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
763-496 Staple Position Fine Adjustment Value 10 by Qty Fine-tunes automatic adjustment qty as to where to staple individual sheets to 100 0 200 O O
of Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 make a booklet.
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
763-497 Staple Position Fine Adjustment Value 11by Qty of Fine-tunes automatic adjustment qty as to where to staple individual sheets to 100 0 200 O O
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.Adjustment Value for 10 or 11 or more sheets (smaller than B4S)
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Settings Settings
Range Range
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
763-503 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 10_S by Qty Fine-tunes adjustment qty as to where to fold individual sheets to make a book- 100 0 200 O O
of Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.Adjustment Value for 20 or 21 or 22 or more sheets (smaller than B4S)
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse

6-63

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-504 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 11_S by Qty Fine-tunes adjustment qty as to where to fold individual sheets to make a book- 100 0 200 O O
of Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.Adjustment Value for 23 or 24 or 25 or more sheets (smaller than B4S)
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.Adjustment Value for 10 or 11 or more sheets (B4S or larger)
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
Settings Settings
Range Range
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
763-510 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 10_L by Qty Fine-tunes adjustment qty as to where to fold individual sheets to make a book- 100 0 200 O O
of Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.Adjustment Value for 20 or 21 or 22 or more sheets (B4S or larger)
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
763-511 Fold Position Fine Adjustment Value 11_L by Qty Fine-tunes adjustment qty as to where to fold individual sheets to make a book- 100 0 200 O O
of Booklet Sheets: Finisher-D3/D4 let.Adjustment Value for 23 or 24 or 25 or more sheets (B4S or larger)
Adj. qty 1=1 pulse
763-512 Set Qty for Booklet Full Detection: 16 or more the number of sets for detecting Booklet Full: 16 or more sheets of smaller than 15 10 100 O O
sheets of smaller than B4: Finisher-D3/D4 B4S per set
763-513 Set Qty for Booklet Full Detection: 16 or more the number of sets for detecting Booklet Full: 16 or more sheets of B4S or larger 15 10 100 O O
sheets of B4 or larger: Finisher-D3/D4 per set
763-514 Inter-set Pitch Increasing Time: A4S-or-larger Adjusts time to increase a pitch between A4S-or-larger sets to be output to 30 0 300 O O
paper output to Stacker: Finisher-D3/D4 Stacker
763-515 Tamping Starting Time Correction 2: Finisher-D3/ Conditions: every sheet/the 1st sheet of a set/no punching/paper length <= 298 30 0 50 O O
D4 mm/paper width=>235 mm/Z-fold; Interposer paper; except thick paper
tions.
763-516 Tamping Starting Time Correction 3: Finisher-D3/ Conditions: every sheet/except the 1st sheet of a set/no punching/paper length 0 0 50 O O
D4 <= 298 mm/paper width=>235 mm/Z-fold; Interposer paper; except thick paper
tions.

6-65

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-517 Tamping Starting Time Correction 4: Finisher-D3/ Conditions: every sheet/the 1st sheet of a set/punching enabled/(paper length 30 0 50 O O
D4 <= 298 mm, paper width<235 mm)
tions.
763-525 Booklet Qty Subtraction for detecting Full of Book- Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 0 0 10 O O
lets of over 81gsm: Finisher-D4 Set qty to subtract from booklet qty for detecting Full of Booklets of over 81gsm
and 11x17” sheets with Trimmer unavailable. (Countermeasure against skip-
ping of BookletTray gear teeth)
763-526 Booklet Qty Subtraction for detecting Full of Book- Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 7 0 15 O O
lets of NVM 91-176gsm sheets: Finisher-D4 Set qty to subtract from booklet qty for detecting Full of Booklets of 91-176gsm
sheets
763-528 Booklet: Additional Tamping at Fold Position Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 2 0 2 O O
before Stapling--Setting 2: Finisher-D4 Sets whether to perform additional tamping at fold position before stapling in
Booklet Staple Mode. (The operation is performed under the condition: Current
Qty of B4SEF- or larger-sized Booklet Sheets >/= Specified Sheet Qty that
Requires Additional Tamping (NVM763-550).)
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Enabled only for Job of Booklet with I/P Cover.
763-529 Booklet: Qty of Additional Tampings at Fold Posi- Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 4 1 10 O O
tion before Stapling--Setting 2: Finisher-D4 Qty of additional tampings at fold position before stapling in Booklet Staple
Mode. (The operation is performed under the condition: Current Qty of B4SEF-
or larger-sized Booklet Sheets >/= Specified Sheet Qty that Requires Additional
Tamping (NVM763-550).) (Available with NVM764-528=1.)
763-542 Heavy 2 Unstaple Large Size Set Eject: Paper Sets paper qty when ejecting an unstapled set of Heavy 2 Paper whose length 5 2 25 O O
Quantity Limit: Finisher-D4 exceeds 364 mm. This is available only for 700DCP and Color 1000/800 Press.
763-543 IP Paper UI Fold Adjustment Setting: Finisher-D3/ UI Fold Adjustment Setting when attaching Booklet IP Cover 1 0 1 O O
D4 This setting enables reflecting UI Fold Adjustment Value linked to IOT Tray that
feeds paper for the body text of Booklet.
0: Not reflect UI Fold Adjustment Value when attaching IP Cover.
1: Reflect Fold Adjustment Value linked to IOT Paper Tray.
763-548 Booklet: Qty of Additional Tampings at Normal Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 1 0 2 O O
Tamping--Setting 2: Finisher-D4 Qty of additional tampings at normal tamping in making Booklet (The operation
is performed under the condition: Current Qty of B4SEF- or larger-sized Booklet
Sheets >/= Specified Sheet Qty that Requires Additional Tamping (NVM763-
550). NVM Value=0: No additional tamping)
763-549 Booklet: Qty of Additional Tampings at Staple Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 2 0 10 O O
Hold--Setting 2: Finisher-D4 Qty of additional tampings at Staple Hold in making Booklet (The operation is
performed under the condition: Current Qty of B4SEF- or larger-sized Booklet
Sheets >/= Specified Sheet Qty that Requires Additional Tamping (NVM763-
550). NVM Value=0: No additional tamping)
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-550 Booklet: Specified Sheet Qty that Requires Addi- Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 1 0 25 O O
tional Tamping--Setting 2: Finisher-D4 Specified qty of sheets that requires additional tamping (at normal tamping/final
tamping/staple hold/fold position before stapling) in making Booklet (B4SEF or
larger)
Performs additional tamping when outputting Booklet consisting of a specified
qty of or more sheets. (This applies to all types of tamping.) However, with NVM
Value=0, no additional tamping is performed (regardless of value in 763-548/
549/529).
763-551 Booklet with I/P Cover: Specified Sheet Qty that Available only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected. 1 0 25 O O
Requires Additional Tamping--Setting 2: Finisher- Specified qty of sheets that requires additional tamping (at normal tamping/final
D4 tamping/staple hold/fold position before stapling) in making Booklet with I/P
cover (B4SEF or larger)
Performs additional tamping when outputting Booklet consisting of a specified
qty of or more sheets. (This applies to all types of tamping.) However, with NVM
Value=0, no additional tamping is performed (regardless of value in 763-548/
549/529).
763-556 Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Sta- Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Staple on uncoated 64-80gsm 100 50 150 O O
pling (1): Finisher-D4 (Valid only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected,)
pling (2): Finisher-D4 (Valid only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected,)
pling (3): Finisher-D4 (Valid only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected.)
763-565 Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Sta- Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Staple on coated 106-128gsm 5 1 30 O O

6-67

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-571 Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Sta- Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Staple on Z-folded uncoated A3/ 10 1 20 O O
pling (16): Finisher-D4 17" (Valid only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected.)
763-572 Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Sta- Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Staple on Z-folded uncoated 5 1 20 O O
pling (17): Finisher-D4 other than A3/17" (Valid only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is con-
nected.)
763-573 Limitation of the number of sheets for Booklet Sta- Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Staple on uncoated 64-80gsm 20 1 30 O O
ple (1): Finisher-D4 (Valid only when 700DCP or Color 1000/800 Press is connected.)
763-582 Limitation of the number of sheets for Booklet Sta- Limitation of the number of sheets for Stacker Staple on coated 106-128gsm 10 1 15 O O
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-592 The number of times to detect the full punch scrap The number of times to detect the full punch scrap 12000 0 65535 O O
763-604 Time of the minimum operation with heavy weight Set the time for the minimum operation with Booklet Tray Belt. 135 1 255 O O
paper on Booklet Tray Belt: Finisher-D3/D4
763-610 Booklet TrayBelt Timing 5: Finisher-D3/D4 Booklet Tray Belt Timing Setting 5 in Booklet Job 180 0 255 O O
This applies when the text-written papers include Heavy Paper 1 and/or 2 and
paper length is 297.0 mm or less.
0~4: Both Tray Belt ON and OFF Timings are the same as before.
5~: When paper qty is 9 or less, or 16 or more, both Tray Belt ON and OFF tim-
ings are the same as before. When it is 10 to 15, Tray Belt ON Timing is
changed to a specified one and Tray Belt OFF Timing is a specified one until
Booklet No Paper SNR turns ON. For Tray Belt OFF Timing after the sensor
turns ON, divide a desired length of time to set in this NVM by 2.5 ms and enter
the calculated value.
paper length is between 297.0 mm (not inclusive) and 364.0 mm (inclusive).
ings are the same as before. When it is 10 to 15, Tray Belt ON Timing is
ings are the same as before. When it is 10 to 15, TrayBelt ON Timing is
paper length exceeds 389.0 mm.
5~:When paper qty is 9 or less, or 16 or more, both Tray Belt ON and OFF tim-
ings are the same as before. When it is 10 to 15, TrayBelt ON Timing is

6-69

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-615 Booklet TrayBelt ON Timing 1: Finisher-D3/D4 Booklet Tray Belt ON Timing Setting 1 in Booklet Job 531 300 1000 O O
paper length is 297.0 mm or less.
Sets time from "Booklet Folder Exit Snr ON" to “Tray Belt ON"
Setting value 1=2.5 ms
Sets time from "Booklet Folder Exit Snr ON" to “Tray Belt ON"
Set time from "Booklet Folder Exit Snr ON" to “Tray Belt ON"
paper length exceeds 389.0 mm.
Set time from "Booklet Folder Exit Snr ON" to “Tray Belt ON".
763-619 Setting of Set Qty to subtract from Booklet Full Setting of set qty to subtract from the Booklet Full detecting set-qty when heavy 5 0 20 O O
Detecting Set Qty with heavy paper mixed: Fin- paper is mixed.
isher-D3/D4 When heavy paper is mixed, the Booklet Full detecting set-qty decreases by a
specific value set in this NVM.
763-650 Current Value for FinisherTransportMot to output Countermeasure to prevent FinisherTransportMot from losing steps when out- 1 1 1 O O
heavy paper: Finisher-D4 putting heavy paper
0: Current Low Control enabled
1: Current LowControl disabled (only for Heavy2/IndexPaper Heavy2) Current
Low Control is not done only when the type of media in Finisher is Heavy2/
IndexPaper Heavy2.
763-657 Operation Timing Correction with New Silent Sta- Use this NVM to set the operation time delay when the New Silent Stapler is 0 0 65535 O O
pler Installed: Finisher D4 installed.
0~65535 (1: 2.5 ms)
*1: The initial values depending on the destinations are given below.
Table 2
Initial Value: 125ppm Initial Value: 110ppm
APO/ APO/
Chain-Link VM Names FX GCO FXTW XC XE FX GCO FXTW XC XE
763-284 Interposer Paper Detection Selection -2 (B5 LEF/8x10"" LEF) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
763-287 Interposer Paper Detection Selection -5 (8.5x14"" SEF/8.5x13"" SEF/Spanish SEF) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 2
Initial Value: 125ppm Initial Value: 110ppm
APO/ APO/
Chain-Link VM Names FX GCO FXTW XC XE FX GCO FXTW XC XE
763-365 Interposer Sheet Push Miss Regi Improvement Enable 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6-71
6.1.5.2 DC131 Finisher-D4 NVM List (763:Trimmer)

Table 1 DC131 Finisher-D4 NVM List (763:Trimmer)
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-518 Setting of the instruction for Trimmer square oper- Set to switch the operation instruction in the trimmer square operation. 0 0 2 Yes Yes
ation 0: Operate with the UI settings (IOT instruction settings)
1: Operate with the mimic UI settings
2: Operate with the NVM settings (Operate without the mimic UI)
* The square operation setting while ’2’ is set is 763-519 square operation set-
ting, the trimmer setting is set with 763-593, the cut size displayed on the trim-
mer mimic UI. When 0 is set, the trimmer operation is not performed.
763-519 Setting of square operation with the operation Setting of the square operation when ’2: Operate with the NVM settings’ was 3 0 5 Yes Yes
specified by NVM specified in 763-518
0: No square operation, 1: Weak 2, 2: Weak 1, 3: Auto, 4: Strong 1, 5: Strong 2
763-520 Square finishing 1 Position in readiness for the stopper for 2-sheet set to 4-sheet set 17 5 50 Yes Yes
Setting unit: 0.1 mm
763-527 Setting of Starting Time of the operation after Sets the starting time of the operation for moving Path 3-1after Trimmer Roll Nip 100 1 255 Yes Yes
Trimmer Nip with Square disabled with Square disabled.
1: 2.5 ms
763-530 Square adjustment interval - Low 1 Interval of low adjustment 1 (From the default to Low 1) 2 1 50 Yes Yes
Set uniformly regardless of the number of sheets.
When the value exceeds the stopper working range, it shall be the minimum
value.
Setting value 1 = 0.1 mm
763-531 Square adjustment interval - Low 2 Interval of low adjustment 2 (From Low 1 to Low 2) 3 1 50 Yes Yes
When the value exceeds the stopper working range, it shall be the minimum
value.
763-532 Square adjustment interval - High 1 Interval of high adjustment 1 (From the default to High 1) 2 1 50 Yes Yes
When the value exceeds the stopper working range, it shall be the maximum
value.
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-533 Square adjustment interval - High 2 Interval of high adjustment 2 (From High 1 to High 2) 3 1 50 Yes Yes
When the value exceeds the stopper working range, it shall be the maximum
value.
763-536 The number of times to operate the square roll The number of times for the square roll to press the leading end of the booklet 1 0 5 Yes Yes
(Back-and-forth operation of the roll, once from the front to the rear, once from
the rear to the front)
763-537 Skew adjustment time 1 Time taken after the leading end of the booklet hits the stopper until the trans- 100 0 200 Yes Yes
port belt is stopped (1 sheet - 5 sheets) Setting value 1 = 1 ms
port belt is stopped (6 sheets - 10 sheets) Setting value 1 = 1 ms
763-544 Paper quantity for making Square Fold Gate move Sets paper qty that makes Square Fold Gate move home at BiFold. 10 1 100 Yes Yes
home at BiFold To adjust Square Fold Gate that is out of position because it has dropped due to
its own weight at BiFold, the operation for moving Square Fold Gate home
starts when a specific quantity-set-in-this-NVM of sheets of paper have passed
Trimmer Path Snr 2.
763-545 Setting whether to display Trimmer Fault in MIMIC Sets whether to display Faults that occurred in Trimmer, in MIMIC that displays 0 0 1 Yes Yes
Trimmer Finished-Length.
0: Not display 1: Display
Display method: in the case of Chain-Link No. 13-XXX, EXXX is displayed.
The Fault that occurred first is first displayed. The Faults that occurred before
the first one are displayed by use of CUT Amount Setting DOWN SW, and
those after by use of UP SW.
763-546 Setting of the clutch when the transport belt is Time of reversing the transport belt after skewing adjustment 0 0 1 Yes Yes
reversed 0: Clutch off during reversing (Clutch off before starting to reverse)
1: Clutch on during reversing (Clutch off after reversing)
763-552 Adjustment of the timing for Trimmer Tray Belt With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being on, Smaller than B4, available only when 15 0 50 Yes Yes
OFF 1 the trimmer is connected.
Distance from the bank of the tray to the trail edge of the booklet
Setting value 1 = 1 mm
763-553 Adjustment of the timing for Trimmer Tray Belt ON With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being on, Smaller than B4, available only when 50 0 200 Yes Yes
1 the trimmer is connected.
Moving amount of the booklet on the tray

6-73

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-554 Adjustment of the timing for Trimmer Tray Belt With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being on, B4 or larger, available only when the 15 0 50 Yes Yes
OFF 2 trimmer is connected.
Distance from the bank of the tray to the trail edge of the booklet
763-555 Adjustment of the timing for Trimmer Tray Belt ON With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being on, B4 or larger, available only when the 80 0 200 Yes Yes
2 trimmer is connected.
Moving amount of the booklet on the tray
763-590 User’s setting status of SquareSelectSW Saving of the user’s setting status of SquareSelectSW 0 0 1 Yes Yes
0: Not save, 1: Save
763-591 Trimmer mechanical model setting Setting of the trimmer mechanical model 1 0 5 Yes Yes
0: M1-1, 1: M1-2 mechanism or later
763-593 Cut size displayed on the trimmer mimic UI Store the cut size displayed on the trimmer mimic UI. When it is entered, the 2050 0 2300 Yes Yes
value entered is to be displayed as it is.
763-594 Time to adjust the opening position of Square Fold Time to adjust the opening position of the square fold with 1 sheet for a set 230 9 320 Yes Yes
Nip 1 Setting value 1 = 2.5 ms
763-595 Time to adjust the opening position of Square Fold Time to adjust the opening position of the square fold with 2 - 4 sheets for a set 210 9 320 Yes Yes
763-596 Time to adjust the opening position of Square Fold Time to adjust the opening position of the square fold with 5 - 9 sheets for a set 180 9 320 Yes Yes
763-597 Time to adjust the opening position of Square Fold Time to adjust the opening position of the square fold with 10 - 25 sheets for a 120 9 320 Yes Yes
Nip 4 set
Setting value 1 = 2.5 ms
763-598 Trimmer Sub CPU version Store the trimmer SUB CPU version 0 0 255 Yes Yes
763-599 Operation setting of the opening position of Trim- Setting of the position of Trimmer Nip Roll when the job starts 1 0 1 Yes Yes
mer Fold Nip 0: Home position, 1: 7-mm gap position
763-600 Time of reversing the transport belt 1 Time of reversing the transport belt after skewing adjustment 100 0 1000 Yes Yes
(1 - 5 sheets) Setting value 1 = 1 ms
763-605 Timing adjustment of TrimmerTrayBeltOFF 3 With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being off and with paper smaller than B4 15 0 50 Yes Yes
Distance from the bank of tray to the trail edge of booklet
Setting value 1 = 1 mm * Available only when trimmer is connected
763-606 Timing adjustment of TrimmerTrayBeltON 3 With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being off and with paper smaller than B4 100 0 200 Yes Yes
Moving amount of booklet on tray
Settings Settings
Range Range
763-607 Timing adjustment of TrimmerTrayBeltOFF 4 With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being off and with paper of B4 size or larger 15 0 50 Yes Yes
Distance from the bank of tray to the trail edge of booklet
763-608 Timing adjustment of TrimmerTrayBeltON 4 With BookletTrayNoPaperSnr being off and with paper of B4 size or larger 130 0 200 Yes Yes
Moving amount of booklet on tray
763-614 Trimmer Eject Position Adjustment Trimmer Eject Position Adjustment 0 0 255 Yes Yes
Eject Position moves upstream by a set value.
Setting value 1=0.1 mm
763-620 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square enabled: smaller than B4 (2- 90 10 200 Yes Yes
enabled: smaller than B4 (2-10 sheets per booklet) 10 sheets per booklet)
Setting unit 1= 0.1 mm Nominal: 100
E.g.)
Setting value 100: Finished length setting value 0 mm
Setting value 115: Finished length setting value +1.5 mm
Setting value 80: Finished length setting value -2.0 mm
enabled: smaller than B4 (11-20 sheets per book- 20 sheets per booklet)
let) Setting unit 1= 0.1 mm Nominal: 100
E.g.)
enabled: smaller than B4 (21-25 sheets per book- 25 sheets per booklet)
E.g.)
763-623 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square disabled: smaller than B4 (2- 110 10 200 Yes Yes
disabled: smaller than B4 (2-10 sheets per book- 10 sheets per booklet)
E.g.)

6-75

Settings Settings
Range Range
763-624 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square disabled: smaller than B4 110 10 200 Yes Yes
disabled: smaller than B4 (11-20 sheets per book- (11-20 sheets per booklet)
E.g.)
763-625 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square disabled: smaller than B4 110 10 200 Yes Yes
disabled: smaller than B4 (21-25 sheets per book- (21-25 sheets per booklet)
E.g.)
763-626 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square enabled: B4 or larger (2-10 90 10 200 Yes Yes
enabled: B4 or larger (2-10 sheets per booklet) sheets per booklet)
E.g.)
E.g.)
E.g.)
763-629 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment with Square disabled: B4 or larger (2-10 110 10 200 Yes Yes
disabled: B4 or larger (2-10 sheets per booklet) sheets per booklet)
E.g.)
Settings Settings
Range Range
E.g.)
E.g.)
763-632 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment (with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment (with Square disabled): smaller than B4 110 10 200 Yes Yes
disabled): smaller than B4 (Bi-Fold) (Bi-Fold)
E.g.)
763-633 Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment (with Square Trimmer Cutting Position Adjustment (with Square disabled): B4 or larger (Bi- 110 10 200 Yes Yes
disabled): B4 or larger (Bi-Fold) Fold)
E.g.)
763-634 Trimmer Cutter Operation Quantity (low-order Trimmer Cutter Operation Quantity (low-order value) 0 0 65535 Yes Yes
value) Total operation qty = High-order valuex65535+Low-order value
763-635 Trimmer Cutter Operation Quantity (high-order Trimmer Cutter Operation Quantity (high-order value) 0 0 65535 Yes Yes
value) Total operation qty = High-order valuex65535+Low-order value
763-636 Trimmer Cut Waste Full Detecting Time Trimmer Cut Waste Full Detecting Time 800 800 4000 Yes Yes

6-77
6.1.6.1 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher-
D2:AP-II/DC-II 7000G,AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G)
Table 1 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher-D2:AP-II/DC-II 7000G,AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G)
Measurement Interval Measurement Time [ms]
Measurement
No. Start End Tray Standard Value Lower Limit Value Upper Limit Value Sub Remarks
141 IOT Exit Sensor On Dec. In Sensor On Any Tray 174 124 340 Output Invert Output
142 Dec. In Sensor On Dec. Out Sensor On Any Tray 152 105 330 Output Invert Output
143 Dec. Out Sensor On Punch Out Sensor On Any Tray 117 60 270 Output No Folder Unit
Paper shorter than 375.9 mm
144 Dec. Out Sensor On Punch Out Sensor On Any Tray 320 550 Output With Folder Unit
Paper shorter than 375.9 mm
145 Dec. Out Sensor On Folder Ent Sensor On Any Tray 76 25 200 Output Paper shorter than 375.9 mm
146 Punch Out Sensor On Top Tray Exit Sensor On Any Tray 468 410 650 Output
147 Punch Out Sensor On Compile Exit Sensor On Any Tray 399 340 600 Output A3S/Ledger Stacker Output
148 Punch Out Sensor On Compile Exit Sensor On Any Tray 392 340 600 Output A4L Stacker Output
149 Punch Out Sensor On Compile Exit Sensor On Any Tray 394 340 600 Output LetterL Stacker Output
150 Punch Out Sensor On Compile Exit Sensor On Any Tray 640 590 840 Output A4L/Punch Stacker Output
151 Punch Out Sensor On Compile Exit Sensor On Any Tray 640 590 840 Output LetterL/Punch Stacker Output
152 Punch Out Sensor On Compile Exit Sensor On Any Tray 640 590 840 Output A3/Punch/Z-Fold Stacker Output
153 Punch Out Sensor On Compile Exit Sensor On Any Tray 640 590 840 Output Ledger/Punch/Z-Fold Stacker Output
154 Punch Out Sensor On Booklet In Sensor On Any Tray 276 220 395 Output Booklet output
155 Folder Ent Sensor On Folder Path Sensor-1 On Any Tray 271 210 320 Output Paper that can be used with Folder
156 Folder Path Sensor-1 On Folder Path Sensor-2 On Any Tray 1024 960 1420 Output A3/Punch/Z-Fold/Stacker Output
157 Folder Path Sensor-1 On Folder Path Sensor-2 On Any Tray 1028 960 1420 Output Ledger/Punch/Z-Fold/Stacker Output
158 Folder Path Sensor-2 On Folder Path Sensor-3 On Any Tray 937 870 1200 Output A3/Punch/Z-Fold/Stacker Output
159 Folder Path Sensor-2 On Folder Path Sensor-3 On Any Tray 944 880 1200 Output Ledger/Punch/Z-Fold/Stacker Output
160 Folder Path Sensor-3 On Folder Path Sensor-4 On Any Tray 486 420 700 Output Paper that can be used with Folder
161 Folder Path Sensor-4 On Folder Exit Sensor On Any Tray 890 830 1050 Output Paper that can be used with Folder
162 Folder Exit Sensor On Punch Out Sensor On Any Tray 148 98 380 Output Paper that can be used with Folder
163 Booklet In Sensor On Booklet In Sensor Off Any Tray 525 470 810 Output A3S/Booklet Output
164 Booklet In Sensor On Booklet In Sensor Off Any Tray 540 490 810 Output Ledger/Booklet Output
165 Booklet In Sensor On Booklet In Sensor Off Any Tray 371 320 557 Output A4S/Booklet Output
166 Booklet In Sensor On Booklet In Sensor Off Any Tray 349 300 557 Output Letter S/Booklet Output
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.1.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List

6-79
6.1.6 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List 6-80 Version.2.0
6.1.6.2 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher-D3/

D4:4127G/4112G)
Table 1 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher-D3/D4:4127G4112G)
Measurement Time [ms]
No. Items Tray Min Nominal Max Remarks

30 <Selection Paper A4S/LetterS/A3/Ledger>:IOT Exit SNR ON >> Dec In SNR ON /:TOP Specified Size 128 80 330 Invert Output
31 <Selection Paper A4S/LetterS/A3/Ledger>:Dec In SNR ON >> Dec Out SNR ON /:TOP Specified Size 117 70 320 Invert Output
32 <Selection Paper A4S/LetterS/A3/Ledger>:Dec Out SNR ON >> Punch Out SNR ON /:TOP Non Folder-U Specified Size 94 50 300 Paper shorter
than 420 mm
33 <Selection Paper A4S/LetterS/A3/Ledger>:Dec Out SNR ON >> Punch Out SNR ON /:TOP with Folder-U Specified Size 299 250 500 Paper shorter
than 420 mm
34 <Select Paper A3/Ledger>:Dec Out SNR ON >> Folder Ent SNR ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 61 10 270 Paper shorter
than 420 mm
35 <Selection Paper A4S/LetterS/A3/Ledger >:Punch Out SNR ON >> Top Tray Exit SNR ON /:TOP Specified Size 379 330 580
36 <Selection Paper A3/Ledger>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Compile Exit SNR ON /:STACKER Specified Size 320 270 520
37 <Selection Paper A4L>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Compile Exit SNR ON /:STACKER Specified Size 320 270 520 3rd sheet & after-
wards
38 <Selection Paper LetterL>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Compile Exit SNR ON /:STACKER Specified Size 320 270 520 3rd sheet & after-
wards
39 <Selection Paper A4L>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Compile Exit SNR ON /:STACKER-PUNCH Specified Size 559 510 760 3rd sheet & after-
wards
40 <Selection Paper LetterL>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Compile Exit SNR ON /:STACKER-PUNCH Specified Size 559 510 760 3rd sheet & after-
wards
41 <Selection Paper A3>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Compile Exit SNR ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 544 500 750
42 <Selection Paper Ledger>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Compile Exit SNR ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 544 500 750
43 <Selection Paper A4S/LetterS/A3/Ledger>:Punch Out SNR ON >> Booklet In SNR ON /:BOOKLET Specified Size 212 160 420
44 <Selection Paper A3/Ledger>:Folder Ent SNR ON >> Folder Path SNR 1 ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 222 170 430
45 <Selection Paper A3>:Folder Path SNR 1 ON >> Folder Path SNR 2 ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 752 700 960
46 <Selection Paper Ledger>:Folder Path SNR 1 ON >> Folder Path SNR 2 ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 755 700 960
47 <Selection Paper A3>:Folder Path SNR 2 ON >> Folder Path SNR 3 ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 937 870 1200
48 <Selection Paper Ledger>:Folder Path SNR 2 ON >> Folder Path SNR 3 ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 944 880 1200
49 <Selection Paper A3/Ledger>:Folder Path SNR 3 ON >> Folder Path SNR 4 ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 486 420 700
50 <Selection Paper A3/Ledger>:Folder Path SNR 4 ON >> Folder Exit SNR ON /:STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 890 830 1050
51 <Selection Paper A3/Ledger>:Folder Exit SNR ON >> Punch Out SNR ON /: STACKER-PUNCH-Z Specified Size 148 98 380
52 <Selection Paper A3>:Booklet In SNR ON >> Booklet In SNR OFF /:BOOKLET Specified Size 420 370 620
53 <Selection Paper Ledger>:Booklet In SNR ON >> Booklet In SNR OFF /:BOOKLET Specified Size 432 380 640
54 <Selection Paper A4S>:Booklet In SNR ON >> Booklet In SNR OFF /:BOOKLET Specified Size 297 250 500
55 <Selection Paper LetterS>:Booklet In SNR ON >> Booklet In SNR OFF /:BOOKLET Specified Size 279 230 480
6.1.6.3 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher
D4:700DCP)
Table 1 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher D4:700DCP)
ID Measurement Timing Lower Limit Value Nomnal Upper Limit Value Remarks
141 <Selection Any Tray> I/F or HCS(postlaunch) Exit Snr On >> Dec In Snr On /:Simp :Top 80 128 330 Invert Output
142 <Selection Any Tray> Dec In Snr On >> Dec Out Snr On /:Simp :Top 70 117 320 Invert Output
143 <Selection Any Tray> Dec Out Snr On >> Punch Out Snr On /:Simp :Top-wo Folder Unit 50 94 300 Paper shorter than
420 mm
144 <Selection Any Tray> Dec Out Snr On >> Punch Out Snr On /:Simp :Top-with Folder Unit 250 299 500 Paper shorter than
420 mm
145 <Selection Any Tray> Dec Out Snr On >> Folder Ent Snr On /:Z-Stacker 10 61 270 Paper shorter than
420 mm
146 <Selection Any Tray> Punch Out Snr On >> Top Tray Exit Snr On /:Top 330 379 580
147 <Selection Paper A3S,LedgerS> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker 270 320 520
148 <Selection Paper A4L> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker 270 320 520 3rd sheet & after-
wards
149 <Selection Paper LetterL> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker 270 320 520 3rd sheet & after-
wards
150 <Selection Paper A4L> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker-Punch 510 559 760 3rd sheet & after-
wards
151 <Selection Paper LetterL> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker-Punch 510 559 760 3rd sheet & after-
wards
152 <Selection Paper A3S> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker-Punch-Z 500 544 750
153 <Selection Paper LedgerS> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker-Punch-Z 500 544 750
154 <Selection Any Tray> Punch Out Snr On >> Booklet In Snr On /:Booklet 160 212 420
155 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Ent Snr On >> Folder Path Snr 1 On /:Stacker-Z 170 222 430
156 <Selection Paper A3S> Folder Path Snr 1 On >> Folder Path Snr 2 On /:Stacker-Z 700 752 960
157 <Selection Paper LedgerS> Folder Path Snr 1 On >> Folder Path Snr 2 On /:Stacker-Z 700 755 960
158 <Selection Paper A3S> Folder Path Snr 2 On >> Folder Path Snr 3 On /:Stacker-Z 870 937 1200
159 <Selection Paper LedgerS> Folder Path Snr 2 On >> Folder Path Snr 3 On /:Stacker-Z 880 944 1200
160 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Path Snr 3 On >> Folder Path Snr 4 On /Stacker-Z 420 486 700
161 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Path Snr 4 On >> Folder Exit Snr On /Stacker-Z 830 890 1050
162 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Exit Snr On >> Punch Out Snr On /Stacker-Z 98 148 380
163 <Selection Paper A3> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 370 420 620
164 <Selection Paper Ledger> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 380 432 640
165 <Selection Paper A4S> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 250 297 500
166 <Selection Paper LetterS> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 230 279 480

6-81
6.1.6.4 DC726 Paper Path Timing Measurement List (Finisher-

D2P: AP/DC-IV C7780G)
NOTE: The paper type/weight setting options for the Paper Path Timing Monitor are limited to Uncoated,
64-105 gsm/177-300 gsm.
Table 1
No Paper Type Group Paper Type Weight 60/65 70/75 Process Speed 50/55 Process Speed
1 G1 Uncoated 64-105 gsm 320 mm/s 320 mm/s
2 G2 Uncoated 177-300 gsm 220 mm/s 220 mm/s
Table 2
75/65 Sheets Machine Measurement Time 55 Sheets Machine Measurement Time
[ms] [ms]
(Process Speed 320/220 mm/s) (Process Speed 308/220 mm/s)
Lower Limit Upper Limit Lower Upper Limit

No Measurement Item Value Nominal Value Limit Value Nominal Value Remarks
141 <Selection Any Tray> I/F or HCS(postlaunch) Exit Snr On >> Dec In Snr On /:Simp 230 280 450 230 280 450 All paper that can be trans-
:Top ported by the IOT
142 <Selection Any Tray> Dec In Snr On >> Dec Out Snr On /:Simp :Top 165 215 385 165 215 385 All paper that can be trans-
ported by the IOT
143 <Selection Any Tray> Dec Out Snr On >> Punch Out Snr On /:Simp :Top-wo Folder 60 117 270 60 117 270 Paper length 385 mm or
Unit shorter
144 <Selection Any Tray> Dec Out Snr On >> Punch Out Snr On /:Simp :Top-with Folder 320 373 550 320 373 550 Paper length 385 mm or
Unit shorter
145 <Selection Any Tray> Dec Out Snr On >> Folder Ent Snr On /:Z-Stacker 25 76 200 25 76 200 Paper that can be trans-
ported by the Folder (Paper
length 385 mm or shorter)
146 <Selection Any Tray> Punch Out Snr On >> Top Tray Exit Snr On /:Top 410 468 650 410 468 650 All paper that can be trans-
ported by the IOT
147 <Selection Paper A3S,LedgerS> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker 340 399 600 340 399 600
148 <Selection Paper A4L> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker 340 392 600 340 392 600 3rd sheet & afterwards
149 <Selection Paper LetterL> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker 340 394 600 340 394 600 3rd sheet & afterwards
150 <Selection Paper A4L> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker-Punch 590 640 840 590 640 840 3rd sheet & afterwards
151 <Selection Paper LetterL> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker-Punch 590 640 840 590 640 840 3rd sheet & afterwards
152 <Selection Paper A3S> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker-Punch-Z 590 640 840 590 640 840
153 <Selection Paper LedgerS> Punch Out Snr On >> Compile Exit Snr On /:Stacker- 590 640 840 590 640 840
Punch-Z
154 <Selection Any Tray> Punch Out Snr On >> Booklet In Snr On /:Booklet 220 276 395 220 276 395 Paper that can be trans-
ported as Booklet
155 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Ent Snr On >> Folder Path Snr 1 On /:Stacker-Z 210 268 320 210 268 320 Paper that can be trans-
ported by the Folder
156 <Selection Paper A3S> Folder Path Snr 1 On >> Folder Path Snr 2 On /:Stacker-Z 880 930 1130 880 930 1130
Table 2
75/65 Sheets Machine Measurement Time 55 Sheets Machine Measurement Time
[ms] [ms]
(Process Speed 320/220 mm/s) (Process Speed 308/220 mm/s)
Lower Limit Upper Limit Lower Upper Limit

No Measurement Item Value Nominal Value Limit Value Nominal Value Remarks
157 <Selection Paper LedgerS> Folder Path Snr 1 On >> Folder Path Snr 2 On /:Stacker-Z 880 935 1130 880 935 1130
158 <Selection Paper A3S> Folder Path Snr 2 On >> Folder Path Snr 3 On /:Stacker-Z 1640 1697 2000 1640 1697 2000
159 <Selection Paper LedgerS> Folder Path Snr 2 On >> Folder Path Snr 3 On /:Stacker-Z 1650 1709 2000 1650 1709 2000
160 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Path Snr 3 On >> Folder Path Snr 4 On /Stacker-Z 790 846 1100 790 846 1100 Paper that can be trans-
161 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Path Snr 4 On >> Folder Exit Snr On /Stacker-Z 1540 1594 1750 1540 1594 1750 Paper that can be trans-
162 <Selection Any Tray> Folder Exit Snr On >> Punch Out Snr On /Stacker-Z 150 208 440 150 208 440 Paper that can be trans-
163 <Selection Paper A3> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 470 525 810 470 525 810
164 <Selection Paper Ledger> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 490 540 810 490 540 810
165 <Selection Paper A4S> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 320 371 557 320 371 557
166 <Selection Paper LetterS> Booklet In Snr On >> Booklet In Snr Off /:Booklet 300 349 557 300 349 557

6-83
6.2.1 Product Name/Product Code/Serial No Power Cord (Option)
[Finisher D2: AP-II/DC-II 7000G, AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G] • Power Cord(FX): EM100188

• Power Cord(FXA/FXNZ): ED200145
Table 1 Finisher D2: AP-II/DC-II 7000G, AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G
• Power Cord(FXS/FXM/FXHK): ED200146
Product XJ-
• Power Cord(AG/FXV): ED200147
Destination Product Name Code Code Serial No.
• Power Cord(FXP): ED200148
FX Finisher D2: Finisher D2 QM100023 REE 330001~339999
• Power Cord(FXCL): EL200600
FX Center-binding Finisher D2: Finisher D2 (w/ Booklet) QM100024 REE 430001~439999
• Power Cord(FXK): ED200168
FX Folder Unit D2: Folder D2 QM200024 MLM 710001~719999
• Power Cord(FXTH): EL200915
FX/APO/ 3H Puncher Unit EM200170 REJ -
GCO NOTE: The Power Cord for FXTW is a bundled item.
APO/GCO D2 Folder for APO/GCO EM200149 NJK 950001~959999
APO/GCO Staple Finisher D2 for APO/GCO EM200143 NJK 930001~939999
APO/GCO Booklet Finisher D2 for APO/GCO EM200144 NJK 940001~949999 [Finisher D4: 4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press]
FXTW Staple Finisher D2 for FXTW EM100186 THE 650001~650999
Table 3 Finisher D4: 4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press
FXTW Booklet Finisher D2 for FXTW EM100187 THF 651001~651999
XJ-
The products are to be used with the following Set Codes (FX only). Destination Product Name Product Code Code Serial No.
FX Finisher D4 QM200039 UGH 350001~359999
• LM100015 FX Finisher D4 with Booklet QM200040 UGJ 450001~459999
– Finisher D2 (w/o Booklet) FX Folder D4 QM200041 UGK 740001~749999
– Power Cord FX/APO/ Trimmer/Square Fold:FX QM200042 UYC 100001~149999
• LM100016 GCO Square Fold/Trimmer Module:APO/
– Finisher D2 (w/ Booklet) GCO*1*2
– Power Cord FX/APO/ 3H Puncher Unit EM200170 REJ -
GCO
NOTE: The Power Cord for APO/GCO is a bundled item.
APO/GCO Finisher D4 EM200246 UGL 030001~039999
[Finisher D3:4127/4112G] APO/GCO Finisher D4 with Booklet EM200247 UGM 040001~049999
APO/GCO Folder for D4 Finisher EM200248 UGN 110001~119999
Table 2
Product XJ- *1: Not installed for 4127/4112G in FXTW (because this is a VCCI Class A Option).
FX Finisher D3 QM200028 TGM 340001~349999 *2: Not installed for 700DCP and Color 1000/800 Press in the 2-byte regions.
FX Finisher D3 with Booklet QM200029 TGN 440001~449999
Power Cord(Option)
FX Folder D3 QM200030 TGR 720001~729999
FX/APO/ 3H Puncher Unit EM200170 REJ - • Power Cord(FX): EM100188
GCO
• Power Cord(FXA/FXNZ): ED200145
APO/GCO Finisher D3 EM200172 TGK 020001~029999
APO/GCO Finisher D3 with Booklet EM200173 TGL 010001~019999
• Power Cord(AG/FXV): ED200147
APO/GCO Folder D3 EM200174 TGP 000001~009999
• Power Cord(FXP): ED200148
FXTW Finisher D3 EM200180 TLF 030001~039999
• Power Cord(FXCL): EL200600
FXTW Finisher D3 with Booklet EM200181 TLG 040001~049999
• Power Cord(FXK): ED200168
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.2 Specifications

6-85
6.2 Specifications 6-86 Version.2.0
• Power Cord(FXTW): EM200238 6.2.2 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight

• Power Cord(FXTH): EL200915
• Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4
– Size
Finisher (when the Stacker Tray is at the lowest position): 1045 5 x 725 5 x 1165 5 (W x D x
[Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G]
Hmm)
Table 4 Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G
Booklet Finisher (when the Stacker Tray is at the lowest position): 1050 5 x 725 5 x 1165 5 (W
Product XJ-
x D x Hmm)
FX Finisher D2-P with Booklet Maker*2 QM200083 WLR 550001~559999
Finisher + Folder (when the Stacker Tray is at the lowest position): 1245 5 x 725 5 x 1165 5 (W
FX Folder Unit D2*2 QM200024 MLM 710001~719999 x D x Hmm)
FX 3H Puncher Unit*2 EM200170 REJ -
APO/GCO Finisher D2-P with Booklet Maker*1*2 EC101829 WPN 560001~569999 Booklet Finisher + Folder (when the Stacker Tray is at the lowest position): 1250 5 x 725 5 x
APO/GCO D2 Folder Unit*1*2 EM200149 RZN 740001~799999 1165 5 (W x D x Hmm)
APO/GCO US 2/3 Hole Punch Kit for D2-Finisher*1*2 EM200170 REJ -
– Weight
*1:FNot available yet for AG/FXV. Finisher (with Puncher Unit / with Interposer / without Booklet Unit): 105kg or less(Finisher D2/
D3), 115kg or less (Finisher D4)
*2:FFor AP/DC-IV C7780G, use the service data for Finisher D4.
Power Cord(Option) Finisher (with Puncher Unit / with Interposer / with Booklet Unit): 130kg or less(Finisher D2),
135kg or less(Finisher D3), 150kg or less (Finisher D4)
• Power Cord(FX): EM100188
• Power Cord(FXA/FXNZ): ED200145 Folder: 40kg or less
• Power Cord(FXP): ED200148 Interposer: 8kg or less
• ·Power Cord (FXTH: 3 pins angular type): EL200915
• Power Cord(FXCL): EL200600 • Trimmer/Square Fold
• Power Cord(FXK): ED200168 – Size
• Power Cord(FXTW): EM200238 Trimmer/Square Fold:1272 5 x725 5 x552 5(WxDxHmm)
• Power Cord (AG/FXV: 2 pins): ED200147
Finisher D4 with Booklet+Trimmer/Square Fold:1825 5 x725 5 x 1165 5(WxDxHmm)
– Weight
Trimmer/Square Fold:100kg or less
Finisher D4 with Booklet+Trimmer/Square Fold:250kg or less

• [Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 w/ Booklet] (Figure 1) • [Finisher D4 with Booklet+Trimmer/Square Fold](Figure 3)
– Size: 1050 x 725 x 1165 (W x D x Hmm) – Size:1825 5 x725 5 x 1165 5(W x D x Hmm)
– Weight: 130kg or less (Finisher D2), 135kg or less (Finisher D2P/D3), 150kg or less (Finisher – Weight:250kg or less
D4)
Figure 3 j0tm60201
Figure 1 j0fd60201
• [Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 w/ Booklet + Folder] (Figure 2)

– Size: 1250 x 725 x 1165 (W x D x Hmm)
– Weight: 170kg or less (Finisher D2), 175kg or less (Finisher D2P/D3), 190kg or less (Finisher
D4)
Figure 2 j0fd60202
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.2 Specifications

6-87
6.2 Specifications 6-88 Version.2.0
6.2.3 Installation Space (Minimum Floor Space: mm) 6.2.4 Electrical Specification
Refer to Chapter 6 in the machine’s manual for the installation space. • Finisher Electrical Specification
DC5V: 5.0V 3%, 0.91A or less. This is transformed in the Finisher from 24V.
AC Power Supply - Frequency: 50Hz 2% or 60Hz 2%
Voltage: 90V (100V-10%) to 264V (240V+10%)
NOTE:
– [Finisher D2: AP-II/DC-II 7000G, AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G]
Supply the power through the external socket when connecting to a 100V system.
Supply the power through the Machine when connecting to a 200V system.
– [Finisher D3/D4: 4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press]

Supplied from an outer outlet.
– [Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G]

Supplied from an outer outlet.
• Finisher Power Rating

– 100V Machines
(w/o Booklet) No Folder Option: 165 VA and below
(w/ Booklet) No Folder Option: 170 VA and below
(w/ Booklet) With Folder Option: 203 VA and below
– 200V Machines
(w/o Booklet) No Folder Option: 170 VA and below
(w/ Booklet) No Folder Option: 175 VA and below
(w/ Booklet) With Folder Option: 203 VA and below
All values are for when an Interposer is connected
• Trimmer/Square Fold Power Requirements

AC Power: To be supplied from an external outlet.
Frequency: 50Hz 2% or 60Hgz 2%
Voltage: 90V (100V-10%) to 264V (240V+10%)
• Trimmer/Square Fold Rated Voltage

100~240V: 80~96VA
6.2.5.1 Overview 6.2.5.2 Basic Configuration
• The Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 is a post-processing device that is capable of performing 100 Sheets 1. Two models are available for Finisher D2//D2P/D3/D4 shipment.
Staple, 3000 Sheets Stacking, Hole Punch, Binding Shift/Center Folding, Z-Fold/Tri-Fold and Cover (1) Finisher w/ Puncher & Stapler:
attachment.
This comes with a Stacker Tray and a Top Tray that supports Staple and Punch output.
• Trimmer/Square Fold, which is an optional post-processing device to be added to the Finisher with
Booklet Maker, is equipped with the square fold that reduces the bulge of a booklet by pressing and
flattening the spine of it and the trimmer that trims the end of it.
In addition, this option can be connected to the Finisher D4 with Booklet Maker.
Figure 1 j0fu66033
(2) Finisher w/ Booklet:

The Booklet Unit, which supports Booklet Creation (Binding Shift, Center Folding) and Single
Fold, is a standard device that is installed to the Finisher w/ Puncher & Stapler described in 1).
Figure 2 j0fu66034
Both (1) and (2) come built-in with: a decurler unit that performs the curling correction function for
paper output from the IOT, a Staples Cut enabled Stapler, and an Interposer that feeds cover
sheets to the Finisher for cover sheet attachment in Booklet Creation.
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.2.5 Specifications of Finisher/Booklet Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4, Trimmer/

6-89
6.2.5 Specifications of Finisher/Booklet Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4, Trimmer/Square 6-90 Version.2.0
A Folder Unit that is capable of performing Z-Fold (Half Sheet), C Tri-Fold, and Z Tri-Fold can be
added as an option.
Figure 3 j0fu66035
2. The Trimmer/Square Fold receives a booklet from the Booklet Unit of the D4 Finisher with Booklet
Maker; makes it go through the square fold and the trimmer; and outputs it to the booklet tray.
Figure 4 j0tm60202
6.2.5.3.1 Paper Weight (Finisher-D2/D3/D4: AP-II/DC-II 7000G, The relationship between paper quality/weight and function/output tray are as follows.
4127/4112G, AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G)

Table 1 Paper Weight (Finisher-D2/D3/D4: AP-II/DC-II 7000G, 4127/4112G, AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G)
Finisher
Output Location Function
Stacker Booklet Envelope- Hole Letter-

Paper Type Paper Weight (gsm) Top Tray Tray Tray Folder Tray Offset*4 Staple Punch Interposer Booklet Single Z-Fold*8 Fold*8 Buffer
Lightweight 52~59 O O X X O O O X X X X X O
Plain 60~63 O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Heavyweight 64~80 O O O O O O O O O O O O O
81~90 O O O O O O*1 O O O O O O O
91~105 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 O X X O
106~120 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 X X X X
121~135 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 X X X X
136~150 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 X X X X
151~162 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 X X X X
163~169 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 X X X X
170~176 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 X X X X
177~200 O O O X O O*2 O O O*5 X X X X
201~216 O O O X O O*2 X O O*5 X X X X
217~220 O O O X O O*2 X O O*5 X X X X
221~253 O O X X O O*2 X X X X X X X
254~280 (D3/D4:300) O O*10 X X O O*2 X X X X X X X
Transparency - O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Labels - O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Tab Stock (Transparent) 52~216 O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Plain Reload 52~105 O O O O O O O O X O P*9 P*9 O
Recycled 52~105 O O O O O O O O O O P*9 P*9 O
HW Tab Stock 106~176 O O*3 X X O*3 O*2 *3 O*3 O X X X X X
177~200 O O*3 X X O*3 O*2 *3 O*3 O X X X X X
201~216 O O*3 X X O*3 O*2 *3 O*3 O X X X X X
217~220 O O*3 X X O*3 O*2 *3 X O X X X X X
221~280 O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Punched 52~105 O O X P*9 O O X O X X P*9 P*9 O
Gloss 105~176 O O O*7 X O O*2 O X O*7 X X X X
Gloss (Reload) 177~280 O O X X O X O*6 X X X X X X
Coated Paper 105~176 O O O*7 X O O*2 X X O*7 X X X X
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.2.5.3 Paper Weight

6-91
6.2.5.3 Paper Weight 6-92 Version.2.0
0: Transportable X: Not transportable P: Some not transportable -: Not available.
*1: As to some brands of paper, an allowable paper quantity of 100 for stapling cannot sometimes be
guaranteed. For example, DCX+24lb: 60 sheets, Color Xpression 24lb: 60 sheets, Hammermill24: 70
sheets, Colotech90: 80 sheets (These are current values from actual performance in the environment of
23 deg. C and 50% RH. The values are not guaranteed.)
*2: Paper limitation: the maximum staple sheet count for P (thick) paper and ecolor 081 paper is 80
sheets.
With Staples Cut: 100-sheet staple is not guaranteed for paper exceeding 90gsm. With paper exceeding
176gsm (except gloss), the performance is guaranteed for only two sheets of coversheet (front and back
cover). When a coversheet is used, up to 98 sheets of paper (80gsm or lower) can be included in the set.
No Staples Cut: 100-sheet staple is not guaranteed for paper exceeding 80gsm. With paper exceeding
162gsm (except gloss), the performance is guaranteed for only one sheet of coversheet (front and back
cover). When a coversheet is used, up to 98 sheets of paper (80gsm or lower) can be included in the set
if a 100-Sheets Cartridge is loaded. With a 50-Sheets Cartridge, up to 48 sheets of paper (80gsm or
lower) can be included in the set.
*3: Only for invert output (disabled for straight output), the paper must reach the Tab lead edge when the
Finisher receives it.
*4: Inclusive of Unstaple Set Eject and Unstaple Sheet Eject.
*5: The performance is guaranteed for only one sheet of coversheet (front cover). When a 220gsm cover-
sheet is used, up to 14 sheets of paper (60 to 80gsm) can be included in the set.
*6: Cannot exceed 200gsm (Punched Gloss).
*7: Cannot exceed 90gsm. However, one sheet of front cover that exceeds 90gsm but still less than
176gsm is allowed (Booklet Gloss).
*8: When the Folder Unit is installed, the paper paths that are not used by the Folder Feature can handle
weights of 52 to 280gsm.
*9: Cannot exceed 90gsm.
*10: When a 260gsm A4 LEF color card is being transported and it has an up curl of 20 mm or more,
Jams may occur. A correction KIT is provided for such occasions.
6.2.5.3.2 Paper Weight (Finisher-D4:700DCP, Color 1000/800 The relationship between paper quality/weight and function/output tray are as follows.
Press)
Table 1 Paper Weight (Finisher-D4: 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press)
Output Destination
Envelope-
Paper Top Stacker Booklet Folder Inter Book Bi Z-Fold Letter-Fold
Paper Type Weight (gsm) Tray Tray Tray Tray Offset*4 Staple*1 Punch poser let*2 -Fold *8 *8 Buffer
Lightweight 52 to 59 O O X X O O O X X X X X O
60 to 63 O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Plain 64 to 80 O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Heavyweight
91 to 105 O O O X O O O O O O X X O
106 to 120 O O O X O O O O O O X X X
201 to 216 O O O X O O X O O O X X X
217 to 220 O O O X O O X O O O X X X
221 to 253 O O O X O O X X O O X X X
254 to 300 O O*10 O X O O X X O O X X X
301 to 350(Color O*11 P*12 P*12 X P*12 P*12 X X P*12 P*12 X X X
1000/800 Press
Only)
Transparency - O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Label - O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Tack film 52 to 216 O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Backing paper 52 to 105 O O O O O O O O X O P*9 P*9 O
Recycled paper 52 to 105 O O O O O O O O O O P*9 P*9 O
Index heavy 106 to 176 O O*3 X X O*3 O*3 O*3 O X X X X X
weight paper 177 to 200 O O*3 X X O*3 O*3 O*3 O X X X X X
201 to 216 O O*3 X X O*3 O*3 X O X X X X X
221 to 280 O O*3 X X O*3 O*3 X X X X X X X
Pre-punched 52 to 300 O O X P*9 O O X O X X P*9 P*9 O
paper
Coated paper 105 to 176 O O O X O O O X O O X X X
(Side2) 177 to 280 O O O X O O O*6 X O O X X X

6-93
Table 1 Paper Weight (Finisher-D4: 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press)

Output Destination
Envelope-
Paper Top Stacker Booklet Folder Inter Book Bi Z-Fold Letter-Fold
Paper Type Weight (gsm) Tray Tray Tray Tray Offset*4 Staple*1 Punch poser let*2 -Fold *8 *8 Buffer
Exclusive glossy 105 to 176 O O O X O O X X O X X X X
paper
0: Transportable X: Not transportable P: Some not transportable -: Not available
*1: For stapling capacity, see "6.2.5.3.3 Stapling Capacity (Finisher D4: 700DCP, Color1000/800 Press)".
For some paper brands, the stapling capacity may not be guaranteed. For example, P Paper Heavy
(78gsm): 70 sheets, ecolor81 (81gsm): 80 sheets. (These are current values from actual performance in
the environment of 23 deg. C and 50% RH. The values are not guaranteed.)
*2: For booklet stapling capacity, see "6.2.5.3.4 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher D4: 700DCP,
Color1000/800 Press)".
*3: Only for invert output (not applied to straight output). When finisher receives the sheets, tab shall be
placed on the leading edge.
*4: Including Non-staple Set Eject and Non-staple Sheet Eject.
*6: Over 200 gsm cannot be used. (Punched coated paper)
*8: When a folder unit is installed, paper of 52 to 300gsm can be handled on the paper path that does not
use folder functions.
*9: Over 90 gsm cannot be used.
*10: When there is an up-curl of 20 mm or more while handling color cards (260gsm, A4 LEF), jam may
occur. Thus, a kit to prevent the jam is provided.
*11: The capacity is guaranteed for a paper brand of Colotech+350 (350gsm) and a paper length in FS of
210-431.8 mm.
*12: TBD
6.2.5.3.3 Stapling Capacity (Finisher-D4:700DCP, Color1000/800 6.2.5.3.4 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher-D4:700DCP,
Press) Color1000/800 Press)
Table 1 Stapling Capacity (Finisher D4: 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) Table 1 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher D4: 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press)
Paper Weight Allowable Paper Qty. for Stapling Paper Qty. equivalent to one sheet Paper Weight Allowable Paper Qty. for Booklet Paper Qty. equivalent to one sheet
(gsm) Uncoated Coated Uncoated Coated (gsm) Uncoated Coated Uncoated Coated
64-80gsm 100 - 1.0 - 64-80gsm 20 - 1.0 -
81-90gsm 100 - 1.0 - 81-90gsm 20 - 1.0 -
91-105gsm 50 - 2.0 - 91-105gsm 10 - 2.0 2.0
106-128gsm 30 5 3.3 20.0 106-128gsm 10 10 2.0 2.0
129-150gsm 19 5 5.3 20.0 129-150gsm 10 10 2.0 2.0
151-176gsm 12 5 8.3 20.0 151-176gsm 10 10 2.0 2.0
177-220gsm 5 5 20.0 20.0 177-220gsm 5 5 4.0 4.0
221-256gsm 4 4 25.0 25.0 221-256gsm 4 4 5.0 5.0
257-300gsm 3 3 33.3 33.3 257-300gsm 3 3 6.7 6.7
301-350gsm*1 3 3 33.3 33.3 301-350gsm*1 3 3 6.7 6.7
*1: Available for Color 1000/800 Press only. *1: Available for Color 1000/800 Press only.
• Setting Value: 100 (Paper of a length of 297 mm or below and a width of 297 mm or below. How- • Setting Value: 20
ever, a setting value of 65 applies to paper of a length of over 216 mm and a width of over 216 mm.) • Sheets of paper are counted in terms of paper quantity equivalent to one sheet. When the count
• Setting Value: 65 (under any condition other than the above conditions for 100) exceeds the setting value, stapling will be cancelled.
• Sheets of paper are counted in terms of paper quantity equivalent to one sheet. When the count • For booklets of 80gsm-weigh-or-less text sheets with cover, each of all the sheets is counted as
exceeds a specific setting value, stapling will be cancelled. one. When the count exceeds the setting value, stapling will be cancelled.
• For sets of 80gsm-weigh-or-less text sheets with two or fewer covers, each of all the sheets is
counted as one. When the count exceeds a specific setting value, stapling will be cancelled.
• For Z-folded paper, one sheet of A3/17" is converted into 10 sheets for counting and one sheet of
any other size into 20.

6-95
6.2.5.3.5 Paper Weight (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G) The relationship between paper quality/weight and function/output tray are as follows.
Table 1 Paper Weight (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)

Output Destination
Envelope-
Paper Top Stacker Booklet Folder Offset Inter Book Bi Z-Fold Letter-Fold
Paper Type Weight (gsm) Tray Tray Tray Tray *4 Staple*1 Punch poser let*2 -Fold *8 *8 Buffer
Lightweight 64 to 79 O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Plain
91 to 105 O O O X O O O O O O X X O
Heavyweight
221 to 256 O O O X O O X X O O X X X
257 to 300 O O*10 O X O O X X O O X X X
Transparency 52 to 216 O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Label 52 to 105 O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Tack film 52 to 105 O X X X X X X X X X X X X
Backing paper 106 to 176 O O O O O O O O X O P*9 P*9 O
Recycled paper 177 to 200 O O O O O O O O O O P*9 P*9 O
Index heavy weight paper 106 to 176 O O*3 X X O*3 O*3 X O X X X X X
221 to 300 O O*3 X X O*3 O*3 X X X X X X X
Pre-punched paper 64 to 300 O O X P*9 O O X O X X P*9 P*9 O
Coated paper (Side2) 105 to 176 O O O X O O O X O O X X X
177 to 280 O O O X O O O*6 X O O X X X
Exclusive glossy paper 105 to 176 O O O X O O X X O X X X X
0: Transportable X: Not transportable P: Some not transportable -: Not available *4: Including Non-staple Set Eject and Non-staple Sheet Eject.
*1: For stapling capacity, see "6.2.5.3.6 Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)". *6: Over 200 gsm cannot be used. (Punched coated paper)
For some paper brands, the stapling capacity may not be guaranteed. For example, P Paper Heavy *8: When a folder unit is installed, paper of 52 to 300gsm can be handled on the paper path that does not
(78gsm): 70 sheets, ecolor81 (81gsm): 80 sheets. (These are current values from actual performance in use folder functions.
the environment of 23 deg. C and 50% RH. The values are not guaranteed.)
*9: Over 90 gsm cannot be used.
*2: For booklet stapling capacity, see "6.2.5.3.7 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV
C7780G)". *10: When there is an up-curl of 20 mm or more while handling color cards (260gsm, A4 LEF), jam may
occur. Thus, a kit to prevent the jam is provided.
*3: Only for invert output (not applied to straight output). When finisher receives the sheets, tab shall be
placed on the leading edge.
6.2.5.3.6 Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G) 6.2.5.3.7 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV
C7780G)
Table 1 Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)
Paper Weight Allowable Paper Qty. for Stapling Paper Qty. equivalent to one sheet Table 1 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher D2P: AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)
(gsm) Uncoated Coated Uncoated Coated Paper Weight Allowable Paper Qty. for Booklet Paper Qty. equivalent to one sheet
64-80gsm 100 - 1.0 - (gsm) Uncoated Coated Uncoated Coated
81-90gsm 100 - 1.0 - 64-80gsm 20 - 1.0 -
91-105gsm 50 - 2.0 - 81-90gsm 20 - 1.0 -
106-128gsm 30 5 3.3 20.0 91-105gsm 10 - 2.0 2.0
129-150gsm 19 5 5.3 20.0 106-128gsm 10 10 2.0 2.0
151-176gsm 12 5 8.3 20.0 129-150gsm 10 10 2.0 2.0
177-220gsm 5 5 20.0 20.0 151-176gsm 10 10 2.0 2.0
221-256gsm 4 4 25.0 25.0 177-220gsm 5 5 4.0 4.0
257-300gsm 3 3 33.3 33.3 221-256gsm 4 4 5.0 5.0
257-300gsm 3 3 6.7 6.7
• Setting Value: 100 (Paper of a length of 297 mm or below and a width of 297 mm or below. How-
ever, a setting value of 65 applies to paper of a length of over 216 mm and a width of over 216 mm.)
• Setting Value: 20
• Setting Value: 65 (under any condition other than the above conditions for 100)
• Sheets of paper are counted in terms of paper quantity equivalent to one sheet. When the count
• Sheets of paper are counted in terms of paper quantity equivalent to one sheet. When the count exceeds the setting value, stapling will be cancelled.
exceeds a specific setting value, stapling will be cancelled. • For booklets of 80gsm-weigh-or-less text sheets with cover, each of all the sheets is counted as
• For sets of 80gsm-weigh-or-less text sheets with two or fewer covers, each of all the sheets is one. When the count exceeds the setting value, stapling will be cancelled.
counted as one. When the count exceeds a specific setting value, stapling will be cancelled.
• For Z-folded paper, one sheet of A3/17" is converted into 10 sheets for counting and one sheet of
any other size into 20.

6-97
6.2.5.4 Applicable Paper Size The relationship between Output Function and Paper Size/Orientation are as follows.
Table 1 Output Function and Paper Size/Orientation (Standard Size*11)

Finisher
Dimension Stacker Booklet Envelope- Letter-

Size/Orientation FS/SS Top Tray Tray*1 Tray Folder Tray Offset Staple Punch*13 Interposer Booklet Single Z-Fold Fold
Postcard S 100 x 148 O X X X X X X X X X X X
Prepaid Postcard S 200 x 148 O X X X X X X X X X X X
Postcard (US) S 101.6 x 152.4 O X X X X X X X X X X X
5x7 (Postcard) S 127 x 177.8 O X X X X X X X X X X X
A6S 105 x 148 O X X X X X X X X X X X
B6S 128 x 182 O X X X X X X X X X X X
A5S 148.5 x 210 O X X X X X X X X X X X
A5L 210 x 148 O X X X X X X X X X X X
Statement S 139.7 x 215.9 O X X X X X X X X X X X
Statement L 215.9 x 139.7 O X X X X X X X X X X X
6x9 (Postcard) S 152.4 x 228.6 O X X X X X X X X X X X
6x9 (Postcard) L 228.6.6 x 152.4 O X X X X X X X X X X X
B5S 182 x 257 O O*16 X X X X X Alt*8 X X X X
B5L 257 x 182 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3H Alt*6 X X X X
Executive S 184.2 x 266.7 O O*16 X X X X X Alt*8 X X X X
Executive L 266.7 x 184.2 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3/4H Alt*9 X X X X
16K (FXTW) S 194 x 267 O O*16 X X X X X Alt*10 X X X X
16K (FXTW) L 267 x 194 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3/4H Alt*9 X X X X
16K (FXCL) S 195 x 270 O O*16 X X X X X Alt*10 X X X X
16K (FXCL) L 270 x 195 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3/4H Alt*9 X X X X
UK-Quarter (8x10) S 203.2 x 254 O O X X O O 2/US 2H Alt*10 X X X X
UK-Quarter (8x10) L 254.7 x 203.2 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3H Alt*6 X X X X
Letter (8.5x11 S) 215.9 x 279.4 O O O O O O 2/US 2H Alt*10 O O X O
Letter (8.5x11 L) 279.4.7 x 215.9 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3/4H O X X X X
Letter-Cover (9x11) S 228.6.9 x 279.4 O O O X O O X X*5 O O X X
Letter-Cover (9x11) L 279.4.4 x 228.6 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3/4H O*5 X X X X
A4S 210 x 297 O O O O O O 2/US 2H Alt*10 O O X O
A4L 297.5 x 210 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3/4H O X X X X
A4-Cover S 223 x 297 O O O X O O X X*5 O O X X
A4-Cover L 297 x 223 O O X X O O 2/US 2/3/4H O*5 X X X X
Special A4S 226 x 310 O O O X O O X X O O X X
Special A4L 310 x 226 O O*12 X X X X X X X X X X
Spanish (8.46x12.4) S 215.0 x 315.0 O O O X O O 2/US 2H Alt*7 O O X X
Foolscap (8.5x13) S 215.9 x 330.2 O O O X O O 2/US 2H Alt*7 O O X X
Legal (8.5x14 S) 215.9 x 355.6 O O O X O O 2/US 2H Alt*7 O O X X
Table 1 Output Function and Paper Size/Orientation (Standard Size*11)
Finisher
Dimension Stacker Booklet Envelope- Letter-

Size/Orientation FS/SS Top Tray Tray*1 Tray Folder Tray Offset Staple Punch*13 Interposer Booklet Single Z-Fold Fold
11x15 279.4 x 381.0 O O O X O O 2/US 2/3/4H O*5 O O X X
B4S 257.0 x 364.0 O O O X O O 2/US 2/3H O O O O X
8K (FXTW) S 267.0 x 388.0 O O O X O O 2/US 2/3/4H Alt*9 O O O X
8K (FXCL) S 270.0 x 390.0 O O O X O O 2/US 2/3/4H Alt*5 O O O X
A3S 297 x 420 O O O X O O 2/US 2/3/4H O O O O X
Ledger (11x17 S) 279.4 x 431.8 O O O X O O 2/US 2/3/4H O O O O X
12x18 S 304.8.2 x 457.2 O O*12 O X X X X X O O X X
12x19 S 304.8.2 x 482.6 O O*12 X X X X X X X X X X
DT Special A3 310.0 x 432.0 O O*12 O X X X X X O O X X
SRA3 (12.6x17.7 S) 320 x 449.6 O O*12 O X X X X X O O X X
12.6x19.2 320.0 x 487.7 O O*12 X X X X X X X X X X
Special A3 328.0 x 453.0 O O*12 O X X X X X O O X X
13x18 330.2 x 457.2 O O*12 O X X X X X O O X X
13x19 330.2 x 482.6 O O*12 X X X X X X X X X X
Choked 3 (Envelope) 120.0 x 235.0 O X X X X X X X X X X X
Kicked 2 (Envelope) 240.0 x 332.0 O X X X X X X X X X X X
C4 (Envelope) 229.0 x 324.0 O X X X X X X X X X X X
C5 (Envelope) LEF 229.0 x 162.0 O X X X X X X X X X X X
Table 2 Output Function and Paper Size/Orientation (Non-Standard Size)

Finisher

Stacker Booklet Envelope-
Size/Orientation Dimension FS/SS Top Tray Tray*1 Tray Folder Tray Offset Staple Punch*13 Interposer Booklet Single Z-Fold Letter-Fold
Non-Standard Size FS: 100 ~ 330 O P*2 P*4 X P*2 P*3 X X P*4 P*4 X X
SS: 148 ~ 488

6-99
0: Transportable/Settable/Detectable X: Not Transportable/Settable/Detectable P: Not Transportable/ Although the default is "0: Link (usually follow KO Settings)" (Note 2), Alter selection of "1: Detect as 16K
Settable/Detectable for some S or A4S. (Do not detect as 8x10 S and 8.5x11 S)", "2: Detect as 8x10 S or 8.5x11 S. (Do not detect at
16K S and A4S)", and "3: Detect as 16K S or 8.5x11 S. (Do not detect as 8x10 S and A4S)" can be per-
*1: Offset allowed formed by a CE at the Diag Mode.
*2: Sizes that are less than 203 mm and more than 297 mm in the FS direction cannot be offset; only 16K S will only be detected as 16K (FXCL) S only when the destination code is FXCL (CN). For other
sheet output is allowed. destination codes, it will be detected as 16K (FXTW) S.
Sizes that are less than 128 mm in the FS direction or less than 182 mm in the SS direction cannot be *11: Even if this is a standard size, if the connected IOT treats it as a custom size, it will be treated as a
transported. custom size.
*3: Sizes that are less than 203 mm and more than 297 mm in the FS direction, or less than 182 mm and *12: Offset not allowed; only sheet output is allowed
more than 432 mm in the SS direction cannot be stapled.
*13: 2H/4H is standard for FX/APO/GCO/XE, while 2H/3H is standard for XC
*4: Sizes that are less than 210 mm and more than 330.2 mm in the FS direction, or less than 279.4 mm
and more than 457.2 mm in the SS direction cannot be transported. Transport is possible when the paper *15: 8K S will only be detected as 8K (FXCL) S only when the destination code is FXCL (CN). For other
size is FS <(incl.) SS (Square/SEF) in the Machine Tray. destination codes, it will be detected as 8K (FXTW) S.
*5: Sizes cannot be detected: Letter-Cover (9x11) S is recognized as 8.5x11S (A4 S by *10 settings), Let- *16: Offset not allowed; only sheet output is allowed. If this is output after a Staple Job, a collapse may
ter-Cover (9x11) L as 8.5x11 L, A4-Cover S as A4S (8.5x11 S by *10 settings), A4-Cover L as A4 L and occur.
11x15 as 11x17
The usage of Letter-Cover (9x11) S and A4-Cover S at the Interposer is not guaranteed.
*6: Alter Selection for B5L and 8x10 L.
Although the default is "0: Link (usually follow KO Settings)" (Note 2), Alter selection of "1: Detect as B5L"
and "2: Detect as 8x10 L" can be performed by a CE at the Diag Mode.
*7: Alter selection for 8.5x14 S, 8.5x13 S, and Spanish S.
Although the default is "0: Link (usually follow KO Settings)" (Note 2), Alter selection of "1: Detect as
8.5x14 S", "2: Detect as 8.5x13 S", and "3: Detect as Spanish S" can be performed by a CE at the Diag
Mode.
*8: Alter Selection for B5S and Executive S.
Although the default is "0: Link (usually follow KO Settings)" (Note 2), Alter selection of "1: Detect as B5
S" and "2: Detect as Executive S" can be performed by a CE at the Diag Mode.
*9: Alter Selection for Executive L and 16K L.
Although the default is "0: Link (usually follow KO Settings)" (Note 2), Alter selection of "1: Detect as
Executive L" and "2: Detect as 16K L" can be performed by a CE at the Diag Mode.
16K L will only be detected as 16K (FXCL) L only when the destination code is FXCL (CN). For other des-
tination codes, it will be detected as 16K (FXTW) L.
*10: Alter selection for "16K S or A4S", "8x10 S or 8.5x11 S", and "16K S or 8.5x11 S".
6.2.5.5 Output Stack Capacity *1: When Staple same size is set.
The relationship between output tray and stack volume is as follows. The Stack Capacity during same width Mixed Set is determined by the largest size in the stack.
The condition is for standard paper (80gsm or lower. Curl below 12.7 mm.)
(Stack performance is not guaranteed.)
Table 1
*2: Mixed Size Detection Feature Enabled: when the output changes from small size to large size, the
Output Tray Unstapled Stapled Conditions Stack Volume detection feature is available. (approx. 350 sheets) (Inclusive of different sizes and identi-
cal jobs with same width in the FS direction) (It is possible to change the Mixed Size Detection to "Dis-
Top Tray 500 sheets - Flat Paper (Curl less than 5 mm)
abled" at the CE Diag)
Stacker Tray *2 3000 sheets 200 sets or 3000 More than 203 mm in the FS direction
(w/o Booklet) sheets and less than 216 mm in the SS direction *3: Sizes that cannot be stapled
(Those less than 203 mm in the FS direc-
tion cannot be stapled)
*4: A3S/11x17 S
1500 sheets 100 sets or 1500 More than 203 mm in the FS direction,
sheets more than 216 mm and less than 431.8 *5: Paper sizes other than those listed in *4
mm in the SS direction (Those less than
203 mm in the FS direction cannot be sta- *6: For Unstaple, 1 set can contain 2 sheets to 5 sheets; for Single Fold, 1 set can contain 1 sheet (called
pled) Single Fold to differentiate it from the 1-sheet Unstaple); for Staple, up to 20 sheets.
1500 sheets*3 - Sizes that are less than 128 mm in the FS
direction or more than 431.8 mm in the *7: For P paper only (30 sheets for other paper) the output volume is limited by the full detection of the
SS direction Envelope Folder Tray.
80 sheets *4 *8 80 sheets *4 *8 *9 Only for Z-Fold paper
60 sheets *5 *8 60 sheets *5 *8 *10 *8: Some paper brands (cross paper) are limited by the Stacker Tray storage sheet count of Z-Fold
paper. The details are as follows.
Stacker Tray *2 2000 sheets 200 sets or 2000 More than 203 mm in the FS direction
(w/ Booklet) sheets and less than 216 mm in the SS direction
Table 2
(Those less than 203 mm in the FS direc-
tion cannot be stapled) Z-Fold High
1500 sheets 100 sets or 1500 More than 203 mm in the FS direction, Weight Stack Storable Sheet Storable Sheet
sheets more than 216 mm and less than 431.8 Destination Paper Brand (gsm) Settings Count (A3/17") Count (B4/8K)
mm in the SS direction (Those less than FX FR Paper 64 Prohibit 30 -
203 mm in the FS direction cannot be sta- J Paper 82 Allow 50 50
pled)
APO/GCO Business 80 80 Prohibit 30 -
1500 sheets*3 - Sizes that are less than 128 mm in the FS
Premier 80 80 Prohibit 30 -
direction or more than 431.8 mm in the
SS direction MN Business 80 80 Prohibit 30 -
80 sheets *4 *8 80 sheets *4 *8 *9 Only for Z-Fold paper Premier 80 80 Prohibit 30 -
60 sheets *5 *8 60 sheets *5 *8 *10 Digital Color 90 Allow 50 -
Booklet Tray 20 sets *6 20 sets *6 *11 *12 Xpression+
(Booklet) Colotech+ 90 Allow 50 -
Envelope Folder 40 sheets or -
Tray more *7 *9: The MAX number of sheets that can be stapled for Z-Fold paper only is 10 sheets. When stapling with
Interposer 200 sheets 200 sheets Reference value: 145 sheets (128gsm) Non Z-Fold paper included, sets with 10 or less sheets and 1 sheet of Z-Fold paper are limited to 60 sets
(60 sheets).
*10: The MAX number of sheets that can be stapled for Z-Fold paper only is 5 sheets. When stapling with
For items that are not specified here, this can be applied using the same paper quality and paper size. Non Z-Fold paper included, sets with 20 or less sheets and 1 sheet of Z-Fold paper are limited to 40 sets
(40 sheets).
Cover and Z-Fold is not included.

6-101
*11: When printing the same image, inclusive of a coversheet. 6.2.5.6 Other Finisher Processes
[Offset Stacking] (Stacker Tray)
*12: One set of 16 or more sheets: 15 sets One set of 21 or more sheets: 12 sets (for Finisher D4)
• Mixed Size output is not prohibited. (Can be prohibited in CE Diag)

[Stapling] (Stacker Tray)
• In the case of plain paper (within 90gsm), stapling is available for the following quantities of paper:
A4/Letter or smaller (including A4SEF/LetterSEF): 100; Larger than A4/Letter: 65. As to some
brands of paper, an allowable paper quantity of 100 for stapling cannot sometimes be guaranteed.
For example, P Thick paper 78gsm: 70 sheets; ecolor 081: 80 sheets; DCX+24lb: 60 sheets;
Hammermill24: 70 sheets; Colotech90: 80 sheets (current actual value at 23 C/50% RH environ-
ment and not a guaranteed value)
• Stapling capacity is 5000 staples per cartridge.
• The stapling position specification: 1 location or 2 locations. For details, please refer to "6.2.5.7 Sta-
ple Position".
• Stapling is available for the mixture of paper output from the machine and paper supplied by the
Interposer.
• Stapling is available for mixed size paper with the same width.
• Stapling is prohibited for mixed size paper with different width. (Can be allowed in CE Diag)
• Offset is allowed at stapling. (Can be prohibited in CE Diag*)
* However, when it has been prohibited in CE Diag and stapling is cancelled due to excessive
sheets for stapling, offset output is performed. Also, when offset is prohibited, the staple set count
(the output paper stack capacity) may not be guaranteed.
• The staple scrap storage capacity of the Staple Dust Box is 20000 staples.
• The staple scrap storage capacity in the Stapler itself is 400 staples. The stapler moves to the Home
position and deposits the staple scrap from the Stapler into the Staple Dust Box after every 200 sets
during a continuous job with 200 or more sets for Dual Staple, and after every 400 sets for Rear/
Center stapling during a job with 400 or more sets.
• The Staple Dust Box can be easily replaced by a user.
[Hole Punch] (Stacker Tray, Top Tray)
• Top Tray output is only for printer specification.

• The hole punch specification satisfies "6.2.5.9 Hole Punch Position".
Hole Punch Specification: 2 Holes or 4 Holes (2 Holes or 3 Holes are possible by territory spec or by
options); for details, refer to "6.2.5.9 Hole Punch Position".
• Hole Punch is available for the mixture of paper output from the machine and supplied by the Inter-
poser.
• Hole Punch is available for mixed size paper with the same width.
• Hole Punch is prohibited for mixed size paper with different width. (Cannot be allowed in CE Diag)
• The punch scrap storage capacity of the Punch Dust Box is 10000 times (the number of punch oper-
ation).
• Notes and Restriction: This combination is prohibited when it interferes positions of punch holes and X: Hole Punch and Staple cannot be used together (prohibition)
stapling positions. The details for Punch and Staple prohibited items are as follows.
-: Hole Punch not allowed
Table 1
*: The Slow Scan (length) of Tab Stock is the Xerox standard size. Commercially available products may
2/US 2H Puncher 3H Puncher 4H Puncher
have different tab length
RP/ RP/
Paper Size FC RP/RC D C FC RC D C FC RC D C [Booklet/Single Fold (Center Fold Applied to 1 Sheet of Paper)] (Booklet Tray)
B5 LEF O O O O X X O X - - - -
• Folding is available for up to 5 sheets when stapling is not performed.
Executive LEF O O O O O X O X X X O O
(The number of sheets to be folded at a time can be changed between 1 and 15 in the NVM Settings
16K (FXTW) LEF O O O O O X O X X X O O (763-252). However, when the no. of sheets is more than 6, fold performance is not guaranteed.)
16K (FXCL) LEF O O O O O X O X X X O O • Finisher D2 can staple up to 15 sheets (90gsm or less), and Finisher D3/D4 up to 20 sheets (90gsm
8x10 SEF O O O O - - - - - - - - or less).
8x10 LEF O O O O X X O X - - - - 21 to 25 sheets can be stapled under the following conditions:
Letter SEF O O O O - - - - - - - - [Paper Brand]
Letter LEF O O O O O O O X O X O O FX: G70, P, C2/C2R/EP-R
Letter Cover LEF O O O O O O O X O X O O APO/GCO: Business 80, GA37 (PackageOrange), FXK-X
A4 SEF O O O O - - - - - - - - [Image]
A4 LEF O O O O O O O X O O O O There must be no image with over-10% halftone in the area between both lines 10 mm from the fold
A4 Cover LEF O O O O O O O X O O O O of paper.
Spanish SEF O O O O - - - - - - - - When a cover sheet of 220gsm** is used, up to 14 sheets (60~80gsm) for the main body can be
Foolscap SEF O O O O - - - - - - - - bound. **: Excluding full color paper for Xerograpy support.
Legal (8.5x14) SEF O O O O - - - - - - - - Paper quantity for stapling can be changed to a quantity between 2 and 25 in either NVM below as
appropriate. However, except for the earlier-stated brands of paper, the machine capability of fold-
11x15 SEF O O O O O O O X O X O O
ing 21 or more sheets, 15 or more text sheets with 220gsm-heavy cover paper in use or 221gsm-or-
B4 SEF O O O O X X O X - - - - heavier cover paper is not guaranteed.)
8K (FXTW) SEF O O O O O X O X X X O O NVM763-293: 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press
8K (FXCL) SEF O O O O O X O X X X O O NVM763-251: 4127/4112G and others
A3 SEF O O O O O O O X O O O O • For booklet stapling capacity, see "6.2.5.3.4 Booklet Stapling Capacity (Finisher D4: 700DCP,
Ledger (11x17) SEF O O O O O O O X O X O O Color1000/800 Press)".
Tab Stock A4 LEF O O O O O O O X O O O O • 1 Staple Cartridge contains 5000 staples.
297.0x223.0* • Stapling Positions: 1 locations or 2 locations
Tab Stock A4 LEF O O O O O O O X O X O O • Stapling is available for the mixture of paper output from the machine and supplied from the Inter-
(8.5x11) 279.4x228.6* poser.
• Output of mixed size paper both stapled and non-stapled is prohibited.
FC: Front Corner Staple (45 )
• Single Fold in combination with stapling or hole punch is not allowed. Booklet in combination with
hole punch is not allowed.
RP: Rear Parallel Staple
• When removing paper from the Booklet Tray, press [Remove Paper] button of the Booklet Tray so
RC: Rear Corner Staple (45 ) that the paper will shift to the removal position. (Settings can be changed in CE Diag for the output
paper to automatically move to the removal position when the job completes (At Cycle Down of Fin-
D: Dual Staple isher) without pressing the Remove Paper button.)
However, if paper is not removed from the Booklet Tray and another paper is output onto the tray,
C: Center Staple the output paper that has shifted to the removal position may fall due to the incoming paper.
[Z-Fold (Half Sheet)] (Stacker tray, Top Tray)
0: Both Hole Punch and Staple allowed

6-103
• Stapling can be selected together with stacker tray output. 6.2.5.7 Staple Position
• Output/stapling with folding is available for mixed size paper with the same width.
There are 3 modes for Staple Position.
For Z-Fold paper, one sheet of A3/11x17" is counted as 10 sheets of non-folded paper, and one
sheet of B4/8K is counted as 20 sheets when stapling. • Front Stapling (45 )
• Folding is available for mixed size paper with different width. (Stack performance is not guaranteed.) • Rear Stapling (45 /parallel)
However, stapling at that time becomes is prohibited when different width mixed size stapling is pro- • Dual Staple
hibited in CE Diag, and allowed when the prohibition is removed. The Staple Specifications are as follows:
[C Tri-Fold/Z Tri-Fold] (Envelope Folder Tray)
• Number of folded sheets: one.

• Folding in combination with stapling or hole punch and folding for mixed size paper are not allowed.
• To remove paper from Envelope Folder Tray, press [Remove Paper] button on the top of Folder Unit
and open the Envelope Folder Tray.
[Curling Correction] (Top Tray, Stacker Tray, Booklet Tray)
• Includes the [Auto], [No Correction], [Up-Curl Adjustment], and [Down-Curl Adjustment] modes.
[Auto]: Performs correction only of the specified mode, paper size, and orientation.
[No Correction]: Curling correction is not performed (Curl Correction OFF).
[Up-Curl Adjustment]: Performs correction only in the up-curl direction at the entrance of Finisher.
"Down-Curl Adjustment": Performs adjustment only in the down-curl direction at the entrance of Fin-
isher.
• Mode change is allowed during job printing.
Figure 1 j0fu66036
Table 1
Target Paper Dimension (mm) A 2 (mm) B 2 (mm) C+/12 (mm)
8x10 SEF 203.2 197.2 23.85 94.85
A4 SEF 210 204 27.25 98.25
Spanish SEF 215 209 29.75 100.75
8.5x11/13/14 SEF 215.9 209.9 30.2 101.2
A4 Cover SEF 223 204 33.75 104.75
Special A4 SEF 226 220 35.25 106.25
9x11 SEF 228.6 222.6 36.55 107.55
8x10 LEF 254 248 49.25 -
B5 LEF, B4 SEF, 257 251 50.75 121.75
Executive LEF 266.7 261 55.75 126.75
15K (FXTW) LEF, 8K (FXTW) SEF 267 261 55.75 126.75
15K (FXCL) LEF, 8K (FXCL) SEF 270 264 57.25 128.25
8.5/9x11 LEF, 11x15/17 SEF 279.4 273.4 61.95 132.95
A4/A4 Cover LEF, A3 SEF 297 291 70.75 141.75
Non-Standard Size W W-6 (W-(155.5)/2 W/2-(6.25)
NOTE: Even for the standard sizes in the above table, if the connected IOT treats it as a custom size, it 6.2.5.8 Staple Position (Booklet)
will be treated as a custom size.
The Staple Specifications are as follows:
The Binding Specifications are as follows:
<Bind at 1 location>
Figure 1 j0fu66037
Table 1
Figure 2 j0fu66009 Target Paper Dimension (mm) X1
<Bind at 2 locations> Letter SEF 215.9 42.5

Letter-Cover SEF 228.6 48.8
A4 SEF 210 39.5
A4-Cover SEF 223 46
Special A4 SEF 226 47.5
Spanish SEF 215 42
8.5x13 SEF 215.9 42.5
8.5x14 SEF 215.9 42.5
11x15 SEF 279.4 74.2
B4 SEF 257 63
8K (FXTW) SEF 267 68
8K (FXCL) SEF 270 69.5
A3 SEF 297 83
11x17 SEF 279.4 74.2
Non-Standard Size W (W-120-11)/2
NOTE: Even for the standard sizes in the above table, if the connected IOT treats it as a custom size, it
Figure 3 j0fu66010
will be treated as a custom size.

6-105
6.2.5.9 Hole Punch Position

For hole punch, 2H and 4H are the standard installation, while 3H is possible by option.
NOTE: Although the mechanical configuration of the 3H Puncher Unit is 2H/3H, 2H is for XC (US) Speci-
fication, while the NVM Settings (763-312) sets the unit to 3H only. For more details, refer to "9.3 3H
Puncher Unit Installation".
:*1: Settings can be changed to [10 2 mm] by a CE. (12 mm at factory shipment)
Replacement of Guide Assembly (PL 25.22 Item18) and changing of NVM (refer to ADJ 25.21.2)
*2: Position can be adjusted at [2 mm] by a CE engineer. (CE Diag) 0
Figure 1 j0fu66013
Table 1
Dimension A
(mm) Dimension A
FX/APO/ (mm) Dimension B Dimension C
Paper Size GCO/XE XC (mm) (mm)
A4 SEF 65 70 - -
Letter SEF, 8.5x14 SEF 67.95 72.95 - -
A3 SEF, A4 LEF 108.5 113.5 40.5 28.5
11x17 SEF, 8.5x11 LEF 99.7 104.7 31.7 19.7
B4 SEF, B5 LEF 88.5 93.5 - -
16K (FXTW) LEF, 8K (FXTW) SEF 93.5 98.5 25.5 13.5
16K (FXCL) LEF, 8K (FXCL) SEF 95 100 27 15
6.2.5.10 Folding Precision
The folding precision in each mode is as follows.
• Booklet / Single Fold
Figure 3 j0fu66016
• Envelope Z-Fold (Z Tri-Fold)
Figure 1 j0fu66014
• Z-Fold (Half Sheet)
Figure 4 j0fu66017
Figure 2 j0fu66015
• Envelope C-Fold (C Tri-Fold)

6-107
6.2.5.11 Inflated Folding Specification

The inflating specification when folded is as follows.
• Booklet
Figure 3 j0fu66020
• Envelope C-Fold (C Tri-Fold)
Figure 1 j0fu66018
• Single Fold
Figure 4 j0fu66021
• Envelope Z-Fold (Z Tri-Fold)
Figure 2 j0fu66019
• Z-Fold (Half Sheet)

6.2.5.12 Paper Offset Function
There are 2 offset positions - "Front" and "Rear".
The offset settings of "Offset per set", "Offset per job" and "No offset" can be set in the CE Diag
• Sheet deviation (Envelope) measurement standard
Figure 5 j0fu66022
Figure 1 j0fu66023
Finisher Top Tray lead direction (sheet output)*1: Le = Lmax - Lp <(incl.) 20 mm: 95% or higher
Finisher Top Tray side direction (sheet output)*1: <(incl.) 40 mm: 95% or higher
Finisher Stacker Tray Non Stapling lead direction (set output)*1: <(incl.) 15 mm: 95% or higher
Finisher Stacker Tray Non Stapling side direction (set output)*1: <(incl.) 8 mm: 95% or higher
Finisher Stacker Tray Non Stapling lead direction (sheet output)*1: <(incl.) 15 mm: 95% or higher
Finisher Stacker Tray Non Stapling side direction (sheet output)*1: <(incl.) 8 mm: 95% or higher
*1: Finisher Top Tray Scatter applies to paper with curl of 5 mm or less, and size of 210 mm or more
in the FS direction and 432 mm or less in the SS direction.
• Offset amount (between sets) measurement standard
(When Staple in the Finisher Stacker Tray is OFF)

6-109
6.2.5.13 Paper Curl

Paper output from IOT: 12.7 mm and lower is supported.
If this is exceeded, curls of 30 mm and less can be dealt by the Auto Curl Correction from the IOT, or by
using the Forced Decurler button.
However, the device may not be capable of handling curls greater than 12.7 mm after the Decurler.
Figure 2 j0fu66024
Ls >(incl.) 20 mm (Finisher Stacker Tray Non Stapling): 95% or higher*1

Ls >(incl.) 15 mm (Finisher Stacker Tray Non Stapling): 99% or higher*1
*1: Excluding sizes that are smaller than B5 SEF and 11x17 SEF.
6.2.5.14 Paper for Trimmer/Square Fold 6.2.5.15 Basis Weight of Paper for Trimmer/Square Fold
The paper for the Finisher D4 Booklet Unit is available. The basis weight of paper for the Finisher D4 Booklet Unit is available.

6-111
6.2.5.16 Paper Size for Trimmer/Square Fold 6.2.5.17 Trimmer/Square Fold Output Paper Stacking Capacity
The paper sizes for the Finisher D4 Booklet Unit are available. Conditions (Standard Paper of 80gsm or less/B zone/Curl of 12.7 mm or less)
Table 1
Output Tray Unstapled*1 Stapled*1 Condition
Booklet Tray 20 sets 20 sets*2 Unstapled: 2 to 5 sheets per set.
(15 or less sheets/ Bi-Folded: 1 sheet per set.
set)
15 sets*2
(16 or more
sheets/set)
*1: Applicable basically to paper of the same paper type/same size.
In the case of a mixed stack (different widths), the number of sets is 3 less than each of the above-stated
numbers. The stacking performance is not guaranteed.
*2: In case the same image is printed on all the sheets including the cover.
6.2.5.18 Trimmer/Square Fold Square Fold/Trimming Operation 6.2.5.19 Trimmer/Square Fold Trimming Precision
[Square Fold] [Booklet Trimming Length (Spec of Length Variations in booklet trimming)]
This can do the square fold operation on a booklet from the Booklet Unit. NOTE: Trimming Length can be adjusted on the UI by the user.
1. Booklet + Trimming
However, the performance for a stapled booklet of less than 5 sheets is not guaranteed.
The performance for unstapled booklets is not guaranteed. (Neither guaranteed for Bi-Folded booklets)
• The user can switch or adjust the following: availability and unavailability of trimming / trimming
length adjustment, and availability and unavailability of the square fold operation / square mode
(strong or weak). (Use the [Booklet Trimming/Pressing] screen.)
• The preset width of square mode (strong or weak) can be changed in NVM763-520~524, provided
that [2: Operate by NVM setting] is selected in NVM763-518 (Setting of Instructions on Trimmer/
Square Operation) in advance.
[Trimmer]
This carries out trimming on a booklet from the Booklet Unit.
Specify a specific booklet length for trimming by setting it on UI or MIMIC UI.
The capacity of the Trim Waste Box: 120 or more trims (for Business80 A3 15-sheet booklet and trim-
ming length of 2 mm) Figure 1 j0tm60203
(The Full Detection Sensor detects that the box is full.) L1: Finished Length mm (user-set value)
Setting range: (L1-20)mm~(L1-2)mm
Measurement position: the center in the width direction of the already output bottom sheet (outer-
most one)
• Stapled: L1 2 mm (at 95%sets)
• Bi-Folded/UnStapled: L1 2 mm (at 95%sets)
Note that the above applies only to the outermost sheet.
2. Booklet + Trimming + Square Fold

6-113
• Stapled or Bi-Folded/Unstapled: L3<= 1 mm(at 95%sets)

Figure 2 j0tm60204
L2: Finished Length mm (user-set value) Figure 4 j0tm60206

Setting range: (L2-20)mm~(L2-2)mm
Measurement position: the center in the width direction of the already output bottom sheet (outer- L4: Difference (mm) in width between the top and bottom halves of a booklet
most one) Measure on the innermost leaf.
• Stapled: L2 2.5 mm (at 95%sets) Measurement position: the center in the width direction of an already output booklet
NOTE: Bi-Folded/Unstapled: Not guaranteed. • Stapled: L4 <= 1.5 mm(at 95%sets)
[Difference between Booklet Top and Bottom] NOTE: Bi-Folded/Unstapled: Not guaranteed.
1. Booklet + Trimming [Booklet Trimming Skew Amount]

1. Booklet + Trimming
Figure 3 j0tm60205
Figure 5 j0tm60207
L3: Difference (mm) in width between the top and bottom halves of a booklet
Measure on the innermost sheet. Difference (mm) in length between both edges L5 and L6 of a booklet
Measurement position: the center in the width direction of an already output booklet
Measurement position: both edges of the bottom (outermost) sheet of an already output booklet
• Stapled: |L5-L6| <= 2 mm (at 95%sets)
• Bi-Folded/Unstapled: |L5-L6| <= 2 mm (at 95%sets)
Figure 7 j0tm60209
NOTE: If square fold is unavailable, the specifications of the booklet unit are applied.
L9: Booklet Front/Rear Bulge Amount (mm)

Figure 6 j0tm60208 Measurement position: the larger one of the Front and Rear bulges. Ignore the curled-up rear edge
of a booklet.
Difference (mm) in length between the front and rear edges L7 and L8 of a booklet • Stapled: L9 <= 20 mm (at 95%sets)
Measurement position: the front and rear edges of the bottom (outermost) sheet of an already out-
put booklet NOTE: Bi-Folded/Unstapled: in compliance with the performance of Finisher D4
• Stapled: |L7-L8| <= 2.5 mm (at 95%sets)
NOTE: Bi-Folded/Unstapled: Not guaranteed.
[Booklet Bulge Amount]

NOTE: Switching between strong and weak square modes makes possible adjusting booklet bulge
amount.

6-115
6.2.6.1 Things to Take Note When Using the Plinth Kit 6.2.6.2 Bundled Accessories
NOTE: •Currently, there are no dedicated optional products planned for the Plinth Kit. If necessary, use
Table 1
the DocuColor 1250 series Plinth Kit listed in the following table.
Product Code Number Name Qty
• When a High Capacity Feeder (2 layers), a Center-binding Finisher D2, and a Folder Unit D2 are
installed, one WU83 and two WU84 are required. WU83 1 Plinth Kit Plate 1
2 Stopper 8
Table 1
3 Securing Screws 16
Product WU84 1 Plinth Kit Plate 1
Recommended Products Code Application
2 Stopper 4
Plinth Kit (For DocuColor 1250 WU83 For High Capacity W 700 mm x D 760 mm (Hori- 3 Docking Plate 2
Machines) Feeder zontal Surface 725 mm)
4 Securing Screws 16
Plinth Kit (For DocuColor 1250 10 WU84 For Machine & Finisher W 930 mm x D 760 mm (Hori-
Bins Output Device) zontal Surface 725 mm)
• WU83: For High Capacity Feeder
Figure 1 j0fu66025
• WU84: For Machine & Finisher
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.2.6 Plinth Kit

6-117
6.2.6 Plinth Kit 6-118 Version.2.0
6.2.6.3 Machine Configuration and Plinth Kit Combination

Table 1
Required No. of
Machine Configuration Plinth Kit
Main Unit + Finisher WU84: x2
Main Unit + Finisher + Folder
Main Unit + Finisher + HCF WU83: x1
Main Unit + Finisher + Folder + HCF WU84: x2
• Main Unit + Finisher, or Main Unit + Finisher + Folder
Figure 2 j0fu66026
Figure 1 j0fu66027
NOTE: *1: When Folder Unit D2 is installed, this interferes with the Tri-Fold Output Tray and hence 6.2.6.4 Relationship Between Plinth Kit and Installation Space
cannot be installed.
*2: The Docking Tray is used as stoppers (left and right sides). NOTE: *1 is the required space. Pay attention to this space when using the Plinth Kit, (if it is too close to
a wall, it might not be enough to accommodate the Machine). Also, if Finisher D2 is installed, the size will
• Main Unit + Finisher + HCF, or Main Unit + Finisher + Folder + HCF be 5 mm less compared to the width of the Booklet Finisher in the following diagram.
• Main Unit + Booklet Finisher
Figure 2 j0fu66028
NOTE: *1: When Folder Unit D2 is installed, this interferes with the Tri-Fold Output Tray and hence Figure 1 j0fu66029
cannot be installed.
• Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + Folder

6-119
• Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + HCF • Main Unit + Booklet Finisher + Folder + HCF
Figure 4 j0fu66032

6-121
6.3 Consumables
Table 1
CRU/ Reference
Consumable Name Product Code ERU (replacement life guideline)
Staples Cartridge Booklet XC (4 pcs) CWAA0501 (FX) - 5000 Staples x 4 sets/Box
(Common parts for Finisher D/D2/D2P/ CWAA0749 (APO/
D3) GCO)
Staples Cartridge Booklet XC-D4(For CWAA0749 - 5000 Staples x 4 sets/Box
Finisher D4)*2
Staples Type XF(4 pcs) CWAA0671 (FX) - 5000 Staples x4 sets + Staple
(For Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4) CWAA0677 (APO/ Dust Box (*1) x1 set/Box
GCO) 20k Staples and above
*1: The Staple Dust Box is a CRU item. Used up and extra (unwanted) Staple Dust Boxs are to be col-
lected back by the CSD (Customer Service Deliverer) or CE.
*2: This is Staples Cartridge for Booklet for Finisher D4.
Version.2.0 11/2011 6.3 Consumables

6-123
6.3 Consumables 6-124 Version.2.0
Chapter 7 Wiring Data
7 Wiring Data
7.1 Plug/Jack Location List
7.1 Plug/Jack Location List............................................................................................. 3
7.1.25 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 Plug/Jack Location List

7.1.25.1 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 Plug/Jack Location List...................................................... 5
7.1.25.2 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 Plug/Jack Positions ........................................................... 8
7.1.26 List of Finisher-D2P Wiring Connectors

7.1.26.1 List of Finisher-D2P Wiring Connectors ........................................................... 17
7.1.26.2 Finisher-D2P Wiring Connector Position.......................................................... 20
7.1.45 Trimmer and Square Fold Plug/Jack Location List

7.1.45.1 Trimmer and Square Fold Plug/Jack Location List........................................... 29
7.1.45.2 Trimmer and Square Fold Plug/Jack Positions ................................................ 30
Version.2.0 11/2011
7-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Wiring Data
Wiring Data 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
7-2 Version.2.0
7.1 Plug/Jack Location List
How to Use the Plug/Jack Location List
• To find which position to install specific connectors to, refer to the table "7.1.x.1 Plug/Jack Location
List " for Figure No. and Item No., and then to the figure in “7.1.x.2 Plug/Jack Positions.”
• P/J No. on “7.1.x.1 Plug/Jack Location List” is expressed in the four ways below:
• J250 represents Jack 250.
• P250 represents Plug 250.
• CN1 represents Connector 1.
• FS1 represents Faston Terminal 1.
Figure 1 7001
Version.2.0 11/2011 7.1 Plug/Jack Location List

7-3
7.1 Plug/Jack Location List 7-4 Version.2.0
7.1.25.1 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 Plug/Jack Location List Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2/D3/D4)
P/J No. Figure No. Item Remarks (where to connect)
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2/D3/D4)
P/J8034 1 6
P/J No. Figure No. Item Remarks (where to connect) P/J8035 1 19
P/J2 9 7 P/J8037 1 21 Decurler In Sensor
P/J502 9 8 P/J8037 2 7 Paddle Support Clutch
P/J505 9 6 P/J8038 2 5
P/J570 14 3 P/J8039 2 9
P/J576 14 1 P/J8040 2 1
J680 1 22 P/J8041 1 5 Decurler Cam Home Sensor
P/J8001 1 9 P/J8041 5 12 Pancher Move Clutch
P/J8002 1 10 P/J8042 5 2
P/J8003 1 7 P/J8043 9 1
P/J8004 1 8 P/J8044 9 2
P/J8005 1 13 P/J8045 4 3
J8005 16 7 P/J8046 4 1
P/J8006 1 12 P/J8047 4 2
P/J8007 6 10 P/J8048 4 6
P8008 6 14 P/J8049 4 4
J8008 15 14 P/J8050 5 23
P/J8009 6 13 P/J8051 5 15
P8010 6 12 P/J8052 9 5
J8010 15 15 P/J8053 5 22
P/J8011 6 16 P/J8054 5 1
P/J8012 6 18 P/J8055 9 3
P/J8013 6 8 P/J8056 9 4
P/J8014 6 9 P/J8057 5 24
P/J8015 6 24 P/J8058 8 9 Full Stack Sensor
P/J8016 6 26 P/J8058 8 9 Full Stack Sensor (Booklet Type)
P/J8017 6 27 P/J8059 8 6
P/J8018 6 22 P/J8060 8 5
P/J8019 6 2 P/J8061 8 1
P/J8020 6 5 P/J8062 7 2
P/J8021 6 6 P/J8063 6 3
P/J8022 6 7 P/J8064 6 23 Finisher PWB
P/J8023 6 4 P/J8064 8 10 Lower Limit Sensor
P/J8024 6 25 P/J8064 8 10 Lower Limit Sensor (Booklet Type)
P/J8025 6 1 P/J8065 6 28 Finisher PWB (D4 Type)
P/J8026 6 15 P/J8065 7 8 Stacker Front Position Sensor
P/J8027 1 18 P8066 6 29 Finisher PWB (Trimmer)
P/J8033 1 16 P/J8066 7 4 Stack Height Sensor2 (Front)
Version.2.0 11/2011 7.1.25 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 Plug/Jack Location List

7-5
7.1.25 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 Plug/Jack Location List 7-6 Version.2.0
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2/D3/D4) Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2/D3/D4)

P/J No. Figure No. Item Remarks (where to connect) P/J No. Figure No. Item Remarks (where to connect)
P8067 6 30 Finisher PWB (Trimmer) P/J8106 5 4
P/J8067 8 4 Stack Height Sensor2 (Rear) P/J8107 5 21
P/J8068 5 10 P/J8108 6 20
P/J8069 2 2 P/J8109 6 21
P/J8070 5 3 P/J8110 5 16
P/J8071 4 5 P/J8111 5 20
P/J8072 4 7 P/J8112 5 13
P/J8073 4 8 P/J8113 5 14
P/J8074 3 9 P/J8114 3 6
P/J8075 3 7 P/J8115 3 5
P/J8076 3 10 2&4 Hole Puncher Unit P/J8116 8 7
P/J8076 3 15 3 Hole Puncher Unit P/J8117 8 11
P/J8077 3 11 2&4 Hole Puncher Unit P/J8118 7 1
P/J8077 3 14 3 Hole Puncher Unit J8119 6 19
P/J8078 3 8 J8120 1 14
P/J8079 3 1 P/J8121 1 15
P/J8080 3 2 J8121 16 3
P/J8081 3 3 P/J8122 1 20
P/J8082 3 13 P/J8123 1 3
P/J8083 3 12 P/J8125 10 1
P/J8084 3 4 P/J8126 10 2
P/J8085 2 6 P/J8127 10 10
P/J8086 2 3 P/J8128 10 3
P/J8087 2 4 P/J8129 10 5
P/J8088 5 11 P/J8130 10 4
P/J8089 5 8 P/J8131 10 6
P/J8090 5 6 P/J8132 10 8
P/J8091 5 9 P/J8133 10 7
P/J8092 7 7 P/J8134 10 9
P/J8093 7 6 J8135 1 1
P/J8094 8 8 P8135 10 11
P/J8095 8 12 P/J8136 15 25
P/J8096 8 13 P/J8137 15 4
P/J8097 8 14 P/J8138 15 3
P/J8098 2 8 P/J8139 15 1
P/J8100 9 9 P/J8140 15 2
P/J8101 6 17 P/J8141 16 13
P8103 1 14 P/J8142 15 16
P/J8104 5 5 P/J8143 15 11
P/J8105 8 2 P/J8144 15 12
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2/D3/D4) Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2/D3/D4)
P/J No. Figure No. Item Remarks (where to connect) P/J No. Figure No. Item Remarks (where to connect)
P/J8145 15 8 P/J8184 13 8
P/J8146 15 10 P/J8185 11 6
P/J8147 15 9 P/J8186 11 10
P/J8148 15 6 P/J8187 11 7
P/J8149 15 21 P/J8188 11 13
P/J8150 15 13 P/J8189 12 6
P/J8151 15 20 P/J8190 11 3
P/J8152 16 4 P/J8191 11 1
P/J8153 15 18 P/J8193 5 18
P/J8154 16 6 P/J8194 14 2
P/J8155 16 5 P/J8195 16 10
P/J8156 16 2 P/J8196 11 9
P/J8157 15 19 P/J8197 11 8
P/J8158 15 22 P/J8198 16 17
P/J8159 15 23 J8201 12 3
P/J8160 16 1 P8201 12 9
P/J8161 15 17 P8202 12 7
P/J8162 16 14 J8202 13 9
P/J8163 16 11 P8203 12 8
P/J8164 16 9 J8203 13 10
P/J8165 16 12 P/J8205 13 3
P/J8166 1 4 P/J8207 10 12
P/J8167 1 11 P/J8208 7 5
P/J8168 15 7 P/J8209 8 3
P/J8169 15 5 P/J8210 7 3
P/J8170 13 7 P/J8211 16 16
P/J8171 13 2 P/J8213 6 11
P/J8172 13 6 P/J8214 13 1
P/J8173 13 5 P/J8215 16 8
P/J8174 13 4 P/J8216 16 15
P/J8175 12 5 P/J8217 14 1
P/J8176 11 5 P/J8218 14 3
P/J8177 11 2 P/J8236 15 24
P/J8178 11 4 P/J8250 11 14
P/J8179 11 12 P/J8300 5 19
P/J8180 11 11 P/J8441 1 2
P/J8181 12 4 P/J8442 1 17
P/J8182 12 1 P/J8443 5 17
P/J8183 12 2 P/J8700 9 12

7-7
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2/D3/D4) 7.1.25.2 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 Plug/Jack Positions

P/J8798 9 11
P/J8799 9 10
Figure 1 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 1of16 (j0fd712501)

Figure 2 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 2of16 (j0fd712502) Figure 3 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 3of16 (j0fd712503)

7-9


7-11


7-13


7-15
Figure 16 Finisher-D2/D3/D4 16of16 (j0fd712516)

7.1.26.1 List of Finisher-D2P Wiring Connectors Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2P)
P/J No. FigureNo. Item Remarks (destination)
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2P)
P/J8037 1 6 Decurler In Sensor
P/J No. FigureNo. Item Remarks (destination) P/J8037 2 7 Paddle Support Clutch
P/J1 9 8 P/J8038 2 5
P/J2 9 7 P/J8039 2 9
P/J502 9 9 P/J8040 2 1
P/J505 9 6 P/J8041 1 9 Decurler Home Sensor
P/J8001 1 13 P/J8041 5 13 Puncher Move Sensor
P/J8002 1 14 P/J8042 5 2
P/J8003 1 15 P/J8043 9 1
P/J8004 1 12 P/J8044 9 2
P/J8005 1 18 P/J8045 4 3
J8005 16 7 P/J8046 4 1
P/J8006 1 17 P/J8047 4 2
P/J8007 6 10 P/J8048 4 6
P8008 6 14 P/J8049 4 4
J8008 15 14 P/J8050 5 24
P/J8009 6 13 P/J8051 5 16
J8010 15 15 P/J8052 9 5
P8010 6 12 P/J8053 5 23
P/J8011 6 16 P/J8054 5 1
P/J8012 6 18 P/J8055 9 3
P/J8013 6 8 P/J8056 9 4
P/J8014 6 9 P/J8057 5 25
P/J8015 6 23 P/J8058 8 9
P/J8016 6 25 P/J8059 8 6
P/J8017 6 26 P/J8060 8 5
P/J8018 6 21 P/J8061 8 1
P/J8019 6 2 P/J8062 7 2
P/J8020 6 5 P/J8063 6 3
P/J8021 6 6 P/J8064 6 22 Finisher PWB
P/J8022 6 7 P/J8064 8 10 Lower Limit Sensor
P/J8023 6 4 P/J8065 7 8
P/J8024 6 24 P/J8066 7 4
P/J8025 6 1 P/J8067 8 4
P/J8026 6 15 P/J8068 5 11
P/J8027 1 1 P/J8069 2 2
P/J8033 1 21 P/J8070 5 3
P/J8034 1 11 P/J8071 4 5
P/J8035 1 22 P/J8072 4 7
Version.2.0 11/2011 7.1.26 List of Finisher-D2P Wiring Connectors

7-17
7.1.26 List of Finisher-D2P Wiring Connectors 7-18 Version.2.0
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2P) Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2P)

P/J No. FigureNo. Item Remarks (destination) P/J No. FigureNo. Item Remarks (destination)
P/J8073 4 8 P/J8114 3 6
P/J8074 3 9 P/J8115 3 5
P/J8075 3 7 P/J8116 8 7
P/J8076 3 10 2-Hole Puncher Unit P/J8117 8 11
P/J8076 3 15 3-Hole Puncher Unit P/J8118 7 1
P/J8077 3 11 2-Hole Puncher Unit J8119 6 19
P/J8077 3 14 3-Hole Puncher Unit J8120 1 20
P/J8078 3 8 J8121 16 3
P/J8079 3 1 P/J8121 1 19
P/J8080 3 2 P/J8122 1 3
P/J8081 3 3 P/J8123 1 5
P/J8082 3 13 P/J8125 10 1
P/J8083 3 12 P/J8126 10 2
P/J8084 3 4 P/J8127 10 10
P/J8085 2 6 P/J8128 10 3
P/J8086 2 3 P/J8129 10 5
P/J8087 2 4 P/J8130 10 4
P/J8088 5 12 P/J8131 10 6
P/J8089 5 8 P/J8132 10 8
P/J8090 5 6 P/J8133 10 7
P/J8091 5 9 P/J8134 10 9
P/J8092 7 7 P8135 10 11
P/J8093 7 6 J8135 1 2
P/J8094 8 8 P/J8136 15 25
P/J8095 8 12 P/J8137 15 4
P/J8096 8 13 P/J8138 15 3
P/J8097 8 14 P/J8139 15 1
P/J8098 2 8 P/J8140 15 2
P/J8100 9 10 P/J8141 16 13
P/J8101 6 17 P/J8142 15 16
P8103 1 20 P/J8143 15 11
P/J8104 5 5 P/J8144 15 12
P/J8105 8 2 P/J8145 15 8
P/J8106 5 4 P/J8146 15 10
P/J8107 5 22 P/J8147 15 9
P/J8108 6 20 P/J8148 15 6
P/J8110 5 17 P/J8149 15 21
P/J8111 5 21 P/J8150 15 13
P/J8112 5 14 P/J8151 15 20
P/J8113 5 15 P/J8152 16 4
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2P) Table 1 Plug/Jack List (Finisher-D2P)
P/J No. FigureNo. Item Remarks (destination) P/J No. FigureNo. Item Remarks (destination)
P/J8153 15 18 P/J8193 5 19
P/J8154 16 6 P/J8194 14 2
P/J8155 16 5 P/J8195 16 10
P/J8156 16 2 P/J8196 11 9
P/J8157 15 19 P/J8197 11 8
P/J8158 15 22 P/J8198 16 17
P/J8159 15 23 P8201 12 9
P/J8160 16 1 J8201 12 3
P/J8161 15 17 P8202 12 7
P/J8162 16 14 J8202 13 9
P/J8163 16 11 P8203 12 8
P/J8164 16 9 J8203 13 10
P/J8165 16 12 P/J8205 13 3
P/J8166 1 10 P/J8207 10 12
P/J8167 1 16 P/J8208 7 5
P/J8168 15 7 P/J8209 8 3
P/J8169 15 5 P/J8210 7 3
P/J8170 13 7 P/J8211 16 16
P/J8171 13 2 P/J8212 5 7
P/J8172 13 6 P/J8213 6 11
P/J8173 13 5 P/J8214 13 1
P/J8174 13 4 P/J8215 16 8
P/J8175 12 5 P/J8216 16 15
P/J8176 11 5 P/J8217 14 1
P/J8177 11 2 P/J8218 14 3
P/J8178 11 4 P/J8236 15 24
P/J8179 11 12 P/J8240 1 7
P/J8180 11 11 P/J8241 5 10
P/J8181 12 4 P/J8300 5 20
P/J8182 12 1 P/J8441 1 8
P/J8183 12 2 P/J8442 1 4
P/J8184 13 8 P/J8443 5 18
P/J8185 11 6 P/J8798 9 12
P/J8186 11 10 P/J8799 9 11
P/J8187 11 7
P/J8188 11 13
P/J8189 12 6
P/J8190 11 3
P/J8191 11 1

7-19
7.1.26.2 Finisher-D2P Wiring Connector Position
Figure 2 Finisher-D2P Eject Unit (j0fd71002)
Figure 1 Finisher-D2P I/F Module (j0fd71001)

Figure 3 Finisher-D2P Punch Unit (j0fd71003) Figure 4 Finisher-D2P Compile Unit (j0fd71004)

7-21
Figure 5 Finisher-D2P Rear (j0fd71020) Figure 6 Finisher-D2P Main PWB (j0fd71021)

Figure 7 Finisher-D2P Stacker Front (j0fd71007) Figure 8 Finisher-D2P Stacker Rear (j0fd71008)

7-23
Figure 9 Finisher-D2P Front (j0fd71022) Figure 10 Finisher-D2P Interposer Unit (j0fd71010)

Figure 11 Finisher-D2P Drawer Unit Front (j0fd71011) Figure 12 Finisher-D2P Drawer Unit Rear (j0fd71012)

7-25
Figure 13 Finisher-D2P Booklet PWB (j0fd71013) Figure 14 Finisher-D2P Booklet Tray Unit (j0fd71014)
Figure 15 Finisher-D2P Folder Rear (j0fd71015) Figure 16 Finisher-D2P Folder Front (j0fd71016)

7-27
7.1.45.1 Trimmer and Square Fold Plug/Jack Location List Table 1 Plug/Jack Location List (Trimmer and Square Fold)
Table 1 Plug/Jack Location List (Trimmer and Square Fold)
P/J8613 6 2
P/J No. Figure No. Item Remarks (where to connect) P/J8615 11 2
P/J2 4 9 P/J8617 11 8
P/J502 3 5 P/J8618 11 1
P/J505 3 4 P/J8619 5 4
P/J8001 4 6 P/J8620 5 6
P/J8101 4 7 P/J8621 11 7
P/J8500 8 7 P/J8622 11 3
P/J8501 8 2 P/J8625 11 4
P/J8502 8 4 P/J8626 11 9
P/J8503 8 3 P/J8628 11 5
P/J8504 8 12 P/J8629 1 3
P/J8505 8 14 P/J8630 1 4
P/J8506 8 9 P/J8631 1 5
P/J8507 8 11 P/J8632 1 6
P/J8508 8 1 P/J8633 10 3
P/J8509 8 18 P/J8634 1 7
P/J8510 8 15 P/J8635 5 5
P/J8511 8 17 P/J8637 6 3
P/J8512 8 13 P/J8638 2 5
P8513 9 6 P/J8639 6 5
P/J8513 8 10 P8639 10 1
P/J8514 8 5 P/J8640 7 1
P/J8515 8 6 P/J8641 7 2
P/J8516 8 16 P/J8645 5 7
P/J8516 11 6 P/J8646 6 1
P/J8517 8 8 P/J8651 9 17
P/J8518 1 1 P/J8652 3 3
P/J8600 5 9 P8652 9 13
P/J8601 5 10 P/J8653 4 2
P/J8602 4 5 P8653 9 8
P/J8603 2 2 P/J8654 9 16
P/J8604 2 3 P/J8655 9 15
P/J8605 4 8 P/J8660 9 4
P/J8606 5 1 P/J8661 9 9
P/J8608 1 2 P/J8662 9 12
P/J8609 2 1 P/J8663 9 11
P/J8610 4 11 P/J8664 9 10
P/J8611 5 3 P/J8665 9 1
Version.2.0 11/2011 7.1.45 Trimmer and Square Fold Plug/Jack Location List
7-29
7.1.45 Trimmer and Square Fold Plug/Jack Location List 7-30 Version.2.0
Table 1 Plug/Jack Location List (Trimmer and Square Fold) 7.1.45.2 Trimmer and Square Fold Plug/Jack Positions
P/J8667 2 6
P/J8668 9 2
P/J8669 4 1
P/J8670 9 3
P/J8671 2 4
P8675 9 14
P/J8675 3 2
P8676 9 7
P/J8676 5 2
P8677 9 5
P/J8677 4 12
P/J8678 4 10
P8680 10 2
P/J8680 6 4
P/J8681 10 4
P/J8682 5 8
P/J8683 4 3
P/J8684 4 4
P/J8685 3 1
Figure 1 Trimmer and Square Fold-Front(j0tm714501)

Figure 2 Top Cover Interlock Switch , Dust Box(j0tm714502) Figure 3 Trimmer and Square Fold-Rear 1(j0tm714503)
7-31
Figure 4 Trimmer and Square Fold-Rear 2(j0tm714504) Figure 5 Trimmer and Square Fold-Rear 3(j0tm714505)
Figure 6 Trimmer and Square Fold-Rear 4(j0tm714506) Figure 7 Trimmer Cutter(j0tm714507)
7-33
Figure 8 Trimmer PWB(j0tm714508) Figure 9 Trimmer move Transport Assembly(j0tm714509)

Figure 10 Square Fold Gate(j0tm714510) Figure 11 Belt Transport Assembly(j0tm714511)
7-35
7.2 Wire Network
7.2 Wire Network ......................................................................................................................................1
7.2.25 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 .......................................................................................................................... 1
7.2.25.1 ACH.................................................................................................................................................................................1
7.2.25.2 ACN.................................................................................................................................................................................2
7.2.25.3 +5VDC-1 .......................................................................................................................................................................3
7.2.25.4 +5VDC-2 .......................................................................................................................................................................4
7.2.25.5 +5VDC-3 .......................................................................................................................................................................5
7.2.25.6 5V RTN-1 .....................................................................................................................................................................6
7.2.25.7 5V RTN-2 .....................................................................................................................................................................7
7.2.25.8 5V RTN-3 .....................................................................................................................................................................8
7.2.25.9 5V RTN-4 .....................................................................................................................................................................9
7.2.25.10 +24VDC-1 ............................................................................................................................................................... 10
7.2.25.11 +24VDC-2 ............................................................................................................................................................... 11
7.2.25.12 +24VDC-3 ............................................................................................................................................................... 12
7.2.25.13 24V RTN .................................................................................................................................................................. 13
7.2.26 Trimmer And Square Fold ......................................................................................................................14
7.2.26.1 Trimmer And Square Fold ACH/ACN............................................................................................................ 14
7.2.26.2 Trimmer And Square Fold +5VDC................................................................................................................... 15
7.2.26.3 Trimmer And Square Fold 5V RTN................................................................................................................. 16
7.2.26.4 Trimmer And Square Fold +24VDC ................................................................................................................ 17
7.2.26.5 Trimmer And Square Fold 24V RTN .............................................................................................................. 18
Contents
i 7.2 Wire Network
Page Intentionally Blank
7.2.25.1 ACH
AC FILTER
GFI PWB
J8101 Ｊ1 T1003 J2 FINISHER 15.1a 15.1b

1 4 4 LVPS
BRN BRN
J8220
1
GN/YL
T1001
j0fd722501
7.2 Wire Network

7-1 Chapter 7 Wiring Data
7.2 Wire Network
7.2.25.2 ACN
GFI
J8220 AC FILTER
1 PWB
GN/YL
T1001
J8101 Ｊ1 T1004 J2 15.1a 15.1b

2 3 BLU
3 FINISHER LVPS
BLU
j0fd722502
7.2.25.3 +5VDC-1
FINISHER PWB I/F PWB
J8008 J8005 F3 J8004 J8441 P8441 J8099 DECURLER IN 15.11

1 GRY 5 3 GRY
1 3 GRY 1 SENSOR
J8442 P8442 J8035 DECURLER OUT 15.11

6 GRY
1 3 GRY 1 SENSOR
J8041 DECURLER CAM 15.12

9 1 HOME SENSOR D4
GRY
J570 BOOKLET TRAY NO 15.58
M/C with FOLDER 1 PAPER SENSOR
FOLDER
PWB
+24VDC J8140 F3 J8136 J8162 P8162 J8151 FOLDER PATH 15.18
↓ 6 GRY
4 3 GRY
1 3 GRY
1 SENSOR 1
+5VDC
J8163 P8163 J8152 FOLDER PATH 15.22 BOOKLET D2/D3
6 1 3 1 SENSOR 3 PWB
GRY GRY J8170 J8214 P8214 J8194 P8194 J8218 15.58
From BOOKLET TRAY NO
9 3 6 6 1 PAPER SENSOR
+24VDC-1 GRY GRY GRY
J8195 P8195 J8153 FOLDER PATH 15.22
9 3 3 1 SENSOR 4
GRY GRY
J8172 J8202 P8202 J8250 P8250 J8176 TAMPER HOME 15.50
J8164 P8164 J8154 END GUIDE HOME 15.21 3 A12 A3 A7 B3 GRY 1 SENSOR (FRONT)
12 GRY 4 3 1 SENSOR 2 GRY GRY
GRY
J8177 TAMPER HOME 15.51
J8155 ENVELOPE TRAY 15.24 6 A9 A6 A4 B6 GRY 1 SENSOR (REAR)
15 GRY 1 6 1 FULL SENSOR GRY GRY
GRY
J8178 BOOKLET COMPILE 15.48
J8156 FOLDER PATH 15.20 9 A6 A9 A1 B9 GRY 1 NO PAPER SENSOR
18 GRY 1 SENSOR 2 GRY GRY
J8196 P8196 J8180 KNIFE HOME 15.56

J8165 P8165 J8157 END GUIDE HOME 15.19 11 GRY A4 A11 GRY 4 6 1 SENSOR
21 GRY 1 3 1 SENSOR 1 GRY
GRY
J8179 KNIFE FOLDING 15.56
J8211 P8211 J8158 FOLDER EXIT 15.22 3 1 SENSOR
24 GRY 4 3 1 SENSOR GRY
GRY
15.17 J8182 BOOKLET IN 15.48

J8159 FOLDER ENTRANCE 19 GRY B10 B5 1 SENSOR
27 GRY 1 6 GRY
1 SENSOR GRY
15.8 J8197 P8197 J8183 BOOKLET FOLDER 15.58

J8198 P8198 J8160 ENVELOPE TRAY 22 GRY B7 B8 1 3 1 ROLL EXIT SENSOR
31 GRY 1 4 GRY
1 OPEN SWITCH GRY GRY
15.24 J8184 BOOKLET DRAWER 15.48

J8195 P8195 J8161 ENVELOPE TRAY 25 GRY 1 SET SENSOR
33 GRY 1 5 GRY
2 FULL SENSOR
J8011 J8174 F2 J8202 P8202 J8185 BOOKLET END 15.53

4 GRY
4 28 GRY B1 B14 GRY 1 GUIDE HOME
SENSOR
To +5VDC-2
j0fd722503
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.25.4 +5VDC-2
FINISHER PWB FINISHER PWB
INTERPOSER J8014 J8106 P8106 J8045 END WALL OPEN 15.35

PWB 3 GRY
13 3 GRY 1 SENSOR
F9 J8009 J8123 J8122 J8135 P8135 P8131 INTERPOSER SIZE 15.13
6 9 3 29 3 SENSOR J8046 15.35
GRY GRY GRY END WALL HOME
6 GRY
10 6 1 SENSOR
GRY
J8130 INTERPOSER NO 15.14
From 5 21 1 PAPER SENSOR
+5VDC-1 23 GRY 20 GRY GRY J8047 TAMPER HOME 15.33
9 GRY
7 9 1 SENSOR
GRY
J8129 INTERPOSER 15.13
8 5 1 LENGTH SENSOR J8048 15.34
GRY GRY SHELF HOME
12 GRY 4 12 1 SENSOR
GRY
J8207 P8207 J8128 INTERPOSER LEVEL 15.14
11 GRY 8 1 1 SENSOR J8049 15.33
GRY GRY COMPILE TRAY NO
15 GRY 1 15 1 PAPER SENSOR
GRY
J8127 INTERPOSER FEED 15.15
14 GRY 11 1 OUT SENSOR
GRY
J8241 P8241 J8050 BUFFER PATH 15.31
18 GRY 1 3 GRY
1 SENSOR
J8051 PUNCH BOX SET 15.28

21 GRY 1 SENSOR
J8013 J8038 15.41
5 GRY
1 EJECT UP SENSOR
J8300 P8300 J8052 STAPLE MOVE 15.36
24 GRY 5 3 GRY
1 HOME SENSOR
J8039 15.41
8 GRY
1 EJECT SENSOR
J8053 STAPLE CENTER 15.36
27 GRY 2 6 GRY
1 POSITION SENSOR
J8040 SUB PADDLE HOME 15.39
11 GRY 1 SENSOR
J8107 P8107 J8054 COMPILE EXIT 15.33
30 GRY 1 3 GRY
1 SENSOR
J8104 P8104 J8042 TOP TRAY FULL 15.32
16 GRY 1 3 GRY
1 SENSOR
STAPLE HEAD 15.37
J8043 TOP TRAY EXIT 15.32
19 GRY 1 SENSOR
J8015 J8055 LOW STAPLE
7 GRY
1 SENSOR
J8044 MANUAL DECURLER 15.7a
26 GRY 1 SWITCH
STAPLE READY
To SENSOR
+5VDC-3
STAPLE HOME
SENSOR
j0fd722504
7.2.25.5 +5VDC-3
FINISHER PWB
FINISHER PWB
From +5VDC-2
J8018 J8058 FULL STACK 15.43
3 1 SENSOR
GRY
J8022 J8114 P8114
J8059 15.43 3 7 3 N.C
HALF STACK GRY
6 1 SENSOR
GRY
J8060 15.43 6 4 6 N.C

GRY
9 1 MIX STACK SENSOR
GRY
J8081 PUNCH MOVE HOME 15.25
J8061 TRAY HEIGHT 15.46 9 1 9 1 SENSOR
GRY GRY
12 1 SENSOR LOWER
GRY (REAR)
J8115 P8115 J8082 15.28
J8062 15.46 12 3 1 SIDE REGI SENSOR
STACK HEIGHT GRY GRY
13 2 SENSOR 1 (FRONT)
GRY
J8083 PUNCH OUT 15.28
J8064 15.43 15 6 1 SENSOR
LOWER LIMIT GRY GRY
19 1 SENSOR
GRY
J8084 SIDE REGI HOME 15.25
J8065 15.44 18 9 1 SENSOR
STACKER FRONT GRY GRY
22 1 POSITION SENSOR
GRY
15.46 J8024 J8117 P8117 J8097 STACKER TRAY NO 15.44

J8209 STACK HEIGHT 12 1 1 PAPER SENSOR
25 1 SENSOR 1 (REAR) GRY GRY
GRY
J8210 TRAY HEIGHT 15.46 M/C with FOLDER

26 2 SENSOR LOWER
GRY (FRONT) J8063 J8118 STACK HEIGHT 15.47
5 1 SENSOR 3(FRONT)
GRY
J8066 STACK HEIGHT 15.47
GRY J8105 STACK HEIGHT 15.47
2 GRY 2 SENSOR 3(REAR)
31 2 SENSOR 2 (REAR)
GRY
J8064 J8443 P8443 J8798 STAPLE DUST BOX 15.38

1 YEL
6 1 GRY
1 SET SENSOR
J8021 J8113 P8113 J8075 PUNCH HOLE 15.27
3 12 3 SELECT SENSOR
GRY GRY J8799 STAPLE DUST BOX 15.38
4 YEL
3 4 GRY
1 FULL SENSOR
J8076 PUNCH FRONT 15.27
6 9 3 SENSOR
GRY GRY D3/D4 Only
15.27 J8065 J8700 FINISHER DOOR 15.7b
J8077 PUNCH HOME 1 GRY 1 LED PWB
9 6 3 SENSOR
GRY GRY
J8078 PUNCH MOTOR 15.28

14 1 1 SENSOR
GRY GRY
j0fd722505
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.25.6 5V RTN-1 AP/DC-II 7000G、AP/DC-III 7000G、
AP/DC-IV 7080G
IOT PWB
J8007 J8006 J8001 P680 J443
1 20 2 2 3
VIO BLK VIO
15 6
VIO 700DCP
IOT PWB
20 1 P680 J440
VIO 2 3
VIO
J8008 J8005
2 VIO
2
M/C with FOLDER 4127/4112G

IOT PWB
FOLDER
PWB CN102 CN101 P680 J434
J8140 J8136 J8162 P8162 J8151 15.18 24 2 3
FOLDER PATH VIO
7 2 1 3 1 3 SENSOR 1
VIO VIO VIO
From
24V RTN J8010 J8139 J8163 P8163 J8152 FOLDER PATH 15.22
A1 A19 4 3 1 3 SENSOR 3 AP/DC-IV C7780G
VIO VIO VIO IOT DRIVE
PWB
J8195 P8195 J8153 15.22 DP680 J434
5 1 FOLDER PATH 2 7
A19 A1 7 3 SENSOR 4 VIO
VIO VIO VIO
J8164 P8164 J8154 END GUIDE HOME 15.21

B1
20 B19
1 10 6 1 3 SENSOR 2 J8003 J8034 15.11
VIO VIO VIO 3 1 DECURLER
VIO
TRANSPORT
J8155 15.24
B19 B1 13 3 4
ENVELOPE TRAY
3 FULL SENSOR 7 5 MOTOR
VIO VIO VIO VIO
J8004 J8441 P8441 J8099 DECURLER IN 15.11
J8156 FOLDER PATH 15.20 1 3 1 3 SENSOR
16 3 SENSOR 2 VIO VIO
To 5V RTN-2 VIO
J8442 P8442 J8035 DECURLER OUT 15.11
J8165 P8165 J8157 END GUIDE HOME 15.19 4 3 1 3 SENSOR
19 3 1 3 SENSOR 1 VIO VIO
VIO VIO
J8041 15.12
J8211 P8211 J8158 FOLDER EXIT 15.22 7 3 DECURLER CAM
22 6 1 3 SENSOR VIO HOME SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8159 FOLDER ENTRANCE 15.17

25 3 4 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8198 P8198 J8160 ENVELOPE TRAY 15.8

28 4 1 4 OPEN SWITCH
VIO VIO
J8195 P8195 J8161 ENVELOPE TRAY 15.24

32 2 4 1 FULL SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8138 J8149 FOLDER ENTRACE 15.17

29 5 MOTOR
VIO
J8148 FOLDER DRIVE 15.20

40 5 MOTOR 2
VIO
j0fd722506
7.2.25.7 5V RTN-2
FINISHER PWB INTERPOSER PWB

J8009 J8123 J8122 J8135 P8135 P8131 INTERPOSER SIZE 15.13
5 10 1 27 1 SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO
From
5V RTN-1 J8130 INTERPOSER NO 15.14
12 3 9 23 3 PAPER SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO
J8129 INTERPOSER 15.13

14 1 12 7 3 LENGTH SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO
J8207 P8207 J8128 INTERPOSER LEVEL 15.14

15 28 15 10 3 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO VIO
J8127 INTERPOSER FEED 15.15

24 19 18 13 3 OUT SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO
BOOKLET PWB
D2/D3 D4
J8011 J8174 J8170 J8214 P8214 J8194 P8194 J8218 BOOKLET TRAY NO 15.58 J570 BOOKLET TRAY NO 15.58
2 2 11 1 8 8 3 PAPER SENSOR 3 PAPER SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO VIO
To
5V RTN-3 J8172 J8202 P8202 J8250 P8250 J8176 TAMPER HOME 15.50
1 A14 A1 A9 B1 3 SENSOR (FRONT)
VIO VIO VIO
J8177 TAMPER HOME 15.51

4 A11 A4 A6 B4 3 SENSOR (REAR)
VIO VIO VIO
J8178 BOOKLET COMPILE 15.48

7 A8 A7 A3 B7 3 NO PAPER SENSOR
VIO VIO VIO
J8196 P8196 J8180 KNIFE HOME 15.56

12 A3 A12 3 4 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO GRY
J8179 KNIFE FOLDING 15.56

1 3 SENSOR
GRY
J8182 BOOKLET IN 15.48

17 B12 B3 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8197 P8197 J8183 BOOKLET FOLDER 15.58

20 B9 B6 3 1 3 ROLL EXIT SENSOR
VIO VIO GRY
J8184 BOOKLET DRAWER 15.48

23 3 SET SENSOR
VIO
J8202 P8202 J8185 BOOKLET END 15.53

26 B3 B12 3 GUIDE HOME
VIO VIO SENSOR
j0fd722507
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.25.8 5V RTN-3
STAPLE HEAD 15.37

FINISHER PWB
FINISHER PWB
15.41 J8015 J8055 LOW STAPLE
J8013 J8038 1 7 SENSOR
3 3 EJECT UP SENSOR VIO
VIO
From
5V RTN-2 J8039 15.41 4 4 STAPLE READY
6 3 EJECT SENSOR VIO SENSOR
VIO
J8040 SUB PADDLE HOME 15.39 STAPLE HOME

9 3 SENSOR SENSOR
VIO
J8104 P8104 J8042 TOP TRAY FULL 15.32

14 3 1 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO J8018 J8058 FULL STACK 15.43
1 3 SENSOR
J8043 15.32 VIO
TOP TRAY EXIT
17 3 SENSOR
VIO J8059 HALF STACK 15.43
4 3 SENSOR
J8044 15.7a VIO
MANUAL DECURLER
20 7 SWITCH
VIO J8060 15.43
7 3 MIX STACK SENSOR
J8014 J8106 P8106 J8045 15.35 VIO
END WALL OPEN
1 15 1 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO J8061 TRAY HEIGHT 15.46
10 3 SENSOR LOWER
J8046 15.35 VIO (REAR)
END WALL HOME
4 12 4 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO J8062 STACK HEIGHT 15.46
J8047 15.33 VIO
TAMPER HOME
7 9 7 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO J8064 LOWER LIMIT 15.43
17 3 SENSOR
J8048 15.34 VIO
SHELF HOME
10 6 10 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO J8065 STACKER FRONT 15.44
20 3 POSITION SENSOR
J8049 15.33 VIO
COMPILE TRAY NO
13 3 13 3 PAPER SENSOR
VIO
J8241 P8241 J8050 BUFFER PATH 15.31
16 3 1 3 SENSOR J8210 TRAY HEIGHT 15.46
VIO VIO 27 1 SENSOR LOWER
VIO (FRONT)
J8051 PUNCH BOX SET 15.28
19 3 SENSOR
VIO J8066 STACK HEIGHT 15.47
J8300 P8300 J8052 15.36 VIO
STAPLE MOVE
22 7 1 3 HOME SENSOR
J8053 15.36 VIO
STAPLE CENTER
25 4 4 3 POSITION SENSOR To
VIO VIO
5V RTN-4
J8107 P8107 J8054 COMPILE EXIT 15.33
28 3 1 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
j0fd722508
7.2.25.9 5V RTN-4
FINISHER PWB
Only M/C with 2 & 4 HOLE PUNCHER 15.27
From J8064 J8443 P8443 J8798 STAPLE DUST 15.38
5V RTN-3 3 4 3 3 BOX SET
YEL VIO SENSOR
J8021 J8113 P8113 2 & 4 HOLE DETECT 15.38
1 14 J8799 STAPLE DUST
VIO YEL YEL SIGNAL 6 1 6 3 BOX FULL
YEL VIO SENSOR
J8075 PUNCH HOLE 15.27

4 11 2 SELECT SENSOR D3/D4 Only
VIO VIO
J8065 J8700 FINISHER DOOR 15.7b
2 5 LED PWB
J8076 15.27 VIO
8 PUNCH FRONT
7 2 SENSOR
VIO VIO
15.27 J8067 J8600 P8600 J8517 37.4

J8077 PUNCH HOME 1 4 2
10 5 2 SENSOR VIO VIO
VIO VIO J8601 P8601 TRIMMER PWB
2 4 3
J8078 15.28 VIO VIO
PUNCH MOTOR
12 3 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8022 J8114 P8114

1 9 1 N.C
VIO
4 6 4 N.C
VIO
J8081 PUNCH MOVE HOME 15.25

7 3 7 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8115 P8115 J8082 15.28

10 1 3 SIDE REGI SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8083 PUNCH OUT 15.28

13 4 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8084 SIDE REGI HOME 15.25

16 7 3 SENSOR
VIO VIO
J8024 J8117 P8117 J8097 STACKER TRAY NO 15.44

13 3 3 PAPER SENSOR
VIO VIO
M/C with FOLDER

J8063 J8118 STACK HEIGHT 15.47
3 3 SENSOR 3(FRONT)
VIO

1 1 SENSOR 3(REAR)
VIO
j0fd722509
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.25.10 +24VDC-1
FINISHER FINISHER PWB I/F MODULE 15.4
LVPS FRONT DOOR
SWITCH
J502 J8026 J8008 J8121 P8121 J8120 P8103 J8027 J8027 P8103 J8120 J8240 P8240
1 ORN
3 5 ORN
1 1 ORN
1 1 ORN
1A 1B ORN 3 3 ORN
2 ORN
To
2 +5VDC-1
+24VDC ORN
INTERPOSER 15.4
TOP COVER
3 ORN INTERLOCK
SWITCH
J8121 P8121 J8240 P8240 J8135 P8135 J8125 J8125 P8135 J8135
10 3 3 1 1 2 1 17
ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN
J8026 J8100 FINISHER FRONT 15.4

8 ORN
1B DOOR SWITCH
RELAY PWB
K1&K2
J8213 J8213
4 1 ORN
1 To +24VDC-2
5 2 ORN
6 To +24VDC-3
j0fd722510
7.2.25.11 +24VDC-2
FINISHER PWB
INTERPOSER FINISHER PWB

PWB
J8019 J8068 15.25
F1 J8009 J8123 F1 J8122 J8135 P8135 P8134 INTERPOSER 15.14 4 5
3 12 21 31 2 NUDGER SOLENOID ORN PUNCHER MOVE
ORN ORN ORN MOTOR
6 2
ORN
From J8126 15.15
+24VDC-1 4 11 27 18 4 J8111 P8111 J8071 15.33
ORN ORN ORN INTERPOSER FEED 8 5 2
MOTOR ORN ORN TAMPER MOTOR
29 4 3
ORN ORN 10 2 5
25 18 ORN ORN
ORN
J8072 15.35
24 8 5
ORN ORN
26 17 END WALL MOTOR
ORN 26 11 2
ORN ORN
J8073 15.34
28 14 5
F5 J8013 P8037 PADDLE SUPPORT 15.39 ORN ORN SHELF MOTOR
1 2 CLUTCH
ORN 30 17 2
ORN ORN
P8041 PUNCHER MOVE 15.25
12 2 CLUTCH J8023 J8085
ORN 15.39
6 5
ORN
J8019 J8069 15.39 PADDLE MOTOR
SUB PADDLE UP/
14 2 DOWN SOLENOID 8 2
ORN ORN
J8110 P8110 J8070 COMPILE PADDLE 15.39 J8086 15.41

20 2 2 UP/DOWN 10 5
ORN ORN ORN EJECT MOTOR
SOLENOID
12 2
J8023 J8088 TRANSPORT GATE 15.31 ORN
20 2 SOLENOID
ORN J8087 15.41
14 2
J8024 J8093 15.44 ORN EJECT CLAMP
SET CLAMP MOTOR
9 1 SOLENOID 5
BLU 16
ORN
J8017 J8057 15.36 J8089
2 2 15.30
ORN 26 2
STAPLE MOVE ORN
MOTOR SCT EXIT MOTOR
5 5 28 5
ORN ORN
J8024 P8116 J8116 J8096 15.5 J8090 15.30

F4 STACKER SAFETY 30 2
14 2 1 SWITCH ORN COMPILE EXIT
ORN ORN
MOTOR
32 5
F3 J8025 J8098 EJECT SAFETY 15.5 ORN
2 1 SWITCH
ORN J8091 15.30
34 5 FINISHER
ORN TRANSPORT
36 2 MOTOR
ORN
j0fd722511
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.25.12 +24VDC-3
M/C with FOLDER
FOLDER PWB
1 Ｊ 8138 J8141
RT1 15.18
3 2
t° ORN FOLDER DRIVE
MOTOR 1
5 5
FINISHER PWB ORN
FOLDER PWB FOLDER 15.5 1 J8142
RT3 15.19
ENVELOPE 7 2
TRAY SWITCH t° ORN END GUIDE MOTOR
1
F8 J8008 J8140 J8137 J8150 J8150 J8137 9 5
8 ORN
3 1 1A 1B 2 ORN
ORN ORN 1
From RT2 J8143 15.21
11 2
+24VDC-1 t° ORN END GUIDE MOTOR
J8138 J8169 FOLDER ENTRANCE 15.17 2
39 2 MOTOR 13 5
ORN
ORN
F2 J8145 FOLDER GATE 15.17 J8168 FOLDER DRIVE 15.20

23 2 SOLENOID 1 30 2 MOTOR 2
ORN ORN
F1 J8144 FOLDER GATE 15.22

17 2 SOLENOID 2
ORN
I/F PWB
15.12 J8146 ENVELOPE TRAY 15.24
J8005 F2 J8003 J8033 DECURLER CAM 24 1 LOCK SOLENOID
3 ORN
6 2 1 CLUTCH ORN
ORN
J8147 NIP RELEASE 15.18
J8167 J8166 DECURLER 15.11 27 1 SOLENOID
1 1 TRANSPORT ORN
ORN MOTOR
J8136 J8216 P8216 J8215 FOLDER C 15.20
35 1 3 1 SOLENOID
ORN ORN
BOOKLET PWB
J8011 J8174 F1 RT1 1 J8170 J8193 15.31
BOOKLET GATE
3 ORN
3 2 2 SOLENOID
ORN
t°
J8172 J8202 P8202 P8181 J8181 15.56
15 B14 B1 2 1 KNIFE SOLENOID
ORN ORN
J8171 J8203 P8203 J8187 P8187
5 8 8 2 15.53
ORN ORN WHT BOOKLET END
GUIDE MOTOR
7 ORN
11 11 5
ORN BLK
J8188 P8188
9 24 24 2 15.48
ORN ORN WHT BOOKLET PAPER
PATH MOTOR
11 ORN 27 27 5 BLK
ORN
RT4 1 J8186 BOOKLET PADDLE 15.53
15 BLU 18 18 2 MOTOR
BLU
1 When overcurrent flows in circuit, this thermister increase its internal
RT2 1 P8190 J8190 15.50 registance and protects the circuit.
BOOKLET TAMPER
21 ORN 13 13 5 2 MOTOR (FRONT)
t° ORN RED
P8191 J8191 BOOKLET TAMPER 15.51

23 ORN 29 29 5 2 MOTOR (REAR)
ORN RED
j0fd722512
7.2.25.13 24V RTN
AP/DC-II 7000G、AP/DC-III 7000G、 700DCP
FINISHER FINISHER PWB I/F PWB AP/DC-IV 7080G
LVPS IOT PWB IOT PWB
J502 J8026 J8008 J8005 J8001 P680 J443 P680 J440
5 2 4 3 4 4 1 4 1
VIO VIO BLK VIO VIO
4127/4112G
6 7 IOT PWB
VIO
CN102 CN101 P680 J434
4 4 1
VIO
To
7 5V RTN-1
VIO
AP/DC-IV C7780G
RELAY IOT DRIVE
PWB PWB
24VRTN DP680 J434
J8213 J8167 J8166 DECURLER 15.11 4 6
6 2 2 TRANSPORT VIO
VIO MOTOR
D3/D4 Only
J502
8 M/C with FOLDER
VIO
FOLDER
PWB
J8140 J8138 J8168 FOLDER DRIVE 15.20
9 1 32 1 MOTOR 2
J505 VIO BLU
2
VIO
J8169 FOLDER ENTRANCE 15.17
37 1 MOTOR
BLU
BOOKLET
PWB
J8011 J8174
1 1
VIO
INTERPOSER
PWB
J8009 J8123
1 14
VIO
2 13
VIO
27 16
VIO
28 15
VIO
j0fd722513
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.26.1 TRIMMER AND SQUARE FOLD ACH/ACN
INLET GFI 37.1

37.1
J8101 J2
ACH 1 1 4 LVPS(GU10H)
BLK BRN
INLET GFI 37.1

37.1
J8101 J2
ACN 3 2 3 LVPS(GU10H)
WHT BLU
j0tm722601
7.2.26.2 TRIMMER AND SQUARE FOLD +5VDC
TRIMMER PWB
TRIMMER PWB
F10 J8501 P8608 J8608 J8518 37.3 J8503 J8676 P8676 J8663 37.12
+24VDC TRIMMER NIP ROLL
11 2 12 2 18 7 3 1 BOTTOM SENSOR
↓ BLU BLU TRIMMER CONTROL BLU BLU
+5VDC PANEL PWB
12 3 11 3 J8662 37.12
BLU BLU TRIMMER NIP ROLL
21 4 6 1 MIDDLE SENSOR
BLU BLU
J8502 J8637 P8637 J8638 TRIMMER DUST 37.17
5 18 1 1 FULL SENSOR (LED) J8661 37.12
BLU BLU TRIMMER NIP ROLL
BLU GRY
J8639 P8639 J8633 SQUARE GATE 37.9
8 13 6 1 3 1 HOME SENSOR J8677 P8677 J8670 37.13
BLU BLU BLU TRIMMER PATH
27 4 3 3 SENSOR 3
BLU BLU
J8634 P8634 J8632 SQUARE FOLD 37.10
11 10 9 10 3 1 ROLL FRONT HOME J8660 37.13
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR TRIMMER PATH
30 1 6 1 SENSOR 3-1
BLU BLU
J8631 SQUARE FOLD 37.8
14 7 12 7 6 1 GATE MOVE J8510 J8685 P8685 J570 37.16
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR 2 BOOKLET TRAY NO
6 86 1 PAPER SENSOR
BRN/RED or GRY GRY
17 4 15 4 9 1 GATE MOVE HOME J8514 J8613 37.10
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR SQUARE ROLL
3 1 REAR SENSOR
BLU
20 1 18 1 12 1 GATE MOVE J8611 37.7
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR 1 SQUARE NIP HOME
9 1 SENSOR
BLU
P8635 J8635 J8628 P8628 J8626 TRIMMER PATH 37.6
29 4 3 4 3 1 SENSOR 1 J8515 J8610 37.11
BLU BLU BLU SQUARE FOLD EXIT
3 1 NIP HOME SENSOR
BLU
J8625 TRIMMER IN 37.6
32 1 6 1 6 1 SENSOR
BLU BLU BLU
J8503 J8669 P8669 J8667 TRIMMER PATH 37.11

3 1 3 1 SENSOR 2
BLU BLU
P8678 J8678 J8671 TRIMMER DUST 37.17

6 1 3 1 FULL SENSOR
BLU BLU (RECIEVER)
J8675 P8675 J8668 P8668 J8665 TRIMMER EJECT 37.15
12 4 3 1 3 1 SENSOR
BLU BLU BLU
J8664 TRIMMER ROLL 37.13

15 1 6 1 UNIT HOME SENSOR
BLU BLU
j0tm722602
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.26.3 TRIMMER AND SQUARE FOLD 5V RTN
TRIMMER PWB
TRIMMER PWB
J8502 J8637 P8637 J8638 TRIMMER DUST 37.17 J8501 P8608 J8608 J8518 37.3
3 18 1 1 FULL SENSOR (LED) 1 13 1 13
BLU BLU BLU BLU TRIMMER CONTROL
PANEL PWB
From SQUARE FOLD 37.9 13 1 13 1
7.2.26.5 J8639 P8639 J8633 BLU BLU
6 15 4 3 1 3 GATE HOME
24V RTN BLU BLU BLU SENSOR
J8510 J8685 P8685 J570 BOOKLET TRAY NO 37.16
J8634 P8634 J8632 SQUARE FOLD 37.10 8 8 3 PAPER SENSOR
9 12 7 12 1 3 ROLL FRONT HOME GRY/RED or BLK VIO
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR
J8514 J8613 SQUARE FOLD 37.10
J8631 SQUARE FOLD 37.8 1 3 ROLL REAR
12 9 10 9 4 3 GATE MOVE BLU SENSOR
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR 2
J8611 SQUARE FOLD NIP 37.7
J8630 SQUARE FOLD 37.8 7 3 HOME SENSOR
15 6 13 6 7 3 GATE MOVE HOME BLU
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR
J8515 J8610 SQUARE FOLD EXIT 37.11
J8629 SQUARE FOLD 37.8 1 3 NIP HOME SENSOR
18 3 16 3 10 3 GATE MOVE BLU
BLU BLU BLU SENSOR 1
P8635 J8635 J8628 P8628 J8626 TRIMMER PATH 37.6
27 6 1 6 1 3 SENSOR 1 J8500 P8600 J8600 J8066 37.4
BLU BLU BLU 16 B1 BLU 16
BLU
J8625 TRIMMER IN 37.6
30 3 4 3 4 3 SENSOR 20 B2 15 FINISHER PWB
BLU BLU BLU
BLU BLU
34 A7 1
BLU BLU
J8503 J8669 P8669 J8667 TRIMMER PATH 37.11
1 3 1 3 SENSOR 2
BLU BLU
P8678 J8678 J8671 TRIMMER DUST 37.17

4 3 1 3 FULL SENSOR
BLU BLU (RECIEVER)
J8675 P8675 J8668 P8668 J8665 TRIMMER EJECT 37.15
10 6 1 3 1 3 SENSOR
BLU BLU BLU
J8664 TRIMMER ROLL 37.13

13 3 4 3 UNIT HOME SENSOR
BLU BLU
J8676 P8676 J8663 TRIMMER NIP ROLL 37.12

16 9 1 3 BOTTOM SENSOR
BLU BLU
J8662 TRIMMER NIP ROLL 37.12

19 6 4 3 MIDDLE SENSOR
BLU BLU
J8661 TRIMMER NIP ROLL 37.12

BLU GRY
J8677 P8677 J8670 TRIMMER PATH 37.13

25 6 1 1 SENSOR 3
BLU BLU
J8660 TRIMMER PATH 37.13

28 3 4 3 SENSOR 3-1
BLU BLU
j0tm722603
7.2.26.4 TRIMMER AND SQUARE FOLD +24VDC
DUST BOX SET INTLK 37.2 TOP RIGHT COVER 37.2
LVPS GU10H TRIMMER PWB SWITCH INTLK SWITCH
J502 J8509 J8508 J8605 P8605 J8602 J8602 P8605 J8605 J8603 J8603
1 8 1 1 1A 1B 2 1A 1B
ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN
+24VDC 2 4
ORN
TOP LEFT COVER 37.2 TOP LEFT COVER 37.2
3 3 FRONT INTLK REAR INTLK SWITCH TRIMMER PWB
ORN
J8604 SWITCH J8604 J8609 J8609 J8508
1A 1B 1A 1B 5 1
K1 K2 ORN ORN
F1 J8504 P8620 J8620 P8615 J8615 BELT TRANSPORT 37.5

9 7 6 2 1 CLUTCH LOWER 1
ORN ORN ORN
J8622 P8622 P8616 J8616 BELT TRANSPORT 37.5

11 9 4 2 1 2 1 CLUTCH LOWER 2 1 Power for Relay (K2)
ORN ORN ORN
P8619 J8619 P8617 J8617 BELT TRANSPORT 37.5

13 1 4 2 1 CLUTCH UPPER 1
ORN ORN
P8618 J8618 BELT TRANSPORT 37.5

15 3 2 2 1 CLUTCH UPPER 2
ORN ORN ORN
F9 J8504 P8620 J8620 J8621 P8621

1 1 12 2 37.5
ORN ORN BELT TRANSPORT
MOTOR
2 2 11 5
ORN ORN
J8505 J8652 P8652 J8655 P8655
5 5 2 2 37.13
ORN ORN TRIMMER ROLL
UNIT MOVE MOTOR
6 6 1 5
ORN ORN
P8653 J8653 J8654
11 5 2 37.15
ORN ORN TRIMMER EJECT
ROLL MOTOR
12 6 5
ORN ORN
J8512 J8682 P8682
5 2 37.11
ORN SQUARE FOLD EXIT
MOTOR
6 5
ORN
F12 P8680 J8680 P8681 J8681
11 5 2 5 2 SQUARE FOLD 37.9
ORN ORN
GATE MOTOR
12 2 5 2 5 N.C
ORN ORN
TRIMMER HOME 37.14 TRIMMER PWB

SWITCH
F11 J8511 P8641 J8641 J8641 P8641 J8511 J8516 J8606 TRIMMER TOP 37.2
1 1 2 2 1 1 COVER LOCK
ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN SOLENOID
+24VDC
↓
+5VDC
To 7.2.26.2
+5VDC j0tm722604
7.2 Wire Network

7.2 Wire Network
7.2.26.5 TRIMMER AND SQUARE FOLD 24V RTN
LVPS GU10H TRIMMER PWB
J502 J8509 J8508 J8605 P8605 J8602 DUST BOX SET 37.2
5 7 2 3 2A INTLK SWITCH
VIO YEL YEL
6 6 J8603 37.2
VIO TOP RIGHT COVER
24VRTN 3 2A INTLK SWITCH
YEL
7 5
VIO
TOP LEFT COVER 37.2 TOP LEFT COVER 37.2
J505
2 2 FRONT INTLK REAR INTLK SWITCH
YEL
J8604 SWITCH J8604 J8609
4 2A 2B 2A
YEL YEL
J8512 J8684 P8684 SQUARE FOLD EXIT 37.11

2 21 NIP MOTOR
BLU ORN
To
7.2.26.3
5V RTN
j0tm722605
７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) CH15.21 End Guide 2 Control (M/C with Folder).................................................................................................26
CH15.22 2nd Folded Paper Transportation (M/C with Folder).......................................................................27
Contents
CH15.23 Electrical Components (M/C with Folder) ............................................................................................28
7.3.1 Preface.............................................................................................................................................................. 1
CH15.24 Envelope Tray Control (M/C with Folder) ............................................................................................29
7.3.1.1 How to Use the BSDs........................................................................................................................ 1 CH15.25 Punch Unit Positioning..................................................................................................................................30
7.3.1.2 Explanation of Symbols.................................................................................................................... 1 CH15.26 Electrical Components/Drive Transmission ........................................................................................31
7.3.1.3 Signal Name ........................................................................................................................................... 2 CH15.27 Puncher Hole Selection ................................................................................................................................32
7.3.1.4 DC Voltage............................................................................................................................................... 2 CH15.28 Punching..............................................................................................................................................................33
7.3.1.5 Other Descriptions .............................................................................................................................. 2 CH15.29 Electrical Components ..................................................................................................................................34
7.3.2 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram) .................................................................................................... 3 CH15.30 Finisher Drive ....................................................................................................................................................35
CH15.31 Print Delivery ....................................................................................................................................................36
Chain 15 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 ............................................................................................................... 3
CH15.32 Top Tray Eject..................................................................................................................................................37
CH15.1a Finisher DC Power Generation (D2/D2P) ...............................................................................................3
CH15.33 Compile and Tamper Control......................................................................................................................38
CH15.1b Finisher DC Power Generation (D3/D4) ..................................................................................................4
CH15.34 Shelf Control .....................................................................................................................................................39
CH15.2 DC Power Distribution (+5VDC/DC COM)................................................................................................5
CH15.35 End Wall Control...............................................................................................................................................40
CH15.3 DC Power Distribution (+24VDC/DC COM) .............................................................................................6
CH15.36 Staple Positioning............................................................................................................................................41
CH15.4 Power Interlock Switching (1 of 2)................................................................................................................7
CH15.37 Stapling ................................................................................................................................................................42
CH15.5 Power Interlock Switching (2 of 2)................................................................................................................8
CH15.38 Staple Dust Box ...............................................................................................................................................43
CH15.6 Electrical Components .......................................................................................................................................9
CH15.39 Paddle Control ..................................................................................................................................................44
CH15.7a Switches and LEDs (1 of 3) ........................................................................................................................ 10
CH15.40 Electrical Components/Drive Transmission ........................................................................................45
CH15.7b Switches and LEDs (2 of 3) (D3/D4)...................................................................................................... 11
CH15.41 Set Eject .............................................................................................................................................................46
CH15.8 Switches and LEDs (3 of 3) .......................................................................................................................... 12
CH15.9a PWBs Communication (D2/D2P).............................................................................................................. 13
CH15.43 Stacker Height Control .................................................................................................................................48
CH15.9b PWBs Communication (D3/D4)................................................................................................................. 14
CH15.44 Stacker Offset ..................................................................................................................................................49
CH15.10 Finisher PWBs Detection............................................................................................................................. 15
CH15.11 I/F Module Paper Transportation ............................................................................................................ 16
CH15.46 Stacked Set Height Sensing (1 of 2).......................................................................................................51
CH15.12 Decurler Cam Control ................................................................................................................................... 17
CH15.47 Stacked Set Height Sensing (2 of 2).......................................................................................................52
CH15.13 Interposer Paper Size Sensing.................................................................................................................. 18
CH15.48 Booklet Module Compiling............................................................................................................................53
CH15.14 Interposer Paper Stacking........................................................................................................................... 19
CH15.49 Electrical Components ..................................................................................................................................54
CH15.15 Interposer Paper Feeding and Transportation.................................................................................... 20
CH15.50 Booklet Tamping (1 of 2)..............................................................................................................................55
CH15.16 Electrical Components/Drive Transmission ........................................................................................ 21
CH15.51 Booklet Tamping (2 of 2)..............................................................................................................................56
CH15.17 Folder Entrance Control (M/C with Folder) ........................................................................................ 22
CH15.18 Folder Paper Transportation (M/C with Folder)................................................................................ 23
CH15.53 Booklet End Guide Control..........................................................................................................................58
CH15.19 End Guide 1 Control (M/C with Folder) ................................................................................................ 24
CH15.20 1st Folded Paper Transportation (M/C with Folder) ....................................................................... 25
Contents
i ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
ii ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
Contents
CH15.55 Booklet Stapling............................................................................................................................................... 60
CH15.56 Booklet Folding................................................................................................................................................. 61
CH15.57 Electrical Components.................................................................................................................................. 62
CH15.58 Booklet Set Eject............................................................................................................................................ 63
CH15.59 Electrical Components.................................................................................................................................. 64
CH15.60 Finisher D2/D3/D4 Paper Path (DC1100/900, AP/DC-II 7000G, 4112/4127) (AP/DC-IV
7080G) .................................................................................................................................................................................... 65
CH15.61 Finisher D2/D3/D4 Drive Transmission (DC1100/900, AP/DC-II 7000G, 4112/4127)
(AP/DC-IV 7080G) ........................................................................................................................................................... 66
CH15.62 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 Paper Path (DCC6550G, 700 DCP) (AP/DC-IV C7780G)........ 67
CH15.63 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 Drive Transmission (DCC6550G, 700 DCP) (AP/DC-IV
C7780G) ................................................................................................................................................................................. 68
Chain 37 Trimmer and Square Fold............................................................................................................69
CH37.1 Trimmer DC Power Generation ................................................................................................................... 69
CH37.2 Interlock Switching............................................................................................................................................ 70
CH37.3 Trimmer Control Panel .................................................................................................................................... 71
CH37.4 PWBs Communication ..................................................................................................................................... 72
CH37.5 Booklet Set Transportation (1/2)............................................................................................................... 73
CH37.6 Booklet Set Transportation (2/2)............................................................................................................... 74
CH37.7 Square Fold Nip Control ................................................................................................................................. 75
CH37.8 Square Fold Gate Unit Up & Down ............................................................................................................ 76
CH37.9 Square Fold Gate Position Adjustment.................................................................................................... 77
CH37.10 Square Fold Roll Press Control ................................................................................................................ 78
CH37.11 Square Fold Exit Transportation .............................................................................................................. 79
CH37.12 Trimmer Nip Control ...................................................................................................................................... 80
CH37.13 Trimmer Roll Unit Move Control............................................................................................................... 81
CH37.14 Trimming.............................................................................................................................................................. 82
CH37.15 Trimmed Set Eject.......................................................................................................................................... 83
CH37.16 Booklet Set Eject............................................................................................................................................ 84
CH37.17 Trimmer Dust Sensing .................................................................................................................................. 85
CH37.18 Booklet Set Path............................................................................................................................................. 86
CH37.19 Trimmer Motor Location .............................................................................................................................. 87
7.3.1 Preface
Indicates where the input to a function originates. The
7.3.1.1 How to Use the BSDs 1.3 example indicates that the input originates from group
Indicates that a mechanical drive signal goes in the
１. Enter the Chain specified in the Troubleshooting chapter. function 3 of Chain 1
direction indicated.
２. Or enter the appropriate Chain, referring to the Contents.
３. Perform failure analysis in the Chain, using test data and Indicates where the output from a function goes. The
6.1 Indicates Control Logic.
the general procedures in the General chapter. example indicates that the output goes to group function
1 of chain 6.
４. Once you have located the failure, go to the Parts List No.
and/or Adjustment No. indicated for reference on the
BSD. A B Indicates that the signal line continues vertically. P11
1 2
J11
Indicates a double plug connector.
A B
2 1
Warning Before installing or removing parts, switch off
the main power switch and disconnect the
power cord from the outlet to avoid possible
electric shocks or injuries. Indicates that the signal line continues horizontally. P11
1 2
J11
Indicates a drawer connector.
2 1
7.3.1.2 Explanation of Symbols
Indicates that the signal line goes to another zone in
ZONE the same function. The example refers to zone E3.
E3
Refers to the note that is usually on the same page.
J880B
4 3
J880A
Indicates a shorting plug connector.
1
1
Indicates that the signal line goes back to another zone

Refers to test data that is usually on the same page ZONE in the same function. The example refers to zone A4
TD when the voltage value shown on the BSD is different
A4
1 Indicates that the fasten is used for connection.
from the measured value.
Indicates that the signal line goes to a zone in another
CH8.5
ZN A2
sheet. The example refers to zone A2, CH8.5. Indicates that an electrically conductive material such
Refers to the Parts List No. PL stands for Parts List. as a leaf spring and a plate is used for connection.
7.7 refers to the Plate No. PL No. indicates that the
PL7.7 part is listed on the specified plate. Indicates that the signal line goes back to a zone in
PL No. is shown for all the replaceable parts on the CH8.5
ZN H4 another sheet. The example refers to zone H4, CH8.5. Indicates that the symbol-pointed-to section has been
BSDs. modified to code 1V.
Indicates a power line output from Chain 1.
+5VDC
Refers to the adjustment item(s) in the Disassembly, (1.2 J2) Indicates the symbol-pointed-to section has not been
7.7.1 Assembly, and Adjustment chapter. 7.7.1 indicates that modified to code 1V.
the adjustment procedure is described under the 7.7.1 Indicates frame ground.
section in the Disassembly, Assembly, and Adjustment
chapter. Indicates that the whole figure or the framed illustration
Indicates a twisted pair of wires. has information with 1V installed.
Indicates a variable register that is adjustable in the field.
Indicates that the signal goes from right to left, in the
opposite direction to the normal direction.
TP1 Indicates that the whole figure or the framed illustration
has information without 1V installed.
Indicates a signal test point.
Indicates a feedback signal.
Indicates a mechanical connection to a part.
7.3.1 Preface
7-1 ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
7-2 ７.３ BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
7.3.1 Preface
Indicates direction the air flows. 7.3.1.4 DC Voltage

A measurement of DC voltage is made between the particular
Indicates switch and is also used as Interlock Switch. test point and the frame unless otherwise specified by note
and test data. The measured DC voltage is in the range
below:
Indicates the Cheater type of Interlock Switch. Voltage Level Rabnge
Indicates the Chip Fuse.

7.3.1.5 Other Descriptions
7.3.1.3 Signal Name DC330 Input Component Voltage Level
Signal name structure The voltage levels (H/L) shown on the BSDs are the levels that
are measured by the tester. Some of them are therefore
・ Input component different from H/L displayed on the UI panel.
PAPER SENSED (L) +5VDC
Operation state Logical value Voltage with signal (H)
Wiring Color
The example indicates that when paper is sensed, this
Wires are distinguished by color in part of the BSDs for this
signal level is (L) and that otherwise, the signal level is (H)
with the voltage +5VDC. model. The colors of wires are shown below the signal lines
in their respective abbreviations listed below:
・ Output components
Abbreviation Color
ON (L) +24VDC BRN BROWN
Operation state Logical value Voltage with signal (H)
RED RED
ORN ORANGE
The example indicates that when the part is ON, the signal YEL YELLOW
level is (L) and that when it is OFF, the signal level is (H) with GRN GREEN
the voltage +24VDC.
BLU BLUE
VIO VIOLET
GRY GRAY
WHT WHITE
BLK BLACK
GRN/YEL GREEN/YELLOW
PNK PINK
SKY SKY
Figures on the BSDs

The grayed-out portion of the figure shows the path from Motor
or Solenoid to parts to drive.
A B C D E F G H J
15.1a FINISHER DC POWER GENERATION (D2/D2P)
1 FINISHER LVPS
GFI AC FILTER PL25.4
PL25.4 PWB
PL25.4 FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
J8101 ACH J1 T1003 J2
1 BRN
4 BRN
4
15.4
J502 PS +24VDC J8026 PS +24VDC
1 ORN
3
ACN T1004
2 BLU
3 BLU
3
2 J8220 +24VDC +24VDC 15.2
1 GN/YL TO +5VDC
+5VDC
T0001
FG GN/YL
1
FG
DC COM
T0003 6 7
VIO 15.2
DC COM DC COM 15.3
5 VIO
2
RELAY PWB
PL25.3
R1
4
PS K1 K2
+24VDC J8213 J8213 +24VDC
FINISHER PWB 2 4 1 1
PL25.3 ORN ORN
LVPS ENABLE
J8026 (H)+3.3VDC J505 PS 15.3
4 3 +24VDC +24VDC +24VDC +24VDC
15.9a YEL 3 5 2 6
LVPS LVPS ENABLE ON/OFF ORN ORN
15.9b ENABLE (H)+3.3VDC CONTROL
5 YEL
4
5 DC COM
7 VIO
6
FINISHER FRONT
15.4 DOOR CLOSED
(H)+24VDC
ORN ORN
3
j0fd731501a
Chain 15 Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4

7-3 7.3　BSD(Block Schematic Diagram)
A B C D E F G H J
15.1b FINISHER DC POWER GENERATION (D3/D4)
1 FINISHER LVPS
GFI AC FILTER PL25.4
PL25.4 PWB
PL25.4 FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
J8101 ACH J1 T1003 J2
1 BRN
4 BRN
4
15.4
J502 PS +24VDC J8026 PS +24VDC
1 ORN
3
ACN T1004
2 BLU
3 BLU
3
2 J8220 +24VDC +24VDC 15.2
1 GN/YL TO +5VDC
+5VDC
T0001
FG GN/YL
1
FG
DC COM
T0003 6 7
VIO 15.2
DC COM DC COM 15.3
5 VIO
2
RELAY PWB
PL25.3
R1
4 PS K1 K2
+24VDC J8213 J8213 +24VDC
2 ORN
4 1 ORN
1
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3 PS 15.3
LVPS ENABLE +24VDC +24VDC +24VDC
J8026 (H)+3.3VDC J505 3 5 2 6
4 1 +24VDC ORN ORN
15.9a YEL ON/OFF
LVPS CONTROL
15.9b ENABLE
5 N.C 2 DC COM
VIO 7 6
5 VIO
8 VIO
FINISHER FRONT
15.4 DOOR CLOSED
(H)+24VDC
ORN ORN
3
j0fd731501b
A B C D E F G H J
15.2 DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (+5VDC/DC COM)

FINISHER PWB
1 PL25.3 I/F PWB
PL25.11a/25.11b
J8008 +5VDC J8005 F3 ALL

1 GRY
5
CR3
+5VDC CR11
(15.1a J2) DC COM ALL
(15.1b J2) DC COM 2 VIO
2
M/C with Folder

2 FOLDER PWB
PL25.68
+5VDC J8140 F3 ALL

6 4
ALL GRY
CR1
DC COM ALL
7 VIO
2
DC COM
(15.1a J3)
(15.1b J3)
3
BOOKLET PWB
PL25.41
J8011 +5VDC J8174 F2 ALL

4 GRY
4
CR7
DC COM ALL
2 VIO
2
4 CH15
F9 ALL INTERPOSER PWB
PL25.11
J8009 +5VDC J8123
6 GRY
9
+5VDC ALL
23 GRY 20
CR1
DC COM ALL
5 5 VIO
10
DC COM
24 VIO
19
j0fd731502

A B C D E F G H J
15.3 DC POWER DISTRIBUTION (+24VDC/DC COM)

1 PL25.3 PL25.11a/25.11b
F8 J8008 +24VDC J8005 ALL
3 ORN
6
+24VDC ALL
(15.1a J5) DC COM
(15.1b J5) 4 VIO
3
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
M/C with Folder
FOLDER PWB
2 PL25.68
FOLDER PWB INTERPOSER PWB
ALL +24VDC J8140 ALL
8 ORN
3
DC COM ALL
9 VIO
1
DC COM
(15.1a J3)
(15.1b J3)
3 BOOKLET PWB
PL25.41
J8011 +24VDC J8174 F1 ALL
3 ORN
3
DC COM ALL
1 VIO
1
+24VDC ALL
I/F PWB
4 INTERPOSER PWB
PL25.11 FINISHER PWB
F1 J8009 +24VDC J8123
3 ORN
12
+24VDC
4 ORN
11
+24VDC
25 ORN 18
+24VDC F1 ALL
26 ORN 17
5 DC COM ALL
1 VIO
14
DC COM
2 VIO
13
BOOKLET PWB
DC COM
27 VIO
16
DC COM RELAY PWB
28 VIO
15
+24VDC
6 F5 (F5) ALL
j0fd731503
A B C D E F G H J
15.4 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (1 OF 2)
1 I/F MODULE INTERPOSER

FRONT DOOR TOP COVER
FINISHER SWITCH INTERLOCK
PWB PL25.11a/ SWITCH
PL25.3 25.11b PL25.54
J8008 J8121 P8121 J8120 P8103 J8027 J8027 P8103 J8120 J8240 P8240 J8135 P8135 J8125 J8125 P8135 J8135
5 1 1 1 1 1A 1B 3 3 2 17 1 2 1
ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN ORN
PS +24VDC
(15.1a J2)
(15.1b J2)
2
I/F PWB
PL25.11
J8005
1 YEL
4 4 YEL
4 4 YEL
2B 2A YEL
2 2 YEL
DC COM
(15.2 E2)
CLOSED(L)
+5VDC
CLOSED(H)
3 +24VDC J8240 P8240
1
ORN ORN
FINISHER
FRONT DOOR
FINISHER PWB SWITCH
PL25.3 FINISHER FRONT 15.1a
CLOSED(H) PL25.81 DOOR CLOSED
P8121 J8121 +24VDC J8008 J8026 J8100 J8100 (H)+24VDC 15.1b
ORN
3 3 ORN
10 8 ORN
1B 1A ORN ORN
I/F PWB
PL25.11a DC330 012-150
4 /25.11b I/F MODULE
+5VDC FRONT DOOR +5VDC FAIL CODE
FINISHER PWB
CLOSED(L) PL25.3
J8005 J8006 +5VDC J8007 DC330 012-154 012-302
YEL
2 2 YEL
4 14 YEL
7 012-304 FINISHER +5VDC Finisher Front Door
FRONT DOOR Interlock Open
CLOSED(L)+5VDC J8026
9 YEL
2A 2B YEL
10 012-302
012-304
DC COM
(15.2 B3) I/F Module Front Door
Interlock Open
5
012-306
Interposer Top Cover
INTERPOSER INTERPOSER Open
INTERPOSER TOP COVER PWB DC330 013-100
PWB SWITCH PL25.11a/ INTERPOSER +5VDC
PL25.11a/ PL25.54 25.11b TOP COVER
25.11b J8122 J8135 J8132 J8132 J8135 J8122 J8123 CLOSED(L)+5VDC J8009
4 YEL 14 VIO
1 2 YEL
30 YEL
6 4 YEL
11 012-306
DC COM
6 (15.3 E5)
j0fd731504

A B C D E F G H J
15.5 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (2 OF 2) FAIL CODE
012-254
1 FINISHER PWB Envelope Folder Tray
FINISHER EJECT PL25.3 Broken
PWB SAFETY
PL25.3 SWITCH +24VDC
PL25.33 024-988
EJECT SAFETY SWITCH (STAPLE 15.37
F3 J8025 J8098 J8098 CLOSED(H)+24VDC J8025 MOTOR) Envelope Folder Tray Set
2 ORN 1 2 ORN
1 Fail
+5VDC
+24VDC
(15.3 B4)
2 STACKER 1
SAFETY DC330 012-149
SWITCH STACKER SAFETY +24VDC
PL25.37 SWITCH (ELEVATOR 15.43
F4 J8024 P8116 J8116 J8096 J8096 J8116 P8116 CLOSED(H)+24VDC J8024 MOTOR)
14 ORN 2 1 3 ORN 1 7
ORN ORN
+5VDC
+24VDC
(15.3 B4)
3 M/C with Folder

FOLDER FOLDER PWB
ENVELOPE PL25.68
FOLDER TRAY
PWB SWITCH
PL25.67 CLOSED(H) FOLD INTLK
PL25.68 J8137 J8150 J8150 J8137 +24VDC(F1) ALL
+24VDC
1 ORN 1A 1B ORN
2
F1
+24VDC
(15.3 E2)
4
FOLD INTLK
+24VDC ALL DC330 012-156
FOLDER ENVELOPE +5VDC
TRAY SWITCH 012-254
J8236 J8236 J8139 CLOSED(L)+5VDC J8010
1 YEL 2B 2A YEL
2 22 YEL
36
024-988
DC COM
(15.3 E2)
5
NOTE:
1 For the locations of the electrical components, see CH15.45.
j0fd731505
A B C D E F G H J
15.6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
1
INTERPOSER TOP COVER SWITCH
INTERPOSER TOP COVER

INTERLOCK SWITCH
FINISHER PWB
RELAY PWB
3 I/F MODULE FRONT DOOR SWITCH
FINISHER FRONT DOOR SWITCH

BOOKLET PWB
FINISHER LVPS
5 FOLDER ENVELOPE TRAY SWITCH
j0fd731506

A B C D E F G H J
15.7a SWITCHES AND LEDS (1 of 3)

MANUAL DECURLER SWITCH FINISHER PWB
1 FINISHER PWB PL25.2 PL25.3
PL25.3
DC330 012-103
J8013 J8044 +5VDC
26 GRY 1 SW1 MANUAL DECURLER
SWITCH 1
TD LED 2(GRN) J8044 ON(L)+5VDC J8013 DC330 012-161
+5VDC
(15.2 C4)
DC330 012-064 1 5 22 MANUAL
LED 2 ON(L)+5VDC YEL
25 YEL 2 DECURLER
SWITCH
DC COM TD LED 3(GRN) 1 DETECT(L)
DC330 012-065 1 DC330 012-104
LED 3 ON(L)+5VDC MANUAL DECURLER +5VDC
2 24 YEL 3 SW2
SWITCH 2
DC COM TD LED 1(GRN) ON(L)+5VDC
DC330 012-063 1 6 21
LED 1 ON(L)+5VDC YEL
23 YEL 4
DC COM
20 VIO
7
DC COM
(15.2 B2)
3
NOTE: ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

TD LED 1
1 As for Decurler Operation, Curl Correction Enabled or Disabled Test Point: Finisher PWB J8013-25/24/23(+) to GND(-)
can be selected with Manual Decurler Switch.
1
With LED Off, approx. +3.6VDC LED 3
The following shows which of LEDs 1-3 lights in each mode.
Auto Correction Disabled LED 2
SW 1
Up-curl Correction Enabled Down-curl Correction Enabled
5
SW 2
j0fd731507a
A B C D E F G H J
15.7b SWITCHES AND LEDS (2 of 3) (D3/D4)

FINISHER DOOR LED PWB
1 FINISHER PWB PL25.2
PL25.3
DC330 012-075 TD
IF MODULE FRONT DOOR LED 1 CR1
J8065 ON(L)+5VDC J8700
14 YEL
2 CR3
RED
DC COM
DC330 012-076
FINISHER FRONT DOOR LED TD CR2
2
ON(L)+5VDC
2 10 YEL
3
RED
DC COM
DC330 012-077
TD CR1
IP TOP COVER SWITCH LED 3 CR3
ON(L)+5VDC
13 YEL
4
RED
DC COM
+5VDC
1 GRY
1
3 CR2
+5VDC
DC COM
2 VIO
5
DC COM DC COM
3 TD Test Point: Finisher Door LED PWB J8700-2(+) to GND(-)

YEL 1 With DC330[012-075] is turned On, approx. +3.75VDC changes to 0VDC.
4
4 5 TD Test Point: Finisher Door LED PWB J8700-3(+) to GND(-)
YEL With DC330[012-076] is turned On, approx. +3.75VDC changes to 0VDC.
2
6
TD Test Point: Finisher Door LED PWB J8700-4(+) to GND(-)
7,8,9,11,12 N.C 3 With DC330[012-077] is turned On, approx. +3.75VDC changes to 0VDC.
DC COM
15,16,17,18 N.C
19 YEL
20
5
21
N.C
+5VDC 22
DC COM
j0fd731507b

A B C D E F G H J
15.8 SWITCHES AND LEDS (3 OF 3)

FINISHER PWB
1 PL25.3
M/C with Folder
ENVELOPE
FOLDER TRAY OPEN
DC330 013-043
TD
PWB SWITCH
ENVELOPE TRAY 1 PL25.68 PL25.68
OPEN LED
J8010 ON(L)+5VDC J8139 J8136 J8198 P8198 J8160
25 YEL 33 30 YEL
2 3 YEL
2
DC COM
LED FINISHER PWB
2 PL25.3
31 GRY 1 4 GRY
1 1
FOLDER
+5VDC PWB DC330 012-155
(15.2 F2) SW PL25.68 ENV. TRAY +5VDC
OPEN SWITCH
J8160 P8198 J8198 J8136 J8139 ON(L)+5VDC J8010
28 VIO
4 1 VIO
4 3 YEL
2 3 YEL
29 32 YEL
26
DC COM
(15.2 F3)
3
M/C with Booklet
BOOKLET
TRAY BELT
SWITCH DC330 013-112
PL25.38 BOOKLET TRAY +5VDC
BELT SWITCH
J8018 J8108 P8108 J8208 J8208 P8108 J8108 ON(L)+5VDC J8018
16 VIO
1 2 VIO
3 4 YEL
1 2 YEL
15
DC COM
4 (15.2 B2)
NOTE: ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

1 The meaning of each state of LED (Green) is as follows:
When the tray is slid out manually, the LED does not turn on.
Only when Envelope Tray Open Switch is pressed, the LED is controlled.
ON: The tray is not inserted. (Interlock Off) (Paper can be unloaded.)
Blinking: From when Envelope Tray Open Switch is pressed down until Envelope Tray is ENVELOPE TRAY
automatically opened. If the tray is forced to be opened after Envelope Tray Open OPEN SWITCH
5 Switch is pressed, the LED stays blinking.
OFF: The tray is inserted. (Interlock On)
Note: No attempt to press Envelope Tray Open Switch in diag mode is accepted.
TD Test Point: Finisher PWB J8010-25(+) to GND(-)

1 With LED Off, approx. +3.6VDC
6 BOOKLET TRAY BELT SWITCH
j0fd731508
A B C D E F G H J
15.9a PWBS COMMUNICATION (D2/D2P) FAIL CODE

012-334
MCU PWB I/F PWB FINISHER PWB Down Load Mode Fail
1 PL18.2 PL25.11 +5VDC
PL25.3
024-916
CR1 +5VDC Mix Full Stack
J411 COMMAND+ P680 J680 J8002 COMMAND
B1 GRY B12 B1 BRN
12
J8006 J8007 J8007 STATUS
4 YEL
17 16 YEL
024-942
COMMAND-
B2 GRY B11 B2 11 DC COM +5VDC Booklet Sheets Over
YEL Count
DC330 013-129 M/C EXIT
IOT EXIT SENSOR +5VDC SENSOR SIGNAL
18 YEL
3 024-967
PAPER SENSED
2 SIGNAL Different Width Mix Paper
B6 GRY B7 B6 YEL 7 +5VDC Detect (Staple Job)
DC COM SYS RESET/ SYS RESET/
LVPS ENABLE LVPS ENABLE 024-968
B7 GRY B6 B7 YEL 6 19 YEL
2
Stapler/Punch Batting
DC COM 15.1a
LVPS
15.1b
024-969
ENABLE
Different Width Mix Punch
3 1 024-975
DC COM P680 J680 J8001
4 4 Booklet Sheets Over
VIO VIO Count (Not Field
1 Attachment)
DC COM
VIO
2 VIO
2
047-310
DC COM MCU-Finisher
Communication Fail
STATUS
4 YEL
NOTE:
1 BSD CH No. for IOT depends on the model.
Model CH No. I/F PWB MCU PWB

PL25.11 PL18.2
DC-II/III, AP-II/III 7000G 1.8
+5VDC J8002 J680 P680 STATUS+ J411
AP/DC-IV C7780G 1.4 CR2 10 BRN B3 B10 B3
GRY
AP/DC-IV 7080G 1.5/1.6 024-916 024-975
STATUS J8006 STATUS-
5 YEL
5 9 YEL
B4 B9 GRY
B4
+3.3VDC 024-942 047-310
DC COM
FINISHER
DETECT (L)+3.3VDC 024-967 012-334
8 YEL
B5 B8 GRY
B5
DC COM 024-968
024-969
このページに含まれるのは、Fuhjin/Volante
j0fd731509a

A B C D E F G H J
15.9b PWBS COMMUNICATION (D3/D4) FAIL CODE

012-334
MCU PWB I/F PWB FINISHER PWB Down Load Mode Fail
1 PL18.1(700DCP) PL25.11a/25.11b +5VDC
PL25.3
PL2.1 (4127/ 024-916
4112G) 1 CR1 +5VDC Mix Full Stack
COMMAND+ P680 J680 CN101 CN102 J8002 COMMAND
B1 BLU B12 B1 BRN B1 12
BRN J8006 J8007 J8007 STATUS
4 YEL
17 16 YEL
024-942
COMMAND-
B2 BLU B11 B2 YEL B2 11 DC COM +5VDC Booklet Sheets Over
YEL Count
DC330 013-129 M/C EXIT
IOT EXIT SENSOR +5VDC SENSOR SIGNAL
18 YEL
3 024-967
PAPER SENSED
2 SIGNAL Different Width Mix Paper
B6 BLU B7 B6 YEL B6 YEL
7 +5VDC Detect (Staple Job)
DC COM SYS RESET/ SYS RESET/
LVPS ENABLE LVPS ENABLE 024-968
B7 BLU B6 B7 YEL B7 YEL
6 19 YEL
2
Stapler/Punch Batting
DC COM 15.1a
LVPS
15.1b
024-969
ENABLE
Different Width Mix Punch
3 1.4 024-975
DC COM P680 J680 J8001
4 4 4 Booklet Sheets Over
VIO VIO VIO Count (Not Field
1.4 Attachment)
DC COM
VIO
2 VIO
2 VIO
2
047-310
DC COM MCU-Finisher
NOTE: Communication Fail
1 4127/4112G : J411
7000DCP : J417 STATUS
4 YEL
MCU PWB
PL18.1(700DCP)/PL2.1(4127/4112G)
I/F PWB +3.3VDC
PL25.11a/25.11b CR8
+5VDC 1 (GRN)
J8002 CN102 CN101 J680 P680 STATUS+
CR2 10 BRN B3 B3 B10 B3
BRN BLU
024-916 024-975
STATUS J8006 STATUS-
5 YEL
5 9 YEL
B4 YEL
B4 B9 BLU
B4
+3.3VDC 024-942 047-310
DC COM
FINISHER
DETECT (L)+3.3VDC 024-967 012-334
8 YEL
B5 YEL
B5 B8 BLU
B5
DC COM 024-968
024-969
このページに含まれるのは、Teak/Pinot
j0fd731509b
A B C D E F G H J
15.10 FINISHER PWBS DETECTION
1
FINISHER PWB BOOKLET PWB
PL25.3 PL25.41 FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
+5VDC
BOOKLET RESET
J8012 (L)+5VDC J8173 DC330 013-132 +5VDC
40 YEL
21
BOOKLET DETECT
DC COM J8173 (L)+5VDC J8012
1 YEL
20
2 DC COM
INTERPOSER
PWB DC330 013-133 +5VDC
PL25.11a/ INTERPOSER DETECT
3 25.11b J8123 (L)+5VDC J8009
27 YEL
16
DC COM
(15.2 E5)
M/C with Folder

4 FOLDER
PWB DC330 013-131 +5VDC
PL25.68 FOLDER DETECT
J8139 (L)+5VDC J8010
18 YEL
2
DC COM
(15.2 F3)
j0fd731510

A B C D E F G H J
15.11 I/F MODULE PAPER TRANSPORTATION 1 FAIL CODE
DECURLER 012-100
1 FINISHER PWB I/F PWB TRANSPORT MOTOR
PL25.3 PL25.11a/25.11b DC330 012-001 PL25.13a/25.13b Decurler In Sensor ON
DC330 012-001 +5VDC DEC. TRANSPORT Jam
DEC. TRANSPORT MOTOR
J8007 MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC J8006 J8003 ON(L)+5VDC J8034 012-101
9 YEL
12 5 YEL
3 Decurler In Roll
Decurler Out Sensor ON
MOT In Roll Jam
DC COM DC COM Interposer Xport Roll
+5VDC
MOTOR SPEED 012-938
4 2
GRY I/F PWB Decurler In Sensor
2 +24VDC PL25.11a/ Static Jam
(15.3 D1) 25.11b
3 VIO
1 +5VDC
MOTOR 012-939
7 5 J8034 LOCK J8003 Decurler Out Sensor
VIO 4 6 Static Jam
YEL
DC COM
DC COM
J8167 J8166 6 8
1 1 VIO
ORN
DC COM
+24VDC
3 (15.3 D1)
2 VIO
2
DC COM
FINISHER PWB
I/F PWB DECURLER IN PL25.3
PL25.11a/ SENSOR
25.11b PL25.12a/25.12b I/F PWB DC330 012-100 +5VDC
J8004 J8441 P8441 J8099 PL25.11a
4 1 3 1 3 /25.11b DEC. IN SENSOR
VIO VIO J8099 P8441 J8441 J8004 J8006 PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC J8007 012-100
DC COM 2 YEL
2 2 YEL
2 15 YEL
6
(15.2 E2)
3 GRY
1 3 GRY
1 012-938
+5VDC
(15.2 E1)
DECURLER OUT
SENSOR
5 PL25.12a/25.12b DC330 012-101 +5VDC
J8442 P8442 J8035
4 3 1 3 DEC. OUT SENSOR
VIO VIO J8035 P8442 J8442 PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC 012-101
DC COM 2 YEL
2 2 YEL
5 16 YEL
5
(15.2 E2)
6 GRY
1 3 GRY
1 012-939
+5VDC
(15.2 E1)
NOTE:
6 1 For the illustration of the electrical components, see CH15.12.
j0fd731511
A B C D E F G H J
15.12 DECURLER CAM CONTROL FAIL CODE

012-286
Decurler Cam Home
1 I/F PWB DECURLER CAM FINISHER PWB Sensor OFF Fail
PL25.11a/25.11b HOME SENSOR I/F PL25.3 (D2P/D3/D4)
PL25.13a/25.13b 1 PWB
J8004 J8041 PL25.11 DC330 012-102 012-287
7 VIO
3 a/ DEC. CAM HOME +5VDC 012-286
Decurler Cam Home
DC COM 25.11b SENSOR HOME Sensor ON Fail
(15.2 E2) J8041 J8004 J8006 SENSED(H)+5VDC J8007 012-287 (D2P/D3/D4)
2 YEL
8 17 YEL
4
9 GRY
1
012-330 012-330
+5VDC
(15.2 E1) Decurler Cam Home
2 012-332 Sensor OFF Fail (D2)
DECURLER 012-332
FINISHER PWB CAM
PL25.3 DC330 012-002 CLUTCH Decurler Cam Home
DEC. CAM +5VDC DC330 012-002 PL25.13a/ Sensor ON Fail (D2)
1
CLUTCH DEC. CAM 25.13b
J8007 ON(L)+5VDC J8006 J8003 CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC J8033
8 YEL
13 1 BLU
2
DC COM DC COM
F2
2 ORN
1
3
+24VDC
(15.3 D1)
NOTE:
1 The following shows the relation between Decurler Cam and Actuator/Decurler Roll.
4 Decurler Roll 1
DECURLER IN SENSOR
Paper from IOT is Decurler
curled down. Roll 2 strong DECURLER CAM CLUTCH
weak
DECURLER ROLL 1
Decurler Cam Decurler Cam DECURLER CAM
paper
Home Sensor HOME SENSOR
5
Decurler Cam
Paper from IOT is
curled up.
weak
strong DECURLER TRANSPORT MOTOR
6 Decurler Roll 1
Decurler Roll 2
DECURLER OUT SENSOR

DECURLER ROLL 2
j0fd731512

A B C D E F G H J
15.13 INTERPOSER PAPER SIZE SENSING FAIL CODE
024-974
1 INTERPOSER FINISHER PWB Interposer Tray Size
SIZE 1 PL25.3 Mismatch
INTERPOSER SENSOR
PWB INTERPOSER DC140 013-113
PL25.56 PWB
PL25.11a/ J8122 J8135 P8135 P8131 INTPSR. SIZE +5VDC
25.11b 29 PL25.11a/ SENSOR
3 GRY GRY
3 25.11b
P8131 P8135 J8135 J8122 J8123 SIGNAL J8009
+5VDC 2 YEL
28
YEL
2 2 YEL
13 024-974
(15.2 E5)
1 VIO
27 VIO
1
DC COM
2 (15.2 E5) DC330 013-114
INTPSR. LENGTH
SENSOR +5VDC
J8129 PAPER SENSED
8 5 1 J8129 (L)+5VDC
GRY GRY 2 6 10 6 9
YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 E5)
12 VIO
7 VIO
3
DC COM
INTERPOSER
(15.2 E5) LENGTH SENSOR
PL25.56
3
NOTE:
1 The size of paper from Interposer Tray is determined by a combination of Length Sensor ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
and Size Sensor values.
The table shows the relation between paper size and combination of Sensor values.
INTERPOSER LENGTH SENSOR
LS Size Sensor
Paper Size (*1) DC140[013-113]
4
AD value Voltage(V)
B5S OFF 782~1023 3.83~5.00
8.5"X11"S OFF 479~781 2.35~3.82
8"X10"L/B5L(*2) OFF 384~500 1.88~2.34
16KL OFF 300~383 1.47~1.87
8.5"X11"L OFF 185~299 0.91~1.46
A4L OFF 0~184 0.00~0.90
5
A4S ON 745~1023 3.65~5.00
8.5"X13"S/
8.5"X14"S(*3) ON 479~744 2.35~3.64
B4S ON 384~478 1.88~2.34

8KS ON 300~383 1.47~1.87 INTERPOSER SIZE SENSOR
11"X17"S ON 185~299 0.91~1.46
A3S ON 0~184 0.00~0.90
6
*1: LS is an abbreviation for Length Sensor.
*2: In NVM[791-284], switching between the sizes can be done.
*3: In NVM[791-287], switching between the sizes can be done.
j0fd731513
A B C D E F G H J
15.14 INTERPOSER PAPER STACKING FAIL CODE
012-255
1 FINISHER PWB INTERPOSER PWB INTERPOSER Interposer Tray Up
PL25.3 DC330 013-003 PL25.11a/25.11b DC330 013-003 TRAY UP/ Fail
INTPSR. TRAY +5VDC INTPSR. TRAY DOWN MOTOR
PL25.54 024-957
U/D MOTOR U/D MOTOR
J8009 DOWN(H)+5VDC J8123 J8122 J8135 P8135 DOWN(H)+24VDC J8133 Interposer No Paper
20 23 22 ORN 16 1 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/
YEL ORN
DC330 013-002 DC330 013-002 DRIVE TRANSMISSION
DC COM INTPSR. TRAY +5VDC MOT
INTPSR. TRAY U/D
U/D MOTOR MOTOR UP(H)+24VDC INTERPOSER NO
UP(H)+5VDC 20 BLU 32 BLU 2 PAPER SENSOR
19 24 INTERPOSER
YEL
LEVEL SENSOR
2 DC COM
+24VDC
(F1)
(15.3 E5)
INTERPOSER
DC330 013-004 NUDGER
DC330 013-004 +5VDC INTPSR. NUDGER SOLENOID
INTPSR. NUDGER SOLENOID SOLENOID PL25.53
ON(L)+5VDC J8122 ON(L)+24VDC J8135 P8135 P8134
21 YEL 22 19 BLU 15 1
BLU
3
DC COM DC COM
21 ORN 31 ORN
2
+24VDC(F1)
(15.3 E5)
INTERPOSER NUDGER INTERPOSER
SOLENOID TRAY UP/DOWN
MOTOR
4 INTERPOSER FINISHER PWB

PWB INTERPOSER LEVEL PL25.3
PL25.11a/ INTERPOSER
J8122 J8135 P8135 J8207 P8207 J8128 SENSOR PL25.53 PWB DC330 013-111
25.11b 15 VIO 10 3 3
VIO VIO PL25.11a/ INTPSR. LEVEL +5VDC
DC COM
25.11b SENSOR
(15.2 E5) J8128 P8207 J8207 P8135 J8135 J8122 J8123 UP SENSED(H)+5VDC J8009
2 YEL
2
YEL
9
YEL
13 7 YEL
8 012-255
11 GRY 8 GRY
1 GRY
1
+5VDC
(15.2 E5)
5
DC330 013-110
INTPSR. NO
PAPER SENSOR +5VDC
J8130 NO PAPER SENSED
5 21 GRY 1 J8130 (L)+5VDC
GRY 2 22 7 5 10 024-957
YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 E5)
9 VIO
23 VIO
3
6 DC COM
INTERPOSER NO
(15.2 E5) PAPER SENSOR
PL25.56
j0fd731514

A B C D E F G H J
15.15 INTERPOSER PAPER FEEDING AND TRANSPORTATION 1 FAIL CODE
INTERPOSER 012-104
1 FINISHER PWB INTERPOSER PWB FEED
PL25.3 PL25.11a/25.11b MOTOR Interposer Feed Out
+5VDC
DC330 013-001 Sensor ON Jam
J8122 ON +24V CLOCK A J8135 P8135 J8126 PL25.55
MOTOR 30 BLU 2 1
J8009 +5V CLOCK J8123 BLU 012-109
17 26 DC COM
DC330 013-001
YEL ON +24V CLOCK /A Interposer Feed Out
DC COM 28 BLU 19 BLU
5 Sensor OFF Jam
DC COM
DC330 013-001
DC330 013-001 +5VDC ON +24V CLOCK B 013-900
26 BLU 20 BLU
6
INTPSR. FEED MOTOR ON Feed Roll Interposer Feed Out
2 (L)+5VDC DC COM
DC330 013-001 MOT Sensor Static Jam
18 25 ON +24V CLOCK /B Nudger Roll
YEL 24 BLU 3 2
BLU
DC COM
DC COM
29 ORN 4 ORN
3
27 ORN 18 ORN
4
+24VDC
(F1)(15.3 E5)
3
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
INTERPOSER
INTERPOSER PWB DC330 013-109
PWB PL25.11a/ INTPSR. FEED OUT +5VDC
PL25.11a/ 25.11b 012-104
J8122 J8135 P8135 J8127 SENSOR
4 25.11b 14 GRY 11 1 J8127 P8135 J8135 J8122 J8123 PAPER SENSED(L)+5VDC J8009
GRY 2 12 16 8 7 012-109
YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 E5)
18 VIO
13 VIO
3 013-900
DC COM
INTERPOSER FEED
(15.2 E5) OUT SENSOR
PL25.54
NOTE:
j0fd731515
A B C D E F G H J
15.16 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/DRIVE TRANSMISSION
1 INTERPOSER INTERPOSER
INTERPOSER FEED MOTOR FEED ROLL NUDGER ROLL
INTERPOSER FEED OUT SENSOR
INTERPOSER XPORT ROLL

DECURLER TRANSPORT MOTOR
5
j0fd731516

A B C D E F G H J
15.17 FOLDER ENTRANCE CONTROL (M/C WITH FOLDER)

ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/
DRIVE TRANSMISSION
FINISHER PWB DC330 013-028 (H) FOLDER PWB DC330 013-028 (H) FOLDER ENTRANCE
TD
1 PL25.3 DC330 013-035 (L) PL25.68 1 DC330 013-035 (L) MOTOR
FOLDER ENTRANCE +5VDC FOLDER ENTRANCE PL25.61 FOLDER ENTRANCE
MOTOR ON MOTOR ON MOTOR
J8010 (L)+5VDC J8139 J8138 (L)+24VDC J8149
22 YEL
36 35 YEL
2
DC COM DC COM Folder Entrance Roll
MOTOR SPEED MOT Folder Exit Roll
+5VDC 33 YEL
3
MOTOR SPEED MOTOR SPEED

23 YEL
35 31 YEL
4
2
DC COM DC COM
29 VIO
5
DC COM
J8169
39 ORN 2
+24VDC FOLDER EXIT ROLL
(15.3 E2)
37 BLU 1
DC COM
3 (15.3 E2)
DC330 013-033
FOLDER GATE FOLDER
SOLENOID 1 +5VDC DC330 013-033 GATE
SOLENOID 1 FOLDER GATE
TOP PATH FOLDER GATE SOLENOID 1 SOLENOID 1
J8010 (L)+5VDC J8139 J8138 TOP PATH(L)+24VDC J8145 PL25.63
16 YEL
4 21 BLU 3
DC COM DC330 013-034 DC COM
FOLDER GATE F2 FOLDER ENTRANCE SENSOR
+5VDC 23 ORN 2
SOLENOID 1 DC330 013-034
4 FOLDER PATH +24VDC(15.3 E2) FOLDER GATE SOLENOID 1 FOLDER ENTRANCE
(L)+5VDC FOLDER PATH(L)+24VDC ROLL
17 YEL
3 25 BLU 1
DC COM DC COM
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
FOLDER FOLDER
PWB FOLDER ENTRANCE PWB DC330 013-115
PL25.68 J8136 J8211 P8211 J8159 SENSOR PL25.61 PL25.68 FOLDER ENTRANCE SENSOR +5VDC
25 VIO 3 4 3 PAPER SENSED
5 VIO J8159 P8211 J8211 J8136 J8139 (H)+5VDC J8010
DC COM 2 YEL
5 2 YEL
26 23 YEL
35
(15.2 F3)
27 GRY 1 6 GRY
1
+5VDC
(15.2 F2)
6 TD Test Point: Folder PWB J8138-35(+) to GND(-)

1
With Motor Off, approx. +7.3VDC
j0fd731517
A B C D E F G H J
15.18 FOLDER PAPER TRANSPORTATION (M/C WITH FOLDER) ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/

DRIVE TRANSMISSION
FOLDER
FINISHER PWB FOLDER PWB DRIVE
1 PL25.3 PL25.68 DC330 013-027 MOTOR 1 FOLDER DRIVE
+5VDC PL25.62
J8138 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8141 MOTOR 1
MOTOR 1 3
J8010 CLOCK J8139 BLU
3 17 DC COM
DC330 013-027
YEL
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A FOLDER PATH
DC330 013-027 +5VDC
2 1 SENSOR 1
DC COM BLU
FOLDER DRIVE MOTOR 1
ON(L)+5VDC DC COM
DC330 013-027
4 YEL
16 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B
+5VDC 4 BLU
4
DC COM DC330 013-027 Folder
DC COM MOT Xport Roll 1
2 MOTOR CURRENT MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B
5 YEL
15 6 BLU
6
DC COM DC COM
3 ORN
2
RT1
5 ORN
5
t°
FOLD INTLK
+24VDC(15.5 E4)
NIP RELEASE
3 SOLENOID
NIP
DC330 013-047 +5VDC DC330 013-047 RELEASE
NIP RELEASE SOLENOID NIP RELEASE SOLENOID SOLENOID
ON(L)+5VDC ON(L)+24VDC J8147 PL25.64
18 YEL
2 28 BLU 2
DC COM DC COM
FOLDER
27 ORN 1
XPORT ROLL 1
FOLD INTLK
+24VDC (F1)
4 (15.5 E4)
FAIL CODE
FINISHER PWB 013-906

FOLDER PL25.3
PWB FOLDER DC330 013-125 Folder Path Sensor 1
PL25.68 PWB FOLDER PATH SENSOR 1 +5VDC Static Jam
5 PL25.68
J8136 J8162 P8162 J8151 PAPER SENSED
3 1 3 1 J8151 P8162 J8162 J8136 J8139 (H)+5VDC J8010
GRY GRY 2 YEL 2 2 2 31 27 013-906
YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 F2)
1 VIO
3 1 VIO
3
DC COM FOLDER PATH
(15.2 F3) SENSOR 1 PL25.64
j0fd731518

A B C D E F G H J
15.19 END GUIDE 1 CONTROL (M/C WITH FOLDER) FAIL CODE
FINISHER PWB 012-250

PL25.3
1 End Guide Motor 1 Start
Fail
FOLDER FOLDER
PWB PWB DC330 013-121 +5VDC
PL25.68 PL25.68 012-250 012-252
J8136 J8165 P8165 J8157 END GUIDE HOME SENSOR 1
21 GRY 1 3 1 J8157 P8165 J8165 J8136 J8139 HOME SENSED (L)+5VDC J8010 End Guide Motor 1 Home
GRY 2 YEL 2 2 20 25 33 012-252 Fail
YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 F2)
19 VIO
3 1 VIO
3
END GUIDE HOME
DC COM SENSOR 1 PL25.69
2 (15.2 F3)
DRIVE TRANSMISSION
END GUIDE
FINISHER PWB FOLDER PWB DC330 013-029 (UP) MOTOR 1
PL25.3 PL25.68 PL25.69
+5VDC DC330 013-030 (DOWN)
J8138 ON +24V CLOCK A J8142 END GUIDE HOME SENSOR
MOTOR 8 3
J8010 CLOCK J8139 PNK DC330 013-029 (UP)
3
6 YEL
14 DC COM DC330 013-030 (DOWN)
+5VDC ON +24V CLOCK /A
DC COM 10 PNK 1
DC330 013-029 (UP) END GUIDE
MOTOR DIRECTION DC COM DC330 013-030 (DOWN) MOTOR 1
7 YEL
13 ON +24V CLOCK B
12 PNK 4
DC COM
DC330 013-029 (UP) DC330 013-029 (UP)
DC330 013-030 (DOWN) +5VDC DC COM DC330 013-030 (DOWN) MOT End Guide 1
END GUIDE ON +24V CLOCK /B
14 PNK 6
MOTOR 1 ON(L)+5VDC
8 YEL
12 DC COM
4 +5VDC
DC COM 7 ORN
2
MOTOR CURRENT
9 YEL
11
9 ORN
5
DC COM RT3
t°
FOLD INTLK
+24VDC (15.5 E4)
j0fd731519
A B C D E F G H J
15.20 1ST FOLDED PAPER TRANSPORTATION (M/C WITH FOLDER) FAIL CODE
012-118
FINISHER PWB FOLDER PWB FOLDER DRIVE
1 PL25.3 DC330 013-026 PL25.68 MOTOR 2 Folder Path Sensor 2 ON
TD Jam
FOLDER DRIVE +5VDC 1 DC330 013-026 PL25.62
MOTOR 2 ON MOTOR ON 013-907
J8010 (L)+5VDC J8139 J8138 (L)+24VDC J8148
24 34 34 YEL 2 Folder Path Sensor 2
YEL Static Jam
+5VDC DC COM 1 Folding Roll 1 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/
DC COM MOT
MOTOR SPEED Folding Roll 2 DRIVE TRANSMISSION
36 YEL 3 Folder Xport Roll 2-7
1 FOLDER DRIVE MOTOR 2
MOTOR SPEED
38 YEL 4
2
FOLDER XPORT
40 VIO 5 ROLL 7
DC COM
J8168
30 ORN 2
FOLD INTLK
+24VDC
(15.5 E4) 32 BLU 1
DC COM
3
FOLDER C
FOLDER XPORT
DC330 013-044 +5VDC DC330 013-044 SOLENOID ROLL 2
DFOLDER C SOLENOID FOLDER C SOLENOID PL25.65 FOLDING
ON(L)+5VDC J8136 ON(L)+24VDC J8216 P8216 J8215 ROLL 1
37 21 34 BLU 2 2 2
YEL BLU FOLDER PATH SENSOR 2
DC COM DC COM
35 ORN 1 3 ORN
1
4 FOLDER XPORT
FOLD INTLK
+24VDC (F1) ROLL 6
(15.5 E4)
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3 FOLDER XPORT
FOLDER FOLDER DC330 013-119
PWB PWB FOLDER PATH
ROLL 3
FOLDER PATH
PL25.68 J8136 J8156 SENSOR 2 PL25.65 PL25.68 SENSOR 2 +5VDC
16 3 PAPER SENSED 012-118
5 VIO J8156 J8136 J8139 (H)+5VDC J8010
DC COM 2 YEL
17 26 YEL
32
(15.2 F3) 013-907
18 GRY 1
+5VDC FOLDER XPORT
(15.2 F2)
ROLL 5
FOLDER C SOLENOID
FOLDING
ROLL 2
FOLDER XPORT ROLL 4
NOTE: TD Test Point: Folder PWB J8138-34(+) to GND(-)
6
1 The speed of Folder Drive Motor 2 is not controlled because it rotates at a constant speed. 1 With Motor Off, approx. +7.3VDC
j0fd731520

A B C D E F G H J
15.21 END GUIDE 2 CONTROL (M/C WITH FOLDER) FAIL CODE
012-251
FINISHER PWB
1 PL25.3 End Guide Motor 2 Start
FOLDER FOLDER DC330 013-122 Fail
PWB PWB END GUIDE HOME SENSOR 2 +5VDC
PL25.68 PL25.68 HOME SENSED
J8136 J8164 P8164 J8154 012-251 012-253
12 GRY 4 3 1 J8154 P8164 J8164 J8136 J8139 (L)+5VDC J8010
GRY 2 YEL 2 5 11 28 30 End Guide Motor 2
YEL YEL 012-253 Home Fail
+5VDC
(15.2 F2)
10 VIO
6 1 VIO
3
END GUIDE HOME
(15.2 F3) ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/
2
DRIVE TRANSMISSION
END GUIDE
FINISHER PWB FOLDER PWB DC330 013-031 (UP) MOTOR 2
PL25.3 PL25.68 DC330 013-032 (DOWN) PL25.70
+5VDC
J8138 ON 24V CLOCK A J8143
MOTOR 16 BRN 3
J8010 CLOCK J8139
10 YEL
10 DC COM
+5VDC ON 24V CLOCK /A
DC COM 18 BRN 1
3 MOTOR DIRECTION DC COM
11 YEL DC330
9 ON 24V CLOCK B FOLDER END GUIDE
013-031 (UP) 20 BRN 4
DC COM DC330 013-032 (DOWN) +5VDC MOTOR 2
DC COM MOT End Guide 2
END GUIDE ON 24V CLOCK /B
MOTOR 2 ON(L)+5VDC 22 BRN 6
12 YEL
8
+5VDC DC COM
DC COM
11 ORN 2
MOTOR CURRENT
13 YEL
7
4
DC COM 13 ORN 5
RT2
t°
FOLD INTLK
+24VDC(15.5 E4)
END GUIDE HOME

SENSOR 2
j0fd731521
A B C D E F G H J
15.22 2ND FOLDED PAPER TRANSPORTATION (M/C WITH FOLDER) 1
1 FINISHER PWB FOLDER PWB

PL25.3 PL25.68 FOLDER
GATE
DC330 013-036 +5VDC DC330 013-036 SOLENOID 2
FOLDER GATE SOL 2 FOLDER GATE SOL 2 PL25.65
J8010 LETTER PATH(L)+5VDC J8139 J8138 LETTER PATH(L)+24VDC J8144
14 YEL
6 15 BLU 1
DC COM DC COM
DC330 013-037 +5VDC 17 ORN 2

DC330 013-037
FOLDER GATE SOL 2 FOLD INTLK FOLDER GATE SOL 2
2 FOLDER PATH(L)+5VDC +24VDC(F1)(15.5 E4) FOLDER PATH(L)+24VDC
15 YEL
5 19 BLU 3
DC COM DC COM
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
3 FOLDER DC330 013-120 FAIL CODE
PWB FOLDER PATH FOLDER FOLDER PATH
PL25.68 SENSOR 3 PL25.65 PWB SENSOR 3 +5VDC
J8136 J8163 P8163 J8152 PL25.68 012-108 012-108
4 3 1 3 PAPER SENSED
VIO VIO J8152 P8163 J8163 J8136 J8139 (H)+5VDC J8010 Folder Path Sensor-3
DC COM 2 YEL
2 2 YEL
5 30 YEL
28 012-119 OFF Jam
(15.2 F3)
6 GRY
1 3 GRY
1
013-908 012-117
+5VDC
(15.2 F2) Folder Exit Sensor ON
Jam
4 DC330 013-126
FOLDER PATH FOLDER PATH 012-119
SENSOR 4 PL25.63 SENSOR 4 +5VDC
J8195 P8195 J8153 Folder Path Sensor 3 ON
7 5 1 3 PAPER SENSED Jam
VIO VIO J8153 P8195 J8195 (H)+5VDC 012-120
DC COM 2 YEL 2 4 YEL
8 29 YEL
29
(15.2 F3) 013-909 012-120
9 GRY
3 3 GRY
1
Folder Path Sensor 4 ON
+5VDC Jam
(15.2 F2)
013-905
5 Folder Exit Sensor
FOLDER EXIT DC330 013-141
SENSOR PL25.61 FOLDER EXIT SENSOR +5VDC Static Jam
J8211 P8211 J8158
22 6 1 3 PAPER SENSED
VIO VIO J8158 P8211 J8211 (H)+5VDC 012-117 013-908
DC COM 2 YEL 2 5 YEL
23 24 YEL
34
(15.2 F3) Folder Path Sensor 3
24 GRY 4 3 GRY
1 013-905 Static Jam
+5VDC
(15.2 F2) 013-909
Folder Path Sensor 4
6 Static Jam
NOTE:
1 For the illustration of the electrical components, see CH15.23.
j0fd731522

A B C D E F G H J
15.23 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS (M/C WITH FOLDER)
FOLDER EXIT SENSOR
FOLDER PATH
SENSOR 4
FOLDER GATE SOLENOID
5
FOLDER PATH
SENSOR 3
j0fd731523
A B C D E F G H J
15.24 ENVELOPE TRAY CONTROL (M/C WITH FOLDER) FAIL CODE
024-987
1 FINISHER PWB FOLDER PWB Envelope Folder Tray Full
PL25.3
DC330 013-045 OPEN PL25.68
DC330 013-045 OPEN ENVELOPE
DC330 013-046 CLOSE DC330 013-046 CLOSE TRAY LOCK
ENV. TRAY LOCK +5VDC ENV. TRAY LOCK SOLENOID
SOLENOID SOLENOID PL25.67
J8010 ON(L)+5VDC J8139 J8138 ON(L)+24VDC J8146
21 YEL 37 26 BLU 2
DC COM DC COM
24 ORN 1
FOLD INTLK
2 +24VDC(F1)
(15.5 E4)
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
FOLDER
PWB ENVELOPE TRAY FOLDER
PL25.68 FULL SENSOR PWB DC330 013-123
PL25.70 PL25.68 ENV. TRAY FULL SENSOR +5VDC 1
J8136 J8164 P8164 J8155
15 GRY 1 6 1 FULL SENSED
GRY J8155 P8164 J8164 J8136 J8139 (L)+5VDC J8010
+5VDC 2 YEL
5 2 YEL
14 27 YEL
31 024-987
(15.2 F2)
3 13 VIO
3 4 VIO
3
DC COM
(15.2 F3)
J8195 P8195 J8161 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS

33 GRY 1 5 GRY
2
+5VDC
(15.2 F2)
32 VIO
2 4 VIO
1
ENVELOPE TRAY
DC COM FULL SENSOR
4 (15.2 F3)
PL25.70
ENVELOPE TRAY
LOCK SOLENOID
NOTE:
1 Envelope Tray Full is detected in two ways below:
1. When Envelope Tray Full Sensor detects Full.
2. When Envelope Tray Full Sensor detects Full, or the number of output sheets of paper
exceeds the value in NVM 763-363 (Envelope Folder Tray Full Check Num).
5
6
ENVELOPE TRAY FULL SENSOR
j0fd731524

A B C D E F G H J
15.25 PUNCH UNIT POSITIONING 1 FAIL CODE

DC330 012-009
(Front H)
012-233
FINISHER PWB DC330 012-010
(Rear H) PUNCHER
1 PL25.3 DC330 012-011
(Front L) MOVE Puncher Move Home
MOTOR Sensor ON Fail (D2P/D3/D4)
DC330 012-012
(Rear L)
J8019 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8068 PL25.21 FINISHER PWB PUNCHER 012-234
2 6 PL25.3 DC330 012-026 MOVE
BLU
CLUTCH Puncher Move Home
PUNCHER MOVE Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4)
DC COM PL25.21
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A CLUTCH
1 BLU
4 J8013 ON(L)+24VDC P8041 012-272
13 BLU 1
DC COM Side Regi Home Sensor
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B DC COM OＮ Fail (D2P/D3/D4)
3 BLU
3
12 ORN 2 012-273
2 DC COM MOT Punch Unit
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B +24VDC Side Regi Home Sensor
5 BLU
1 (F5)(15.3 B6) OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4)
DC COM
012-322
4 5
ORN Puncher Move Home
Sensor OFF Fail (D2)
6 ORN
2
012-323
+24VDC
(15.3 B4) Puncher Move Home
3 SIDE REGI HOME Sensor ON Fail (D2)
FINISHER PWB
J8022 J8115 P8115 J8084 SENSOR PL25.23 PL25.3
16 VIO
7
VIO
3 DC330 012-117 +5VDC 012-324
DC COM SIDE REGI HOME SENSOR 012-272 Side Regi. Home sensor
(15.2 B2) J8084 P8115 J8115 HOME SENSED(L)+5VDC J8022 OFF Fail (D2)
2 8 17 012-273
18 GRY 9 1 YEL YEL 012-325
GRY
+5VDC 012-324 Side Regi. Home sensor
(15.2 B4) PUNCH MOVE HOME ON Fail (D2)
J8114 P8114 J8081 SENSOR PL25.21 012-325
DC330 012-111
4 7 VIO
3 7 VIO
3 PUNCH MOVE HOME +5VDC
DC COM SENSOR
(15.2 B2) J8081 P8114 J8114 HOME SENSED(L)+5VDC 012-233
2 YEL
8 2 YEL
8
9 GRY
1 9 GRY
1 012-234
+5VDC
(15.2 B4) 012-322
4 6 4 N.C 012-323
VIO +5VDC
DC COM
5 (15.2 B2) NOT USED
N.C
5 5 YEL
5
6 GRY
4 6
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
1 VIO
9 1 N.C +5VDC
DC COM
(15.2 B2) NOT USED
2 8 YEL
2
6 3 GRY
7 3 N.C
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
NOTE: 1 For the illustration of the electrical components, see CH15.26. j0fd731525
A B C D E F G H J
PUNCHER MOVE MOTOR
PUNCHER MOVE CLUTCH
SIDE REGI HOME SENSOR
3 PUNCH MOVE HOME SENSOR
j0fd731526

A B C D E F G H J
15.27 PUNCHER HOLE SELECTION FAIL CODE

1
012-231
FINISHER PWB
1 FINISHER PWB PL25.3 Punch Home Sensor OＮ
PL25.3 Only M/C with 2 & 4 HOLE PUNCHER Fail (D2P/D3/D4)
DC330 013-130 +5VDC
2&4 HOLE DETECTED 012-232
J8021 J8113 P8113 P8113 J8113 (L)+5VDC J8021
1 14 13 2 Punch Home Sensor OFF
VIO YEL YEL YEL Fail (D2P/D3/D4)
DC COM
(15.2 B2)
012-320
Punch Home Sensor OＮ
PUNCH HOLE Fail (D2)
2 SELECT SENSOR
PL25.22
J8075 DC330 012-116 012-321
4 VIO
11 VIO
2 PUNCH HOLE SELECT +5VDC Punch Home Sensor OFF
DC COM SENSOR SENSED Fail (D2)
(15.2 B2) J8075 (H)+5VDC
1 YEL
10 YEL
5
3 GRY
12 GRY
3
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
3 PUNCH FRONT
J8076 SENSOR PL25.22 DC330 012-115
7 VIO
8 VIO
2 PUNCH FRONT +5VDC
DC COM SENSOR SENSED
(15.2 B2) J8076 (H)+5VDC
1 YEL
7 YEL
8
6 GRY
9 GRY
3
+5VDC
(15.2 B4) 012-320
PUNCH HOME
4 J8077 SENSOR PL25.22 DC330 012-114 012-321
10 VIO
5 VIO
2 PUNCH HOME +5VDC
DC COM SENSOR SENSED 012-231
(15.2 B2) J8077 (H)+5VDC
1 YEL
4 YEL
11
9 GRY
6 GRY
3 012-232
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
NOTE:
j0fd731527
A B C D E F G H J
15.28 PUNCHING 1 FAIL CODE
012-102
DC330 012-005
1 FINISHER PWB 2 Punch Out Sensor ON
PL25.3
012-006 PUNCHER Jam
012-007 MOTOR
012-008 PL25.22
012-103
J8020 J8112 P8112 PUNCHER MOTOR CCW(H)+24VDC J8074
1 2 2 Punch Out Sensor OFF
BLU BLU Jam
F2
MOT
PUNCHER MOTOR CW(H)+24VDC 012-247
+24VDC 2 ORN
1 ORN
1
(15.3 B4) Side Regi Sensor OFF Fail
2
012-909
PUNCH MOTOR FINISHER PWB Punch Out Sensor Static
SENSOR PL25.22 PL25.3 Jam
J8021 J8113 P8113 J8078 DC330 012-110
12 3 3 +5VDC
VIO VIO PUNCH MOTOR 012-949
DC COM SENSOR BLOCKED
(15.2 B2) J8078 P8113 J8113 (H)+5VDC J8021 Punch Box Set Fail (D2)
2 2 13
14 GRY 1 1 YEL YEL
GRY 112-700
+5VDC
3 (15.2 B4) Punch Dust Box Near Full
SIDE REGI SENSOR DC330 012-109

PL25.23 SIDE REGI SENSOR +5VDC
J8022 J8115 P8115 J8082
10 1 3 PAPER SENSED
VIO VIO J8082 P8115 J8115 J8022
(H)+5VDC
DC COM 2 YEL
2
YEL
11 012-247
(15.2 B2)
12 GRY 3 GRY
1
+5VDC
(15.2 B4) PUNCH OUT DC330 012-105
4 SENSOR PL25.23 PUNCH OUT SENSOR +5VDC
J8083
13 4 3 PAPER SENSED 012-102
VIO VIO J8083 (H)+5VDC
DC COM 2 YEL
5 YEL
14
(15.2 B2) 012-909
15 GRY 6 GRY
1
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
DC330 012-118
PUNCH BOX SET +5VDC
5 012-103
J8014 J8051 SENSOR
21 GRY 1 J8051 BOX SET(L)+5VDC J8014
2 YEL
20 012-949
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
112-700
19 VIO
3
DC COM PUNCH BOX SET
(15.2 B2) SENSOR PL25.1
NOTE:
6
1 For the illustration of the electrical components, 2 DC330[012-005] Operation of moving 2/4-Hole Puncher home DC330[012-007] Operation of moving 2/4-Hole Puncher two ways
see CH15.29.
DC330[012-006] Operation of moving 3-Hole Puncher home DC330[012-008] Operation of moving 3-Hole Puncher two ways
j0fd731528-K2

A B C D E F G H J
PUNCH HOLE SELECT SENSOR
PUNCH FRONT SENSOR

2 PUNCHER MOTOR
PUNCH HOME SENSOR

PUNCH BOX SET SENSOR
3
PUNCH OUT SENSOR
SIDE REGI SENSOR
PUNCH MOTOR SENSOR
j0fd731529
A B C D E F G H J
15.30 FINISHER DRIVE

DC330 012-013 DC330 012-019 012-020 3
012-014 1 FINISHER FINISHER PWB 012-021 012-022 COMPILE
FINISHER PWB TRANSPORT PL25.3 EXIT MOTOR
1 PL25.3 012-015 MOTOR
012-023 PL25.6
J8023 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8090
J8023 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8091 PL25.5 29 BRN 3
37 BLU 3
DC COM
DC COM MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A 31 BRN 1
39 BLU 1
DC COM
DC COM MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B 33 BRN 4
40 BLU 4 Buffer Roll
T/A Roll 1 DC COM MOT Buffer Reserve Roll
DC COM MOT Puncher Reserve Roll MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B Compile Exit Roll
2 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B Booklet In Roll 35 BRN 6
38 BLU 6
DC COM
DC COM 3 The operating speed and rotation
30 ORN 2 direction depend on the diag code.
36 ORN 2
Compile Exit Motor Ope. Speed
32 ORN 5 DC330[012-019] 1000mm/sec
34 ORN 5
+24VDC DC330[012-020] 800mm/sec
+24VDC (15.3 B4)
(15.3 B4) DC330 012-066 DC330[012-021] 285mm/sec
2
3 012-067 SCT EXIT Reverse
DRIVE TRANSMISSION DC330[012-022] 1000mm/sec
012-068 MOTOR
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8089
PL25.7 COMPILE EXIT MOTOR Reverse
DC330[012-023] 385mm/sec
21 PNK 3
FINISHER SCT EXIT
DC COM MOTOR TOP EXIT ROLL
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A TRANSPORT
23 PNK 1 MOTOR
DC COM
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B T/A ROLL 2
25 PNK 4
T/A Roll 2
4 DC COM MOT Top Exit Roll
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B
27 PNK 6
DC COM
COMPILE EXIT ROLL
26 ORN 2
28 ORN 5
+24VDC
(15.3 B4)
5
NOTE:
1 The operating speed and rotation direction 2 The operating speed and rotation direction
depend on the diag code. depend on the diag code.
Finisher Transport Ope. Speed SCT Exit Motor Ope. Speed

BUFFER REVERSE ROLL
Motor
DC330[012-013] 1000mm/sec DC330[012-066] 800mm/sec T/A ROLL 1
6 DC330[012-014] 800mm/sec DC330[012-067] 285mm/sec PUNCHER REVERSE ROLL
DC330[012-015] Reverse DC330[012-068] Reverse
385mm/sec 385mm/sec
BUFFER ROLL
j0fd731530

A B C D E F G H J
15.31 PRINT DELIVERY FAIL CODE
012-141
1 FINISHER PWB TRANSPORT Buffer Path Sensor OFF
PL25.3 GATE Jam
DC330 012-024 SOLENOID
TRANSPORT GATE SOLENOID PL25.7 012-142
J8023 BUFFER PATH(L)+24VDC J8088
18 BLU 1 Buffer Path Sensor ON
Jam
DC COM
20 ORN 2 012-900
DC330 012-025
+24VDC TRANSPORT GATE SOLENOID Buffer Path Sensor
(F5)(15.3 B6) TOP TRAY PATH(L)+24VDC Static Jam
2 22 BLU 3
DC COM
FINISHER PWB
BUFFER PATH DC330 012-108 PL25.3
J8014 J8241 P8241 J8050 SENSOR PL25.9 BUFFER PATH TRANSPORT GATE
16 VIO
3 1 VIO
3 SENSOR +5VDC SOLENOID
PAPER SENSED 012-141
DC COM
(15.2 B2) J8050 P8241 J8241 (H)+5VDC J8014
2 YEL 2 2 YEL
17 012-142
3 18 GRY 1 3 GRY
1
+5VDC 012-900
(15.2 B4)
BOOKLET PWB
PL25.41 BOOKLET
GATE
DC330 013-024 +5VDC DC330 013-024 SOLENOID
BOOKLET GATE SOLENOID BOOKLET GATE SOLENOID PL25.7
4 J8012 BOOKLET PATH(L)+5VDC J8173 J8170 BOOKLET PATH(L)+24VDC J8193
39 YEL 22 3 BLU
1
DC COM DC COM
DC330 013-025 +5VDC 2 ORN
2
DC330 013-025
BOOKLET GATE SOLENOID +24VDC BOOKLET GATE SOLENOID
STACKER PATH(L)+5VDC STACKER PATH(L)+24VDC
38 YEL 23 1 BLU
3
DC COM DC COM
5
BOOKLET GATE
SOLENOID
BUFFER PATH SENSOR
j0fd731531
A B C D E F G H J
15.32 TOP TRAY EJECT FAIL CODE
012-171
1 Top Tray Exit Sensor
ON Jam
FINISHER FINISHER PWB
PWB TOP TRAY EXIT PL25.3
PL25.3 SENSOR PL25.10 012-172
J8013 J8043 DC330 012-107
17 3 +5VDC Top Tray Exit Sensor
VIO VIO TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR 012-171 OFF Jam
DC COM PAPER SENSED
(15.2 B4) J8043 (H)+5VDC J8013
2 YEL YEL
18 012-172 012-907
19 GRY GRY
1
Top Tray Exit Sensor
+5VDC 012-907 Static Jam
2 (15.2 B2)
DC330 012-119 +5VDC

J8104 P8104 J8042 TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR
16 GRY 1 3 1 J8042 P8104 J8104 FULL SENSED (H)+5VDC
GRY 2 2 2 15
YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 B2)
14 VIO
3 1 VIO
3
TOP TRAY FULL
3 DC COM SENSOR PL25.10
(15.2 B4)
TOP TRAY EXIT SENSOR
4 TOP TRAY FULL SENSOR
j0fd731532

A B C D E F G H J
15.33 COMPILE AND TAMPER CONTROL FAIL CODE
012-151
1 FINISHER PWB Compile Exit Sensor OFF
FINISHER PWB PL25.3 Jam
PL25.3 COMPILE EXIT
SENSOR PL25.2 DC330 012-106 +5VDC
J8014 J8107 P8107 J8054 012-152
28 3 1 3 COMPILE EXIT SENSOR 012-151
VIO VIO J8054 P8107 J8107 PAPER SENSED(H)+5VDC J8014 Compile Exit Sensor ON
DC COM 2 2 2 29 Jam
(15.2 B2) YEL YEL 012-152
30 GRY 1 3 GRY
1
012-161
+5VDC 012-903
(15.2 B4) DC330 012-121 Set Eject Jam
COMPILE TRAY
2 NO PAPER SENSOR +5VDC
012-221
J8106 P8106 J8049 NO PAPER 012-161
15 GRY 1 15 1 J8049 P8106 J8106 SENSED(L)+5VDC Tamper Home Sensor
GRY 2 14 2 14 OＮ Fail
YEL YEL 012-905
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
012-223
13 VIO
3 13 VIO
3
Tamper Home Sensor
DC COM COMPILE TRAY NO OFF Fail
(15.2 B2) PAPER SENSOR
PL25.27
012-903
3 DC330 012-125 +5VDC Compile Exit Sensor
J8047 TAMPER HOME SENSOR 012-221 Static Jam
9 7 9 1 J8047 SENSOR SENSED(L)+5VDC
GRY GRY 2 8 8 8
YEL YEL 012-223 012-905
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
Compile Tray No Paper
7 VIO
9 7 VIO
3 Sensor Static Jam
TAMPER HOME
DC COM SENSOR PL25.27
(15.2 B2)
DC330 012-028 H FRONT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/
4 012-029 L FRONT DRIVE TRANSMISSION
012-030 H REAR 012-071 M FRONT
L REAR 012-072 M REAR TAMPER COMPILE EXIT SENSOR
012-031 MOTOR
J8019 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8111 P8111 J8071 PL25.25
7 4 3
BLU BLU
DC COM
TAMPER HOME
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A SENSOR
9 BLU
6 BLU
1 COMPILE TRAY
DC COM
NO PAPER SENSOR
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B
5 11 BLU 3 BLU
4
DC COM MOT Tamper
13 BLU 1 BLU
6
DC COM
TAMPER MOTOR
8 ORN
5 ORN
2
10 ORN 2 ORN
5
6 +24VDC
(15.3 B4)
j0fd731533
A B C D E F G H J
15.34 SHELF CONTROL FAIL CODE
012-218
FINISHER PWB
1 PL25.3 Shelf Home Sensor
FINISHER PWB OＮ Fail
PL25.3
DC330 012-128 +5VDC
012-219
J8014 J8106 P8106 J8048 SHELF HOME SENSOR 012-218
12 GRY 4 12 1 J8048 P8106 J8106 SENSED(L)+5VDC J8014 Shelf Home Sensor
GRY 2 11 5 11 OFF Fail
YEL YEL 012-219
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
10 VIO
6 10 VIO
3
SHELF HOME
2 (15.2 B2)
DC330 012-042 EJECT SHELF

012-043 STORAGE MOTOR
J8019 PL25.26
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8111 P8111 J8073
23 BRN 16 1
BRN
DC COM
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A
25 BRN 18 3
BRN ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/
3 DC COM DRIVE TRANSMISSION
27 BRN 15 BRN
4
DC COM MOT Shelf
29 BRN 13 BRN
6
DC COM
30 ORN 17 ORN
2
4 28 ORN 14 ORN
5
+24VDC
(15.3 B4)
SHELF HOME SENSOR

SHELF MOTOR
j0fd731534

A B C D E F G H J
15.35 END WALL CONTROL DRIVE TRANSMISSION
1 FINISHER PWB END WALL

PL25.3 DC330 012-032 (OPEN) HOME SENSOR
(CLOSE) END WALL
012-033 MOTOR
J8019 PL25.26
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8111 P8111 J8072
15 PNK 10 3
PNK
DC COM
17 PNK 12 PNK
1
DC COM
2 19 PNK 9 PNK
4
END WALL
DC COM MOT End Wall
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B OPEN SENSOR
21 PNK 7 PNK
6
DC COM
26 ORN 11 ORN
2
END WALL MOTOR

24 ORN 8 ORN
5
3 +24VDC
(15.3 B4)
FINISHER PWB FAIL CODE

PL25.3
012-214
End Wall Home Sensor
DC330 012-126 +5VDC
OFF Fail
J8014 J8106 P8106 J8046 END WALL HOME SENSOR 012-214
6 10 6 1 J8046 P8106 J8106 SENSED (L)+5VDC J8014
GRY GRY 2 5 11 5 012-215
4 YEL YEL 012-216
+5VDC
(15.2 B4) End Wall Open Sensor
OＮ Fail
4 VIO
12 4 VIO
3
END WALL HOME
DC COM SENSOR PL25.27 012-216
(15.2 B2)
End Wall Home Sensor
ON Fail
012-217
End Wall Open Sensor
5
DC330 012-127 +5VDC
OFF Fail
J8045 END WALL OPEN SENSOR
3 GRY
13 3 GRY
1 J8045 OPEN (L)+5VDC 012-215
2 YEL
2 14 YEL
2
+5VDC
(15.2 B4) 012-217
1 VIO
15 1 VIO
3
END WALL OPEN
(15.2 B2)
j0fd731535
A B C D E F G H J
15.36 STAPLE POSITIONING
DC330 012-046 H FRONT
1 FINISHER PWB 012-047 L FRONT STAPLE STAPLE MOVE HOME SENSOR
PL25.3 H REAR MOVE
012-048 MOTOR
012-049 L REAR PL25.24
J8017 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8057
4 BLU
4
DC COM STAPLE MOVE MOTOR
6 BLU
6
DC COM
2 3 BLU
3
DC COM MOT Stapler
1 BLU
1
DC COM
STAPLE CENTER POSITION
5 ORN
5 SENSOR
2 ORN
2
3 +24VDC FG
(15.3 B4) GRN
T4 T5 FAIL CODE
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3 012-235
DC330 012-130 +5VDC Staple Move Home
Sensor ON Fail
J8014 J8300 P8300 J8053 STAPLE CENTER POSITION 012-237
27 GRY 2 6 1 J8053 P8300 J8300 SENSOR SENSED(L)+5VDC J8014
GRY 2 5 3 26 012-236
YEL YEL 012-238
+5VDC
4 (15.2 B4) Staple Move Home
Sensor OFF Fail
25 VIO
4 4 VIO
3
DC COM STAPLE CENTER 012-237
(15.2 B2) POSITION SENSOR
PL25.24 Staple Center Position
Sensor ON Fail
012-238
Staple Center Position
DC330 012-131 +5VDC
Sensor OFF Fail
5 J8052 STAPLE MOVE HOME SENSOR 012-235
24 GRY 5 3 1 J8052 SENSED(L)+5VDC
GRY 2 2 6 23
YEL YEL 012-236
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
22 VIO
7 1 VIO
3
DC COM STAPLE MOVE HOME
(15.2 B2) SENSOR PL25.24
j0fd731536

A B C D E F G H J
15.37 STAPLING FAIL CODE
012-291
STAPLE HEAD
1 PL25.24 Stapler Fail
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
024-979
STAPLE
MOTOR Stapler Near Empty
DC330 012-044
J8016 CLOSE(H)+24VDC J8056
1 ORN
2
DC330 012-045 MOT

REVERSE(H)+24VDC
2 BLU
1
2 FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
+24VDC
(STAPLE DC330 012-133 +5VDC
MOTOR)
(15.5 G1) LOW STAPLE SENSOR
J8055 PIN SENSED(L)+5VDC J8015
6 YEL
2 024-979
+5VDC
DC330 012-134 +5VDC

LOW STAPLE
DC COM SENSOR STAPLE READY SENSOR
3 J8015 J8055 READY(L)+5VDC
7 GRY
1 2 YEL
6
+5VDC
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
4 VIO
4
STAPLE READY
DC COM SENSOR DC330 012-135
STAPLE HOME SENSOR +5VDC
1 VIO
7
STAPLE OPEN SENSED
DC COM (L)+5VDC
(15.2 B2) 5 YEL
3 012-291
+5VDC
4
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS STAPLE HOME +5VDC
LOW STAPLE DC COM SENSOR
SENSOR NOT USED
3 YEL
5
STAPLE
MOTOR DC COM
STAPLE READY SENSOR
6 STAPLE HOME SENSOR
j0fd731537
A B C D E F G H J
15.38 STAPLE DUST BOX FAIL CODE
012-400
FINISHER PWB
1 PL25.3 Staple Dust Near Full
FINISHER
PWB DC330 012-152 +5VDC 024-931
PL25.3 J8064 J8443 P8443 J8798 STAPLE DUST BOX SET SENSOR Staple Dust Box Full
1 6 1 1 J8798 P8443 J8443 SET (L)+5VDC J8064
YEL GRY 2 2 5 2 024-932 024-932
YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 B4) Staple Dust Box Set Fail
3 4 3 VIO
3
YEL
DC COM STAPLE DUST BOX
(15.2 B2) SET SENSOR PL25.1
2
1
DC330 012-151 +5VDC
J8799 STAPLE DUST BOX FULL SENSOR 012-400
4 3 4 1 J8799 FULL (H)+5VDC
YEL GRY 2 5 2 5
YEL YEL
+5VDC 024-931
(15.2 B4)
6 YEL
1 6 VIO
3
3 DC COM STAPLE DUST BOX
(15.2 B2) FULL SENSOR
PL25.1
NOTE: When the count of staples reaches a specified one after Staple Dust Box Full Sensor detects
1 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
staple dust, Staple Dust Near Full will be declared.
When the count of staples reaches a specified one after Staple Dust Near Full is detected,
Staple Dust Full will be declared.
STAPLE DUST BOX

SET SENSOR
5
STAPLE DUST BOX

FULL SENSOR
j0fd731538

A B C D E F G H J
15.39 PADDLE CONTROL 1
FINISHER PWB
FINISHER PWB PL25.3 SUB PADDLE
1 PL25.3 PADDLE UP/DOWN
DC330 012-027 MOTOR DC330 012-053 SOLENOID
J8023 J8085 PL25.33 SUB PADDLE U/D SOLENOID PL25.31
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A
4 3 J8019 DOWN(L)+24VDC J8069
BRN 12 BLU 1
DC330 012-027
DC COM
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A DC COM
2 BRN
1
DC330 012-027 14 ORN 2
DC COM DC330 012-052
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B +24VDC SUB PADDLE U/D SOLENOID
1 BRN
4 (F5)(15.3 B6) UP(L)+24VDC
DC330 012-027 Compile Main Puddle 16 BLU 3
2 DC COM MOT Sub Puddle
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B DC COM
3 BRN
6
DC COM
COMPILE
8 ORN
2 PADDLE UP/
DOWN
6 5 COMPILE PADDLE U/D SOLENOID PL25.28
ORN J8110 P8110 J8070
DOWN(L)+24VDC
+24VDC 18 BLU 1 1
(15.3 B4) BLU
3 DC COM
20 ORN 2 ORN
2
DC330 012-050
PADDLE +24VDC COMPILE PADDLE U/D SOLENOID
SUPPORT (F5)(15.3 B6) UP(L)+24VDC
DC330 012-058 CLUTCH 22 BLU 3 BLU
3
PADDLE SUPPORT PL25.31
DC COM
J8013 CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC P8037
2 BLU
1
DC COM
4 1 ORN
2
FAIL CODE
+24VDC
(F5)(15.3 B6)
012-239
Sub Paddle Home Sensor
SUB PADDLE HOME OＮ Fail
J8013 J8040 SENSOR PL25.31
9 VIO
3 DC330 012-123 +5VDC 012-240
DC COM SUB PADDLE HOME SENSOR 012-239 Sub Paddle Home Sensor
(15.2 B2) J8040 SENSED (H)+5VDC J8013 OFF Fail
5 2 YEL
10
11 GRY 1 012-240
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
NOTE:
j0fd731539
A B C D E F G H J
1 PADDLE SUPPORT CLUTCH
PADDLE MOTOR
SUB PADDLE UP/DOWN SOLENOID
SUB PADDLE HOME SENSOR
COMPILE SUB PADDLE

COMPILE PADDLE UP/DOWN SOLENOID
COMPILE MAIN PADDLE
j0fd731540

A B C D E F G H J
15.41 SET EJECT 1

DC330 012-034 012-037 012-073 2 FINISHER PWB
FINISHER PWB PL25.3 DC330 012-040 RELEASE EJECT
1 PL25.3 012-035 012-038 012-074 EJECT CLAMP
MOTOR 012-041 NIP
012-036 012-039 MOTOR
J8023 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8086 PL25.33 J8023 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8087 PL25.33
5 BLU
3 13 PNK 3
DC COM DC COM
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /A
7 BLU
1 15 PNK 1
DC COM DC COM
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK B
9 BLU
4 17 PNK 4
2 DC COM MOT Eject Roll DC COM MOT Eject Clamp
MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK /B
11 BLU 6 19 PNK 6
DC COM DC COM
12 ORN 2 14 ORN 2
10 ORN 5 16 ORN 5
+24VDC +24VDC
(15.3 B4) (15.3 B4)
3
EJECT SENSOR
J8013 J8039 PL25.32
6 3 DC330 012-138 +5VDC FAIL CODE
VIO 012-159
DC COM EJECT SENSOR PAPER
(15.2 B2) J8039 SENSED(H)+5VDC J8013 012-159
2 YEL
7 012-160
8 1 Eject Sensor ON Jam
GRY
+5VDC 012-908
(15.2 B4) 012-160
4 Eject Sensor OFF Jam
012-260
EJECT UP SENSOR Eject Clamp Up Sensor
J8038 PL25.33 ON Fail
3 VIO
3 DC330 012-137 +5VDC
DC COM EJECT UP SENSOR 012-260 012-282
(15.2 B2) J8038 UP (L)+5VDC
2 4 Eject Clamp Up Sensor
5 1 YEL 012-282 OFF Fail
5 GRY
+5VDC
(15.2 B4) 012-908
Eject Sensor Static Jam
NOTE:
1 For the illustration of the electrical components, 2 The operating speed and rotation direction
see CH15.42. depend on the diag code.
Eject Motor Ope. Speed Eject Motor Ope. Speed Eject Motor Ope. Speed
6 DC330[012-034] 800mm/sec DC330[012-037] 320mm/sec DC330[012-073] 1000mm/sec
DC330[012-035] 610mm/sec DC330[012-038] 285mm/sec DC330[012-074] Reverse
1000mm/sec
DC330[012-036] 404mm/sec DC330[012-039] Reverse
800mm/sec
j0fd731541
A B C D E F G H J
1
EJECT MOTOR
EJECT CLAMP MOTOR
3
EJECT UP SENSOR
EJECT SENSOR
5
j0fd731542

A B C D E F G H J
15.43 STACKER HEIGHT CONTROL FAIL CODE
012-212
1 FINISHER PWB FINISHER PWB Stacker Tray Upper
PL25.3 MIX STACK SENSOR PL25.3 Limit Fail
J8018 J8060 PL25.38 012-213
7 VIO
3 DC330 012-142 +5VDC Stacker Tray Lower
DC COM MIX STACK SENSOR Limit Fail
(15.2 B2) J8060 SENSED(H)+5VDC J8018
2 YEL
8 012-212 024-980
9 1 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
GRY Finisher Stacker Tray
+5VDC HALF STACK Full
(15.2 B4) MIX STACK
HALF STACK SENSOR SENSOR
2 J8059 SENSOR PL25.38
4 VIO
3 DC330 012-143 +5VDC ELEVATOR MOTOR
DC COM HALF STACK SENSOR
(15.2 B2) J8059 SENSED(H)+5VDC
2 YEL
5
6 GRY
1
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
FULL STACK
J8058 SENSOR PL25.38
3 1 VIO
3 DC330 012-144 +5VDC
DC COM FULL STACK SENSOR
(15.2 B2) J8058 BLOCKED(H)+5VDC
2 YEL
2 024-980
3 GRY
1
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
LOWER LIMIT
J8064 SENSOR PL25.38
17 VIO
3 DC330 012-148 +5VDC
4 DC COM LOWER LIMIT SENSOR
(15.2 B2) J8064 BLOCKED(H)+5VDC
2 YEL
18 012-213
19 GRY 1
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
ELEVATOR
MOTOR
DC330 012-060 012-070 PL25.35
ELEVATOR MOTOR 1
5 J8024 DOWN(H)+24VDC J8094
10 BLU 1
DC330 012-059 012-069
ELEVATOR MOTOR MOT Stacker Tray
1
UP(H)+24VDC
+24VDC 3 ORN
2
(ELEVATOR
MOTOR)
(15.5 G2)
FULL STACK SENSOR

6
NOTE: DC330[012-069]: Elevator rises until Stacker Height Sensor turns ON. LOWER LIMIT SENSOR
1
DC330[012-070]: Elevator lowers until Full Stacker Sensor turns ON.
j0fd731543
A B C D E F G H J
15.44 STACKER OFFSET 1
FINISHER PWB STACKER FRONT FINISHER PWB

1 PL25.3 POSITION SENSOR PL25.3
J8018 J8065 PL25.34 DC330 012-146
20 VIO
3 STACKER FRONT +5VDC
DC COM POSITION SENSOR
(15.2 B2) J8065 SENSED(L)+5VDC J8018
2 YEL
21 012-248
22 GRY 1
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
STACKER
FLAP
2 SET DC330 012-054 MOTOR
DC330 012-056 CLAMP PL25.37
SOLENOID STACKER FLAP MOTOR
SET CLAMP SOLENOID J8024 UP(H)+24VDC J8117 P8117 J8095
J8024 ON(L)+24VDC J8093 PL25.34 11 BLU 4 1
2 2 BLU
ORN DC330 012-055
2 MOT
DC COM STACKER FLAP MOTOR
F7 DOWN(H)+24VDC
9 BLU
1 4 ORN
5 ORN
2
+24VDC
(F5)(15.3 B6)
+24VDC
STACKER (15.3 B4)
3
DC330 012-061 OFFSET FAIL CODE
STACKER OFFSET MOTOR MOTOR
FRONT(H)+24VDC J8092 PL25.34 012-248
8 BLU
1
Compile Stacker Tray
DC330 012-062 Offset Fail
F6 STACKER OFFSET MOTOR MOT
REAR(H)+24VDC 013-901
1 ORN
2
+24VDC Paper Remain at Stacker Tray
(15.3 B4) (M/C with Trimmer and Square)
4 2 When Z-folded paper is output onto Stacker Tray, Flapper is
STACKER TRAY NO
PAPER SENSOR switched to the Up position so Stacker Tray can hold more
PL25.37 DC330 012-139 sheets of paper.
J8117 P8117 J8097 STACKER NO PAPER When 10 sheets of Z-folded paper is output from when Stacker
13 3 3 +5VDC
VIO VIO SENSOR NO PAPER Tray has no paper to when 100 sheets of paper are output there,
DC COM SENSED Flapper is switched to the Up position.
(15.2 B2) J8097 P8117 J8117 (L)+5VDC J8024 (See the figure below.)
2 YEL
2
YEL
5 013-901
12 GRY 1 GRY
1
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
5
NOTE:
j0fd731544

7-49 7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
A B C D E F G H J

STACKER SAFETY SWITCH
(SEE CH15.5)
1
STACKER TRAY
NO PAPER SENSOR
STACKER FLAP
SET CLAMP STACKER FLAP MOTOR

SOLENOID
STACKER FRONT
POSITION SENSOR
5
STACKER OFFSET
MOTOR
j0fd731545
A B C D E F G H J
15.46 STACKED SET HEIGHT SENSING (1 OF 2) FAIL CODE
012-211
TRAY HEIGHT
1 FINISHER SENSOR LOWER FINISHER PWB Stacker Tray Fail
PWB (REAR) PL25.3
PL25.3 PL25.38
J8018 J8061
DC330 012-141 +5VDC
12 GRY 1 TRAY HEIGHT SENSOR
J8061 LOWER SENSED(H)+5VDC J8018
+5VDC 2 YEL
11 012-211
(15.2 B4)
10 VIO
3
DC COM
(15.2 B2)
2 J8210 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
26 GRY 2
STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 1 (REAR)
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
27 VIO
1
TRAY HEIGHT
DC COM SENSOR LOWER
(15.2 B2) TRAY HEIGHT SENSOR LOWER (REAR)
(FRONT)
PL25.38
3 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 1 (FRONT)

TRAY HEIGHT
STACK HEIGHT
SENSOR LOWER
SENSOR 1(REAR) (FRONT)
PL25.38
J8209
DC330 012-140 +5VDC
25 GRY 1 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 1
J8209 SENSED(H)+5VDC
+5VDC 2 YEL
24
(15.2 B4)
4 23 VIO
3
DC COM
(15.2 B2)
J8062
13 GRY 2
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
14 VIO
1
DC COM
STACK HEIGHT
5 (15.2 B2) SENSOR 1(FRONT)
PL25.38
j0fd731546

A B C D E F G H J
15.47 STACKED SET HEIGHT SENSING (2 OF 2)
FINISHER STACK HEIGHT FINISHER PWB

PWB SENSOR 2 (FRONT) PL25.3
PL25.3 PL25.38
J8018 J8066 DC330 012-132 +5VDC
30 GRY 1 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 2
GRY J8066 SENSED(H)+5VDC J8018
+5VDC 2 YEL YEL
29
(15.2 B4)
28 VIO VIO
3
2
DC COM
(15.2 B2)
J8067
31 GRY GRY
2
+5VDC
(15.2 B4)
32 VIO VIO
1
DC COM STACK HEIGHT
(15.2 B2)
3 SENSOR 2 (REAR)
PL25.38
M/C with Folder
STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 3 (REAR)
STACK HEIGHT
SENSOR 3(FRONT)
PL25.38 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 2 (REAR)
J8063 J8118
DC330 012-145 +5VDC
4 5 1 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 3
GRY J8118 SENSED(H)+5VDC J8063 STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 3 (FRONT)
+5VDC 2 YEL
4
(15.2 B4)
3 VIO
3
DC COM
(15.2 B2)
J8105
2 GRY
2
+5VDC
5 (15.2 B4)
1 VIO
1
DC COM STACK HEIGHT
(15.2 B2)
SENSOR 3(REAR)
PL25.38
6
STACK HEIGHT SENSOR 2 (FRONT)
j0fd731547
A B C D E F G H J
15.48 BOOKLET MODULE COMPILING 1

FAIL CODE
DC330 013-005 800mm/sec 012-113

1 FINISHER PWB 013-006 250mm/sec BOOKLET PWB DC330 013-005 800mm/sec Booklet In Sensor ON Jam
50mm/sec BOOKLET
PL25.3 013-007 PL25.41 013-006 250mm/sec
BOOKLET PAPER PATH 50mm/sec PAPER PATH
013-007 MOTOR 012-114
MOTOR
J8012 ON(H)+5VDC J8173 J8171 ON +24V CLOCK A J8203 P8203 J8188 P8188 PL25.48 Booklet In Sensor OFF
1 20 12 BLU 22 22 1 Jam 1
YEL BLU ORN
+5VDC
DC COM DC COM
ON +24V CLOCK /A 012-264
MOTOR DIRECTION 10 BLU 23 23 BLU
3 BLU
2 19 Booklet Drawer Broken Fail
YEL
+5VDC DC COM
DC COM ON +24V CLOCK B
2 8 BLU
25 25 BLU
4 RED
012-307
MOTOR CLOCK
3 18 DC COM MOT Booklet Exit Roll Booklet Drawer Set Fail
YEL ON +24V CLOCK /B
+5VDC
DC COM 6 BLU
26 26 BLU
6 YEL 013-902
MOTOR CURRENT DC COM
4 17 Booklet Compile No Paper
YEL 9 24 24 2 Sensor Static Jam
ORN ORN WHT
DC COM
11 ORN 27 27 ORN
5 BLK
3 +24VDC
(15.3 E3)
FINISHER PWB
BOOKLET PL25.3
PWB BOOKLET DC330 013-135
PL25.41 PWB BOOKLET IN SENSOR +5VDC
J8172 J8202 P8202 J8182 PL25.41 PAPER SENSED
19 GRY B10 B5 1 J8182 P8202 J8202 J8172 J8173 (H)+5VDC J8012 012-113
GRY 2 B4 B11 18 40 21
YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC 012-114
(15.2 F3)
17 VIO
B12 B3 VIO
3
BOOKLET IN
4 DC COM SENSOR PL25.47
(15.2 F4) DC330 013-102
BOOKLET COMPILE NO
PAPER SENSOR +5VDC
J8250 P8250 J8178 NO PAPER SENSED
9 A6 A9 1 9 1 J8178 P8250 J8250 (H)+5VDC
GRY GRY GRY 2 8 2 A8 A7 8 36 25 013-902
YEL YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 F3)
7 VIO
A8 A7 VIO
3 7 VIO
3
DC COM BOOKLET COMPILE
(15.2 F4) NO PAPER SENSOR
5 PL25.44 DC330 013-104
BOOKLET DRAWER +5VDC
J8184 SET SENSOR
25 GRY 1 J8184 SET(H)+5VDC 012-264
2 YEL
24 30 YEL
31
+5VDC
(15.2 F3) 012-307
23 VIO
3
DC COM BOOKLET DRAWER
(15.2 F4) SET SENSOR
PL25.41
6
NOTE:
j0fd731548-K2

A B C D E F G H J
BOOKLET PAPER PATH MOTOR
BOOKLET IN SENSOR
2
BOOKLET EXIT ROLL
BOOKLET COMPILE
3 NO PAPER SENSOR
4 BOOKLET DRAWER
SET SENSOR
j0fd731549
A B C D E F G H J
15.50 BOOKLET TAMPING (1 OF 2) FAIL CODE

2
BOOKLET 012-225
FINISHER PWB BOOKLET PWB TAMPER
1 Booklet Tamper F Home
1 PL25.3 1 DC330 013-048~055 PL25.41 MOTOR
+5VDC Sensor ON Fail
BOOKLET TAMPER DC330 013-048~055 (FRONT)
MOTOR J8171 ON 24VDC CLOCK A J8203 P8203 P8190 J8190 PL25.45
J8012 ON(L)+5VDC J8173 20 BLU 12 12 BLU
6 1 BLK
012-226
9 12
YEL
+5VDC DC COM DC330 013-048~055 Booklet Tamper F Home
DC COM ON 24VDC CLOCK /A Sensor OFF Fail
18 BLU 14 14 BLU
4 3 BRN
MOTOR DIRECTION
10 11 DC COM DC330 013-048~055
YEL ON 24VDC CLOCK B
+5VDC
DC COM 16 BLU 15 15 BLU
3 4 ORN
2 MOTOR CLOCK DC COM DC330 013-048~055 MOT Front Tamper
11 YEL
10 ON 24VDC CLOCK /B
14 BLU 16 16 BLU
1 6 YEL
DC COM
DC COM
21 ORN 13 13 ORN
5 2 RED
RT2
+24VDC t°
(15.3 E3) 2 5
FINISHER PWB
DC330 013-134 PL25.3
BOOKLET BOOKLET
PWB PWB TAMPER HOME +5VDC
PL25.41 PL25.41 SENSOR F
J8172 J8202 P8202 J8250 P8250 J8176 012-225
3 A12 A3 7 3 1 J8176 P8250 J8250 P8202 J8202 J8172 J8173 SENSED(L)+5VDC J8012
4 GRY GRY GRY 2 2 8 A2 A13 2 39 22
YEL YEL YEL YEL 012-226
+5VDC
(15.2 F3)
1 VIO
A14 A1 VIO
9 1 VIO
3
DC COM TAMPER HOME
(15.2 F4) SENSOR (FRONT)
PL25.45
NOTE:
5 1 013-048 (Rear 1) 2 For the illustration of the electrical components, see CH15.52.
DC330
013-049 (Rear 2)
013-050 (Rear 3)
013-051 (Rear 4)
013-052 (Front 1)
013-053 (Front 2)
013-054 (Front 3)
013-055 (Front 4)
6
j0fd731550-K2

A B C D E F G H J
15.51 BOOKLET TAMPING (2 OF 2) 2 FAIL CODE
BOOKLET 012-229
FINISHER PWB BOOKLET PWB TAMPER
1 PL25.3 013-056~063 PL25.41 1 MOTOR Booklet Tamper R Home
DC330
+5VDC Sensor ON Fail
BOOKLET TAMPER 1 DC330 013-056~063 (REAR)
MOTOR J8171 ON 24VDC CLOCK A J8203 P8203 P8191 J8191 PL25.45
J8012 ON(L)+5VDC J8173 28 BLU 28 28 BLU
6 1 BLK
012-230
12 9
YEL
+5VDC DC COM DC330 013-056~063 Booklet Tamper R Home
DC COM ON 24VDC CLOCK /A Sensor OFF Fail
MOTOR DIRECTION 26 BLU 30 30 4 3
(L)+5VDC BLU BRN
13 8 DC COM DC330 013-056~063
YEL ON 24VDC CLOCK B
+5VDC
DC COM 24 BLU 31 31 3 4
MOTOR CLOCK BLU ORN
2 (L)+5VDC DC COM DC330 013-056~063 MOT Rear Tamper
14 YEL
7 ON 24VDC CLOCK /B
22 BLU 32 32 BLU
1 6 YEL
DC COM
DC COM
23 ORN 29 29 ORN
5 2 RED
RT2
+24VDC t°
(15.3 E3) 2 5
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
BOOKLET BOOKLET DC330 013-136
PWB PWB TAMPER HOME +5VDC
PL25.41 PL25.41 SENSOR R
J8172 J8202 P8202 J8250 P8250 J8177 012-229
6 A9 A6 4 6 1 J8177 P8250 J8250 P8202 J8202 J8172 J8173 SENSED(L)+5VDC J8012
4 GRY GRY GRY 2 5 5 A5 A10 YEL 5 38 23
YEL YEL YEL 012-230
+5VDC
(15.2 F3)
4 VIO
A11 A4 VIO
6 4 VIO
3
DC COM TAMPER HOME
(15.2 F4) SENSOR (REAR)
PL25.45
5
NOTE:
1 DC330 013-056 (Front 1) 2 For the illustration of the electrical components, see CH15.52.
013-057 (Front 2)
013-058 (Front 3)
013-059 (Front 4)
013-060 (Rear 1)
013-061 (Rear 2)
013-062 (Rear 3)
6 (Rear 4)
013-063
j0fd731551-K2
A B C D E F G H J
2 BOOKLET TAMPER
MOTOR (FRONT) TAMPER HOME SENSOR (REAR)
3
BOOKLET TAMPER
TAMPER HOME SENSOR (FRONT) MOTOR (REAR)
j0fd731552

A B C D E F G H J
15.53 BOOKLET END GUIDE CONTROL FAIL CODE

1
DC330 013-011
LOW DWN 012-227
DC330 013-011 LOW DWN 013-013
HIGH DWN BOOKLET
1 FINISHER PWB BOOKLET PWB END GUIDE Booklet End Guide Home
PL25.3
013-013 HIGH DWN
PL25.41 013-014
LOW UP Sensor OFF Fail
013-014 MOTOR
LOW UP +5VDC 013-016
HIGH UP PL25.43
013-016 HIGH UP J8171 ON 24VDC CLOCK A J8203 P8203 J8187 P8187 012-228
J8012 MOTOR ON(L)+5VDC J8173 4 6 6 1
5 16 BLU BLU ORN Booklet End Guide Home
YEL Sensor ON Fail
+5VDC DC COM
DC COM ON 24VDC CLOCK /A
2 BLU
7 7 BLU
3 BLU
MOTOR DIRECTION
6 YEL
15 DC COM
+5VDC ON 24VDC CLOCK B
DC COM 1 BLU
9 9 BLU
4 RED
2
MOTOR CLOCK DC COM MOT End Guide
7 YEL
14 ON 24VDC CLOCK /B
+5VDC 3 BLU
10 10 BLU 6 YEL
DC COM
DC COM
MOTOR CURRENT
8 YEL
13 5 ORN
8 8 ORN
2 WHT
DC COM
7 ORN
11 11 ORN 5 BLK
3 +24VDC
(15.3 E3)
BOOKLET
DC330 013-021 +5VDC DC330 013-021 PADDLE
BOOKLET PADDLE MOTOR BOOKLET PADDLE MOTOR MOTOR
ON(L)+5VDC ON(L)+24VDC J8186 PL25.43
15 YEL
6 13 ORN 2 2 ORN
1
DC COM DC COM MOT
15 BLU 18 18 BLU 2
4 +24VDC
(15.3 E3)
BOOKLET BOOKLET END FINISHER PWB

PWB GUIDE HOME PL25.3
PL25.41 SENSOR PL25.43 BOOKLET DC330 013-137
J8172 J8202 P8202 J8185 PWB BOOKLET END GUIDE
26 VIO
B3 B12 VIO
3 PL25.41 HOME SENSOR +5VDC
5
DC COM SENSED 012-227
(15.2 F4) J8185 P8202 J8202 J8172 J8173 (L)+5VDC J8012
2 YEL
B13 B2 YEL
27 37 YEL
24
28 GRY B1 B14 GRY
1 012-228
+5VDC
(15.2 F3)
NOTE:
j0fd731553
A B C D E F G H J
1
BOOKLET END GUIDE MOTOR
BOOKLET PADDLE MOTOR
6 BOOKLET END GUIDE HOME SENSOR
j0fd731554

A B C D E F G H J
15.55 BOOKLET STAPLING FAIL CODE
BOOKLET STAPLE 012-246

BOOKLET PWB ASSEMBLY
1 PL25.41 PL25.42 Booklet Stapler Fail
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3 DC330 013-017 DC330 013-017 STAPLER
+5VDC HEAD 024-943
STAPLE HEAD MOTOR MOTOR
MOTOR J8205 ON +24VDC CLOCK J8203 P8203 P8189 J8189 J8201 Booklet Low Staple
J8012 ON(L)+5VDC J8173 2 3 3 1 1
19 YEL 2 ORN ORN ORN
DC330 013-017 024-984
MOTOR MOT
DC COM
ON +24VDC CLOCK Booklet Low Staple F
1 BLU
19 19 BLU 4 BLU
5
RT5 024-985
2 t° Booklet Low Staple R
LOW
+24VDC STAPLE
(15.3 E3) SWITCH
FRONT
J8171 J8201
25 YEL
20 20 YEL
5 YEL
6 2 YEL
A
LOW
STAPLE
SWITCH
3 REAR
27 YEL
21 21 YEL
6 YEL
7 3 YEL
DC COM
B
FINISHER PWB
BOOKLET PWB PL25.3
PL25.41
A +5VDC DC330 013-107 +5VDC
4 LOW STAPLE SWITCH F
J8189 P8189 P8203 J8203 J8171 J8173 CLOSED(L)+5VDC J8012
2 4 4 29 28 33 024-984
YEL YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC
DC330 013-106
024-943
STAPLE ERROR(H)+5VDC
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 26 35
YEL
+5VDC
DC COM DC330 013-105
Booklet Stapler Head Motor STAPLE READY(L)+5VDC 012-246
B 29 32
YEL
5
+5VDC DC330 013-108 +5VDC
DC COM
LOW STAPLE SWITCH R
CLOSED(L)+5VDC
YEL
3 YEL
5 5 YEL
30 27 YEL
34 024-985
6
Low Staple Switch Rear
Front
Low Staple Switch Front j0fd731555
A B C D E F G H J
15.56 BOOKLET FOLDING FAIL CODE

1
012-241
1 Booklet Knife Folding
FINISHER PWB BOOKLET PWB Sensor Fail
PL25.3 PL25.41 KNIFE
DC330 013-010 DC330 013-010 SOLENOID
PL25.48 012-243
KNIFE SOLENOID KNIFE SOLENOID
J8012 ON(L)+5VDC J8173 J8172 ON(L)+24VDC J8202 P8202 P8181 J8181 Booklet Knife Home
17 YEL 4 16 BLU B13 B2 1 2 Sensor ON Fail
BLU
DC COM RT1 012-265
15 ORN B14 B1 ORN
2 1
t° Booklet Knife Home
+24VDC Sensor OFF Fail
2 (15.3 E3)
DC330 013-008 +5VDC
BOOKLET
BOOKLET FOLD MOTOR DC330 013-008 FOLD
FWD(L)+5VDC MOTOR
36 YEL 25 FOLD ROLL MOTOR
J8205 FWD(H)+24VDC J8203 P8203 J8175 PL25.48
DC COM 3 BLU
1 1 ORN
2
DC330 013-009
DC330 013-009 +5VDC FOLD ROLL MOTOR MOT
FOLD ROLL MOTOR RVS(H)+24VDC
RVS(L)+5VDC 4 ORN
17 17 BLU
1
37 YEL 24
3
DC COM
+24VDC
(15.3 E3)
BOOKLET
PWB KNIFE HOME DC330 013-101 FINISHER PWB
PL25.41 SENSOR PL25.44 PL25.3
4 J8172 J8202 P8202 J8196 P8196 J8180 BOOKLET KNIFE HOME SENSOR
12 VIO
A3 A12 VIO
3 4 VIO
3 PWB SENSED(L)+5VDC +5VDC
PL25.41
DC COM
(15.2 F4) J8180 P8196 J8196 P8202 J8202 J8172 J8173 J8012 012-243
2 YEL
5 2 YEL
A13 A2 YEL
13 35 YEL
26
11 GRY A4 A11 4 6 1
GRY GRY 012-265
+5VDC
(15.2 F3)
DC330 013-140
KNIFE FOLDING +5VDC
J8179 SENSOR
5 3 1 J8179 SENSED(L)+5VDC
GRY 2 2 5 A10 A5 10 34 27 012-241
YEL YEL YEL YEL
1 VIO
3
KNIFE FOLDING
SENSOR PL25.44
6 NOTE:
j0fd731556

A B C D E F G H J

BOOKLET EXIT ROLL
BOOKLET FOLDING ROLL
BOOKLET FOLD MOTOR

2
BOOKLET EJECT ROLL
3
KNIFE SOLENOID
KNIFE FOLDING SENSOR
KNIFE HOME SENSOR
j0fd731557
A B C D E F G H J
15.58 BOOKLET SET EJECT 1

FINISHER PWB
DC330 013-103 PL25.3
1 BOOKLET BOOKLET BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL
PWB PWB EXIT SENSOR +5VDC
PL25.41 PL25.41 PAPER SENSED
J8172 J8202 P8202 J8197 P8197 J8183 012-180
22 GRY B7 B8 1 3 GRY 1 J8183 P8197 J8197 P8202 J8202 J8172 J8173 (L)+5VDC J8012
GRY 2 YEL 2 2 B7 B8 21 33 28
YEL YEL YEL 012-115
+5VDC
(15.2 F3)
20 VIO
B9 B6 VIO
3 1 VIO 3
BOOKLET FOLDER 013-903
DC COM
(15.2 F4) ROLL EXIT SENSOR
PL25.47
2 DC330 013-139
D2/D3 BOOKLET TRAY
NO PAPER SENSOR +5VDC
J8170 J8214 P8214 J8194 P8194 J8218 NO PAPER SENSED
9 3 6 6 1 J8218 P8194 J8194 P8124 J8214 J8170 (L)+5VDC
GRY GRY GRY 2 7 7 2 10 31 30 024-983
YEL YEL YEL YEL
+5VDC
(15.2 F3)
11 1 8 8 3 D4
VIO VIO VIO D4
DC COM
BOOKLET TRAY NO J570 TRAY BELT FAIL CODE
(15.2 F4) PAPER SENSOR 1 J570 DRIVE MOTOR
GRY
3 PL25.49 2 YEL PL25.49
J576 012-115
ORN
4
Booklet Folder Roll Exit
VIO
3 Sensor ON Jam
BOOKLET TRAY NO 5
PAPER SENSOR ORN 012-180
PL25.49 MOT Booklet Folder Roll Exit
BLU
2 Sensor OFF Jam
013-903
4 BLU
3
Booklet Folder Roll Exit
BOOKLET PWB Sensor Static Jam
FINISHER PWB PL25.41
PL25.3
RT4 024-983
DC330 013-020 D2/D2P
DC330 013-020 /D3 TRAY BELT Booklet Tray Full
TRAY BELT DRIVE +24VDC DRIVE MOTOR
MOTOR (15.3 E3) TRAY BELT DRIVE MOTOR PL25.49
J8012 ON(H)+24VDC J8173 J8170 ON(H)+24VDC J8214 P8214 J8194 P8194 J8217
16 YEL 5 6 6 3 3 3
ORN DC330 013-020 ORN ORN
TRAY BELT DRIVE MOTOR
5 ON(H)+24VDC
7 ORN
5 4 ORN
4 ORN
4
MOT Tray Transport Belt
4 VIO
8 1 VIO
1 BLU
1
5 VIO
7 2 VIO
2 BLU
2
NOTE: DC COM
1 For the illustration of the electrical 8 VIO

4 5 VIO
5 BLK
6 components, see CH15.59.
DC COM
j0fd731558

A B C D E F G H J
BOOKLET FOLDER ROLL EXIT SENSOR
BOOKLET TRAY NO PAPER

SENSOR
4
TRAY BELT DRIVE MOTOR
j0fd731559
A B C D E F G H J
15.60 FINISHER D2/D3/D4 PAPER PATH (DC1100/900, AP/DC-II/III 7000G, 4112/4127, AP/DC-IV 7080G)
Interposer No Paper Sensor (15.14)
Interposer Length Sensor (15.13)
1 Interposer Size Sensor (15.13) Interposer Top Tray Full Sensor (15.32)
Interposer Level Sensor (15.14)
Top Tray
Interposer Feed Out Sensor (15.15) Top Tray Exit
Sensor (15.32)
Interposer Top Cover A
Interlock Switch (15.4) Stacker Tray
Folder Entrance Sensor Folder

(15.17) (Option)
2
4
Decurler In Sensor
(15.11) 5 Stacker Tray No Paper
Folder Exit Sensor (15.44)
Sensor (15.22)
Stapler
1 2 Compile Tray No Paper
Not Folding Sensor (15.33)
3
3
Folding Puncher Booklet In
Sensor (15.48)
Decurler Out Sensor (15.11) I-1

Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor
I/F (15.58)
I/F Module Front Module
Door Switch (15.4)
4 Booklet Tray No Paper
Sensor (15.58)
Folder Path Sensor 1 Sensor

(15.18)
No. Sensor Name CH
Booklet
Folder Path Sensor 2 1 Punch Out Sensor 15.28
(15.20)
2 Side Regi Sensor 15.28
5
3 Buffer Path Sensor 15.31
(15.22) Booklet Compile No 4 Compile Exit Sensor 15.33
Paper Sensor (15.48)
5 Eject Sensor 15.41
(15.22) Interlock
No. Sensor Name CH
I-1 Finisher
Switch
Front Door 15.4
6
j0fd731560

A B C D E F G H J
15.61 FINISHER D2/D3/D4 DRIVE TRANSMISSION (DC1100/900, AP/DC-II/III 7000G, 4112/4127, AP/DC-IV 7080G)
1 M Interposer Feed M SCT Exit Motor (15.30)

Motor (15.15)
Interposer
Top Tray
Finisher
Transport Stacker Tray
Motor (15.30)
M Paddle Motor (15.39

Folder
I/F (Option) M
Module
2 Folder Entrance
Motor (15.17)
MOT
MOT M Eject Motor (15.41)
Decurler Transport
Motor (15.11)
M Compile Exit Motor (15.30)
Stapler
3
Puncher
Booklet Paper
Path Motor (15.48)
M M
Folder Drive
Motor 1 (15.18) MOT
4 Booklet
MOT Fold
Motor
Folder Drive (15.56)
Symbol Meaning
Motor 2 (15.20)
Booklet
M Stepping Motor
MOT MOT DC Motor

5 Booklet
Paddle Torque Limiter
Motor
(15.53) One Way Clutch
Clutch
Drive Transmission
j0fd731561
A B C D E F G H J
15.62 FINISHER D2/D2P/D3/D4 PAPER PATH (DCC6550G, 700 DCP) (AP/DC-IV C7780G)
Interposer No Paper Sensor (15.14)
Interposer Length Sensor (15.13)
1 Interposer Size Sensor (15.13) Interposer Top Tray Full Sensor (15.32)
Interposer Level Sensor (15.14)
Top Tray
Interposer Feed Out Sensor (15.15) Top Tray Exit
Sensor (15.32)
Interposer Top Cover A
Interlock Switch (15.4) Stacker Tray
Folder Entrance Sensor Folder

(15.17) (Option)
2
4
5 Stacker Tray No Paper

Folder Exit Sensor (15.44)
Sensor (15.22)
Decurler Out Sensor (15.11)
Stapler
1 2 Compile Tray No Paper
Not Folding Sensor (15.33)
3
3
Decurler In Sensor Folding Puncher Booklet In
(15.11) Sensor (15.48)
I-1
Booklet Folder Roll Exit Sensor
I/F (15.58)
I/F Module Front Module
Door Switch (15.4)
Sensor (15.58)
Folder Path Sensor 1 Sensor

(15.18)
No. Sensor Name CH
Booklet
Folder Path Sensor 2 1 Punch Out Sensor 15.28
(15.20)
2 Side Regi Sensor 15.28
5
3 Buffer Path Sensor 15.31
(15.22) Booklet Compile No 4 Compile Exit Sensor 15.33
Paper Sensor (15.48)
5 Eject Sensor 15.41
(15.22) Interlock
No. Sensor Name CH
I-1 Finisher
Switch
Front Door 15.4
6
j0fd731562

A B C D E F G H J
15.63 FINISHER D2/D2P/D3/D4 DRIVE TRANSMISSION (DCC6550G, 700 DCP) (AP/DC-IV C7780G)
1 M Interposer Feed M SCT Exit Motor (15.30)

Motor (15.15)
Interposer
Top Tray
Finisher
Transport Stacker Tray
Motor (15.30)
M Paddle Motor (15.39

I/F Folder
Module (Option) M
2 Folder Entrance
MOT Motor (15.17)
Decurler Transport MOT M Eject Motor (15.41)

Motor (15.11)
M Compile Exit Motor (15.30)

Stapler
3
Puncher
Booklet Paper
Path Motor (15.48)
M M
Folder Drive
Motor 1 (15.18) MOT
4 Booklet
MOT Fold Symbol Meaning
Motor
Folder Drive (15.56)
Motor 2 (15.20) M Stepping Motor
Booklet
MOT DC Motor
MOT Torque Limiter

5 Booklet
Paddle One Way Clutch
Motor
(15.53) Clutch
Drive Transmission
j0fd731563
A B C D E F G H J
37.1 TRIMMER DC POWER GENERATION
1 LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY TRIMMER PWB

(GU10H) PL45.35
GFI PL45.35
PL45.35
J502 +24VDC SQ J8509
DC POWER 1 8
J8101 ACH J2 4A GENERATION ORN
1 4 +24VDC
BRN 250V +24VDC SQ SQ ALL
+24VDC 2 ORN
4
SQ
ACN +24VDC SQ
2 3 3 3 RT2 +24VDC RT1 +5VDC ALL
BLU ORN TO
2
F8001 t゜ +5VDC t゜ F10
GN/YL 1 DC COM 1.6A
FG T0001 GN/YL RETURN 5 7
VIO CR7
FINISHER PWB FG T0002
GRN
PL25.3 DC COM
TRIMMER
TD 6 6 DC COM
LVPS PWB 1 1 VIO
+5VDC
ENABLE(H)
J8066 +5VDC J8601 P8601 J8500 PL45.35 J8509 J505 DC COM DC COM ALL
17 BLU A1 15 1 YEL 1 7 5
BLU ON/ VIO
3 OFF
2 YEL
2
DC COM
BRACKET
NOTE:
TD
1 Short Protection (Over-current protection) Test Point: Trimmer PWB J8500-15 (+) to GND (-)
1
4 LVPS Enable Signal ON: approx. +3.9VDC
If the +24VDC SQ output is shorted, it is cut off.
To restore the output, repair the short circuit, power off,
allow 15 sec, and then power on.
Over-voltage Protection
If the output reaches somewhere between +26.7V and Trimmer PWB
+32VDC, it is cut off.
To restore the output, power off, allow 15 sec, and then
power on.
5
6
LVPS (GU10H) GFI
j0tm733701e
Chain 37 Trimmer and Square Fold

A B C D E F G H J
37.2 INTERLOCK SWITCHING
Trimmer Top Cover Top Right Cover
TRIMMER PWB Top Left Cover Rear Lock Solenoid Interlock Switch
DUST BOX PL45.35 Interlock Switch
1 TRIMMER SET INTLK
PWB SWITCH
DC330 013-175 +5VDC
PL45.35 PL45.24 DUST BOX SET INTLK SW
J8508 J8605 P8605 J8602 J8602 P8605 J8605 CLOSED (L)+5VDC J8508
2 YEL
3
YEL
2A 2B YEL 4
YEL
6 013-308
DC COM
(37.1 H3)
1 ORN
1 ORN
1A 1B ORN 2 ORN
+24VDC
SQ
(37.1 H2)
2 TOP RIGHT
COVER
INTLK DC330 013-174
SWITCH +5VDC
PL45.6 TOP RIGHT COVER INTLK SW
J8603 J8603 CLOSED (L)+5VDC
3 YEL YEL
2A 2B YEL
7 013-304 Dust Box Set
DC COM Interlock Switch Top Left Cover Front
(37.1 H3) Interlock Switch
ORN
1A 1B ORN
3
INTLK
TOP LEFT TOP LEFT +24VDC ALL
COVER COVER
FRONT REAR
INTLK SW INTLK SW DC330 013-173 +5VDC INTLK
F1 +24V_F1 37.5
INTLK
F5 +24V_F5 37.16
PL45.6 PL45.6 TOP LEFT COVER INTLK SW
J8604 J8604 J8609 J8609 CLOSED (L)+5VDC 1.6A 4A
4 2A 2B YEL 2A 2B 8 013-303 37.11 INTLK
YEL YEL INTLK F6 +24V_F6 37.12
INTERLOCK F2 +24V_F2 37.8
DC COM
(37.1 H3) CLOSED (H)+24VDC 4A
4 ORN
1A 1B ORN 1A 1B ORN
5 3.15A INTLK
F7 +24V_F7 37.14
INTLK
F3 +24V_F3 37.7
8A
4A INTLK
INTLK
F4 +24V_F4 F11 +24V_F11 37.14
DC COM 37.10
0.5A
TRIMMER PWB TRIMMER DC COM 5A
PL45.35 TOP INTLK
COVER F9 +24V_F9 ALL
LOCK K2 K1
8A
+24VDC
5 TRIMMER TOP COVER LOCK PL45.9 SQ
J5816 SOLENOID ON (L)+24VDC J8606 (37.1 H2)
2 BLU
2 BLU
DC COM 1
FAIL CODE
1 ORN
1 ORN
TRIMMER HOME 013-303
SWITCH CLOSED Trimmer Top Left Cover Open
37.14 (H) +24VDC
013-304
Trimmer Top Right Cover Open
6
NOTE: 013-308
1 The coil resistance is 128Ω±10% (at coil temperature of 20℃ ).
Trimmer Dust Box Interlock Open
j0tm733702e
A B C D E F G H J
37.3 TRIMMER CONTROL PANEL

TRIMMER CONTROL PANEL PWB 013-091 013-095
TRIMMER PWB PL45.3 RED GRN
PL45.35 Jam Zone 1 Strong2
1
IO OE +5VDC CR6 CR10
RED 013-092 GRN 013-096
J8501 P8608 J8608 J8518
5 9 5 9 U2 Jam Zone 2 Strong1
BLU BLU +5VDC CR7 CR11
CR6～ CR13
DC COM
+5VDC RED 013-093 GRN 013-097
IO CS Jam Zone 3 Auto
4 BLU
10 4 BLU
10
+5VDC CR8 CR12
DC COM
013-094 013-098
IO DATA RED Paper Dust GRN TRIMMER PWB
DC COM Weak1
3 BLU
11 3 BLU
11 Full DC330 013-178 PL45.35
+5VDC 013-099 CR9 CR13 TRIMMER
2 DC COM Weak2
SW1
SW ON(L)
+5VDC
IO CLK Trimmer SW
2 12 2 12 U3 +5VDC J8518 J8608 P8608 +5VDC J8501
BLU BLU GRN 4 10 4 10
SW2 BLU DC330 013-179 BLU +5VDC
DC COM +5VDC CR22
Trimmer UP SW TRIMMER UP
12 BLU 2 12 BLU
2 DC COM SW ON(L)+5VDC
5 BLU
9 5 BLU
9
SW3 DC330 013-180 +5VDC
11 BLU 3 11 BLU
3 Trimmer DW SW TRIMMER DW
+5VDC SW ON(L)+5VDC
(37.1 J2) +5VDC 6 BLU
8 6 BLU
8
DC COM SW4 DC330 013-177 +5VDC
CRA1
Square SW SQUARE
3 U4 SW ON(L)+5VDC
7 BLU
7 7 BLU
7
Square SW5 DC330 013-176 +5VDC
+5VDC
Select SW SQUARE SELECT
SW ON(L)+5VDC
8 BLU
6 8 BLU
6
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 1
DC COM CRA2 1 BLU
13 1 BLU
13
Square Off
+5VDC 13 BLU 1 13 1
U5 GRN BLU
CR7 CR8 DC COM
4 CR10 CR41 DC COM
+5VDC
DC COM
CR11
NOTE:
CR12 DC COM 1 This part does not exist.
CRA3
CR13 Trimming On
U6
+5VDC
GRN
CR6 CR22 +5VDC
5 CR51
Paper Dust Full (CR9) DC COM
Square Select Switch

(SW5)
DC COM
CRA4
+5VDC
j0tm733703e

A B C D E F G H J
37.4 PWBS COMMUNICATION

TRIMMER PWB
FINISHER PWB PL45.35 FINISHER PWB
1 PL25.3 PL25.3
D4-TRIMMER 3 +5VDC +5VDC 3 TRIMMER-D4
J8066 TxD+ J8601 P8601 J8500 J8500 P8601 J8601 RxD+ J8066
22 BLU A6 10 11 A5 21
BLU BLU BLU
D4-TRIMMER 4 4 TRIMMER-D4 013-246
TxD- J8600 P8600 2 CR2 2 CR1 P8600 J8600 RxD-
10 BLU B7 25 GRN GRN 24 B6 11
BLU BLU BLU 5
TRIMMER 3 3 TRIMMER
OUT CTRL+ J8601 P8601 P8601 J8601 IN CTRL+
20 BLU A4 12 13 A3 19
BLU BLU BLU
2 TRIMMER 4 4 TRIMMER
OUT CTRL- J8600 P8600 P8600 J8600 IN CTRL-
12 BLU B5 23 22 B4 13 +5VDC
BLU BLU BLU
+5VDC 3 TRIMMER
1 P8601 J8601 DETECT (L)+5VDC
CR3 14 A2 18
BLU BLU
RED
P8600 J8600
4 16 BLU B1 16
J8067 J8600 P8600 J8517 BLU
1 4 2
VIO VIO
3 20 BLU B2 BLU
15
3
J8601 P8601
2 4 3 34 BLU A7 1
VIO VIO BLU
DC COM DC COM DC COM DC COM
NOTE:
4 Reset LED
FAIL CODE
1 4 Numbering the Lattice Connector P8600 (Lower) pins 5 When D4 Finisher PWB detects Fail Code 013-246,
ON: Reset the Trimmer LVPS (GU10H) Enable signal will be turned Off (L).
OFF: Normal 013-246
2 3 Trimmer Sub CPU
2 Online Data LED 1 4 (VIO) Communication Fail
ON: Space (communicating)
OFF: Mark (not communicating) B1 A1
3 Numbering the Lattice Connector P8601 (Upper) pins
5 2 3 A10
1 4 (VIO) B12
B1 A1 (a view from the harness)
A6
B8
6 (a view from the harness)
j0tm733704e
A B C D E F G H J
37.5 BOOKLET SET TRANSPORTATION (1/2) 1 3

DC330 013-064 FWD H DC330 013-066 RVS H The winding resistance is
FINISHER PWB TRIMMER PWB DC330 013-065 FWD L DC330 013-067 RVS L BELT
PL25.3 PL45.35 TRANSPORT 3.2Ω±0.32Ω (25℃ ).
1
+5VDC BELT TRANSPORT MOTOR
4
BELT TRANSPORT TD MOTOR ON 24V PL45.12
J8066 J8601 P8601 1 J8500 J8504 P8620 J8620 J8621 P8621 The coil resistance is 240Ω
MOTOR CLOCK CLOCK A
25 BLU B6 7 3 3 10 BLU 1 ±10% (at coil temperature
BLU BLU 3 of 20℃ ).
DC COM DC COM
CLOCK /A
4 BLU
4 9 BLU
3 TD
1
DC COM
CLOCK B Test Point: Trimmer PWB
NOTE: 5 BLU
5 8 BLU
4 J8500-7 (+) to GND (-)
2 Diag ON: The voltage changes
1 FWD: the direction of Booklet Set transport DC COM MOT from 0VDC to +2.5VDC.
CLOCK /B
The belt is driven by turning On/OFF Electromagnetic Clutch. 6 BLU
6 7 BLU
6
2
It is driven in two ways: one is through Torque Limiter DC COM
(for skew correction) (Clutch Off) and the other not through Torque INTLK +24V (ACOM)
Limiter (Clutch On). At the timing Trimmer Path Sensor 1 turns On, 1 ORN
1 12 ORN 2
MC turns Off the clutch, switching to the way of driving the belt through
Torque Limiter. Torque Limiters (4) in the belt driving area slip, thereby INTLK +24V (BCOM)
correcting a skewed booklet set. 2 ORN
2 11 ORN 5
INTLK
3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Lower +24V_F9
Torque (37.2 J5) BELT TRA
Limiter DC330 013-090 CLUTCH
UPPER CL 1 UPPER 1
ON(L)+24VDC P8619 J8619 P8617 J8617 PL45.15 2
14 BLU 2 3 BLU
1 2
DC COM 4
Belt Transport Upper
Torque 13 ORN 1 4 2 1
Clutch Lower 1 ORN
Limiter INTLK
+24V_F1 BELT TRA
4 (37.2 H4) DC330 013-090 CLUTCH
UPPER CL 2 UPPER 2
ON(L)+24VDC P8618 J8618 PL45.15 2
16 BLU 4 1 BLU
1 2
Belt Transport DC COM 4
Clutch Upper 1
15 ORN 3 2 ORN
2 1
Upper
Torque BELT TRA
Limiter DC330 013-022 CLUTCH
LOWER CL 1 LOWER 1
5 PL45.16 2
ON(L)+24VDC P8620 J8620 P8615 J8615
10 BLU 8 5 BLU
1 2
DC COM 4
9 ORN
7 6 ORN
2 1
Belt Transport BELT TRA
Motor DC330 013-022 CLUTCH
LOWER CL 2 LOWER 2 2
ON(L)+24VDC J8622 P8622 P8616 J8616 PL45.16
6 12 BLU 10 3 BLU
1 2 BLU
1 2
Belt Transport
Clutch Upper 2 DC COM 4
Belt Transport Clutch Lower 2 11 ORN 9 4 ORN
2 1 BLU
2 1
j0tm733704e

A B C D E F G H J
37.6 BOOKLET SET TRANSPORTATION (2/2)

TRIMMER PWB
DC330 013-150 PL45.35
1 TRIMMER
PWB TRIMMER IN +5VDC
PL45.35 J8502 P8635 J8635 J8628 P8628 J8625 SENSOR PAPER
32 BLU 1 6 1 6 1 J8625 P8628 J8628 J8635 P8635 SENSED (L)+5VDC J8502 013-100
BLU BLU 2 5 2 5 2 31
BLU BLU BLU
013-915
30 BLU 3 4 BLU
3 4 BLU
3
TRIMMER IN
SENSOR PL45.18
2
DC330 013-151
TRIMMER PATH +5VDC
J8626 SENSOR 1 PAPER
29 BLU 4 3 4 3 1 J8626 SENSED (L)+5VDC J8500
BLU BLU 2 2 5 2 5 28 5
BLU BLU BLU BLU
+5VDC
(37.1 J2) DC COM
27 BLU 6 1 BLU
6 1 BLU
3
DC COM TRIMMER PATH
(37.1 H3) SENSOR 1 PL45.17
3
FINISHER PWB
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS PL25.3
DC330 013-151
TRIMMER PATH +5VDC
SENSOR 1 PAPER
P8601 J8601 SENSED (L)+5VDC J8066 013-101
B4 27
BLU BLU
4 013-916
Trimmer Path Sensor 1 FAIL CODE
013-100
Trimmer In Sensor On Jam
5 013-101
Trimmer Path Sensor 1 On Jam
013-915
Trimmer In Sensor Static Jam
Trimmer In Sensor 013-916

Trimmer Path Sensor 1 Static Jam
6
j0tm733706e
A B C D E F G H J
37.7 SQUARE FOLD NIP CONTROL FAIL CODE
TRIMMER PWB 013-229

PL45.35
1 INTLK SQUARE Square Fold Nip Home Sensor
+24V_F3 FOLD NIP On Fail
(37.2 H4) 1 DC330 013-072 MOTOR
PL45.19 013-230
MOTOR ON CW (H) +24VDC
J8506 CCW (L) +24VDC J8645 P8645 Square Fold Nip Home Sensor
1 2 2 Off Fail
ORN ORN
DC330 013-070 DC330 013-071
1 MOT
MOTOR ON CW (L) +24VDC
CCW (H) +24VDC
3 BLU
1 BLU
2 TRIMMER PWB
PL45.35
DC COM DC330 013-157
SQUARE FOLD NIP HOME +5VDC
J8514 J8611 SENSOR 013-229
9 1 J8611 ACTUATED (H) +5VDC J8514
BLU 2 8
BLU 013-230
+5VDC
(37.1 J2)
7 BLU
3
3 DC COM SQUARE FOLD NIP
(37.1 H3) HOME SENSOR
PL45.19
NOTE:
1 DC330[013-070]: Forward Rotation (CW) Nip Operation ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
DC330[013-071]: Forward Rotation (CW) Nip Release Operation
DC330[013-072]: Reverse Rotation (CCW) Nip Release Operation
CW
4 2 The winding resistance is approx. 3.2Ω. CCW Square Fold Nip Motor
Square Fold Nip

Home Sensor
CW
CCW
j0tm733707e

A B C D E F G H J
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS FAIL CODE
37.8 SQUARE FOLD GATE UNIT UP & DOWN
013-235
Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1
Square Fold Gate Move
1 Home Sensor On Fail
TRIMMER PWB Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor Square Fold Gate
PL45.35 SQUARE Move Motor 013-236
INTLK FOLD GATE
+24V_F2 MOVE Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 Square Fold Gate Move
(37.2 H4) DC330 013-073 Up (100ms) MOTOR Home Sensor Off Fail
UP (H) +24VDC PL45.25 013-237
J8512 DOWN (L) +24VDC J8683 P8683
3 1 1 Square Fold Gate Move
ORN DC330 013-074 Down (100ms) BLU Sensor 1 On Fail
UP (L) +24VDC MOT 013-238
DOWN (H) +24VDC
2 4 2 Square Fold Gate Move
BLU ORN Sensor 1 Off Fail
013-239
DC COM Sensor 2 On Fail
013-240
Sensor 2 Off Fail
3
TRIMMER PWB
DC330 013-162 PL45.35
SQUARE FOLD GATE MOVE +5VDC
J8502 J8637 P8637 J8634 P8634 J8629 SENSOR 1 013-237
20 BLU 1 18 1 12 1 J8629 P8634 J8634 P8637 J8637 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC J8502
BLU BLU 2 11 2 17 2 19
BLU BLU BLU 013-238
18 BLU 3 16 BLU
3 10 BLU
3
SQUARE FOLD
4 GATE MOVE
SENSOR 1 PL45.25
DC330 013-161
J8630 HOME SENSOR
17 BLU 4 15 4 9 1 J8630 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC 013-235
BLU BLU 2 8 5 14 5 16
BLU BLU BLU
013-236
15 BLU 6 13 BLU
6 7 BLU
3
5 SQUARE FOLD
GATE MOVE HOME
SENSOR PL45.25
DC330 013-163
J8631 SENSOR 2
14 BLU 7 12 7 6 1 J8631 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC 013-239
BLU BLU 2 5 8 11 8 13
BLU BLU BLU
+5VDC 013-240
(37.1 J2)
12 BLU 9 10 BLU
9 4 BLU
3
6 SQUARE FOLD
DC COM
(37.1 H3) GATE MOVE NOTE:
SENSOR 2 PL45.25
1 The winding resistance is approx. 16.1Ω.
j0tm733708e
A B C D E F G H J
37.9 SQUARE FOLD GATE POSITION ADJUSTMENT

DC330 013-068 Stopper Eject (100 pulse)
SQUARE
TRIMMER PWB DC330 013-069 Stopper Storage (100 pulse) FOLD GATE
1 FINISHER PWB PL45.35 MOTOR
PL25.3 SQUARE FOLD GATE PL45.26
+5VDC MOTOR ON 24V
SQUARE FOLD TD J8512 CLOCK A P8680 J8680 P8681 J8681 2
GATE MOTOR 1
13 BLU 6 1 BLU
6 1
J8066 CLOCK J8600 P8600 J8500
6 B11 29 DC COM
BLU BLU CLOCK /A
DC COM 14 BLU 4 3 BLU
4 3
DC COM
CLOCK B
15 BLU 3 4 3 4 MOT
BLU
2
DC COM
CLOCK /B
16 BLU 1 6 BLU
1 6
DC COM
INTLK +24V (ACOM)
11 ORN 5 2 ORN
5 2
F12 INTLK +24V (BCOM)

12 ORN 2 5 ORN
2 5 N.C
2A
3 INTLK
BLU
+24V_F9
(37.2 J5) T0003 T0004
FG FG TRIMMER PWB
TRIMMER PL45.35
PWB +5VDC
PL45.35 J8502 J8637 P8637 J8639 P8639 J8633
8 13 6 1 3 1 J8633 P8639 J8639 P8637 J8637 J8502 J8500
BLU BLU BLU 2 2 2 5 14 7 31
BLU BLU BLU BLU
+5VDC
(37.1 J2) DC COM
6 BLU
15 4 BLU
3 1 BLU
3
4 SQUARE FOLD
DC COM
(37.1 H3) GATE HOME
SENSOR PL45.26
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3
DC330 013-156
1 SQUARE FOLD GATE +5VDC
Home
Home Position
Position
HOME SENSOR 013-227
5 P8600 J8600 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC J8066
A10 4
BLU BLU 013-228
Square
Square Fold Position
Fold Position
NOTE:
FAIL CODE
1 Stopper Eject :L
Stopper Storage : H 013-227
Square Fold Gate Home Sensor
Square Fold Gate Home Sensor On Fail
2 The winding resistance is
6 75Ω±7.5Ω (25℃ ). 013-228
Square Fold Gate Home Sensor Off Fail
Square Fold Gate Motor TD Test Point: Trimmer PWB J8500-29 (+) to GND (-)
1
DC330[013-068/069] ON: The voltage momentarily
changes from 0VDC to +2.5VDC.
j0tm733709e

A B C D E F G H J
37.10 SQUARE FOLD ROLL PRESS CONTROL
TRIMMER PWB
1 PL45.35 SQUARE
INTLK FOLD ROLL
+24V_F4 MOVE Square Fold Roll
(37.2 H5) DC330 013-075 Front MOTOR Front Home Sensor Square Fold Roll
MOTOR ON FRONT (H) +24VDC PL45.20
J8506 REAR (L) +24VDC J8646 P8646 Rear Sensor
4 2 1
ORN DC330 013-076 Rear ORN
MOTOR ON FRONT (L) +24VDC MOT

REAR (H) +24VDC
2 BLU
1 BLU
2
DC COM
Square Fold Roll
Move Motor
TRIMMER PWB
PL45.35
3 DC330 013-159
SQUARE FOLD ROLL +5VDC
J8502 J8637 P8637 J8634 P8634 J8632 FRONT HOME SENSOR
11 BLU 10 9 10 3 1 J8632 P8634 J8634 P8637 J8637 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC J8502 013-231
BLU BLU 2 2 11 8 11 10
BLU BLU BLU
013-232
9 BLU
12 7 BLU
12 1 BLU
3
SQUARE FOLD
ROLL FRONT HOME
SENSOR PL45.20
4
DC330 013-160
SQUARE FOLD ROLL +5VDC
J8514 J8613 REAR SENSOR
3 1 J8613 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC J8514 013-233
BLU 2 2
BLU
+5VDC 013-234
(37.1 J2)
1 BLU
3
DC COM
SQUARE FOLD
5 (37.1 H3) ROLL REAR FAIL CODE
SENSOR PL45.20
013-231
Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor On Fail
NOTE:
013-232
1 The winding resistance is approx. 3.7Ω.
Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor Off Fail
013-233
Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor On Fail
6 013-234
Square Fold Roll Rear Sensor Off Fail
j0tm733710e
A B C D E F G H J
37.11 SQUARE FOLD EXIT TRANSPORTATION FAIL CODE
SQUARE 013-102
TRIMMER PWB FOLD EXIT
1 PL45.35 DC330 013-079 MOTOR Trimmer Path Sensor 2 On Jam
FINISHER PWB
PL25.3 SQUARE FOLD EXIT PL45.27 013-105
+5VDC J8512 MOTOR ON 24V CLOCK A J8682 P8682
TD 7 1 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 Off Jam
MOTOR 1 BLU
J8066 CLOCK J8601 P8601 J8500 DC COM 1 013-241
24 BLU B7 8 CLOCK /A
BLU 8 3 Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor On Fail
BLU
DC COM
DC COM 013-242
CLOCK B
9 4 Square Fold Exit Nip Home Sensor Off Fail
BLU
2 DC COM MOT 013-917
CLOCK /B
10 BLU 6 Trimmer Path Sensor 2 Static Jam
TD Test Point: Trimmer PWB J8500-8 (+) to
1
GND (-) DC COM NOTE:
Diag ON: The voltage changes from +5VDC INTLK +24V (ACOM)
to +2.5VDC. 5 2 1 The winding resistance is 3.2Ω±0.32Ω (25℃ ).
ORN
INTLK +24V (BCOM) 2 The winding resistance is approx. 16.1Ω.

6 ORN
5
INTLK
+24V_F9 Square Fold Exit Motor
3 (37.2 J5) ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
TRIMMER PWB
PL45.35 DC330 013-077 NIP SQUARE Square Exit Nip
INTLK FOLD EXIT Home Sensor
+24V_F2
DC330 013-078 RLS NIP Trimmer Path Sensor 2
(37.2 H4) MOTOR
SQUARE FOLD EXIT
J8512 NIP MOTOR ON (H)+24VDC J8684 P8684 PL45.21
1 1 2
ORN BLU
MOT 37.15
4 2 BLU
2 ORN
DC COM TRIMMER PWB
(37.1 H3) PL45.35
DC330 013-164 +5VDC
J8515 J8610 SQUARE FOLD EXIT NIP HOME
3 1 J8610 SENSOR NIP (H)+5VDC J8515 013-241
BLU 2 2
BLU
013-242
1 BLU
3 Square Fold Exit Nip Motor
5 SQUARE FOLD EXIT
NIP HOME SENSOR
PL45.21 FINISHER PWB
DC330 013-152 PL25.3
TRIMMER PATH
+5VDC SENSOR 2 +5VDC
013-102
J8503 J8669 P8669 J8667 PAPER SENSED
3 1 3 1 J8667 P8669 J8669 J8503 J8500 P8600 J8600 (L)+5VDC J8066
BLU BLU 2 2 2 2 30 B12 5 013-105
BLU BLU BLU BLU
+5VDC
(37.1 J2) DC COM
1 BLU
3 1 BLU
3 013-917
6
TRIMMER PATH
(37.1 H3)
j0tm733711e

A B C D E F G H J
37.12 TRIMMER NIP CONTROL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor
TRIMMER PWB Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor

1 PL45.35 TRIMMER
INTLK NIP ROLL
+24V_F6 DC330 013-081 RLS MOTOR
(37.2 J4) TD PL45.30
1 MOTOR ON NIP (L) +24VDC Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor
J8513 RLS (H) +24VDC J8651 P8651
2 1
ORN DC330 013-080 NIP BLU
TD MOTOR ON NIP (H) +24VDC MOT
1
RLS (L) +24VDC
1 BLU
2 ORN
2
Trimmer Nip Roll Motor
DC COM
FAIL CODE
TRIMMER PWB
DC330 013-166 PL45.35
TRIMMER NIP ROLL +5VDC 013-221
J8503 J8676 P8676 J8661 HOME SENSOR ROLL Trimmer Nip Roll Home
24 BLU 1 9 1 J8661 P8676 J8676 RELEASED (H)+5VDC J8503 Sensor On Fail
GRY 2 8 2 23 013-221
GRY BLU
3 013-222
22 BLU 3 7 3 Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom
GRY Sensor On Fail
TRIMMER NIP ROLL
HOME SENSOR
PL45.30 DC330 013-165 013-243
TRIMMER NIP ROLL +5VDC Trimmer Nip Roll Middle
J8662 MIDDLE SENSOR Sensor On Fail
21 BLU 4 6 1 J8662 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC
BLU 2 5 5 20 013-243
BLU BLU
4
19 BLU 6 4 BLU
3
TRIMMER NIP ROLL
MIDDLE SENSOR
PL45.30 DC330 013-167
TRIMMER NIP ROLL +5VDC
J8663 BOTTOM SENSOR ROLL
18 BLU 7 3 1 J8663 NIPPED (H)+5VDC
BLU 2 2 8 17 013-222
BLU BLU
+5VDC
(37.1 J2)
5 16 BLU 9 1 BLU
3
TRIMMER NIP ROLL
DC COM BOTTOM SENSOR
(37.1 H3) PL45.30
TD With J8513 disconnected, the 1-to-2 winding resistance is approx. 5.5Ω to 6.0Ω
1
(depending on room temperature).
j0tm733712e
A B C D E F G H J
37.13 TRIMMER ROLL UNIT MOVE CONTROL
DC330 013-082 EJECT (500 pulse) TRIMMER
ROLL UNIT Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor
1 TRIMMER PWB DC330 013-083 RVS (500 pulse) MOVE
FINISHER PWB PL45.35 TRIMMER ROLL UNIT MOTOR
Trimmer Path Sensor 3
PL25.3 MOTOR +5VDC
CLOCK 1 TD MOVE MOTOR PL45.32
1 J8505 CLOCK A J8652 P8652 J8655 P8655
J8066 J8600 P8600 J8500 1 Prism
1 BLU
1 6 BLU
8 B9 27 1
BLU BLU
DC COM
DC COM CLOCK /A
2 BLU
2 5 BLU
3
DC COM
CLOCK B
3 BLU
3 4 BLU
4
2
FAIL CODE DC COM MOT
CLOCK /B
4 BLU
4 3 BLU
6
013-103
DC COM
Trimmer Path Sensor 3 On Jam INTLK +24V (ACOM)
5 ORN
5 2 ORN
2
013-107
Trimmer Path Sensor 3-1 On Jam INTLK +24V (BCOM)
6 ORN
6 1 ORN
5
013-225 Trimmer Path Sensor 3-1
INTLK
3 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor On Fail +24V_F9 Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor
(37.2 J5) The winding resistance is 3.2Ω TD Test Point: Trimmer PWB J8500-27/26 (+) to GND (-)
NOTE: 1 1
±0.32Ω (25℃ ). Diag ON: The voltage momentarily changes from 0VDC to +2.5VDC.
TRIMMER PWB FINISHER PWB

TRIMMER PL45.35 DC330 013-168 PL25.3
PWB +5VDC TRIMMER ROLL +5VDC
PL45.35 J8503 J8675 P8675 J8664 UNIT HOME SENSOR
15 BLU 1 6 1 J8664 P8675 J8675 J8503 J8500 P8601 J8601 ACTUATED (H)+5VDC J8066 013-225
BLU 2 5 2 14 4 B3 28
BLU BLU BLU BLU
4 DC COM
013-226
13 BLU 3 4 BLU
3
TRIMMER ROLL
UNIT HOME SENSOR
PL45.32
PRISM PL45.28
+5VDC DC330 013-153 +5VDC

5 J8677 P8677 J8670 TRIMMER PATH SENSOR 3
27 BLU 4 3 3 J8670 P8677 J8677 PAPER SENSED (H)+5VDC 013-103
BLU 2 2 5 26 6 B5 26
MAIN CIRCUIT BLU BLU BLU BLU
DC COM
013-918
25 BLU 6 1 BLU
1
TRIMMER PATH
SENSOR 3 PL45.31 +5VDC DC330 013-171 +5VDC
J8660 TRIMMER PATH SENSOR 3-1
30 BLU 1 6 1 J8660 P8600 J8600 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC
BLU 2 5 2 29 33 BLU A8 2 013-107
BLU BLU BLU
6 +5VDC
(37.1 J2) DC COM
28 BLU 3 4 BLU
3
DC COM TRIMMER PATH
(37.1 H3) SENSOR 3-1
PL45.31 FAIL CODE 013-226 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor Off Fail 013-918 Trimmer Path Sensor 3 Static Jam
j0tm733713e

A B C D E F G H J
37.14 TRIMMING FAIL CODE

TRIMMER CUTTER
TRIMMER PWB PL45.34 013-223
PL45.35
1 INTLK Trimmer Cutter NG
+24V_F7 TRIMMER
(37.2 J4) DC330 013-084 Trimming MOTOR 013-224
TD
1 TRIMMING (H)+24VDC Trimmer Cutter Broken Fail
J8507 RECOVERY (L)+24VDC P8640 J8640
1 1
ORN ORN
DC330013-085 Recovery
1 MOT
TRIMMING (L)+24VDC
RECOVERY (H)+24VDC
2 BLU
2 BLU
2
DC COM TRIMMER PWB
PL45.35
+5VDC
TRIMMER
HOME 013-223
SWITCH DC330 013-169
TRIMMER HOME SWITCH DC COM
013-224
J8511 P8641 J8641 J8641 P8641 CLOSED (H)+24VDC J8511
1 1 2 2
ORN ORN ORN ORN
3 TRIMMER
INTLK HOME
+24V_F11 DC COM SWITCH
(37.2 J4)
CLOSED
(H)+24VDC 37.2
NOTE:
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS 1 To turn On DC330[013-085] requires turning On DC330[013-084] and then immediately pressing
4 the "Stop Component" button to stop Trimmer.
Cutter
TD Disconnect Connector J8507.
1
Test Point: J8507-1 to J8507-2
The resistance is approx. 2Ω (depending on room temp.).
Trimmer Home Switch
Trimmer Motor
j0tm733714e
A B C D E F G H J
37.15 TRIMMED SET EJECT

DC330 013-086 FWD H DC330 013-088 RVS H
TRIMMER PWB DC330 013-087 FWD L DC330 013-089 RVS L TRIMMER
1 FINISHER PWB PL45.35 EJECT ROLL
PL25.3 TRIMMER EJECT MOTOR
TD +5VDC ROLL MOTOR PL45.31
MOTOR 1
J8505 ON 24V CLOCK A P8653 J8653 J8654 P8654
J8066 CLOCK J8600 P8600 J8500 7 1 1
7 B10 28 BLU BLU 1
BLU BLU
DC COM
DC COM CLOCK /A
8 BLU
2 BLU
3
DC COM
CLOCK B
9 BLU
3 BLU
4
2
DC COM MOT
CLOCK /B
10 BLU 4 BLU
6
DC COM
INTLK +24V (ACOM)
11 ORN 5 ORN
2
INTLK +24V (BCOM)

12 ORN 6 ORN
5
INTLK
3 +24V_F9
(37.2 J5) T0007 FG T0008 FG
TRIMMER PWB
PL45.35
TRIMMER
PWB DC330 013-154 +5VDC
PL45.35 013-104
J8503 J8675 P8675 J8668 P8668 J8665 TRIMMER EJECT SENSOR
12 BLU 4 3 1 3 1 J8665 P8668 J8668 P8675 J8675 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC J8503
BLU BLU 2 2 2 2 5 11 013-106
BLU BLU BLU
+5VDC
(37.1 J2)
10 BLU 6 1 BLU
3 1 BLU
3 013-919
4 DC COM TRIMMER EJECT
(37.1 H3) SENSOR PL45.28
NOTE:
1 The winding resistance is 3.2Ω±0.32Ω (25℃ ).
FAIL CODE
37.11
Drive from Square Fold Exit Motor
TD Test Point: Trimmer PWB J8500-28 (+) to GND (-) 013-104
1 Diag On: The voltage changes from 0VDC to +2.5VDC.
Trimmer Eject Sensor On Jam
5
013-106
Trimmer Eject Sensor Off Jam
013-919
Trimmer Eject Sensor Static Jam
Trimmer Eject Roll Motor
Trimmer Eject Sensor j0tm733715e

A B C D E F G H J
37.16 BOOKLET SET EJECT ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
TRIMMER PWB TRAY BELT DRIVE Tray Belt Drive Motor

1 PL45.35 MOTOR
INTLK DC330 013-020 PL25.49
+24V_F5 TRAY BELT
(37.2 J4) 1
MOTOR ON
J8510 (H)+24VDC J8685 J576
3 3 ORN
4
YEL/BLK or ORN
TRAY BELT
MOTOR ON (H)+24VDC
DC COM 4 4 ORN
5
YEL/RED or GRN
MOT
2
1 BRN/BLK or BRN
1 BLU
2
2 BRN/RED or RED
2 BLU
3
5 GRN/BLK or VIO
5 GRN
DC COM
Booklet Tray No Paper Sensor
(37.1 H3) FAIL CODE
3
024-983
TRIMMER PWB
PL45.35 Booklet Tray Full
DC330 013-155
BOOKLET TRAY NO +5VDC
1
J570 PAPER SENSOR
6 6 1 J570 J8685 PAPER SENSED (H)+5VDC J8510
BRN/RED or GRY GRY 2 7 7 024-983
YEL GRY/BLK or WHT
+5VDC
(37.1 J2)
8 GRY/RED or BLK
8 VIO
3
4 BOOKLET TRAY NO
DC COM
(37.1 H3) PAPER SENSOR
PL25.49
NOTE:
1 Modular Jack
j0tm733716e
A B C D E F G H J
37.17 TRIMMER DUST SENSING

TRIMMER
1 TRIMMER DUST FULL
PWB SENSOR (LED)
PL45.35 PL45.24
J8502 J8637 P8637 J8638
5 BLU
16 3 BLU
2
+5VDC
(37.1 J2) N.C 3
3 BLU
18 1 BLU
1
DC COM
2 (37.1 H3)
TRIMMER PWB
PL45.35 FAIL CODE
DC330 013-170
TRIMMER DUST FULL
J8503 P8678 J8678 J8671
SENSOR +5VDC 013-940
6 BLU
1 3 BLU
1
FULL SENSED Trimmer Dust Full
+5VDC J8671 J8678 P8678 (H)+5VDC J8503
3 (37.1 J2) 2 BLU
2 2 BLU
5 013-940
4 BLU
3 1 BLU
3
DC COM
(37.1 H3) TRIMMER
DUST FULL
SENSOR
(RECEIVER)
PL45.24
4
Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (Receiver)
6
Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (LED)
j0tm733717e

A B C D E F G H J
37.18 BOOKLET SET PATH Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 (37.8)
Square Fold Gate Move Home Sensor (37.8) Trimmer Path Sensor 2 (37.11)
1
Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 2 (37.8) Trimmer Path Sensor 3 (37.13)
Square Fold Nip Home Sensor (37.7)

Trimmer Path Sensor 3-1
(37.13)
Square Fold Roll Front Home Sensor Trimmer Eject Sensor
(37.10) (37.15)
Trimmer Path Sensor 1 (37.6)
Trimmer In Sensor (37.6) Sensor (37.16)
Square Fold Roll

3 Rear Sensor (37.10)
Square Fold Gate Home

Sensor (37.9) Dust Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor (37.12)
Trimmer Dust Full Sensor (LED)

Box Trimmer Nip Roll Middle Sensor (37.12)
(37.17)
Trimmer Nip Roll Bottom Sensor (37.12)
4 Trimmer Roll Unit Home Sensor (37.13)

Trimmer Dust Full Sensor
(Receiver) (37.17)
Trimmer Exit Nip Home Sensor (37.11)
j0tm733718e
A B C D E F G H J
37.19 TRIMMER MOTOR LOCATION
Square Fold Gate Motor (37.9)
Trimmer Nip Roll Motor (37.12)

Square Fold Nip Motor (37.7)
Belt Transport Motor (37.5)
Tray Belt Drive Motor

(37.16)
Square Fold Exit Motor (37.11)
3
Square Fold Roll Move Motor (37.10)
Square Fold Gate Move Motor (37.8)

4
Trimmer Roll Unit Move Motor (37.13)

Square Fold Exit Nip Motor (37.11)
Trimmer Eject Roll Motor (37.15)
5 REAR VIEW Trimmer Motor (37.14)
j0tm733719e

Chapter 9 Installation
9 Install
9.1 Finisher D2/Booklet Finisher D2 Installation 9.7.9 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (3 of 5)............... 145
9.1.1 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-II 7000G) (1 of 3) ... 3 9.7.10 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (4 of 5)............. 149
9.1.2 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-II 7000G) (2 of 3) ... 7 9.7.11 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (5 of 5)............. 150
9.1.3 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-II 7000G) (3 of 3) ... 9
9.1.4 Installation of Booklet Finisher D2P (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G) ................................ 11
9.8 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold
9.8.1 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press)(1 of 2)157
9.1.5 Installation of Finisher D2/Center-binding Finisher D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G) .... 19
9.8.2 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press)(2 of 2)160
9.2 Installation of Folder D2
9.2.1 Installation of Folder D2 (AP-II/DC-II 7000G,AP-III/DC-III 7000G) (1 of 6) ........... 27
9.2.7 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G) ........................................... 45
9.2.8 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G).............................................. 60
9.3 Installation of 3 Holes Puncher Unit ......................................................................... 77
9.4 Finisher D3/Booklet Finisher D3 Installation

9.4.1 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/4112G) (1 of 3)................ 79

9.5.1 Installation of Folder D3 (1 of 6) ............................................................................ 87
9.6 Finisher D4/Booklet Finisher D4 Installation

9.6.4 Installation of Finisher D4 / Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (1 of 2)112
9.6.5 Installation of Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (2 of 2)116

9.7.1 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (1 of 6)..................................................... 121
9.7.7 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (1 of 5)............... 138
9.7.8 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (2 of 5)............... 142
Version.2.0 11/2011
9-1
Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4 Install
Install 11/2011 Finisher-D2/D2P/D3/D4
9-2 Version.2.0
9.1.1 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-
II 7000G) (1 of 3)
Product Code
Finisher D2: LM100015 (FX)
• Finisher D2 (w/o Booklet)
• Power Cord
Booklet Finisher D2: LM100016 (FX)
• Finisher D2 (with Booklet)
• Power Cord
Staple Finisher D2 for APO/GCO: EM200143 (APO/GCO)
Booklet Finisher D2 for APO/GCO: EM200144 (APO/GCO)
Staple Finisher D2 for FXTW: EM100186 (FXTW)
Booklet Finisher D2 for FXTW: EM100187 (FXTW)
NOTE: APO/GCO power cord bundled.
NOTE: This procedure includes the procedures to install both Finisher D2 and Booklet Finisher D2. Take
note of the target Finisher each time it is mentioned in the procedure.
NOTE: When installing the Folder Unit D2 at the same time, install the Folder Unit D2 first followed by
this procedure. Refer to "9.2.1 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (1 of 6)" for the installation of the Folder Unit
D2.
Installation Procedure
1. Open and check the bundled items.
Finisher D2/Booklet Finisher D2 bundled items (Figure 1)
Table 1
Number Name Qty
1 Interposer Filter Unit 1
2 EME Plate 2
3 Power Cord 1 Figure 1 j0fu91173
4 Joint Plate 1
5 Booklet Tray (only for models with Booklet unit) 1 2. Remove the tape and packaging material. (Figure 2)
6 Bracket for protecting the power cord 1
7 Screw (Silver) (M3x7) 4
8 Screw (Silver/For Joint Plate) (M4x16) 2
10 NVM List 1
• There are no illustrations for Item 10.
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.1.1 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-II

9-3
9.1.1 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-II 7000G) 9-4 Version.2.0
NOTE: Pull out and insert the Stapler Cartridge again to ensure that it is installed securely.
Figure 2 j0fu91098
Figure 4 j0fu91178
3. Ensure that the power switch and the breaker are turned OFF. (Figure 3)
NOTE: Ensure that the power switch of the AC unit and the power switch of the IOT are turned OFF. 5. Remove the tags and wires from the Staple Stopper and keep the Staple Stopper at the back of the
Finisher Front Door using the screws (x2) removed in Step 4. (Figure 5)
Figure 3 j0vt90130
Figure 5 j0fu91100
4. Open the Finisher Front Door, remove the tape on the Punch Box, and the securing tape as well as
the safety tape on the Stapler Dust Box. Next, remove the screws (x2) and remove the Stapler Stop- 6. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 6)
per. (Figure 4)
NOTE: Push in the Interposer Feeder Unit properly until it is connected with the Drawer Connector
securely.
Figure 8 j0fu91103
7. Install the Joint Plate to the right side of the IOT by using the screws (x2, for Joint Plate) provided.
Figure 6 j0fu91101 (Figure 9)
(1) Press the [1e] button on the Interposer Feeder Unit to open the Interposer Feeder Cover.
(2) Push the hinge towards the Interposer Feeder Cover to open the Interposer Feeder Cover fur-
ther. (Figure 7)
Figure 9 j0vt90131
8. Install the EME Plate. (Figure 10)
Figure 7 j0fu91102
(3) Secure the Interposer Feeder Unit with bundled screws (x2, Silver). (Figure 8)

9-5
NOTE: Use the screws (x2, Silver) installed on the Finisher at A (rear).
Use the screws (x2, Silver:M3x7) provided at B (front).
Figure 12 j0vt90132
11. Go to 9.1.2 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-II 7000G) (2 of 3).
Figure 10 j0fu91105
9. Open the I/F Module Front Door, then open the [1b] Chute and remove the screw on the Docking
Plate. (Figure 11)
Figure 11 j0fu91006
10. Gently connect the Finisher with the IOT Main Unit. (Figure 12)
II 7000G) (2 of 3)
1. Check the connection between the Finisher D2/Booklet Finisher D2 and the IOT Main Unit.
(1) Visually check that there are no gaps between the gaskets (at front and rear) and the EME
Plate.
2. Adjust the height of the Finisher Casters accordingly if there are gaps between the gaskets and the
EME Plate.
(1) Remove the Blind Covers (Front: x1; Rear: x2).
(2) Loosen the nut.
(3) Change the height of the Caster by turning the nut.
To lower: turn clockwise.
To raise: turn counterclockwise.
(4) Tighten the nut.
Figure 2 j0vt90137
Factory default: 64 mm
(5) Install the Blind Cover. (2) Install the Booklet Stopper removed in Step 1 with the same screws (x2) at the position of the
3. Secure the Docking Plate with screw. (Figure 1) Booklet indicated in the figure. (Figure 3)
(A) Booklet Stopper
Figure 1 j0fu91006
Figure 3 j0vt90138
4. [Booklet Finisher D2] Remove the Booklet Stopper and keep it.
NOTE: When there is no Booklet Finisher D2, go to Step 6 (2 of 3). 5. [Booklet Finisher D2] Install the Booklet Tray.
(1) Install by hooking the Booklet Tray on the Finisher. (Figure 4)
(1) Open the Finisher Front Door and remove the Booklet Stopper. (Figure 2)
(A) Screw (x2)
(B) Booklet Stopper

9-7
(2) Secure the Booklet Tray with the Screw (Silver:M4x8). (Figure 5) 6. Go to 9.1.3 Installation of Finisher D2 / Booklet Finisher D2 (AP-II / DC-II 7000G) (3 of 3).
Figure 5 j0fu91111
(3) Connect the connectors. (Figure 6)

II 7000G) (3 of 3)
1. Connect the lattice connector. (Figure 1)
Figure 3 j0fu91163
(4) Hang the tip of the band to the hook. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0vt90136
2. [200V]: Connect the power cord for Finisher to the AC unit outlet. (Figure 2)
Figure 4 j0fu91164
4. Connect the power cord to the Finisher, and install the bracket for protecting the power cord using
the Hand Screw. (Figure 5)
Figure 2 j0vt90140
3. [200V]: Install the power cord clamp. (Figure 3)

(1) Clean the position for attachment.
(2) Attach the power cord clamp.
(3) Fix the power cord.

9-9
Figure 5 j0fu91115 Figure 7 j0vt90145
5. [200V: APO/GCO Only] 7. [100V]: Insert the power plug of the Finisher into the socket.
Attach the clamps(2) bundled with the IOT to the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 6) 8. Turn ON the power.
(1) Connect the power plug and turn ON the power. (Figure 8)
NOTE: Turn ON the power breaker of the AC unit, followed by the power switch of the IOT.
Figure 6 j0vt90144
6. [200V: APO/GCO Only]

Secure the power code with the clamps(2). (Figure 7) Figure 8 j0vt90130
9. Enter the NVM value for DC131 in UI Diag.

(1) Enter UI Diag.
(2) Set the default tray to which copies are to be output.
NVM790-183
4: Top Tray
2: Finisher Tray
(3) Enter all the values in the NVM Setting List provided at factory default (only the NVM value 9.1.4 Installation of Booklet Finisher D2P (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)
concerning the Fold position when installing the Folder D2).
Product Code
NOTE: Besides the NVM Setting List provided at factory default, leave the other NVM codes at Finisher-D2P with Booklet Maker: QC100083 (FX)
their default values.
Finisher-D2P with Booklet Maker: EC101829 (APO/GCO)
(4) [When installing Folder D2]
NOTE: When installing the D2 Folder Unit at the same time, install the D2 Folder Unit first followed by
Make a copy of the following folding mode, check the fold position and adjust it as required. this procedure. Refer to "9.2.7 Installation of D2 Folder Unit" for the installation of the D2 Folder Unit.
A4: C Tri-Fold, Z Tri-Fold, Bi-Fold
A3: Z Fold Installation Procedures
10. Keep the NVM List in the storage space of Tray 2 in the machine. 1. Open and check the bundled accessories.
11. Check the overall operation and explain the operations to the customer where necessary. • Booklet Finisher D2P bundled accessories (Figure 1)
12. [FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No.
Table 1
• Finisher D2: 201V
Number Name Qty
• Booklet Finisher D2: 200V
• Folder D2: 202V 1 Interposer Filter Unit 1
2 EME Plate (F/R) (including EME instruction) 2
3 Power Cord (Option) 1
4 Docking Plate 1
5 Booklet Tray 1
6 Bracket for protecting the Power Cord 1
7 Screw (M3x7, round) 4
8 Screw (for Docking Plate) (M3x14) 2
9 Screw (for Booklet Tray) (M4x8) 1
10 NVM List 1
11 Label (3) 1
Figure 1 j0fd90101
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.1.4 Installation of Booklet Finisher D2P (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)

9-11
9.1.4 Installation of Booklet Finisher D2P (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G) 9-12 Version.2.0
2. Remove the tape and packaging materials. (Figure 2) WARNING
When turning OFF the power switch, make sure that the "Data" lamp turns OFF. Press the
<Job Status> button to check that there are no jobs in progress/waiting in the queue. Turn
OFF the power switch and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.Turn OFF the main
power switch, check that the "Main Power" lamp has turned OFF, turn OFF the breaker, and
then unplug the power plug.
NOTE: The illustration features a 100V machine.
Figure 2 j0fu91098
3. Ensure that the power switches and the breakers are turned OFF. (Figure 3)
Figure 3 j0fd90102
4. Paste Label 3 to the Inverter Cover. (Figure 4)

Figure 4 j0fd90103 Figure 6 j0tt90095
5. Open the Inverter. 8. Restore the Inverter Cover that was removed in Step 6 to its original state.
6. Remove the Inverter Cover. (Figure 5) 9. Open the Finisher Front Door, remove the tape on the Punch Box, as well as the securing tape and
(1) Remove the screws (x2). the safety tape on the Stapler Dust Box. Next, remove the screws (x2) and remove the Stapler Stop-
per. (Figure 7)
(2) Remove the Inverter Cover.
NOTE: Pull out and reinsert the Stapler Cartridge to ensure that it is installed securely.
Figure 5 j0fd90104
Figure 7 j0fu91178
7. Peel off the Eliminator of the paper output section, then remove the OCT Exit Chute. (Figure 6)
(1) Peel off the Eliminator.
10. Remove the tags and wires from the Staple Stopper and store the Staple Stopper at the back of the
(2) Loosen the screw that secures the OCT Exit Chute. Finisher Front Door by reusing the screws (x2) that were removed in Step 9. (Figure 8)
(3) Remove the OCT Exit Chute.
(4) Tighten the screw that was loosened in Step 2.

9-13
11. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 9) (3) Secure the Interposer Feeder Unit by using the screws (Silver, x2) provided. (Figure 11)
NOTE: Push in the Interposer Feeder Unit all the way in until it is securely connected with the
Drawer Connector.
Figure 11 j0fu91103
12. Install the Docking Plate to the right side of the IOT by using the screws (for Docking Plate, M3x14:
Figure 9 j0fu91101 2) provided. (Figure 12)
(2) Push the hinge towards the Interposer Feeder Cover to open it further. (Figure 10)
13. Install the EME Plates (for the Front). (Figure 13) 15. Open the I/F Module Front Door, then open the [1b] Chute and remove the screw on the Latch Stop-
(1) Install the EME Plate (for the Front). per. (Figure 15)
(2) Use the screw that is already affixed to the Finisher.
(3) Use the provided screw (M3x7, round).
Figure 15 j0fd90108
16. Gently dock the Finisher to the IOT. (Figure 16)

Figure 13 j0fd90106
14. Install the EME Plates (for the Front). (Figure 14)
(1) Install the EME Plate (for the Rear).
(2) Use the screw that is already affixed to the Finisher.
(3) Use the provided screw (M3x7, round).

9-15
17. Check the connection between the Booklet Finisher D2P and the IOT. 20. Reinstall the [1b] Chute.
(1) Visually check that there are no gaps between the gaskets (at front and rear) and the EME 21. Remove the Booklet Tray Stopper and store it.
Plates. (1) Open the Finisher Front Door and remove the Booklet Stopper. (Figure 18)
18. Adjust the height of the Finisher C casters accordingly if there are gaps between the gaskets and
the EME Plates.
(2) Loosen the nut.
(5) Install the Blind Cover.
19. Secure the Latch Stopper by using the screw. (Figure 17)
Figure 18 j0fd90110
(2) Install the Booklet Stopper at its storage position by using the screws (x2). (Figure 19)
Figure 19 j0fd90111 Figure 21 j0fu91111
22. Install the Booklet Tray. (3) Connect the connector. (Figure 22)
(1) Grapple the hook and install the Booklet Tray to the Finisher. (Figure 20)
Figure 22 j0fu91112
Figure 20 j0fu91172
23. Connect the I/F cable to the IOT Main Unit. (Figure 23)
(2) Secure the Booklet Tray by using the Screw(M4x8). (Figure 21)

9-17
Figure 23 j0fd90112
24. Connect the Power Cord to the Finisher and install the bracket for protecting the Power Cord by
using the Hand Screw. (Figure 24)
Figure 25 j0fd90114
26. Enter the NVM value for DC131 in UI Diag or PC Diag.

(1) Enter UI Diag or PC Diag.
(2) Enter all the values in the NVM Setting List provided at factory shipment (only the NVM con-
cerning the Fold position when installing the D2 Folder Unit).
NOTE: Besides the NVM Setting List provided at factory shipment, leave the other NVM codes
as their default values.
(3) [When installing D2 Folder Unit]

By making a copy in the following folding mode, check the fold position and adjust it as
required.
Figure 24 j0fd90113
25. Turn ON the power. A3: Z Fold
(1) Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power. (Figure 25) 27. Check the overall operation and explain the operations to the customer where necessary.
• Booklet Finisher D2P: TBD
9.1.5 Installation of Finisher D2/Center-binding Finisher D2 (AP-
IV/DC-IV 7080G)
Product Code
Finisher D2: LM100015 (FX)
• Power Cord
Center-binding Finisher D2: LM100016 (FX)
• Finisher D2 (w/ Booklet)
• Power Cord
NOTE: For APO/GCO, the power cord is bundled. Figure 1 j0fd90115
NOTE: This procedure includes the procedures to install both Finisher D2 and Center-binding Finisher 2. Remove the tape and packaging material. (Figure 2)
D2. Take note of the target Finisher each time it is mentioned in the procedure.
this procedure. Refer to "[9.2.1] Installation of Folder Unit D2 (1 of 6)" for the installation of the Folder Unit
D2.
Installation Procedures
Finisher D2/Center-binding Finisher D2 bundled items (Figure 1)
Table 1
Number Name Qty
2 EME Plate 2
3 Power Cord 1
4 Joint Plate 1
5 Booklet Tray (only for models with Booklet unit) 1 Figure 2 j0fu91098
3. Make sure that the Power Switch and the Breaker are OFF. (Figure 3)
7 Screw (Silver, M3x7) 4
8 Screw (Silver/for Joint Plate, M4x16) 2
9 Screw (Silver, M4x8) 1
10 NVM List 1
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.1.5 Installation of Finisher D2/Center-binding Finisher D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV

9-19
9.1.5 Installation of Finisher D2/Center-binding Finisher D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV 9-20 Version.2.0
NOTE: Make sure that the Power Switch of the AC Unit and the Power Switch of the IOT are OFF.
Figure 5 j0fu91100
Figure 3 j0fd90116
6. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 6)
4. Open the Finisher Front Door, remove the tape on the Punch Box, and the securing tape as well as NOTE: Push in the Interposer Feeder Unit properly until it is connected with the Drawer Connector
the safety tape on the Stapler Dust Box. Next, remove the screws (x2) and remove the Stapler Stop- securely.
per. (Figure 4)
NOTE: Pull out and insert again the Stapler Cartridge to ensure that it is installed securely.
Figure 6 j0fu91101
(1) Press the "1e" button on the Interposer Feeder Unit to open the Interposer Feeder Cover.
Figure 4 j0fu91178
(2) Push the hinge towards the Interposer Feeder Cover to open the Interposer Feeder Cover to
open it further. (Figure 7)
5. Remove the tags and wires from the Staple Stopper and keep the Staple Stopper at the back of the
Figure 7 j0fu91102 Figure 9 j0fd90117
(3) Secure the Interposer Feeder Unit by using the bundled screws (x2, Silver). (Figure 8) 8. Install the EME Plate. (Figure 10)
NOTE: Use the screw (Silver: x2) installed on the Finisher at A (rear).
Use the screw (Silver, M3x7: x2) provided in the Kit at B (front).
Figure 8 j0fu91103
7. Install the Joint Plate on the right side of the IOT with screws (x2, for Joint Plate) provided. (Figure
9) Figure 10 j0fu91105
9. Open the I/F Module Front Door, then open the [1b] Chute and remove the screw on the Docking
Plate. (Figure 11)

9-21
Factory default: 64mm
(5) Install the Blind Cover.
13. Secure the Docking Plate by using the screw. (Figure 13)
Figure 11 j0fu91006
Figure 13 j0fu91006
14. [Center-binding Finisher D2] Remove the Booklet Stopper and keep it.
NOTE: When the Center-binding Finisher D2 is not installed, go to Step 16.
(A) Screw (x2)
(B) Booklet Stopper
Figure 12 j0fd90118
11. Check the connection between the Finisher D2/Center-binding Finisher D2 with the IOT Main Unit.
Plate.
EME Plate.
(2) Loosen the nut.
(3) Change the height of the Caster by turning the nut. Figure 14 j0vt90137
To raise: turn counterclockwise. (2) Install the Booklet Stopper that was removed in Step 1 by reusing the same screw (x2) to the
Booklet at the position shown in the figure. (Figure 15)
(A) Booklet Stopper
Figure 15 j0vt90138 Figure 17 j0fu91111
15. [Center-binding Finisher D2] Install the Booklet Tray. (3) Connect the connectors. (Figure 18)
(1) Grapple the hook and install the Booklet Tray on the Finisher. (Figure 16)
Figure 18 j0fu91112
Figure 16 j0fu91172
16. Connect the Lattice connector. (Figure 19)
(2) Secure the Booklet Tray by using the screw (Silver, M4x8). (Figure 17)

9-23
17. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: Connect the power cord for Finisher to the AC unit outlet. (Figure 20) (4) Hang the tip of the band to the hook. (Figure 22)
18. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: Install the power cord clamp. (Figure 21) 19. Connect the power cord to the Finisher, and install the bracket for protecting the power cord using
(1) Clean the position for attachment. the Hand Screw. (Figure 23)
(2) Attach the power cord clamp.
20. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: 22. [100V]: Insert the power plug of the Finisher into the socket.
Attach the clamps(2) bundled with the IOT to the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 24) 23. Turn ON the Power Switch.
(1) Plug in the power cord and turn ON the Power Switch. (Figure 26)
NOTE: Turn ON in the oder of: AC Unit Breaker, IOT Main Power Switch, and finally IOT
Power Switch.
Figure 24 j0vt90144
21. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: Secure the power code with the clamps(2). (Figure 25)
Figure 26 j0fd90120
9-25
(1) Enter UI Diag.
(2) Set the default output destination for Copy.
NVM 790-183
4 : Top Tray
2 : Finisher Tray
(3) Enter all the values in the NVM Setting List provided at factory default (only the NVM concern-
ing the Fold position when installing the Folder D2).
NOTE: Besides the NVM Setting List provided at factory default, leave the other NVM codes at

required.
A4: C Fold (C Tri-Fold), Z Fold (Z Tri-Fold), Single Fold (Bi-Fold)
A3: Z-Fold (Half Sheet)
25. Keep the NVM List in the storage space of Tray 2 in the machine.
26. Check the overall operation and explain the operations to the customer where necessary.
• Center-binding Finisher D2: 177V
• Folder Unit D2: 179V
9.2.1 Installation of Folder D2 (AP-II/DC-II 7000G,AP-III/DC-III
7000G) (1 of 6)
Product Code
Folder D2: QM200024 (FX)
D2 Folder Unit: EM200149 (APO/GCO)
1. Open and check the bundled items. (Figure 1)
• Folder D2 bundled items
Table 1
Number Name Qty
1 Folder Front Cover 1
2 Finisher Top Left Cover 1
3 Joint Bracket 2
4 Side Bracket 2
5 Lower Bracket 2
6 Sensor (B: Black) 1
7 Sensor (C: Clear) 1
8 Paper Guide 1
9 Bottom Plate 1
10 NVM Setting List 1
11 Screw (Silver, Tapping) 8
12 Screw (Silver, L = 8) 3
13 Screw (Silver, Round) 12
Figure 1 j0vt90143
2. Check the exterior.

3. Ensure that the power switch and the breaker are turned OFF. (Figure 2)
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.2.1 Installation of Folder D2 (AP-II/DC-II 7000G,AP-III/DC-III 7000G) (1 of

9-27
9.2.1 Installation of Folder D2 (AP-II/DC-II 7000G,AP-III/DC-III 7000G) (1 of 9-28 Version.2.0
NOTE: Ensure that the power switch of the AC unit and the power switch of the IOT are turned OFF.
Figure 4 j0vt90133
Figure 2 j0vt90130
6. Remove the lattice connector. (Figure 5)
4. Remove the tape and securing material. (Figure 3)
Figure 5 j0vt90139
Figure 3 j0fu91117 7. [200V]: Release the power cord clamp and remove the power cord. (Figure 6)
5. Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Folder Rear Cover. (Figure 4)
8. Remove the bracket for protecting the power cord and the power cord from the Finisher. (Figure 7) 10. Detach the Finisher from the Main Unit.
(1) Open the [1b] Chute, then remove the screw on the Docking Plate and pull the Docking Plate
toward you. (Figure 9)
Figure 7 j0fu91115
9. [200V: APO/GCO Only] Figure 9 j0fu91006

Release the clamps(2) and remove the power code. (Figure 8)
(2) Detach the Finisher from the IOT.
11. Remove the Finisher covers. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Finisher Rear Cover.
(2) Remove the screws (x3) and remove the I/F Module Rear Cover.
(3) Remove the screws (x2) and remove the I/F Module Top Cover.
(4) Remove the KL-Clip and remove the I/F Module Front Door.

9-29

7000G) (2 of 6)
1. Remove the I/F Module.
(1) Disconnect P/J8007 and 8009 of the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 1)
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x3). (Figure 1)
Figure 10 j0fu91119
12. Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 11)
Figure 1 j0ne65m4
(3) Disconnect P/J8008 on the Finisher Main PWB, P/J8005 on the I/F PWB and the Relay Con-
nector. (Figure 2)
Figure 11 j0fu91103
13. Go to 9.2.2 Installation of Folder D2 (2 of 6).
Figure 2 j0fu91158
(4) Release the wire harness from the clamp to remove the wire. (Figure 3)
(5) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the I/F Module. (Figure 4) 2. Remove the screws (x8) and remove the caster from the Finisher Base. (Figure 6)
Figure 4 j0ne65m6 Figure 6 j0ne65m7
(6) Place the removed I/F Module as shown in the figure. (Figure 5) 3. Installing the Folder (Figure 7)
(1) Install the Lower Bracket on the Finisher Base with the screws (x4, Silver, Round) provided.

9-31
4. Install the Folder. (3) Secure it with the screws (x2, Silver, Round) provided. (Figure 10)
(1) Place the Folder on the Lower Bracket. (Figure 8)
Figure 10 j0fu91124
Figure 8 j0fu91122
5. Remove the tray (Tray 8) on the Folder.
(2) Insert the pin into the square hole. (Figure 9) 6. Install the Side Bracket (front) with the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Front) provided. (Figure 11)
7000G) (3 of 6)
1. Replacing the Bottom Plate
(1) Remove the screws (x2) and remove the EME Plates (at front and rear). (Figure 1)
NOTE: To install Finisher D2 and Folder D2 at the same time, there is no need to remove the
EME Plate.
Figure 11 j0fu91125
7. Install the Side Bracket (rear) with the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Rear) provided. (Figure 12)
Figure 1 j0fu91127
(2) Thread the casters. (Figure 2)
Figure 12 j0fu91126
Figure 2 j0fu91128
(3) Fix the casters (front) on the Folder with screws (x4, Silver).

9-33
(4) Fix the casters (rear) on the Folder with screws (x3, Silver). (Figure 3) NOTE: A: Use the removed screws.
B: Tighten the EME Plate and Bottom Plate together with the Silver L = 8 mm provided.
Figure 3 j0fu91129
Figure 5 j0fu91131
(5) Replace the Bottom Plate with the Bottom Plate provided in the kit with screws (x2). (Figure 4)
2. Remove the gear of the I/F Module and keep it.

(1) Remove the screw and remove the gear. (Figure 6)
Figure 4 j0fu91130
(6) Install the EME plates (at front and rear) with screws (x2). (Figure 5)
Figure 6 j0fu91132
(2) Install the removed gear with screw. (Figure 7)

3. Install the I/F Module. 4. Connect the wire harness of the I/F Module to the Finisher Main PWB.
(1) Insert the pin into the hole. (Figure 8) 5. Connect the wire harness to P8007.
(1) Place the sag on the harness back at the lower part of the I/F Module and thread the harness.
(2) Secure the wire harness with clamps (x7). (Figure 10)
Figure 8 j0fu91134
(2) Secure with screws (x4). (Figure 9)

Figure 10 j0ne65n7
6. Connect the wire harness to P8009. (Figure 11)

(1) Connect to P8009.
(2) Secure the wire harness with clamps (x7).

9-35

7000G) (4 of 6)
Figure 11 j0ne65n8
Figure 1 j0ne65n4
(3) Connect the connector on the opposite side to P8005 on the I/F PWB and the Relay Connec-
tor. (Figure 2)
Figure 2 j0fu91136
2. Connect the wire harness of the Folder to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 3)
(1) Connect the wire harness to P8010.
Figure 3 j0ne65n3 Figure 5 j0fu91137
3. Secure the wire harness with clamps. (Figure 4) (2) Remove the screw to remove the bracket. (Figure 6)
NOTE: Secure the 5V harness with the clamps on top, and secure the 24V harness with the clamps
at the bottom.
Top: P/J8007, P/J8009, P/J8010 and P/J8014
Bottom: P/J8008 and P/J8026
Figure 6 j0fu91138
(3) Install the handle on the bracket with screw. (Figure 7)
Figure 4 j0fu91167
4. Install the Folder Front Cover to the Finisher Front Door.

(1) Remove the tapping screw and remove the handle from the Finisher Front Door. (Figure 5)

9-37
(4) Install the bracket already installed with the handle onto the Folder Front Cover with tapping 5. Install the Folder Front Cover (Top) on the Finisher Front Door with the screws (x2, Tapping) pro-
screw. (Figure 8) vided. (Figure 10)
(5) Install the Joint Brackets (x2) on the Folder Front Cover with the screws (x4, Tapping) pro- 6. Install the Folder Front Cover (Bottom) on the Finisher Front Door with the screws (x2, Tapping) pro-
vided. (Figure 9) vided. (Figure 11)
7000G) (5 of 6)
1. Remove the Stacker Front Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip and remove the Finisher Front Door.
(2) Remove the screws (x2) for securing the Stacker Front Cover.
(3) Remove the screws at the bottom of the Stacker Front Top Cover.
(4) Slightly lift up the Stacker Front Top Cover.
(5) Remove the Stacker Front Cover.
Figure 11 j0fu91143
7. Install the Finisher Top Left Cover with the screws (Silver L = 8 mm) provided. (Figure 12)
Figure 1 j0fu91182
Figure 12 j0fu91144
2. Install the sensor (B: Black) at the front of the Stacker Unit. (Figure 2)
8. Go to 9.2.5 Installation of Folder D2 (5 of 6). (1) Install the sensor (B: Black).
(2) Connect the connectors.

9-39
3. Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 3) (2) Open the lug at the rear of the Mask Cover and remove the Mask Cover from the Eject Cover.
(1) Install the sensor (C: Clear). (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0fu91175
Figure 3 j0vt90142
(3) Install the Paper Guide on the Eject Cover. (Figure 6)
4. Install the Stacker Front Cover and Stacker Front Door.
5. Install the Paper Guide on the Eject Cover.
(1) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Eject Cover. (Figure 4)
(4) Install the Eject Cover with screws (x4). (Figure 7) 7. Install the Finisher Cover. (Figure 9)
(1) Install the Finisher Rear Cover with screws (x4).
(2) Install the I/F Module Rear Cover with screws (x3).
(3) Install the I/F Module Top Cover with screws (x2).
(4) Install the I/F Module Front Door with the KL-Clip.
Figure 7 j0fu91177
6. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit with screws (x2). (Figure 8)
Figure 9 j0fu91146
8. Check that the gap between the I/F Module Front Door and the Folder Tray is approx. 4 mm. (Figure
10)

9-41
Figure 10 j0fu91147 Figure 12 j0fubundled items
9. If the measurement in Step 8 does not meet the requirement, shift the hinge of the I/F Module Front 11. Secure the Docking Plate with screw. (Figure 13)
Door to adjust the gap. (Figure 11)
Figure 13 j0fu91006
Figure 11 j0fu91148
10. Gently dock the Main Unit with the Finisher. (Figure 12)
7000G) (6 of 6)
1. Connect the lattice connector. (Figure 1)
Figure 3 j0fu91163
Figure 1 j0vt90136
2. [200V]: Connect the power cord for Finisher to the AC unit outlet. (Figure 2)
Figure 4 j0fu91164
Figure 2 j0vt90140
3. [200V]: Install the power cord clamp. (Figure 3)

(1) Clean the position for pasting.
(2) Paste the power cord clamp.

9-43
Figure 5 j0fu91115
Figure 7 j0vt90130
5. [200V: APO/GCO Only]
Secure the power code with the clamps(2). (Figure 6) 8. Enter the NVM value for DC131 in UI Diag.
(1) Enter UI Diag.
NVM790-183
4: Top Tray
2: Finisher Tray

Make a copy of the following folding mode, check the fold position and adjust it as required.
A3: Z Fold
Figure 6 j0vt90145 9. Keep the NVM List in the storage space of Tray 2 in the machine.
• Folder D2: 202V
6. [100V]: Insert the power plug of the Finisher into the socket.
7. Turn ON the power. (Figure 7)
(1) Connect the power plug and turn ON the power.
9.2.7 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)
Product Code
Folder Unit D2: QM200024 (FX)
Folder Unit D2: EM200149 (APO/GCO)
NOTE: This installation procedure assumes that the Booklet Finisher D2P is to be installed at the same
time. If the Booklet Finisher D2P is already installed, check that the power switches and breakers are
turned OFF, separate the Booklet Finisher D2P, and remove the following parts before servicing.
• Booklet Finisher D2P Power Cord.
• Interposer Filter Unit
Procedure
1. Open the package and check the bundled accessories. (Figure 1)
• D2 Folder Unit bundled accessories
Table 1 Figure 1 j0vt90143

Number Name Qty
3 Joint Bracket 2
4 Side Bracket 2
5 Lower Bracket 2
6 Sensor (B: Black)*1 1
7 Sensor (C: Clear)*1 1
8 Paper Guide 1
9 Bottom Plate 1
12 Screw (Silver, L=8) 3
*1: Remove the attached cover before use.
Figure 2 j0fu91117
4. Remove the Folder Rear Cover. (Figure 3)

(2) Remove the Folder Rear Cover.
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.2.7 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G)

9-45
9.2.7 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV C7780G) 9-46 Version.2.0
Figure 3 j0tz90501 Figure 5 j0fd90201
5. Remove the Finisher Covers. (Figure 4) 7. Remove the harness of the I/F Module. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Finisher Rear Cover. (1) Disconnect the P/J8008 connector on the Finisher Main PWB.
(2) Remove the screws (x3) and remove the I/F Module Rear Cover. (2) Disconnect the P/J8005 connector and relay connector on the I/F PWB.
(3) Remove the screws (x2) and remove the I/F Module Top Cover. (3) Release the harness from the clamps (x4).
(4) Remove the KL-Clip and remove the I/F Module Front Door. (4) Remove the harness.
Figure 4 j0fu91119
6. Release the harness of the I/F Module. (Figure 5)

(1) Disconnect the P/J8007 and 8009 connectors on the Finisher Main PWB.
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).
Figure 6 j0fd90202
(2) Remove the I/F Module.
Figure 9 j0ne65m7
11. Install the Lower Brackets. (Figure 10)
Figure 7 j0ne65m6 (1) Install the Lower Brackets (x2) to the Finisher Base by using the screws (Silver, Round, x4)
provided.
9. Place the removed I/F Module as shown in the figure. (Figure 8)
Figure 10 j0tz90505
Figure 8 j0tz90504
12. Install the Folder.
10. Remove the screws (x8) and remove the Casters from the Finisher Base. (Figure 9) (1) Place the Folder on the Lower Bracket. (Figure 11)

9-47
(2) Insert the pin into the square hole. (Figure 12) 13. Remove the tray (Tray 8) on the Folder.
14. Install the Side Bracket (front side) by using the screws (Round, x2) provided. (Figure 14)
(1) Install the Side Bracket.
(2) Secure the Side Bracket by using the screws (Round, x2).
Figure 12 j0fu91123
(3) Secure it by using the screws (Round, x2) provided. (Figure 13)
Figure 14 j0tz90506
15. Install the Side Bracket (rear side) by using the screws (Round, x2) provided. (Figure 15)
(1) Install the Side Bracket.
(2) Secure the Side Bracket by using the screws (Round, x2).
Figure 15 j0tz90507 Figure 17 j0fu91128
16. Replace the Bottom Plate. (Figure 16) (3) Affix the Caster (front) to the Folder by using the screws (Silver, x4).
(1) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the EME Plates (at front and rear). (4) Affix the Caster (rear) to the Folder by using the screws (Silver, x3). (Figure 18)
NOTE: If the Finisher D2P and Folder Unit D2 are being installed at the same time, there is no
need to remove the EME Plates.
Figure 18 j0fu91129
(5) Replace the Bottom Plate with the Bottom Plate provided in the Kit and install it by using the
Figure 16 j0fu91127 screws (x2) from Step 16 (1). (Figure 19)
(2) Thread the Casters. (Figure 17)

9-49
(6) Install the EME Plate (for the Front). (Figure 20) 17. Remove the gear of the I/F Module and store it.
(A) Install the EME Plate (for the Front) (1) Remove the screw and remove the gear. (Figure 22)
(B) Use the screw that is already affixed
(C) Use the provided screw (Silver, L = 8 mm).
Figure 22 j0fu91132
(2) Install the removed gear by using the screw. (Figure 23)
Figure 20 j0fd90207
(7) Install the EME Plate (for the Rear). (Figure 21)
(A) Install the EME Plate (for the Rear).
(B) Use the screw that is already affixed.
(C) Use the provided screw (Silver, L = 8 mm).
Figure 23 j0tz90508 Figure 25 j0fd90715
18. Install the I/F Module. 19. Take out the wire harness from the I/F Module. (Figure 26)
(1) Insert the pin into the hole. (Figure 24) (1) Release the clamp (x2).
(2) Pull out the wire harness in the direction of the arrow to stretch it firmly.
Figure 24 j0fd90714
Figure 26 j0fd90203
(2) Secure it by using the screws (x4). (Figure 25)
20. Connect the wire harness taken out in step19 to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 27)

9-51
21. Connect the wire harnesses of the Folder to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 28) 23. Connect the wire harnesses of the Folder to the I/F PWB. (Figure 30)
(1) Connect to P8010. (1) Connect to P8005.
(2) Connect to P8008. (2) Connect to the Relay Connector.
(3) Secure the wire harnesses with clamps (x2).
Figure 28 j0fd90205
Figure 30 j0fd90206
22. Using the clamps (6), secure the wire harnesses connected in steps 20 and 21. (Figure 29)
(A) Clamps (x6) 24. Install the Folder Front Cover to the Finisher Front Door.
(2) Remove the screw to remove the bracket. (Figure 32) (4) Install the bracket (already installed with the handle) to the Folder Front Cover by using the
Tapping Screw. (Figure 34)
Figure 32 j0fu91138
Figure 34 j0fu91140
(3) Install the handle to the bracket by using the screw. (Figure 33)
(5) Install the Joint Brackets (x2) to the Folder Front Cover by using the screws (Tapping, x4) pro-
vided. (Figure 35)

9-53
25. Install the Folder Front Cover (Top) to the Finisher Front Door by using the screws (Tapping, x2) 27. Install the Finisher Top Left Cover by using the screws (Silver L=8 mm) provided. (Figure 38)
provided. (Figure 36)
Figure 38 j0fu91144
Figure 36 j0fu91142
26. Install the Folder Front Cover (Bottom) to the Finisher Front Door by using the screws (Tapping, x2) (1) Remove the KL-Clip and remove the Finisher Front Door.
provided. (Figure 37) (2) Remove the screws (x2) that secure the Stacker Front Cover.
Figure 41 j0fd90728
31. Install the sensor (C: Clear) at the rear of the Stacker Unit. (Figure 42)
(1) Install the sensor (C: Clear).
Figure 39 j0fu91182
(1) Install the sensor (B: Black).
Figure 42 j0fd90729
32. Install the Finisher Rear Cover, the Stacker Front Cover, and the Stacker Front Door.
33. Install the Paper Guide to the Eject Cover.
Figure 40 j0fd90727
30. Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 41)

9-55
(2) Open the tab at the rear of the Mask Cover and remove the Mask Cover from the Eject Cover. (4) Install the Eject Cover by using the screws (x4). (Figure 46)
(Figure 44)
Figure 46 j0fu91177
Figure 44 j0fu91175
34. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit by using the screws (x2). (Figure 47)
(3) Install the Paper Guide to the Eject Cover. (Figure 45)
35. Install the Finisher Covers. (Figure 48) 37. If the measurement in Step 36 does not meet the requirement, shift the hinge of the I/F Module
(1) Install the Finisher Rear Cover by using the screws (x4). Front Door to adjust the gap. (Figure 50)
(2) Install the I/F Module Rear Cover by using the screws (x3).
(3) Install the I/F Module Top Cover by using the screws (x2).
(4) Install the I/F Module Front Door by using the KL-Clip.
Figure 50 j0fu91148
38. Open the I/F Module Front Door, then open the [1b] Chute and remove the screw on the Latch Stop-
per. (Figure 51)
Figure 48 j0fu91146
36. Check that the gap between the I/F Module Front Door and the Folder Tray is approx. 4 mm. (Figure
49)

9-57
39. Gently dock the Finisher to the Main Processor. (Figure 52) 41. Reinstall the [1b] Chute.
42. Connect the I/F cable to the IOT Main Unit. (Figure 54)
Figure 52 j0fd90109
Figure 54 j0fd90112
43. Connect the Power Cord to the Finisher and install the bracket for protecting the Power Cord by
using the Hand Screw. (Figure 55)
(1) Enter UI Diag or PC Diag.
(2) Enter all the values in the NVM Setting List provided at factory shipment (only the NVM con-
cerning the Fold position when installing the D2 Folder Unit).
NOTE: Besides the NVM Setting List provided at factory shipment, leave the other NVM codes
as their default values.
(3) [When installing D2 Folder Unit]

required.
A3: Z Fold
• Folder Unit D2: TBD
Figure 55 j0fd90113
44. Turn ON the power. (Figure 56)

(1) Plug in the Power Cord and turn ON the power.
Figure 56 j0fd90114
45. Enter the NVM value for DC131 in UI Diag or PC Diag.

9-59
9.2.8 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G) 9-60 Version.2.0
9.2.8 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G)

Product Code
Folder D2: QM200024 (FX)
Folder D2: EM200149 (APO/GCO)
1. Open the package and check the bundled items. (Figure 1)
Table 1
Number Name Qty
3 Joint Bracket 2
4 Side Bracket 2
5 Lower Bracket 2
6 Sensor (B: Black)*1 1
7 Sensor (C: Clear)*1 1
8 Paper Guide 1
9 Bottom Plate 1
12 Screw (Silver, L=8) 3
*1: Remove the cover before using.
Figure 1 j0vt90143

3. Make sure that the Power Switch and the Breaker are OFF. (Figure 2)
NOTE: Make sure that the Power Switch of the AC Unit and the Power Switch of the IOT are OFF.
Figure 4 j0vt90133
Figure 2 j0fd90116
6. Remove the lattice connector. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0fd90119
Figure 3 j0fu91117
7. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: Release the power cord clamp and remove the power cord. (Figure 6)
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.2.8 Installation of Folder Unit D2 (AP-IV/DC-IV 7080G)

9-61
Figure 6 j0fd90122 Figure 8 j0vt90145
8. Remove the bracket for protecting the power cord and the power cord from the Finisher. (Figure 7) 10. Detach the Finisher from the Main Unit.
(1) Open the [1b] Chute, then remove the screw on the Docking Plate and pull the Docking Plate
Figure 7 j0fu91115
9. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: Release the clamps(2) and remove the power code. (Figure 8) Figure 9 j0fu91006
(2) Detach the Finisher from the IOT.

12. Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 11) 14. Remove the I/F Module Harness. (Figure 13)
(1) Disconnect the connector P/J8008 on the Finisher Main PWB.
(2) Disconnect the connector P/J8005 on the I/F PWB and the relay connector.
(3) Release the harness from the clamp (x4).
(4) Remove the harness.
Figure 11 j0fu91103
13. Release the harness of the I/F Module. (Figure 12)

(1) Disconnect the connectors P/J8007 and 8009 on the Finisher Main PWB.
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamp (x2).
Figure 13 j0fd90202

9-63
(2) Remove the I/F Module.
Figure 16 j0ne65m7
18. Installing the Folder (Figure 17)
Figure 14 j0ne65m6 (1) Install the Lower Bracket on the Finisher Base by using the screws (x4, Silver, Round) pro-
vided.
16. Place the removed I/F Module as shown in the figure. (Figure 15)
Figure 17 j0fu91121
Figure 15 j0fu91120
19. Install the Folder.
17. Remove the screws (x8) and remove the Caster from the Finisher Base. (Figure 16) (1) Place the Folder on the Lower Bracket. (Figure 18)
(2) Insert the pin into the square hole. (Figure 19) 20. Remove the tray (Tray 8) on the Folder.
21. Install the Side Bracket (Front) by using the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Front) provided. (Figure 21)
Figure 19 j0fu91123
Figure 21 j0fu91125
(3) Secure it by using the screws (x2, Silver, Round) provided. (Figure 20)
22. Install the Side Bracket (rear) by using the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Rear) provided. (Figure 22)

9-65
23. Replacing the Bottom Plate (3) Fix the Casters (front) on the Folder by using the screws (x4, Silver).
(1) Remove the screws (x2) and remove the EME Plates (at front and rear). (Figure 23) (4) Fix the Casters (Rear) to the Folder by using the screws (x3, Silver). (Figure 25)
EME Plate.
Figure 25 j0fu91129
(5) Replace the Bottom Plate with the Bottom Plate provided in the Kit by using the screws (x2).
Figure 23 j0fu91127 (Figure 26)

(6) Install the EME plates (at front and rear) by using the screws (x2). (Figure 27) (2) Install the removed gear by using the screw. (Figure 29)
NOTE: A: Use the removed screws.

B: Tighten the EME Plate and Bottom Plate togther with the Silver L=8mm provided.
Figure 29 j0fd90713
25. Install the I/F Module.

Figure 27 j0fu91131 (1) Insert the pin into the hole. (Figure 30)

9-67
(2) Secure by using the screws (x4). (Figure 31) 27. Connect the wire harness that was removed in Step 24 to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 33)
Figure 31 j0fd90715
Figure 33 j0fd90717
26. Remove the wire harness that is stored in the I/F Module. (Figure 32)
(1) Release the clamp. 28. Connect the Wire Harness of the Folder to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 34)
(2) Pull out the wire harness in the direction of the arrow and remove any slack. (1) Connect to P8007.
(2) Connect the Wire Harness to P8010.
29. Secure the wire harness that was connected in Steps 27 and 28 b using the clamps (x6). (Figure 35) 31. Install the Folder Front Cover to the Finisher Front Door.
(A) Clamps (x6) (1) Remove the tapping screw and remove the handle from the Finisher Front Door.
(Figure 37)
Figure 35 j0fd90719
Figure 37 j0fu91137
30. Connect the wire harness of the Folder to the I/F PWB. (Figure 36)
(1) Connect to P8005. (2) Remove the screw to remove the bracket. (Figure 38)
(3) Connect to the Relay Connector.
(4) Secure the wire harness by using the clamp.

9-69
(3) Install the handle on the bracket with screw. (Figure 39) (5) Install the Joint Brackets (x2) on the Folder Front Cover by using the screws (x4, Tapping) pro-
vided. (Figure 41)
Figure 39 j0fu91139
Figure 41 j0fu91141
(4) Install the bracket already installed with the handle onto the Folder Front Cover with tapping
screw. (Figure 40) 32. Install the Folder Front Cover (Top) on the Finisher Front Door with the screws (x2, Tapping) pro-
vided. (Figure 42)
33. Install the Folder Front Cover (Bottom) on the Finisher Front Door by using the screws (x2, Tapping) 35. Remove the Stacker Front Cover. (Figure 45)
provided. (Figure 43) (1) Remove the KL-Clip and remove the Finisher Front Door.
Figure 43 j0fu91143
34. Install the Finisher Top Left Cover by using the screws (Silver L=8mm) provided. (Figure 44)

9-71
(2) Connect the connector.
Figure 47 j0vt90142
Figure 45 j0fu91182
36. Install the Sensor (B: Black) at the Front of the Stacker Unit. (Figure 46)
(1) Install the Sensor (B: Black).
(2) Connect the connector.
Figure 48 j0fu91174
(2) Open the lug at the rear of the Mask Cover and remove the Mask Cover from the Eject Cover.
(Figure 49)
Figure 46 j0vt90141
(1) Install the Sensor (C: Clear).
(3) Install the Paper Guide on the Eject Cover. (Figure 50) 40. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit by using the screws (x2). (Figure 52)
(4) Install the Eject Cover by using the screws (x4). (Figure 51) 41. Install the Finisher Cover. (Figure 53)
(1) Install the Finisher Rear Cover by using the screws (x4).
(2) Install the I/F Module Rear Cover by using the screws (x3).

9-73
42. Check that the gap between the I/F Module Front Door and the Folder Tray is approx. 4mm. (Figure 44. Gently connect the Main Unit with the Finisher. (Figure 56)
54)
Figure 56 j0fd90118
Figure 54 j0fu91147
43. If the measurement in Step 42 does not meet the requirement, shift the hinge of the I/F Module
Front Door to adjust the gap. (Figure 55)
46. Connect the Lattice connector. (Figure 58) 48. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: Install the power cord clamp. (Figure 60)
(1) Clean the position for pasting.
(2) Paste the power cord clamp.
Figure 58 j0fd90119
47. [200V: APO/GCO Only]: Connect the power cord for Finisher to the AC unit outlet. (Figure 59)
Figure 60 j0fd90122

9-75
49. Connect the power cord to the Finisher, and install the bracket for protecting the power cord using 51. [100V] : Insert the power plug of the Finisher into the socket.
the Hand Screw. (Figure 62) 52. Turn ON the Power Switch. (Figure 64)
(1) Plug in the power cord and turn ON the Power Switch.
NOTE: Turn ON in the oder of: AC Unit Breaker, IOT Main Power Switch, and finally IOT Power
Switch.
Figure 62 j0fu91115
50. [200V: APO/GCO Only] :

Secure the power code with the clamps(2). (Figure 63)
Figure 64 j0fd90120
53. Enter the NVM value for DC131 in UI Diag. 9.3 Installation of 3 Holes Puncher Unit
(1) Enter UI Diag.
Product Code:
(2) Set the default output destination for Copy.
US2/3 Hole Punch Kit:EM200170
NVM 790-183
4 : Top Tray Installation Procedure
2 : Finisher Tray
1. Refer to Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment - REP 25.1.3 Puncher Unit to install the
(3) Enter all the values in the NVM Setting List provided at factory default (only the NVM concern- 3 Holes Puncher Unit.
ing the Fold position when installing the Folder D2). 2. Change the NVM setup values for 1 to 5 below.
NOTE: Besides the NVM Setting List provided at factory default, leave the other NVM codes at NOTE: After replacing the 2/4 Holes Punch to the 3 Holes Puncher Unit, it is necessary to change
the following NVM setup values.This is because the distance of punch holes from paper edge in
(4) [When installing Folder D2] feed direction for 2/4 Holes = 12 mm and 3 Holes = 10 mm.
Table 1
required.
A4: C Fold (C Tri-Fold), Z Fold (Z Tri-Fold), Single Fold (Bi-Fold) No. Chain Link No. Item 2/4 Holes Default 2/3 Holes Default
A3: Z-Fold (Half Sheet) 1 763-219 Punch Reverse Amount 42 38
54. Keep the NVM List in the storage space of Tray 2 in the machine. Adjustment 1
55. [FX Only]: Create a report with the following Mod No. 2 763-242 Punch Reverse Amount 34 30
Adjustment 2
3 763-338 Punch Reverse Amount 47 43
Adjustment 3
4 763-339 Punch Reverse Amount 39 35
Adjustment 4
NOTE: As the 3 Holes Puncher Unit is common with the US 2/3 Holes Puncher for XC, it is neces-
sary to prohibit US2.
Table 2
2/3 Holes Changed
No. Chain Link No. Item 2/3 Holes Default Values
5 763-312 2/3 Punch Auto Change Prohi- 1: US 2/3 Holes 0: US2/3 Holes Prohi-
bition Punch bition (3 Holes
Punch)
3. Create a report with the following Mod No.

• 3 Holes Puncher Unit
AP-II/DC-II 7000G: 255V
4127/4112G: 203V
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.3 Installation of 3 Holes Puncher Unit

9-77
9.3 Installation of 3 Holes Puncher Unit 9-78 Version.2.0
9.4.1 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/ Table 1
4112G) (1 of 3) Number Name Qty
Product Code 9 Screw (Silver) (M4x8) 1
Finisher D3:QM200028 (FX) 10 NVM List 1

Booklet Finisher D3:QM200029 (FX)
Power Cord (3 pins): EM100188 (FX: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200145 (FXA/FXNZ: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200146 (FXS/FXM/FXHK: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200147 (AG/ICO: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200148 (FXP: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): EL200600 (GCO: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200168 (FXK: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): EM200238 (FXTW: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): EL200915 (FXTH: Option)
I/F Cable (Short: Finisher D3 connected to IOT): EM200215 (Option)
D3.
Table 1
Number Name Qty
2 EME Plate 2
3 Power Cord (Option) 1 Figure 1 j0fu91173
4 Docking Plate 1
2. Remove the tape and packaging material. (Figure 2)
5 Booklet Tray (only for models with Booklet unit) 1
8 Screw (Silver/For Docking Plate) (M4x16) 2
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.4.1 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/4112G) (1 of

9-79
9.4.1 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/4112G) (1 of 3) 9-80 Version.2.0
3. Ensure that the power switch and the breaker are turned OFF. 6. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 5)
NOTE: Ensure that the power switch of the AC unit and the power switch of the IOT are turned OFF. NOTE: Push in the Interposer Feeder Unit properly until it is connected with the Drawer Connector
securely.
4. Open the Finisher Front Door, remove the tape on the Punch Box, and the securing tape as well as
the safety tape on the Stapler Dust Box. Next, remove the screws (x2) and remove the Stapler Stop-
per. (Figure 3)
Figure 5 j0fu91101
Figure 3 j0fu91178 open it further. (Figure 6)
5. Remove the tags and wires from the Staple Stopper and keep the Staple Stopper at the back of the
(3) Secure the Interposer Feeder Unit with bundled screws (x2, Silver). (Figure 7) 8. Install the EME Plate. (Figure 9)
NOTE: Use the screws (x2, Silver) installed on the Finisher at A (rear side).
Use the screws (x2, Silver:M3x7) provided at B (front side).
Figure 7 j0fu91103
7. Install the Docking Plate on the right side of the IOT with screws (x2, for Docking Plate) provided.
(Figure 8) Figure 9 j0fu91105
per. (Figure 10)

9-81
Figure 10 j0fu91006 Figure 12 j0sa90102
10. Connect the I/F Cable (short) to the Finisher. 12. Go to 9.4.2 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/4112G) (2 of 3).
(1) Route the I/F Cable from the Rear Cover, and connect the Lattice Connector. (Figure 11)
Figure 11 j0sa90101
9.4.2 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/
4112G) (2 of 3)
1. Check the connection between the Finisher D3/Booklet Finisher D3 with the IOT Main Unit.
Plate.
EME Plate.
(2) Loosen the nut.
Figure 2 j0vt90137
3. Secure the Latch Stopper with screw. (Figure 1) Booklet indicated in the figure. (Figure 3)
(A) Booklet Stopper
Figure 1 j0fu91006
Figure 3 j0vt90138
4. [Booklet Finisher D3] Remove the Booklet Stopper and keep it.
NOTE: When there is no Booklet Finisher D3, go to Step 6 (2 of 3). 5. [Booklet Finisher D3] Install the Booklet Tray.
(1) Grapple the hook and install the Booklet Tray on the Finisher. (Figure 4)
(A) Screw (x2)
(B) Booklet Stopper

9-83
(2) Secure the Booklet Tray with the Screw (Silver:M4x8). (Figure 5) 6. Go to 9.4.3 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/4112G) (3 of 3).
Figure 5 j0fu91111

9.4.3 Installation of Finisher D3 / Booklet Finisher D3 (4127/ NOTE: Turn ON the power breaker of the AC unit, followed by the power switch of the IOT.
4112G) (3 of 3) 5. Enter the NVM value for DC131 in UI Diag.
Installation Procedure (1) Enter UI Diag.
1. Connect the I/F Cable (short) to the IOT. (Figure 1) (2) Set the default tray to which copies are to be output.
(1) Connect the lattice connector. NVM790-183
4: Top Tray
2: Finisher Tray

A3: Z Fold
Figure 1 j0sa90103 • Booklet Finisher D3: 205V
• Folder D3: 206V
Figure 2 j0fu91115
3. Insert the power plug of the Finisher into the socket.

4. Turn ON the power.

9-85
9.5.1 Installation of Folder D3 (1 of 6)
Product Code
Folder D3:
QM200030(FX)
EM200174(APO/GCO)
Table 1
Number Name Qty
3 Joint Bracket 2
4 Side Bracket 2
5 Lower Bracket 2
8 Paper Guide 1
9 Bottom Plate 1
Figure 1 j0vt90143

3. Ensure that the power switch and the breaker are turned OFF.
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.5.1 Installation of Folder D3 (1 of 6)

9-87
9.5.1 Installation of Folder D3 (1 of 6) 9-88 Version.2.0
Figure 2 j0fu91117 Figure 4 j0sa90103
5. Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Folder Rear Cover. (Figure 3) 7. Remove the bracket for protecting the power cord and the power cord from the Finisher. (Figure 5)
6. Remove the I/F Cable (short) from the IOT. (Figure 4) 8. Detach the Finisher from the Main Unit.
(1) Remove the lattice connector. (1) Open the [1b] Chute, then remove the screw on the Latch Stopper and pull the Latch Plate
(2) Detach the Finisher from the IOT. 11. Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 9)
9. Remove the I/F Cable from the Finisher. (Figure 7)
(1) Disconnect the Lattice Connector.
(2) Remove the I/F Cable.
Figure 9 j0fu91103
Figure 7 j0fd90735


9-89

Figure 3 j0fu91159
(5) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the I/F Module. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0ne65m4
nector. (Figure 2)
Figure 4 j0ne65m6
(6) Place the removed I/F Module as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
Figure 2 j0fu91158
2. Remove the screws (x8) and remove the caster from the Finisher Base. (Figure 6) 4. Install the Folder.
Figure 6 j0ne65m7
Figure 8 j0fu91122
(1) Install the Lower Bracket on the Finisher Base with the screws (x4, Silver, Round) provided. (2) Insert the pin into the square hole. (Figure 9)

9-91
(3) Secure it with the screws (x2, Silver, Round) provided. (Figure 10) 7. Install the Side Bracket (rear) with the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Rear) provided. (Figure 12)
(A) Side Bracket
(B) Screws (x2)
Figure 10 j0fu91124

Figure 12 j0fu91126
6. Install the Side Bracket (front) with the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Front) provided. (Figure 11)
(A) Side Bracket 8. Go to 9.5.3 Installation of Folder D3 (3 of 6).
(B) Screws (x2)
EME Plate.
Figure 3 j0fu91129
Figure 1 j0fu91127
Figure 4 j0fu91130
Figure 2 j0fu91128
(3) Fix the casters (front) on the Folder with screws (x4, Silver). (Figure 3)
(4) Fix the casters (rear) on the Folder with screws (x3, Silver). (Figure 3)

9-93
Figure 7 j0fu91133

Figure 5 j0fu91131
(1) Insert the pin into the hole. (Figure 8)
Figure 8 j0fu91134

Figure 6 j0fu91132

Figure 9 j0fu91135 Figure 11 j0ne65n8
4. Connect the wire harness of the I/F Module to the Finisher Main PWB. 7. Go to 9.5.4 Installation of Folder D3 (4 of 6).
5. Connect the wire harness to P8007.
(1) Place the sag on the harness back at the lower part of the I/F Module and thread the harness.
(2) Secure the wire harness with clamps (x7). (Figure 10)
Figure 10 j0ne65n7


9-95

Figure 3 j0ne65n3
3. Secure the wire harness with clamps. (Figure 4)

NOTE: Secure the 5V harness with the clamps on top, and secure the 24V harness with the clamps
at the bottom.
Top: P/J8007, P/J8009, P/J8010 and P/J8014
Figure 1 j0ne65n4
Bottom: P/J8008 and P/J8026
(3) Connect the connector on the opposite side to P8005 on the I/F PWB and the Relay Connec-
tor. (Figure 2)
Figure 4 j0fu91167
Figure 2 j0fu91136 4. Install the Folder Front Cover to the Finisher Front Door.
2. Connect the wire harness of the Folder to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 3)
(1) Connect the wire harness to P8010.
(2) Remove the screw to remove the bracket. (Figure 6) (4) Install the bracket already installed with the handle onto the Folder Front Cover with tapping
screw. (Figure 8)
Figure 6 j0fu91138
Figure 8 j0fu91140
(3) Install the handle on the bracket with screw. (Figure 7)
(5) Install the Joint Brackets (x2) on the Folder Front Cover with the screws (x4, Tapping) pro-
vided. (Figure 9)

9-97
5. Install the Folder Front Cover (Top) on the Finisher Front Door with the screws (x2, Tapping) pro- 7. Install the Finisher Top Left Cover with the screws (Silver L = 8 mm) provided. (Figure 12)
vided. (Figure 10)
Figure 12 j0fu91144
Figure 10 j0fu91142
6. Install the Folder Front Cover (Bottom) on the Finisher Front Door with the screws (x2, Tapping) pro-
vided. (Figure 11)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip and remove the Finisher Front Door.
Figure 2 j0vt90141
Figure 1 j0fu91182
Figure 3 j0vt90142


9-99
(2) Open the lug at the rear of the Mask Cover and remove the Mask Cover from the Eject Cover. (4) Install the Eject Cover with screws (x4). (Figure 7)
(Figure 5)
Figure 7 j0fu91177
Figure 5 j0fu91175
7. Install the Finisher Cover. (Figure 9) 9. If the measurement in Step 8 does not meet the requirement, shift the hinge of the I/F Module Front
(1) Install the Finisher Rear Cover with screws (x4). Door to adjust the gap. (Figure 11)
(2) Install the I/F Module Rear Cover with screws (x3).
Figure 11 j0fu91148
10. Gently dock the Main Unit with the Finisher. (Figure 12)
Figure 9 j0fu91146
8. Check that the gap between the I/F Module Front Door and the Folder Tray is approx. 4 mm. (Fig-
ure 10)

9-101

1. Connect the I/F Cable (short) to the IOT. (Figure1)
(1) Connect the lattice connector.
Figure 12 j0fubundled items
11. Secure the Docking Plate with screw. (Figure 13)
Figure 1 j0sa90103
Figure 13 j0fu91006
Figure 2 j0fu91115

(1) Enter UI Diag.
NVM790-183
4: Top Tray
2: Finisher Tray

A3: Z Fold
• Folder D3: 206V

9-103
9.6.1 Installation of Finisher D4 / Booklet Finisher D4 (4127/ Table 1
4112G) (1 of 3) Number Name Qty
Product Code 10 NVM List 1
Finisher D4:QM200039 (FX) 11 Blind Cover (for Finisher connected to HCS) 1

Booklet Finisher D4:QM200040 (FX)
Power Cord (3 pins): EM100188 (FX: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200145 (FXA/FXNZ: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200146 (FXS/FXM/FXHK: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200147 (AG/ICO: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200148 (FXP: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): EL200600 (GCO: Option)
Power Cord (3 pins): ED200168 (FXK: Option)
I/F Cable (Short: Finisher D4 connected to IOT):EM200215 (Option)
I/F Cable (Long: "I/F Module +HCS+Finisher D4" connected to IOT): EM200216 (Option)
D4.
Table 1
Number Name Qty
2 EME Plate 2
4 Docking Plate 1 Figure 1 j0fd90601
5 Booklet Tray (only for models with Booklet unit) 1
8 Screw (Silver/For Docking Plate) (M4x16) 2

9-105
securely.
Figure 2 j0fd90610
Figure 4 j0fd90602
4. Open the Finisher Front Door, remove the tape on the Punch Box, and the safety tape on the Sta-
pler Dust Box. Next, remove the screws (x2) and remove the Stapler Stopper. (Figure 3)
open it further. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0fu91102
Figure 3 j0fd90611
(3) Secure the Interposer Feeder Unit with bundled screws (x2, Silver). (Figure 6)
NOTE: Use the screws (x2, Silver) installed on the Finisher at A (rear side).
Use the screws (x2, Silver:M3x7) provided at B (front side).
Figure 6 j0fu91103
6. Install the Docking Plate on the right side of the IOT with screws (x2, for Docking Plate) provided.
(Figure 7) Figure 8 j0fu91105
per. (Figure 9)
Figure 7 j0fd90603

Figure 9 j0fd90604
9. Connect the I/F Cable to the Finisher. (Figure 10)

• To connect the Finisher to the IOT, use the I/F Cable (short).
• To connect the Finisher to the HCS, use the I/F Cable (long).
(1) Route the I/F Cable from the Rear Cover, and connect the Lattice Connector.

9-107
Figure 12 j0sa90102
12. Go to 9.6.2 Installation of Finisher D4 / Booklet Finisher D4 (4127/4112G) (2 of 3).
Figure 10 j0sa90101
10. As to the Finisher connected to the HCS, store the I/F Cable in the HCS Cable Duct. (Figure 11)
Figure 11 j0fd90607
11. Gently dock the IOT or HCF with the Finisher. (Figure 12)
4112G) (2 of 3)
1. Check the connection between the Finisher D4/Booklet Finisher D4 with the IOT Main Unit.
Plate.
EME Plate.
(2) Loosen the nut.
Figure 2 j0fd90609
3. Secure the Latch Stopper with screw. (Figure 1) Booklet indicated in the figure. (Figure 3)
• Opening Chute 1b will make the work easy to do. (A) Booklet Stopper
4. [Booklet Finisher D4] Remove the Booklet Stopper and keep it. 5. [Booklet Finisher D4] Install the Booklet Tray.
NOTE: When there is no Booklet Finisher D4, go to Step 6 (2 of 3). (1) Grapple the hook and install the Booklet Tray on the Finisher. (Figure 4)
(A) Screw (x2)
(B) Booklet Stopper

9-109
(2) Secure the Booklet Tray with the Screw (Silver:M4x8). (Figure 5) 6. When connecting the Finisher to the HCS, install the Blind Cover on the I/F Module Top Cover.
(Figure 7)
Figure 5 j0fu91111
Figure 7 j0fd90606
7. Go to 9.6.3 Installation of Finisher D4 / Booklet Finisher D4 (4127/4112G) (3 of 3).
4112G) (3 of 3)
1. Connect the I/F Cable to the IOT or the I/F Module.
(1) When connecting the Finisher to the IOT, connect the I/F Cable (short) to the IOT. (Figure 1)
Figure 3 j0fu91115

Figure 1 j0sa90103
(2) When connecting the Finisher to the HCS, connect the I/F Cable (long) to Connector 6 (P307) (1) Enter UI Diag.
on the I/F Module. (Figure 2) (2) Set the default tray to which copies are to be output.
NVM790-183
4: Top Tray
2: Finisher Tray

A3: Z Fold
Figure 2 j0sa90029
2. Connect the power cord to the Finisher, and install the bracket for protecting the power cord using • Booklet Finisher D4: 205V
the Hand Screw. (Figure 3) • Folder D4: 206V

9-111
9.6.4 Installation of Finisher D4 / Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP, 9-112 Version.2.0
9.6.4 Installation of Finisher D4 / Center-binding Finisher D4 Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4 bundled items (Figure 1)
(700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (1 of 2) Table 1

Product Code Number Name Qty
Finisher D4: QM200039 (FX) 1 Interposer Filter Unit 1
• Finisher D4 (w/o Booklet) 2 EME Plate 2
Center-binding Finisher D4: QM200040 (FX) 3 Power Cord (Option) 1
• Finisher D4 (w/ Booklet) 4 Docking Plate 1
Staple Finisher D4 for APO/GCO: EM200246 (APO/GCO) 5 Booklet Tray (only for models with Booklet unit) 1
Booklet Finisher D4 for APO/GCO: EM200247 (APO/GCO) 6 Bracket for protecting the power cord 1
Power Cord (3 Pin): EM100188 (FX: Option) 7 Screw (Silver) (M3x7) 6
Power Cord (3 Pin): ED200145 (FXA/FXNZ: Option) 8 Screw (Silver/for Docking Plate) (M4x16) 2
Power Cord (3 Pin): ED200146 (FXS/FXM/FXHK: Option) 9 Screw (Silver) (M4x8) 1
Power Cord (3 Pin): ED200147 (AG/ICO: Option) 10 NVM List 1
Power Cord (3 Pin): ED200148 (FXP: Option) 11 Blind Cover (Not Used) 1
Power Cord (3 Pin): EL200600 (GCO: Option)
Power Cord (3 Pin): ED200168 (FXK: Option) • There are no illustrations for Item 10.
I/F Cable (Middle: IOT connected to I/F Module + Finisher D4): EM200289 (Option)
I/F Cable (Long: IOT connected to I/F Module + HCS + Finisher D4): EM200216 (Option)
I/F Cable (EX Long: IOT connected to I/F Module + HCS1 + HCS2 + Finisher D4): ED200330
(Option) (Color 1000/800 Press)
NOTE: APO/GCO power cord bundled.

NOTE: When installing this Finisher, the I/F Module is required. For machines without the I/F Module
installed, install the I/F Module before performing this procedure.
[700DCP]
• For installation of the I/F Module, refer to Chapter 9 "9.1.5 Installation of I/F Module" in the Main Unit
manual.
[Color 1000/800 Press]
• For installation of the I/F Module, refer to Chapter 9 "9.1.3 Installation of Interface Module" in the
Main Unit manual.
NOTE: This procedure includes the installation procedures for both Finisher D4 and Center-binding Fin-
isher D4. Take note of the target Finisher each time it is mentioned in the procedure.
D4.
1. Open and check the packaged accessories.
Figure 2 j0fd90610
4. Open the Finisher Front Door, remove the tape on the Punch Box, and the securing tape on the Sta-
pler Dust Box. Next, remove the screws (x2) and remove the Stapler Stopper. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0fd90601
Figure 3 j0fd90611
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.6.4 Installation of Finisher D4 / Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP,

9-113
9.6.4 Installation of Finisher D4 / Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP, 9-114 Version.2.0
securely.
Figure 6 j0fu91103
6. Install the Docking Plate to the right side of the I/F Module by using the screws (Silver x2, for Dock-
Figure 4 j0fd90602 ing Plate) provided. (Figure 7)
(1) Press the "1e" button on the Interposer Feeder Unit to open the Interposer Feeder Cover.
(2) Push the hinge towards the Interposer Feeder Cover to open the Interposer Feeder Cover fur-
ther. (Figure 5)
Figure 7 j0fd90612
Figure 5 j0fu91102
(3) Secure the Interposer Feeder Unit by using the bundled screws (x2, Silver). (Figure 6)
NOTE: Use the screws (x2, Silver) installed on the Finisher at A (inner).
Use the provided screws (x2, Silver:M3x7) at B (outer).
Figure 8 j0fu91105
8. Open the I/F Module Front Door, then open the "1b" Chute and remove the screw of the Latch Stop-
per. (Figure 9)
Figure 10 j0fd90613
10. As to the Finisher connected to the HCS, store the I/F Cable in the HCS Cable Duct. (Figure 11)
Figure 9 j0fd90604
9. Connect the I/F cable (middle/long/EX long) to the Finisher. (Figure 10)
• To connect the Finisher to the I/F Module, use the I/F Cable (middle). Figure 11 j0fd90607
• To connect the Finisher to the HCS1 + HCS2, use the I/F Cable (EX long). 11. Gently dock the I/F Module or HCS with the Finisher. (Figure 12)
(Color 1000/800 Press Only)
(1) Pull the I/F Cable from the Rear Cover and connect it to the lattice connector.
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.6.4 Installation of Finisher D4 / Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP,

9-115
9.6.5 Installation of Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP, Col- 9-116 Version.2.0
9.6.5 Installation of Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4

(700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (2 of 2)
1. Check the connection between the Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4 and the IOT Main Unit.
Plate.
EME Plate.
(2) Loosen the nut.
Figure 12 j0fd90614
12. Go to "9.6.5 Installation of Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 (5) Install the Blind Cover.
Press) (2 of 2)". 3. Secure the Latch Stopper by using the screw. (Figure 1)
• It is easier to work with the "1b" Chute open.
Figure 1 j0fd90608
4. [Center-binding Finisher D4] Removing and storing the Booklet Stopper.

NOTE: When there is no Center-binding Finisher D4, go to Step 6.
(A) Screws (x2)
(B) Booklet Stopper
(2) Install the Booklet Stopper that was removed in Step 1 at the position of the Booklet indicated (2) Secure the Booklet Tray by using the Screw (Silver:M4x8). (Figure 5)
in the figure by reusing the same screws (x2). (Figure 3)
(A) Booklet Stopper
Figure 5 j0fu91111
Figure 3 j0fd90605 (3) Connect the connectors. (Figure 6)
5. [Center-binding Finisher D4] Install the Booklet Tray.

(1) Install by hooking the Booklet Tray on the Finisher. (Figure 4)
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.6.5 Installation of Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP,

9-117
6. Disconnect the power cord of the IOT and the I/F Cable (between the IOT and I/F Module). (Figure 8. Connect the I/F Cable (middle/long/EX long) that is connected to the Finisher to the I/F Module con-
7) nector 6 (P307). (Figure 9)
• To connect the Finisher to the I/F Module, use the I/F Cable (middle).
• To connect the Finisher to the HCS1 + HCS2, use the I/F Cable (EX long).
Figure 7 j0fd90615
7. Remove the Rear Lower Cover of the I/F Module. (Figure 8)

Figure 9 j0fd90617
9. Reinstall the Rear Lower Cover that was removed in Step 7.

10. Reconnect the I/F Cable and the IOT power cable that were disconnected in Step 6.
Figure 10 j0fu91115
(1) Plug in the power cord and turn ON the power.
(1) Enter UI Diag.
(2) [700DCP]
Set the default tray to which copies are to be output.
NVM790-183
4: Top Tray
2: Finisher Tray
(3) Enter all the values in the NVM Setting List provided at factory default (only the NVM value
concerning the Fold position when installing the Folder Unit D4).
(4) [When installing Folder Unit D4]

A3: Z Fold Half Sheet
• Center-binding Finisher D4: 201V
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.6.5 Installation of Finisher D4/Center-binding Finisher D4 (700DCP,

9-119
9.7.1 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (1 of 6)
Product Code
Folder D4: QM200041(FX)/EM200248(APO/GCO)
Table 1
Number Name Qty
3 Joint Bracket 2
4 Side Bracket 2
5 Lower Bracket 2
8 Paper Guide 1
9 Bottom Plate 1
14 Label 1
Figure 1 j0fd90701

Version.2.0 11/2011 9.7.1 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (1 of 6)

9-121
9.7.1 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (1 of 6) 9-122 Version.2.0
Figure 2 j0fd90738 Figure 4 j0sa90103
5. Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Folder Rear Cover. (Figure 3) (2) When the Finisher is connected to the HCS, disconnect the Lattice Connector from the I/F
Module. (Figure 5)
Figure 3 j0fd90739
Figure 5 j0sa90029
6. Remove the I/F Cable from the IOT or the I/F Module.
(1) When the Finisher is connected to the IOT, disconnect the Lattice Connector from the IOT. 7. Remove the bracket for protecting the power cord and the power cord from the Finisher. (Figure 6)
(Figure4)
8. Detach the Finisher from the Main Unit. 10. Remove the I/F Cable from the Finisher. (Figure 9)
(1) Open the [1b] Chute, then remove the screw on the Latch Stopper and pull the Latch Plate (1) Disconnect the Lattice Connector.
toward you. (Figure 7) (2) Take out the I/F Cable.
(2) Detach the Finisher from the IOT. 11. Remove the Finisher covers. (Figure 10)
9. As to the Finisher connected to the HCS, remove the Blind Cover. (Figure 8) (1) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Finisher Rear Cover.

9-123
12. Remove the I/F Module Side Cover along with I/F Module Front Door. (Figure 11) 14. Go to 9.7.2 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (2 of 6).
(1) Write down the scale position.
(3) Remove the I/F Module Side Cover along with I/F Module Front Door.
Figure 11 j0fd90703
13. Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 12)
Figure 3 j0fu91159
(5) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the I/F Module. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0ne65m4
nector. (Figure 2)
Figure 4 j0ne65m6
(6) Place the removed I/F Module as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
Figure 2 j0fu91158

9-125
2. Remove the screws (x8) and remove the caster from the Finisher Base. (Figure 6) 4. Install the Folder.
Figure 6 j0fd90705
Figure 8 j0fd90706
(1) Install the Lower Bracket on the Finisher Base with the screws (x4, Silver, Round) provided. (2) Insert the pin into the square hole. (Figure 9)
(3) Secure it with the screws (x2, Silver, Round) provided. (Figure 10) 7. Install the Side Bracket (rear) with the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Rear) provided. (Figure 12)
(A) Side Bracket
(B) Screws (x2)
Figure 10 j0fu91124

Figure 12 j0fu91126
6. Install the Side Bracket (front) with the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Front) provided. (Figure 11)
(A) Side Bracket 8. Go to 9.7.3 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (3 of 6).
(B) Screws (x2)

9-127

EME Plate.
Figure 3 j0fd90710
Figure 1 j0fd90708
Figure 4 j0fd90711
Figure 2 j0fd90709
(3) Fix the casters (front) on the Folder with screws (x4, Silver). (Figure 3)
(4) Fix the casters (rear) on the Folder with screws (x3, Silver). (Figure 3)
Figure 7 j0fd90713

Figure 5 j0fu91131
(1) Insert the pin into the hole. (Figure 8)
Figure 8 j0fd90714

Figure 6 j0fd90712

9-129
4. Take out the wire harness from the I/F Module. (Figure 10) 6. Connect the wire harnesses of the Folder to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 12)
(1) Release the clamp. (1) Connect to P8007.
(2) Pull out the wire harness in the direction of the arrow to stretch it firmly. (2) Connect to P8010.
Figure 10 j0fd90716
Figure 12 j0fd90718
5. Connect the wire harness taken out in step4 to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 11)
(1) Connect to P8009. 7. Using the clamps (6), secure the wire harnesses connected in steps 5 and 6. (Figure 13)
(A) Clamps (x6)
1. Connect the wire harnesses of the Folder to the I/F PWB. (Figure 1)
(4) Secure the wire harnesses with clamps.
Figure 13 j0fd90719
8. Go to 9.7.4 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (4 of 6).
Figure 1 j0fd90720
2. Install the Joint Brackets (x2) on the Folder Front Cover with the screws (x4, Tapping) provided.
(Figure 2)
Figure 2 j0fd90721

9-131
3. Install the Folder Front Cover (Top) on the Finisher Front Door with the screws (x2, Tapping) pro-
vided. (Figure 3)
(A) Screws (x2)
Figure 5 j0fd90724

Figure 3 j0fd90722
4. Install the Folder Front Cover (Bottom) on the Finisher Front Door with the screws (x2, Tapping)
(A) Screws (x2)
Figure 4 j0fd90723
5. Install the Finisher Top Left Cover with the screws (Silver L = 8 mm) provided. (Figure 5)
9.7.5 Installation of Folder D4 (4127/4112G) (5 of 6) (2) Connect the connectors.
(1) Remove the KL ring.
Figure 3 j0fd90727
Figure 1 j0fd90725

Figure 4 j0fd90728
5. Install the Sensor (C: Clear) on the rear of the Stacker unit. (Figure 5)
Figure 2 j0fd90726
3. Install the sensor (B: Black) to the front of the Stacker Unit. (Figure 3)

9-133
6. Attach the new label. (Figure 6) (2) Open the lug at the rear of the Mask Cover and remove the Mask Cover from the Eject Cover.
(Figure 8)
Figure 6 j0fd90737
Figure 8 j0fu91175
7. Install the Finisher Rear Upper Cover and Stacker Front Cover and Stacker Front Door.
8. Install the Paper Guide on the Eject Cover. (3) Install the Paper Guide on the Eject Cover. (Figure 9)
(4) Install the Eject Cover with screws (x4). (Figure 10) 10. Install the Finisher Cover.
(1) Install the Finisher Rear Cover with screws (x4). (Figure 12)
(2) Install the I/F Module Rear Cover with screws (x3). (Figure 12)
Figure 10 j0fu91177
Figure 12 j0fd90730
(3) Using the screws (3), install the I/F Module Front Door along with the I/F Module Side Cover.
(Figure 13)
(4) Install the I/F Module Top Cover with screws (x3). (Figure 13)

9-135
11. Check that the gap between the I/F Module Front Door and the Folder Tray is approx. 4 mm. (Fig- 13. Gently dock the Finisher with the IOT or the HCS. (Figure 16)
ure 14)
Figure 14 j0fd90732
Figure 16 j0fd90736
14. Secure the Docking Plate with screw. (Figure 17)

• Opening Chute 1b will make the work easy to do.
1. Connect the I/F Cable to the IOT or the I/F Module.
(1) When connecting the Finisher to the IOT, connect the I/F Cable (short) to the IOT. (Figure 1)
Figure 17 j0fd90608
15. When the Finisher is docked with the HCS, install the Blind Cover on the I/F Module Top Cover.
(Figure 18)
Figure 1 j0sa90103
(2) When connecting the Finisher to the HCS, connect the I/F Cable (long) to Connector 6 (P307)
on the I/F Module. (Figure 2)
Figure 18 j0fd90606
Figure 2 j0sa90029

9-137
9.7.7 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (1 of 5) 9-138 Version.2.0
9.7.7 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800

Press) (1 of 5)
Product Code
Folder Unit D4: QM200041(FX)/EM200248 (APO/GCO)
1. Open the package and check the bundled items. (Figure 1)
• Folder Unit D4 Bundled Items
Table 1
Number Name Qty
3 Joint Bracket 2
Figure 3 j0fu91115
4 Side Bracket 2
3. Insert the power plug of the Finisher into the socket. 5 Lower Bracket 2
4. Turn ON the power. 6 Sensor (B: Black) 1
(1) Connect the power plug and turn ON the power. 7 Sensor (C: Clear) 1
8 Paper Guide 1
9 Bottom Plate 1
5. Enter the NVM value for DC131 in UI Diag. 10 NVM Setting List 1
(1) Enter UI Diag. 11 Screw (Silver, Tapping) 8
(2) Set the default tray to which copies are to be output. 12 Screw (Silver, L=8) 3
NVM790-183 13 Screw (Silver, Round) 12
4: Top Tray 14 Label 1
2: Finisher Tray
concerning the Fold position when installing the Folder D4).

A3: Z Fold
• Folder D4: 206V
Figure 2 j0fd90738
Figure 1 j0fd90701
2. Inspect the exterior. Figure 3 j0fd90739

6. Disconnect the power cord of the IOT and the I/F Cable (between the IOT and I/F Module). (Figure
NOTE: Ensure that the power switch of the AC unit and the power switch of the IOT are turned OFF. 4)
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.7.7 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (1 of
9-139
7. Remove the Rear Lower Cover of the I/F Module. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the bracket for protecting the power cord and the power cord from the Finisher. (Figure 7)
Figure 7 j0fu91115
10. Detach the Finisher from the Main Unit.

Figure 5 j0fd90616
(1) Open the "1b" Chute, then remove the screw on the Latch Stopper and pull the Latch Plate
8. Disconnect the lattice connector of the I/F Cable from P307 of the I/F Module. (Figure 6) towards you. (Figure 8)
(2) Detach the Finisher from the IOT. 13. Remove the I/F Module Side Cover together with the I/F Module Front Door. (Figure 11)
11. Remove the I/F Cable from the Finisher. (Figure 9) (1) Record the scale position.
(1) Disconnect the lattice connector. (2) Remove the screws (x3).
(2) Remove the I/F Cable. (3) Remove the I/F Module Side Cover together with the I/F Module Front Door.
Figure 9 j0fd90735

Figure 11 j0fd90703
9-141
14. Remove the screws (x2) and remove the Interposer Feeder Unit. (Figure 12) 9.7.8 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800
Press) (2 of 5)
Figure 12 j0fu91103
15. Go to "9.7.8 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (2 of 5)".
Figure 1 j0ne65m4
(3) Disconnect the following connectors: P/J8008 on the Finisher Main PWB, P/J8005 on the I/F
PWB and the Relay Connector. (Figure 2)
Figure 2 j0fu91158
(4) Release the wire harness from the clamp to remove the cable. (Figure 3)
(5) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the I/F Module. (Figure 4) 2. Remove the screws (x8) and remove the Caster from the Finisher Base. (Figure 6)
Figure 4 j0ne65m6 Figure 6 j0fd90705
(6) Place the removed I/F Module as shown in the illustration. (Figure 5) 3. Installing the Folder (Figure 7)
(1) Install the Lower Bracket on the Finisher Base by using the screws (x4, Silver, Round) pro-
vided.
9-143
4. Install the Folder. (3) Secure it by using the screws (x2, Silver, Round) provided. (Figure 10)
Figure 10 j0fu91124
Figure 8 j0fd90706
(2) Insert the pin into the square hole. (Figure 9) 6. Install the Side Bracket (Front) by using the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Front) provided. (Figure 11)
(A) Side Bracket
(B) Screws (x2)
Press) (3 of 5)
NOTE: To install Finisher D4 and Folder Unit D4 at the same time, there is no need to remove
the EME Plate.
Figure 11 j0fd90707
7. Install the Side Bracket (Rear) by using the screws (x2, Silver, Round, Rear) provided. (Figure 12)
(A) Side Bracket
(B) Screws (x2)
Figure 1 j0fd90708
Figure 12 j0fu91126
8. Go to “9.7.9 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (3 of 5)”.
Figure 2 j0fd90709
(3) Fix the Casters (Front) on the Folder by using the screws (x4, Silver). (Figure 3)
9-145
(4) Fix the Casters (Rear) to the Folder by using the screws (x3, Silver). (Figure 3) NOTE: A: Use the removed screws.
B: Tighten the EME Plate and Bottom Plate together with the Silver L=8 mm provided.
Figure 3 j0fd90710
Figure 5 j0fu91131
(5) Replace the Bottom Plate with the Bottom Plate provided in the Kit by using the screws (x2).
(Figure 4)
Figure 4 j0fd90711
(6) Install the EME plates (at front and rear) by using the screws (x2). (Figure 5) Figure 6 j0fd90712
(2) Install the removed gear by using the screw. (Figure 7)

3. Install the I/F Module. 4. Remove the wire harness that is stored in the I/F Module. (Figure 10)
(1) Insert the pin into the hole. (Figure 8) (1) Release the clamp.
(2) Pull out the wire harness in the direction of the arrow to remove any slack.
Figure 8 j0fd90714
Figure 10 j0fd90716
(2) Secure by using the screws (x4). (Figure 9)
5. Connect the wire harness that was removed in Step 4 to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 11)
9-147
6. Connect the wire harness of the Folder to the Finisher Main PWB. (Figure 12) 8. Go to "9.7.10 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (4 of 5)".
Figure 12 j0fd90718
7. Secure the wire harness that was connected in Steps 5 and 6 by using the clamps (x6). (Figure 13)
(A) Clamps (x6)
9.7.10 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 3. Install the Folder Front Cover (Top) to the Finisher Front Door by using the screws (x2, Tapping)
Press) (4 of 5) (A) Screw (x2)
1. Connect the wire harness of the Folder to the I/F PWB. (Figure 1)
(4) Secure the wire harness by using the clamp.
Figure 3 j0fd90722
4. Install the Folder Front Cover (Bottom) to the Finisher Front Door by using the screws (x2, Tapping)
(A) Screw (x2)
Figure 1 j0fd90720
2. Install the Joint Brackets (x2) to the Folder Front Cover by using the screws (x4, Tapping) provided.
(Figure 2)
Figure 4 j0fd90723
5. Install the Finisher Top Left Cover by using the screw (Silver L=8 mm) provided. (Figure 5)
(A) Screw
Figure 2 j0fd90721
9-149
9.7.11 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (5 of 9-150 Version.2.0

Press) (5 of 5)
Figure 5 j0fd90724
6. Go to "9.7.11 Installation of Folder Unit D4 (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (5 of 5)".
Figure 1 j0fd90725

Figure 2 j0fd90726
Figure 5 j0fd90729
Figure 3 j0fd90727
6. Repaste the label. (Figure 6)
Figure 6 j0fd90737
Figure 4 j0fd90728
7. Install the Finisher Rear Upper Cover, Stacker Front Cover, and Stacker Front Door.
5. Install the sensor (C: Clear) at the rear of the Stacker Unit. (Figure 5) 8. Install the Paper Guide on the Eject Cover.
(1) Install the sensor (C: Clear). (1) Remove the screws (x4) and remove the Eject Cover. (Figure 7)
9-151
(2) Open the lug at the rear of the Mask Cover and remove the Mask Cover from the Eject Cover. (4) Install the Eject Cover by using the screws (x4). (Figure 10)
(Figure 8)
Figure 10 j0fu91177
Figure 8 j0fu91175
9. Install the Interposer Feeder Unit by using the screws (x2). (Figure 11)
10. Install the Finisher Cover. 11. Check that the gap between the I/F Module Front Door and the Folder Tray is approx. 4 mm. (Fig-
(1) Install the Finisher Rear Cover by using the screws (x4). (Figure 12) ure 14)
(2) Install the I/F Module Rear Cover by using the screws (x3). (Figure 12)
Figure 14 j0fd90732
Figure 12 j0fd90730
(3) Install the I/F Module Front Door together with the I/F Module Side Cover by using the screws
(x3). (Figure 13)
(4) Install the I/F Module Top Cover by using the screws (x3). (Figure 13)
9-153
13. Gently dock the I/F Module or HCS with the Finisher. (Figure 16) 15. Connect the I/F cable (middle/long/EX long) to the Finisher. (Figure 18)
• To connect the Finisher to the I/F Module, use the I/F Cable (middle).
• To connect the Finisher to the HCS1 + HCS2, use the I/F Cable (EX long).
(1) Pull the I/F Cable from the Rear Cover and connect the lattice connector.
Figure 16 j0fd90614
• It is easier to work with the "1b" Chute open.
Figure 18 j0sa90101
16. Reinstall the Rear Lower Cover of the I/F Module. • Folder Unit D4: 202V
17. Reconnect the power cord of the IOT and the I/F Cable (between the IOT and I/F Module).
Figure 19 j0fu91115
(1) Plug in the power cord and turn ON the power.
(1) Enter UI Diag.
(2) [700DCP]
Set the default tray to which copies are to be output.
NVM790-183
4: Top Tray
2: Finisher Tray
concerning the Fold position when installing the Folder Unit D4).
(4) [When installing Folder Unit D4]

A3: Z Fold Half Sheet
9-155
9.8.1 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G, 700DCP,
Color 1000/800 Press)(1 of 2)
Product Code
Trimmer/Square Fold: QM200042
• Power Cord (3 Pins): EM100188 (FX: Option)

• Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200145 (FXA/FXNZ: Option)
• Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200146 (FXS/FXM/FXHK: Option)
• Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200147 (AG/ICO: Option)
• Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200148 (FXP: Option)
• Power Cord (3 Pins): EL200600 (FXCL: Option)
• Power Cord (3 Pins): ED200168 (FXK: Option)
• Power Cord (3 pins): EL200915 (FXTH: Option)
NOTE: Not installed for 4127/4112G in FXTW (because this is a VCCI Class A Option). Figure 1 j0tm90101
NOTE: Not installed for 700DCP in the 2-byte regions.
2. Check that the power switch and the circuit breaker are turned OFF.
NOTE: Not installed for Color 1000/800 Press in the 2-byte regions.
NOTE: Check that the AC Unit circuit breaker and the IOT power switch are OFF.
3. Remove the packing materials and tapes. (Figure 2)
1. Unpack and check the bundled items.
• Items bundled with Trimmer/Square Fold (Figure 1)
Table 1
No. Name Qty.
1 Trimmer/Square Fold 1
2 Docking Plate 1
3 Wire Harness 1
4 Power Cord Bracket 1
5 Exit Roll 1
6 Wheel Cover 1
7 Paper Guide 1
8 Docking Plate *1 1
9 Trimmer NVM Value Setting List 1
10 Cable Tie 1
Figure 2 j0tm90102
11 Screw (M3x16) 2
12 Screw (M3x6) 3 4. Take out the bundled items from the Dust Box. (Figure 3)
13 Screw (M4x8) 3 (2*1)
* Items 10 to 14 are not illustrated.

*1:Not Used
Version.2.0 11/2011 9.8.1 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color

9-157
9.8.1 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color 9-158 Version.2.0
5. Remove the Finisher Rear Cover. (Figure 4) 7. Secure the Wire Harness with the clamps. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the screws (4). (1) Secure the Wire Harness with the clamps (2).
(2) Remove the Finisher Rear Cover.
Figure 6 j0tm90106
Figure 4 j0tm90104
8. Disconnect the connector from the Booklet Tray Unit. (Figure 7)
6. Connect the Wire Harness included in the Finisher PWB Kit. (Figure 5) (1) Disconnect the connector.
(1) Connect the connectors (2). (2) Remove the screw.
(2) Secure the Wire Harness with the clamps (2).
9. Remove the Booklet Tray Unit. (Figure 8) 11. Install the Paper Guide included in the kit. (Figure 10)
(1) Remove the Booklet Tray Unit in the direction of the arrow. (1) Install the Paper Guide.
10. Remove the Paper Guide from the Finisher. (Figure 9) 12. Go to "9.8.2 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G, 700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press) (2
(1) Remove the screws (2). of 2)
(2) Remove the Paper Guide.

9-159
9.8.2 Installation of Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G, 700DCP, (2) Remove the Rear Corner Cover.
Color 1000/800 Press)(2 of 2)

1. Remove the screws from the Bottom Cover. (Figure 1)
Figure 3 j0tm90114
4. Put the Trimmer/Square Fold close to the Finisher.

5. Connect the connectors. (Figure 4)
(1) Connect the connectors (2).
Figure 1 j0tm90112
2. Install the Docking Plate included in the kit. (Figure 2)

(1) Install the Docking Plate.
(2) Secure with the screws (M3x16:2).
(3) Tie the Wire Harness with the Cable Tie included in the kit.
Figure 4 j0tm90115
6. Dock the Trimmer/Square Fold. (Figure 5)

(1) Gently dock the Trimmer/Square Fold in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 2 j0tm90113
3. Remove the Rear Corner Cover from the Trimmer/Square Fold. (Figure 3)
7. Secure the Trimmer/Square Fold at the front with the screw. (Figure 6) 9. Secure the Wire Harness with the clamp. (Figure 8)
(1) Secure with the screw (M3x6) included in the kit. (1) Secure the Wire Harness with the clamp.
8. Secure the Trimmer/Square Fold at the rear with the screw. (Figure 7) 10. Install the Rear Corner Cover. (Figure 9)
(1) Secure with the screw (M3x6) included in the kit. • Install the Hooks (2) of the Rear Cover Corner on the Frame.

9-161
11. Install the Booklet Tray Unit. (Figure 10) 13. Install the Exit Roll included in the kit. (Figure 12)
(1) Install the Booklet Tray Unit. (1) Install the Exit Roll.
(2) Secure with the screw (M4x8).
Figure 10 j0tm90120
Figure 12 j0tm90122
12. Connect the connector to the Booklet Tray Unit. (Figure 11)
(1) Secure with the screw. 14. Install the Wheel Cover included in the kit. (Figure 13)
(2) Connect the connector. (1) Install the Wheel Cover.
15. Connect the power cord included in the kit. (Figure 14) 17. Install the Finisher Rear Cover.
(1) Connect the power cord. 18. Reenter the Trimmer NVM values.
(2) Install the Power Cord Bracket included in the kit. (1) Enter the setting values on the Trimmer NVM Value Setting List provided at factory shipment.
NOTE: Never change in any NVM Code other than the ones on the Trimmer NVM Value Set-
ting List.
19. On the UI screen set a job including [Fold] or [Fold + Staple]+[Booklet Trimming]+[Pressing]+[Paper
Size], and check that the Trimmer/Square Fold operates properly.
20. Store the Trimmer NVM Value Setting List in the storage space in Tray 3 of the IOT.
21. Explain to the customer how to use the Trimmer/Square Fold.
22. [FX Only]: Issue a report with the MOD No. below:
• Trimmer/Square Fold (4127/4112G): 214V
• Trimmer/Square Fold (700DCP, Color 1000/800 Press): 218V
Figure 14 j0tm90124
16. Remove the Connector Cover from the Finisher Rear Cover. (Figure 15)
(2) Remove the Connector Cover.

9-163

FILE 20210513 210636 Option Dfinisher e Ver2.0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FILE 20210513 210636 Option Dfinisher e Ver2.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Finisher D2/D2P/D3/D4 Supplementary

Service Manual Ver.2.0

Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS TSD

[XEROX] is registered trademarks.

Table 1 Manual Revision History 0.2.1 Contents of Manual

No Edoc PDF Reason for Issue/Revision

Version.2.0 11/2011 0.1 Getting to Know the Service Manual

0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols

NOTE: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.

NOTE: Used when other explanations are given.

• REP: Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.

Safety Critical Components (SCC)

Important Information Stored Component (ISC)

Version.2.0 11/2011 1.1 Before Starting the Servicing

Version.2.0 11/2011 2.1 Preface

Procedure Voltage Level Range

Voltage Level Range

+3.5VDC (H) +3.33 ~ +3.68VDC

+5VDC (H) +4.85 ~ +5.36VDC

+12VDC (H) +11.4 ~ +12.6VDC

Version.2.0 11/2011 2.1.2 Glossary

Version.2.0 11/2011 2.2 Product FIP

• [012-024/025] Transport Gate Solenoid DC330 Codes to be checked

• Usage of out of spec paper Check Items

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

012-119 Folder Path Sensor 3 ON Jam

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

DC330 Codes to be checked

• The Nip for operation failure • [012-034] Eject Motor

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

012-211 Stacker Tray Fail Y N

• Between pin-11 and pin-10, pin-11 and pin-12 of P8111 Y N

Press the Stop button.

Y N Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

Procedure 012-229 Booklet Tamper R Home Sensor ON Fail

Press the Stop button. Procedure

012-232 Punch Home Sensor OFF Fail (D2P/D3/D4 Finisher) Procedure

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

Procedure 012-241 Booklet Knife Folding Sensor Fail

Press the Stop button. Procedure

Replace the following parts in sequence: Press the Stop button.

Check the conductivity of the following.

Press the Stop button. Replace the following parts in sequence:

Y N • Between J8019 pin-4 and each of pin-1/2

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

Press the Stop button.

012-307 Booklet Drawer Set Fail Y N

• The lower part of the Puncher Motor for notch damage

Replace the Finisher PWB. (PL 25.3)

Replace the following parts in sequence:

Press the Stop button.

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked

DC330 Codes to be checked DC330 Codes to be checked

012-939 Decurler Out Sensor Static Jam

DC330 Codes to be checked

Version.2.0 11/2011 012-xxx FIP

Version.2.0 11/2011 013-xxx FIP

Procedure 013-221 Trimmer Nip Roll Home Sensor On Fail

Press Stop. Press Stop.

Press Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 25.3).

013-237 Square Fold Gate Move Sensor 1 On Fail Y N